diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:35:02 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:35:02 -0700 |
| commit | 5083f4657c373cc6d5ec54db2127a6d7207d8f4b (patch) | |
| tree | 7a51176aa68774e351a34eb20bf777bccc137219 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 10715-0.txt | 4478 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 10715-h/10715-h.htm | 6258 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10715-8.txt | 4901 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10715-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 106885 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10715-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 117301 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10715-h/10715-h.htm | 6697 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10715.txt | 4901 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/10715.zip | bin | 0 -> 106795 bytes |
11 files changed, 27251 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/10715-0.txt b/10715-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dfbd23 --- /dev/null +++ b/10715-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4478 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10715 *** + +THE ESSAYS + +OF + +ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER + + +TRANSLATED BY + +T. BAILEY SAUNDERS, M.A. + + + + +COUNSELS AND MAXIMS. + + _Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est + très difficile de le trouver en nous, et impossible + de le trouver ailleurs_. + +CHAMFORT. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER + + INTRODUCTION + I. GENERAL RULES + II. OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES + III. OUR RELATION TO OTHERS + IV. WORLDLY FORTUNE + V. THE AGES OF LIFE + + + + +INTRODUCTION. + +If my object in these pages were to present a complete scheme of +counsels and maxims for the guidance of life, I should have to repeat +the numerous rules--some of them excellent--which have been drawn +up by thinkers of all ages, from Theognis and Solomon[1] down to La +Rochefoucauld; and, in so doing, I should inevitably entail upon the +reader a vast amount of well-worn commonplace. But the fact is that in +this work I make still less claim to exhaust my subject than in any +other of my writings. + +[Footnote 1: I refer to the proverbs and maxims ascribed, in the Old +Testament, to the king of that name.] + +An author who makes no claims to completeness must also, in a great +measure, abandon any attempt at systematic arrangement. For his double +loss in this respect, the reader may console himself by reflecting +that a complete and systematic treatment of such a subject as the +guidance of life could hardly fail to be a very wearisome business. +I have simply put down those of my thoughts which appear to be worth +communicating--thoughts which, as far as I know, have not been +uttered, or, at any rate, not just in the same form, by any one else; +so that my remarks may be taken as a supplement to what has been +already achieved in the immense field. + +However, by way of introducing some sort of order into the great +variety of matters upon which advice will be given in the following +pages, I shall distribute what I have to say under the following +heads: (1) general rules; (2) our relation to ourselves; (3) our +relation to others; and finally, (4) rules which concern our manner of +life and our worldly circumstances. I shall conclude with some remarks +on the changes which the various periods of life produce in us. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +GENERAL RULES.--SECTION 1. + + +The first and foremost rule for the wise conduct of life seems to me +to be contained in a view to which Aristotle parenthetically refers in +the _Nichomachean Ethics_:[1] [Greek: o phronimoz to alupon dioke e ou +to aedu] or, as it may be rendered, _not pleasure, but freedom from +pain, is what the wise man will aim at_. + +[Footnote 1: vii. (12) 12.] + +The truth of this remark turns upon the negative character of +happiness,--the fact that pleasure is only the negation of pain, and +that pain is the positive element in life. Though I have given a +detailed proof of this proposition in my chief work,[1] I may supply +one more illustration of it here, drawn from a circumstance of daily +occurrence. Suppose that, with the exception of some sore or painful +spot, we are physically in a sound and healthy condition: the sore of +this one spot, will completely absorb our attention, causing us to +lose the sense of general well-being, and destroying all our comfort +in life. In the same way, when all our affairs but one turn out as +we wish, the single instance in which our aims are frustrated is a +constant trouble to us, even though it be something quite trivial. We +think a great deal about it, and very little about those other and +more important matters in which we have been successful. In both these +cases what has met with resistance is _the will_; in the one case, as +it is objectified in the organism, in the other, as it presents +itself in the struggle of life; and in both, it is plain that the +satisfaction of the will consists in nothing else than that it meets +with no resistance. It is, therefore, a satisfaction which is not +directly felt; at most, we can become conscious of it only when we +reflect upon our condition. But that which checks or arrests the will +is something positive; it proclaims its own presence. All pleasure +consists in merely removing this check--in other words, in freeing us +from its action; and hence pleasure is a state which can never last +very long. + +[Footnote 1: _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_. Vol. I., p. 58.] + +This is the true basis of the above excellent rule quoted from +Aristotle, which bids us direct our aim, not toward securing what is +pleasurable and agreeable in life, but toward avoiding, as far as +possible, its innumerable evils. If this were not the right course to +take, that saying of Voltaire's, _Happiness is but a dream and sorrow +is real_, would be as false as it is, in fact, true. A man who desires +to make up the book of his life and determine where the balance of +happiness lies, must put down in his accounts, not the pleasures which +he has enjoyed, but the evils which he has escaped. That is the +true method of eudaemonology; for all eudaemonology must begin by +recognizing that its very name is a euphemism, and that _to live +happily_ only means _to live less unhappily_--to live a tolerable +life. There is no doubt that life is given us, not to be enjoyed, +but to be overcome--to be got over. There are numerous expressions +illustrating this--such as _degere vitam, vita defungi_; or +in Italian, _si scampa cosi_; or in German, _man muss suchen +durchzukommen; er wird schon durch die Welt kommen_, and so on. In old +age it is indeed a consolation to think that the work of life is over +and done with. The happiest lot is not to have experienced the keenest +delights or the greatest pleasures, but to have brought life to a +close without any very great pain, bodily or mental. To measure the +happiness of a life by its delights or pleasures, is to apply a false +standard. For pleasures are and remain something negative; that +they produce happiness is a delusion, cherished by envy to its own +punishment. Pain is felt to be something positive, and hence its +absence is the true standard of happiness. And if, over and above +freedom from pain, there is also an absence of boredom, the essential +conditions of earthly happiness are attained; for all else is +chimerical. + +It follows from this that a man should never try to purchase pleasure +at the cost of pain, or even at the risk of incurring it; to do so is +to pay what is positive and real, for what is negative and illusory; +while there is a net profit in sacrificing pleasure for the sake of +avoiding pain. In either case it is a matter of indifference whether +the pain follows the pleasure or precedes it. While it is a complete +inversion of the natural order to try and turn this scene of misery +into a garden of pleasure, to aim at joy and pleasure rather than +at the greatest possible freedom from pain--and yet how many do +it!--there is some wisdom in taking a gloomy view, in looking upon the +world as a kind of Hell, and in confining one's efforts to securing +a little room that shall not be exposed to the fire. The fool rushes +after the pleasures of life and finds himself their dupe; the wise man +avoids its evils; and even if, notwithstanding his precautions, he +falls into misfortunes, that is the fault of fate, not of his own +folly. As far as he is successful in his endeavors, he cannot be said +to have lived a life of illusion; for the evils which he shuns are +very real. Even if he goes too far out of his way to avoid evils, and +makes an unnecessary sacrifice of pleasure, he is, in reality, not the +worse off for that; for all pleasures are chimerical, and to mourn +for having lost any of them is a frivolous, and even ridiculous +proceeding. + +The failure to recognize this truth--a failure promoted by optimistic +ideas--is the source of much unhappiness. In moments free from pain, +our restless wishes present, as it were in a mirror, the image of a +happiness that has no counterpart in reality, seducing us to follow +it; in doing so we bring pain upon ourselves, and that is something +undeniably real. Afterwards, we come to look with regret upon that +lost state of painlessness; it is a paradise which we have gambled +away; it is no longer with us, and we long in vain to undo what has +been done. + +One might well fancy that these visions of wishes fulfilled were the +work of some evil spirit, conjured up in order to entice us away from +that painless state which forms our highest happiness. + +A careless youth may think that the world is meant to be enjoyed, as +though it were the abode of some real or positive happiness, which +only those fail to attain who are not clever enough to overcome the +difficulties that lie in the way. This false notion takes a stronger +hold on him when he comes to read poetry and romance, and to be +deceived by outward show--the hypocrisy that characterizes the +world from beginning to end; on which I shall have something to say +presently. The result is that his life is the more or less deliberate +pursuit of positive happiness; and happiness he takes to be equivalent +to a series of definite pleasures. In seeking for these pleasures he +encounters danger--a fact which should not be forgotten. He hunts for +game that does not exist; and so he ends by suffering some very +real and positive misfortune--pain, distress, sickness, loss, care, +poverty, shame, and all the thousand ills of life. Too late he +discovers the trick that has been played upon him. + +But if the rule I have mentioned is observed, and a plan of life is +adopted which proceeds by avoiding pain--in other words, by taking +measures of precaution against want, sickness, and distress in all its +forms, the aim is a real one, and something may be achieved which will +be great in proportion as the plan is not disturbed by striving after +the chimera of positive happiness. This agrees with the opinion +expressed by Goethe in the _Elective Affinities_, and there put into +the mouth of Mittler--the man who is always trying to make other +people happy: _To desire to get rid of an evil is a definite object, +but to desire a better fortune than one has is blind folly_. The same +truth is contained in that fine French proverb: _le mieux est l'ennemi +du bien_--leave well alone. And, as I have remarked in my chief +work,[1] this is the leading thought underlying the philosophical +system of the Cynics. For what was it led the Cynics to repudiate +pleasure in every form, if it was not the fact that pain is, in a +greater or less degree, always bound up with pleasure? To go out of +the way of pain seemed to them so much easier than to secure pleasure. +Deeply impressed as they were by the negative nature of pleasure and +the positive nature of pain, they consistently devoted all their +efforts to the avoidance of pain. The first step to that end was, in +their opinion, a complete and deliberate repudiation of pleasure, as +something which served only to entrap the victim in order that he +might be delivered over to pain. + +[Footnote 1: _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, vol. ii., ch. 16.] + +We are all born, as Schiller says, in Arcadia. In other words, we +come into the world full of claims to happiness and pleasure, and we +cherish the fond hope of making them good. But, as a rule, Fate soon +teaches us, in a rough and ready way that we really possess nothing at +all, but that everything in the world is at its command, in virtue of +an unassailable right, not only to all we have or acquire, to wife or +child, but even to our very limbs, our arms, legs, _eyes_ and ears, +nay, even to the nose in the middle of our face. And in any case, +after some little time, we learn by experience that happiness and +pleasure are a _fata morgana_, which, visible from afar, vanish as we +approach; that, on the other hand, suffering and pain are a reality, +which makes its presence felt without any intermediary, and for its +effect, stands in no need of illusion or the play of false hope. + +If the teaching of experience bears fruit in us, we soon give up the +pursuit of pleasure and happiness, and think much more about making +ourselves secure against the attacks of pain and suffering. We see +that the best the world has to offer is an existence free from pain--a +quiet, tolerable life; and we confine our claims to this, as to +something we can more surely hope to achieve. For the safest way of +not being very miserable is not to expect to be very happy. Merck, the +friend of Goethe's youth, was conscious of this truth when he +wrote: _It is the wretched way people have of setting up a claim to +happiness_--_and, that to, in a measure corresponding with their +desires_--_that ruins everything in this world. A man will make +progress if he can get rid of this claim,[1] and desire nothing but +what he sees before him_. Accordingly it is advisable to put very +moderate limits upon our expectations of pleasure, possessions, rank, +honor and so on; because it is just this striving and struggling to +be happy, to dazzle the world, to lead a life full of pleasure, which +entail great misfortune. It is prudent and wise, I say, to reduce +one's claims, if only for the reason that it is extremely easy to be +very unhappy; while to be very happy is not indeed difficult, but +quite impossible. With justice sings the poet of life's wisdom: + + _Auream quisquis mediocritatem + Diligit, tutus caret obsoleti + Sordibus tecti, caret invidenda + Sobrius aula. + Savius ventis agitatur ingens + Pinus: et celsae graviori casu + Decidunt turres; feriuntque summos + Fulgura monies.[2]_ + +--the golden mean is best--to live free from the squalor of a mean +abode, and yet not be a mark for envy. It is the tall pine which is +cruelly shaken by the wind, the highest summits that are struck in the +storm, and the lofty towers that fall so heavily. + +[Footnote 1: Letters to and from Merck.] + +[Footnote 2: Horace. Odes II. x.] + +He who has taken to heart the teaching of my philosophy--who knows, +therefore, that our whole existence is something which had better +not have been, and that to disown and disclaim it is the highest +wisdom--he will have no great expectations from anything or any +condition in life: he will spend passion upon nothing in the world, +nor lament over-much if he fails in any of his undertakings. He +will feel the deep truth of what Plato[1] says: [Greek: oute ti ton +anthropinon haxion on megalaes spondaes]--nothing in human affairs is +worth any great anxiety; or, as the Persian poet has it, + + _Though from thy grasp all worldly things should flee, + Grieve not for them, for they are nothing worth: + And though a world in thy possession be, + Joy not, for worthless are the things of earth. + Since to that better world 'tis given to thee + To pass, speed on, for this is nothing worth._[2] + +[Footnote 1: _Republic_, x. 604.] + +[Footnote 2: _Translator's Note_. From the Anvár-i SuhailÃ--_The +Lights of Canopus_--being the Persian version of the _Table of +Bidpai_. Translated by E.B. Eastwick, ch. iii. Story vi., p. 289.] + +The chief obstacle to our arriving at these salutary views is that +hypocrisy of the world to which I have already alluded--an hypocrisy +which should be early revealed to the young. Most of the glories of +the world are mere outward show, like the scenes on a stage: there +is nothing real about them. Ships festooned and hung with pennants, +firing of cannon, illuminations, beating of drums and blowing of +trumpets, shouting and applauding--these are all the outward sign, the +pretence and suggestion,--as it were the hieroglyphic,--of _joy_: but +just there, joy is, as a rule, not to be found; it is the only guest +who has declined to be present at the festival. Where this guest may +really be found, he comes generally without invitation; he is not +formerly announced, but slips in quietly by himself _sans facon_; +often making his appearance under the most unimportant and trivial +circumstances, and in the commonest company--anywhere, in short, but +where the society is brilliant and distinguished. Joy is like the gold +in the Australian mines--found only now and then, as it were, by the +caprice of chance, and according to no rule or law; oftenest in very +little grains, and very seldom in heaps. All that outward show which I +have described, is only an attempt to make people believe that it +is really joy which has come to the festival; and to produce this +impression upon the spectators is, in fact, the whole object of it. + +With _mourning_ it is just the same. That long funeral procession, +moving up so slowly; how melancholy it looks! what an endless row of +carriages! But look into them--they are all empty; the coachmen of the +whole town are the sole escort the dead man has to his grave. Eloquent +picture of the friendship and esteem of the world! This is the +falsehood, the hollowness, the hypocrisy of human affairs! + +Take another example--a roomful of guests in full dress, being +received with great ceremony. You could almost believe that this is +a noble and distinguished company; but, as a matter of fact, it is +compulsion, pain and boredom who are the real guests. For where many +are invited, it is a rabble--even if they all wear stars. Really good +society is everywhere of necessity very small. In brilliant festivals +and noisy entertainments, there is always, at bottom, a sense of +emptiness prevalent. A false tone is there: such gatherings are in +strange contrast with the misery and barrenness of our existence. The +contrast brings the true condition into greater relief. Still, these +gatherings are effective from the outside; and that is just their +purpose. Chamfort[1] makes the excellent remark that _society_--_les +cercles, les salons, ce qu'on appelle le monde_--is like a miserable +play, or a bad opera, without any interest in itself, but supported +for a time by mechanical aid, costumes and scenery. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Nicholas "Chamfort" (1741-94), a +French miscellaneous writer, whose brilliant conversation, power of +sarcasm, and epigrammic force, coupled with an extraordinary career, +render him one of the most interesting and remarkable men of his +time. Schopenhauer undoubtedly owed much to this writer, to whom he +constantly refers.] + +And so, too, with academies and chairs of philosophy. You have a kind +of sign-board hung out to show the apparent abode of _wisdom_: but +wisdom is another guest who declines the invitation; she is to be +found elsewhere. The chiming of bells, ecclesiastical millinery, +attitudes of devotion, insane antics--these are the pretence, the +false show of _piety_. And so on. Everything in the world is like a +hollow nut; there is little kernel anywhere, and when it does exist, +it is still more rare to find it in the shell. You may look for it +elsewhere, and find it, as a rule, only by chance. + +SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in regard to happiness, it is +necessary to ask, not what things please him, but what things trouble +him; and the more trivial these things are in themselves, the happier +the man will be. To be irritated by trifles, a man must be well off; +for in misfortunes trifles are unfelt. + +SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the happiness of life +upon a _broad foundation_--not to require a great many things in order +to be happy. For happiness on such a foundation is the most easily +undermined; it offers many more opportunities for accidents; and +accidents are always happening. The architecture of happiness follows +a plan in this respect just the opposite of that adopted in every +other case, where the broadest foundation offers the greatest +security. Accordingly, to reduce your claims to the lowest possible +degree, in comparison with your means,--of whatever kind these may +be--is the surest way of avoiding extreme misfortune. + +To make extensive preparations for life--no matter what form they +may take--is one of the greatest and commonest of follies. Such +preparations presuppose, in the first place, a long life, the full and +complete term of years appointed to man--and how few reach it! and +even if it be reached, it is still too short for all the plans that +have been made; for to carry them out requites more time than was +thought necessary at the beginning. And then how many mischances and +obstacles stand in the way! how seldom the goal is ever reached in +human affairs! + +And lastly, even though the goal should be reached, the changes which +Time works in us have been left out of the reckoning: we forget that +the capacity whether for achievement or for enjoyment does not last a +whole lifetime. So we often toil for things which are no longer suited +to us when we attain them; and again, the years we spend in preparing +for some work, unconsciously rob us of the power for carrying it out. + +How often it happens that a man is unable to enjoy the wealth which he +acquired at so much trouble and risk, and that the fruits of his +labor are reserved for others; or that he is incapable of filling the +position which he has won after so many years of toil and struggle. +Fortune has come too late for him; or, contrarily, he has come too +late for fortune,--when, for instance, he wants to achieve great +things, say, in art or literature: the popular taste has changed, it +may be; a new generation has grown up, which takes no interest in his +work; others have gone a shorter way and got the start of him. These +are the facts of life which Horace must have had in view, when he +lamented the uselessness of all advice:-- + + _quid eternis minorem + Consiliis animum fatigas?_[1] + +[Footnote 1: Odes II. xi.] + +The cause of this commonest of all follies is that optical illusion of +the mind from which everyone suffers, making life, at its beginning, +seem of long duration; and at its end, when one looks back over the +course of it, how short a time it seems! There is some advantage in +the illusion; but for it, no great work would ever be done. + +Our life is like a journey on which, as we advance, the landscape +takes a different view from that which it presented at first, +and changes again, as we come nearer. This is just what +happens--especially with our wishes. We often find something else, +nay, something better than what we are looking for; and what we look +for, we often find on a very different path from that on which we +began a vain search. Instead of finding, as we expected, pleasure, +happiness, joy, we get experience, insight, knowledge--a real and +permanent blessing, instead of a fleeting and illusory one. + +This is the thought that runs through _Wilkelm Meister_, like the bass +in a piece of music. In this work of Goethe's, we have a novel of the +_intellectual_ kind, and, therefore, superior to all others, even to +Sir Walter Scott's, which are, one and all, _ethical_; in other words, +they treat of human nature only from the side of the will. So, too, +in the _Zauberflöte_--that grotesque, but still significant, and even +hieroglyphic--the same thought is symbolized, but in great, coarse +lines, much in the way in which scenery is painted. Here the symbol +would be complete if Tamino were in the end to be cured of his desire +to possess Tainina, and received, in her stead, initiation into the +mysteries of the Temple of Wisdom. It is quite right for Papageno, his +necessary contrast, to succeed in getting his Papagena. + +Men of any worth or value soon come to see that they are in the hands +of Fate, and gratefully submit to be moulded by its teachings. They +recognize that the fruit of life is experience, and not happiness; +they become accustomed and content to exchange hope for insight; and, +in the end, they can say, with Petrarch, that all they care for is to +learn:-- + + _Altro diletto che 'mparar, non provo_. + +It may even be that they to some extent still follow their old wishes +and aims, trifling with them, as it were, for the sake of appearances; +all the while really and seriously looking for nothing but +instruction; a process which lends them an air of genius, a trait of +something contemplative and sublime. + +In their search for gold, the alchemists discovered other +things--gunpowder, china, medicines, the laws of nature. There is a +sense in which we are all alchemists. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.--SECTION 4. + + +The mason employed on the building of a house may be quite ignorant of +its general design; or at any rate, he may not keep it constantly in +mind. So it is with man: in working through the days and hours of his +life, he takes little thought of its character as a whole. + +If there is any merit or importance attaching to a man's career, if he +lays himself out carefully for some special work, it is all the more +necessary and advisable for him to turn his attention now and then +to its _plan_, that is to say, the miniature sketch of its general +outlines. Of course, to do that, he must have applied the maxim +[Greek: Gnothi seauton]; he must have made some little progress in the +art of understanding himself. He must know what is his real, chief, +and foremost object in life,--what it is that he most wants in order +to be happy; and then, after that, what occupies the second and third +place in his thoughts; he must find out what, on the whole, his +vocation really is--the part he has to play, his general relation to +the world. If he maps out important work for himself on great lines, +a glance at this miniature plan of his life will, more than anything +else stimulate, rouse and ennoble him, urge him on to action and keep +him from false paths. + +Again, just as the traveler, on reaching a height, gets a connected +view over the road he has taken, with its many turns and windings; so +it is only when we have completed a period in our life, or approach +the end of it altogether, that we recognize the true connection +between all our actions,--what it is we have achieved, what work we +have done. It is only then that we see the precise chain of cause and +effect, and the exact value of all our efforts. For as long as we are +actually engaged in the work of life, we always act in accordance with +the nature of our character, under the influence of motive, and within +the limits of our capacity,--in a word, from beginning to end, under +a law of _necessity_; at every moment we do just what appears to us +right and proper. It is only afterwards, when we come to look back at +the whole course of our life and its general result, that we see the +why and wherefore of it all. + +When we are actually doing some great deed, or creating some immortal +work, we are not conscious of it as such; we think only of satisfying +present aims, of fulfilling the intentions we happen to have at the +time, of doing the right thing at the moment. It is only when we +come to view our life as a connected whole that our character and +capacities show themselves in their true light; that we see how, in +particular instances, some happy inspiration, as it were, led us to +choose the only true path out of a thousand which might have brought +us to ruin. It was our genius that guided us, a force felt in the +affairs of the intellectual as in those of the world; and working by +its defect just in the same way in regard to evil and disaster. + +SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise conduct of life is to +preserve a proper proportion between our thought for the present and +our thought for the future; in order not to spoil the one by paying +over-great attention to the other. Many live too long in the +present--frivolous people, I mean; others, too much in the future, +ever anxious and full of care. It is seldom that a man holds the right +balance between the two extremes. Those who strive and hope and live +only in the future, always looking ahead and impatiently anticipating +what is coming, as something which will make them happy when they +get it, are, in spite of their very clever airs, exactly like those +donkeys one sees in Italy, whose pace may be hurried by fixing a stick +on their heads with a wisp of hay at the end of it; this is always +just in front of them, and they keep on trying to get it. Such people +are in a constant state of illusion as to their whole existence; they +go on living _ad interim_, until at last they die. + +Instead, therefore, of always thinking about our plans and anxiously +looking to the future, or of giving ourselves up to regret for the +past, we should never forget that the present is the only reality, the +only certainty; that the future almost always turns out contrary to +our expectations; that the past, too, was very different from what +we suppose it to have been. But the past and the future are, on the +whole, of less consequence than we think. Distance, which makes +objects look small to the outward eye, makes them look big to the eye +of thought. The present alone is true and actual; it is the only +time which possesses full reality, and our existence lies in it +exclusively. Therefore we should always be glad of it, and give it +the welcome it deserves, and enjoy every hour that is bearable by +its freedom from pain and annoyance with a full consciousness of its +value. We shall hardly be able to do this if we make a wry face over +the failure of our hopes in the past or over our anxiety for the +future. It is the height of folly to refuse the present hour of +happiness, or wantonly to spoil it by vexation at by-gones or +uneasiness about what is to come. There is a time, of course, for +forethought, nay, even for repentance; but when it is over let us +think of what is past as of something to which we have said farewell, +of necessity subduing our hearts-- + + [Greek: alla ta men protuchthai easomen achnumenoi per + tumhon eni staethessi philon damasntes hanankae],[1] + +and of the future as of that which lies beyond our power, in the lap +of the gods-- + +[Greek: all aetoi men tauta theon en gounasi keitai.][2] + +[Footnote 1: _Iliad_, xix, 65.] + +[Footnote 2: _Ibid_, xvii, 514] + +But in regard to the present let us remember Seneca's advice, and live +each day as if it were our whole life,--_singulas dies singulas vitas +puta_: let us make it as agreeable as possible, it is the only real +time we have. + +Only those evils which are sure to come at a definite date have +any right to disturb us; and how few there are which fulfill this +description. For evils are of two kinds; either they are possible +only, at most probable; or they are inevitable. Even in the case of +evils which are sure to happen, the time at which they will happen is +uncertain. A man who is always preparing for either class of evil will +not have a moment of peace left him. So, if we are not to lose all +comfort in life through the fear of evils, some of which are uncertain +in themselves, and others, in the time at which they will occur, we +should look upon the one kind as never likely to happen, and the other +as not likely to happen very soon. + +Now, the less our peace of mind is disturbed by fear, the more likely +it is to be agitated by desire and expectation. This is the true +meaning of that song of Goethe's which is such a favorite with +everyone: _Ich hab' mein' Sach' auf nichts gestellt_. It is only +after a man has got rid of all pretension, and taken refuge in mere +unembellished existence, that he is able to attain that peace of mind +which is the foundation of human happiness. Peace of mind! that is +something essential to any enjoyment of the present moment; and unless +its separate moments are enjoyed, there is an end of life's happiness +as a whole. We should always collect that _To-day_ comes only once, +and never returns. We fancy that it will come again to-morrow; but +_To-morrow_ is another day, which, in its turn, comes once only. +We are apt to forget that every day is an integral, and therefore +irreplaceable portion of life, and to look upon life as though it +were a collective idea or name which does not suffer if one of the +individuals it covers is destroyed. + +We should be more likely to appreciate and enjoy the present, if, +in those good days when we are well and strong, we did not fail to +reflect how, in sickness and sorrow, every past hour that was free +from pain and privation seemed in our memory so infinitely to be +envied--as it were, a lost paradise, or some one who was only then +seen to have acted as a friend. But we live through our days of +happiness without noticing them; it is only when evil comes upon us +that we wish them back. A thousand gay and pleasant hours are wasted +in ill-humor; we let them slip by unenjoyed, and sigh for them in vain +when the sky is overcast. Those present moments that are bearable, be +they never so trite and common,--passed by in indifference, or, it may +be, impatiently pushed away,--those are the moments we should honor; +never failing to remember that the ebbing tide is even how hurrying +them into the past, where memory will store them transfigured and +shining with an imperishable light,--in some after-time, and above +all, when our days are evil, to raise the veil and present them as the +object of our fondest regret. + +SECTION 6. _Limitations always make for happiness_. We are happy in +proportion as our range of vision, our sphere of work, our points of +contact with the world, are restricted and circumscribed. We are more +likely to feel worried and anxious if these limits are wide; for +it means that our cares, desires and terrors are increased and +intensified. That is why the blind are not so unhappy as we might be +inclined to suppose; otherwise there would not be that gentle and +almost serene expression of peace in their faces. + +Another reason why limitation makes for happiness is that the second +half of life proves even more dreary that the first. As the years wear +on, the horizon of our aims and our points of contact with the world +become more extended. In childhood our horizon is limited to +the narrowest sphere about us; in youth there is already a very +considerable widening of our view; in manhood it comprises the whole +range of our activity, often stretching out over a very distant +sphere,--the care, for instance, of a State or a nation; in old age it +embraces posterity. + +But even in the affairs of the intellect, limitation is necessary if +we are to be happy. For the less the will is excited, the less we +suffer. We have seen that suffering is something positive, and that +happiness is only a negative condition. To limit the sphere of outward +activity is to relieve the will of external stimulus: to limit the +sphere of our intellectual efforts is to relieve the will of internal +sources of excitement. This latter kind of limitation is attended by +the disadvantage that it opens the door to boredom, which is a direct +source of countless sufferings; for to banish boredom, a man will +have recourse to any means that may be handy--dissipation, society, +extravagance, gaming, and drinking, and the like, which in their turn +bring mischief, ruin and misery in their train. _Difficiles in otio +quies_--it is difficult to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. That +limitation in the sphere of outward activity is conducive, nay, even +necessary to human happiness, such as it is, may be seen in the fact +that the only kind of poetry which depicts men in a happy state of +life--Idyllic poetry, I mean,--always aims, as an intrinsic part of +its treatment, at representing them in very simple and restricted +circumstances. It is this feeling, too, which is at the bottom of the +pleasure we take in what are called _genre_ pictures. + +_Simplicity_, therefore, as far as it can be attained, and even +_monotony_, in our manner of life, if it does not mean that we +are bored, will contribute to happiness; just because, under such +circumstances, life, and consequently the burden which is the +essential concomitant of life, will be least felt. Our existence +will glide on peacefully like a stream which no waves or whirlpools +disturb. + +SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a painful state depends, +ultimately, upon the kind of matter that pervades and engrosses our +consciousness. In this respect, purely intellectual occupation, for +the mind that is capable of it, will, as a rule, do much more in the +way of happiness than any form of practical life, with its constant +alternations of success and failure, and all the shocks and torments +it produces. But it must be confessed that for such occupation a +pre-eminent amount of intellectual capacity is necessary. And in this +connection it may be noted that, just as a life devoted to outward +activity will distract and divert a man from study, and also deprive +him of that quiet concentration of mind which is necessary for such +work; so, on the other hand, a long course of thought will make +him more or less unfit for the noisy pursuits of real life. It +is advisable, therefore, to suspend mental work for a while, if +circumstances happen which demand any degree of energy in affairs of a +practical nature. + +SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely prudent and discreet, +and to draw from experience all the instruction it contains, it +is requisite to be constantly thinking back,--to make a kind +of recapitulation of what we have done, of our impressions and +sensations, to compare our former with our present judgments--what +we set before us and struggle to achieve, with the actual result and +satisfaction we have obtained. To do this is to get a repetition of +the private lessons of experience,--lessons which are given to every +one. + +Experience of the world may be looked upon as a kind of text, to which +reflection and knowledge form the commentary. Where there is great +deal of reflection and intellectual knowledge, and very little +experience, the result is like those books which have on each page two +lines of text to forty lines of commentary. A great deal of experience +with little reflection and scant knowledge, gives us books like those +of the _editio Bipontina_[1] where there are no notes and much that is +unintelligible. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. A series of Greek, Latin and French +classics published at Zweibräcken in the Palatinate, from and after +the year 1779. Cf. Butter, _Ueber die Bipontiner und die editiones +Bipontinae_.] + +The advice here given is on a par with a rule recommended by +Pythagoras,--to review, every night before going to sleep, what we +have done during the day. To live at random, in the hurly-burly of +business or pleasure, without ever reflecting upon the past,--to go +on, as it were, pulling cotton off the reel of life,--is to have no +clear idea of what we are about; and a man who lives in this state +will have chaos in his emotions and certain confusion in his thoughts; +as is soon manifest by the abrupt and fragmentary character of his +conversation, which becomes a kind of mincemeat. A man will be all the +more exposed to this fate in proportion as he lives a restless life +in the world, amid a crowd of various impressions and with a +correspondingly small amount of activity on the part of his own mind. + +And in this connection it will be in place to observe that, when +events and circumstances which have influenced us pass away in the +course of time, we are unable to bring back and renew the particular +mood or state of feeling which they aroused in us: but we can remember +what we were led to say and do in regard to them; and thus form, as it +were, the result, expression and measure of those events. We should, +therefore, be careful to preserve the memory of our thoughts at +important points in our life; and herein lies the great advantage of +keeping a journal. + +SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in all to oneself, to +want for nothing, to be able to say _omnia mea mecum porto_--that is +assuredly the chief qualification for happiness. Hence Aristotle's +remark, [Greek: hae eudaimonia ton autarchon esti][1]--to be happy +means to be self-sufficient--cannot be too often repeated. It is, +at bottom, the same thought as is present in the very well-turned +sentence from Chamfort: + +_Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est très difficile de le trouver +en nous, et impossible de le trouver ailleurs_. + +[Footnote 1: _Eudem. Eth_. VII. ii. 37.] + +For while a man cannot reckon with certainty upon anyone but himself, +the burdens and disadvantages, the dangers and annoyances, which arise +from having to do with others, are not only countless but unavoidable. + +There is no more mistaken path to happiness than worldliness, revelry, +_high life_: for the whole object of it is to transform our miserable +existence into a succession of joys, delights and pleasures,--a +process which cannot fail to result in disappointment and delusion; +on a par, in this respect, with its _obligato_ accompaniment, the +interchange of lies.[1] + +[Footnote 1: As our body is concealed by the clothes we wear, so our +mind is veiled in lies. The veil is always there, and it is only +through it that we can sometimes guess at what a man really thinks; +just as from his clothes we arrive at the general shape of his body.] + +All society necessarily involves, as the first condition of its +existence, mutual accommodation and restraint upon the part of its +members. This means that the larger it is, the more insipid will be +its tone. A man can be _himself_ only so long as he is alone; and if +he does not love solitude, he will not love freedom; for it is only +when he is alone that he is really free. Constraint is always present +in society, like a companion of whom there is no riddance; and in +proportion to the greatness of a man's individuality, it will be hard +for him to bear the sacrifices which all intercourse with others +demands, Solitude will be welcomed or endured or avoided, according as +a man's personal value is large or small,--the wretch feeling, when +he is alone, the whole burden of his misery; the great intellect +delighting in its greatness; and everyone, in short, being just what +he is. + +Further, if a man stands high in Nature's lists, it is natural and +inevitable that he should feel solitary. It will be an advantage to +him if his surroundings do not interfere with this feeling; for if he +has to see a great deal of other people who are not of like character +with himself, they will exercise a disturbing influence upon him, +adverse to his peace of mind; they will rob him, in fact, of himself, +and give him nothing to compensate for the loss. + +But while Nature sets very wide differences between man and man in +respect both of morality and of intellect, society disregards and +effaces them; or, rather, it sets up artificial differences in +their stead,--gradations of rank and position, which are very often +diametrically opposed to those which Nature establishes. The result of +this arrangement is to elevate those whom Nature has placed low, +and to depress the few who stand high. These latter, then, usually +withdraw from society, where, as soon as it is at all numerous, +vulgarity reigns supreme. + +What offends a great intellect in society is the equality of rights, +leading to equality of pretensions, which everyone enjoys; while at +the same time, inequality of capacity means a corresponding disparity +of social power. So-called _good society_ recognizes every kind of +claim but that of intellect, which is a contraband article; and people +are expected to exhibit an unlimited amount of patience towards every +form of folly and stupidity, perversity and dullness; whilst personal +merit has to beg pardon, as it were, for being present, or else +conceal itself altogether. Intellectual superiority offends by its +very existence, without any desire to do so. + +The worst of what is called good society is not only that it offers us +the companionship of people who are unable to win either our praise or +our affection, but that it does not allow of our being that which we +naturally are; it compels us, for the sake of harmony, to shrivel up, +or even alter our shape altogether. Intellectual conversation, whether +grave or humorous, is only fit for intellectual society; it is +downright abhorrent to ordinary people, to please whom it is +absolutely necessary to be commonplace and dull. This demands an act +of severe self-denial; we have to forfeit three-fourths of ourselves +in order to become like other people. No doubt their company may be +set down against our loss in this respect; but the more a man is +worth, the more he will find that what he gains does not cover what he +loses, and that the balance is on the debit side of the account; for +the people with whom he deals are generally bankrupt,--that is to say, +there is nothing to be got from their society which can compensate +either for its boredom, annoyance and disagreeableness, or for the +self-denial which it renders necessary. Accordingly, most society is +so constituted as to offer a good profit to anyone who will exchange +it for solitude. + +Nor is this all. By way of providing a substitute for real--I mean +intellectual--superiority, which is seldom to be met with, and +intolerable when it is found, society has capriciously adopted a false +kind of superiority, conventional in its character, and resting upon +arbitrary principles,--a tradition, as it were, handed down in the +higher circles, and, like a password, subject to alteration; I refer +to _bon-ton_ fashion. Whenever this kind of superiority comes into +collision with the real kind, its weakness is manifest. Moreover, the +presence of _good tone_ means the absence of _good sense_. + +No man can be in _perfect accord_ with any one but himself--not even +with a friend or the partner of his life; differences of individuality +and temperament are always bringing in some degree of discord, though +it may be a very slight one. That genuine, profound peace of mind, +that perfect tranquillity of soul, which, next to health, is the +highest blessing the earth can give, is to be attained only in +solitude, and, as a permanent mood, only in complete retirement; and +then, if there is anything great and rich in the man's own self, his +way of life is the happiest that may be found in this wretched world. + +Let me speak plainly. However close the bond of friendship, love, +marriage--a man, ultimately, looks to himself, to his own welfare +alone; at most, to his child's too. The less necessity there is for +you to come into contact with mankind in general, in the relations +whether of business or of personal intimacy, the better off you are. +Loneliness and solitude have their evils, it is true; but if you +cannot feel them all at once, you can at least see where they lie; on +the other hand, society is _insidious_ in this respect; as in offering +you what appears to be the pastime of pleasing social intercourse, it +works great and often irreparable mischief. The young should early be +trained to bear being left alone; for it is a source of happiness and +peace of mind. + +It follows from this that a man is best off if he be thrown upon his +own resources and can be all in all to himself; and Cicero goes so far +as to say that a man who is in this condition cannot fail to be very +happy--_nemo potest non beatissimus esse qui est totus aptus ex sese, +quique in se uno ponit omnia._[1] The more a man has in himself, the +less others can be to him. The feeling of self-sufficiency! it is that +which restrains those whose personal value is in itself great riches, +from such considerable sacrifices as are demanded by intercourse with +the world, let alone, then, from actually practicing self-denial by +going out of their way to seek it. Ordinary people are sociable and +complaisant just from the very opposite feeling;--to bear others' +company is easier for them than to bear their own. Moreover, respect +is not paid in this world to that which has real merit; it is reserved +for that which has none. So retirement is at once a proof and a result +of being distinguished by the possession of meritorious qualities. It +will therefore show real wisdom on the part of any one who is worth +anything in himself, to limit his requirements as may be necessary, in +order to preserve or extend his freedom, and,--since a man must come +into some relations with his fellow-men--to admit them to his intimacy +as little as possible. + +[Footnote 1: _Paradoxa Stoidorum_: II.] + +I have said that people are rendered sociable by their ability to +endure solitude, that is to say, their own society. They become +sick of themselves. It is this vacuity of soul which drives them to +intercourse with others,--to travels in foreign countries. Their mind +is wanting in elasticity; it has no movement of its own, and so they +try to give it some,--by drink, for instance. How much drunkenness +is due to this cause alone! They are always looking for some form of +excitement, of the strongest kind they can bear--the excitement of +being with people of like nature with themselves; and if they fail +in this, their mind sinks by its own weight, and they fall into a +grievous lethargy.[1] Such people, it may be said, possess only a +small fraction of humanity in themselves; and it requires a great many +of them put together to make up a fair amount of it,--to attain any +degree of consciousness as men. A man, in the full sense of the +word,--a man _par excellence_--does not represent a fraction, but a +whole number: he is complete in himself. + +[Footnote 1: It is a well-known fact, that we can more easily bear up +under evils which fall upon a great many people besides ourselves. +As boredom seems to be an evil of this kind, people band together to +offer it a common resistance. The love of life is at bottom only the +fear of death; and, in the same way, the social impulse does not rest +directly upon the love of society, but upon the fear of solitude; it +is not alone the charm of being in others' company that people seek, +it is the dreary oppression of being alone--the monotony of their own +consciousness--that they would avoid. They will do anything to escape +it,--even tolerate bad companions, and put up with the feeling of +constraint which all society involves, in this case a very burdensome +one. But if aversion to such society conquers the aversion to being +alone, they become accustomed to solitude and hardened to its +immediate effects. They no longer find solitude to be such a very bad +thing, and settle down comfortably to it without any hankering after +society;--and this, partly because it is only indirectly that they +need others' company, and partly because they have become accustomed +to the benefits of being alone.] + +Ordinary society is, in this respect, very like the kind of music to +be obtained from an orchestra composed of Russian horns. Each horn has +only one note; and the music is produced by each note coming in just +at the right moment. In the monotonous sound of a single horn, you +have a precise illustration of the effect of most people's minds. How +often there seems to be only one thought there! and no room for any +other. It is easy to see why people are so bored; and also why they +are sociable, why they like to go about in crowds--why mankind is so +_gregarious_. It is the monotony of his own nature that makes a man +find solitude intolerable. _Omnis stultitia laborat fastidio sui_: +folly is truly its own burden. Put a great many men together, and you +may get some result--some music from your horns! + +A man of intellect is like an artist who gives a concert without any +help from anyone else, playing on a single instrument--a piano, say, +which is a little orchestra in itself. Such a man is a little world in +himself; and the effect produced by various instruments together, he +produces single-handed, in the unity of his own consciousness. Like +the piano, he has no place in a symphony: he is a soloist and performs +by himself,--in solitude, it may be; or, if in company with other +instruments, only as principal; or for setting the tone, as in +singing. However, those who are fond of society from time to time +may profit by this simile, and lay it down as a general rule that +deficiency of quality in those we meet may be to some extent +compensated by an increase in quantity. One man's company may be quite +enough, if he is clever; but where you have only ordinary people to +deal with, it is advisable to have a great many of them, so that +some advantage may accrue by letting them all work together,--on the +analogy of the horns; and may Heaven grant you patience for your task! + +That mental vacuity and barrenness of soul to which I have alluded, is +responsible for another misfortune. When men of the better class form +a society for promoting some noble or ideal aim, the result almost +always is that the innumerable mob of humanity comes crowding in too, +as it always does everywhere, like vermin--their object being to try +and get rid of boredom, or some other defect of their nature; and +anything that will effect that, they seize upon at once, without the +slightest discrimination. Some of them will slip into that society, +or push themselves in, and then either soon destroy it altogether, or +alter it so much that in the end it comes to have a purpose the exact +opposite of that which it had at first. + +This is not the only point of view from which the social impulse may +be regarded. On cold days people manage to get some warmth by crowding +together; and you can warm your mind in the same way--by bringing +it into contact with others. But a man who has a great deal of +intellectual warmth in himself will stand in no need of such +resources. I have written a little fable illustrating this: it may be +found elsewhere.[1] As a general rule, it may be said that a man's +sociability stands very nearly in inverse ratio to his intellectual +value: to say that "so and so" is very unsociable, is almost +tantamount to saying that he is a man of great capacity. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. The passage to which Schopenhauer +refers is _Parerga_: vol. ii. § 413 (4th edition). The fable is of +certain porcupines, who huddled together for warmth on a cold day; +but as they began to prick one another with their quills, they were +obliged to disperse. However the cold drove them together again, when +just the same thing happened. At last, after many turns of huddling +and dispersing, they discovered that they would be best off by +remaining at a little distance from one another. In the same way, +the need of society drives the human porcupines together--only to be +mutually repelled by the many prickly and disagreeable qualities of +their nature. The moderate distance which they at last discover to be +the only tolerable condition of intercourse, is the code of politeness +and fine manners; and those who transgress it are roughly told--in +the English phrase--_to keep their distance_. By this arrangement the +mutual need of warmth is only very moderately satisfied,--but then +people do not get pricked. A man who has some heat in himself prefers +to remain outside, where he will neither prick other people nor get +pricked himself.] + +Solitude is doubly advantageous to such a man. Firstly, it allows +him to be with himself, and, secondly, it prevents him being with +others--an advantage of great moment; for how much constraint, +annoyance, and even danger there is in all intercourse with the world. +_Tout notre mal_, says La Bruyère, _vient de ne pouvoir être seul_. It +is really a very risky, nay, a fatal thing, to be sociable; because +it means contact with natures, the great majority of which are bad +morally, and dull or perverse, intellectually. To be unsociable is not +to care about such people; and to have enough in oneself to dispense +with the necessity of their company is a great piece of good fortune; +because almost all our sufferings spring from having to do with other +people; and that destroys the peace of mind, which, as I have said, +comes next after health in the elements of happiness. Peace of mind +is impossible without a considerable amount of solitude. The Cynics +renounced all private property in order to attain the bliss of having +nothing to trouble them; and to renounce society with the same object +is the wisest thing a man can do. Bernardin de Saint Pierre has the +very excellent and pertinent remark that to be sparing in regard +to food is a means of health; in regard to society, a means of +tranquillity--_la diète des ailmens nous rend la santé du corps, et +celle des hommes la tranquillité de l'âme._ To be soon on friendly, or +even affectionate, terms with solitude is like winning a gold mine; +but this is not something which everybody can do. The prime reason for +social intercourse is mutual need; and as soon as that is satisfied, +boredom drives people together once more. If it were not for these two +reasons, a man would probably elect to remain alone; if only because +solitude is the sole condition of life which gives full play to +that feeling of exclusive importance which every man has in his own +eyes,--as if he were the only person in the world! a feeling which, +in the throng and press of real life, soon shrivels up to nothing, +getting, at every step, a painful _démenti_. From this point of view +it may be said that solitude is the original and natural state of man, +where, like another Adam, he is as happy as his nature will allow. + +But still, had Adam no father or mother? There is another sense in +which solitude is not the natural state; for, at his entrance into the +world, a man finds himself with parents, brothers, sisters, that is to +say, in society, and not alone. Accordingly it cannot be said that the +love of solitude is an original characteristic of human nature; it is +rather the result of experience and reflection, and these in their +turn depend upon the development of intellectual power, and increase +with the years. + +Speaking generally, sociability stands in inverse ratio with age. A +little child raises a piteous cry of fright if it is left alone for +only a few minutes; and later on, to be shut up by itself is a great +punishment. Young people soon get on very friendly terms with one +another; it is only the few among them of any nobility of mind who are +glad now and then to be alone;--but to spend the whole day thus would +be disagreeable. A grown-up man can easily do it; it is little trouble +to him to be much alone, and it becomes less and less trouble as he +advances in years. An old man who has outlived all his friends, and is +either indifferent or dead to the pleasures of life, is in his proper +element in solitude; and in individual cases the special tendency +to retirement and seclusion will always be in direct proportion to +intellectual capacity. + +For this tendency is not, as I have said, a purely natural one; it +does not come into existence as a direct need of human nature; it is +rather the effect of the experience we go through, the product +of reflection upon what our needs really are; proceeding, more +especially, from the insight we attain into the wretched stuff of +which most people are made, whether you look at their morals or their +intellects. The worst of it all is that, in the individual, moral and +intellectual shortcomings are closely connected and play into each +other's hands, so that all manner of disagreeable results are +obtained, which make intercourse with most people not only unpleasant +but intolerable. Hence, though the world contains many things which +are thoroughly bad, the worst thing in it is society. Even Voltaire, +that sociable Frenchman, was obliged to admit that there are +everywhere crowds of people not worth talking to: _la terre est +couverte de gens qui ne méritent pas qu'on leur parle_. And Petrarch +gives a similar reason for wishing to be alone--that tender spirit! so +strong and constant in his love of seclusion. The streams, the plains +and woods know well, he says, how he has tried to escape the perverse +and stupid people who have missed the way to heaven:-- + + _Cercato ho sempre solitaria vita + (Le rive il sanno, e le campagne e i boschi) + Per fuggir quest' ingegni storti e loschi + Che la strada del ciel' hanno smarrita_. + +He pursues the same strain in that delightful book of his, _DeVita +Solitaria_, which seems to have given Zimmerman the idea of his +celebrated work on _Solitude_. It is the secondary and indirect +character of the love of seclusion to which Chamfort alludes in the +following passage, couched in his sarcastic vein: _On dit quelquefois +d'un homme qui vit seul, il n'aime pas la société. C'est souvent +comme si on disait d'un homme qu'il n'aime pas la promenade, sous le +pretexte qu'il ne se promène pas volontiers le soir dans le forêt de +Bondy_. + +You will find a similar sentiment expressed by the Persian poet Sadi, +in his _Garden of Roses. Since that time_, he says, _we have taken +leave of society, preferring the path of seclusion; for there is +safety in solitude_. Angelus Silesius,[1] a very gentle and Christian +writer, confesses to the same feeling, in his own mythical language. +Herod, he says, is the common enemy; and when, as with Joseph, God +warns us of danger, we fly from the world to solitude, from Bethlehem +to Egypt; or else suffering and death await us!-- + + _Herodes ist ein Feind; der Joseph der Verstand, + Dem machte Gott die Gefahr im Traum (in Geist) bekannt; + Die Welt ist Bethlehem, Aegypten Einsamkeit, + Fleuch, meine Seele! fleuch, sonst stirbest du vor Leid_. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Angelus Silesius, pseudonym for +Johannes Scheffler, a physician and mystic poet of the seventeenth +century (1624-77).] + +Giordano Bruno also declares himself a friend of seclusion. _Tanti +uomini_, he says, _che in terra hanno voluto gustare vita +celeste, dissero con una voce, "ecce elongavi fugiens et mansi in +solitudine_"--those who in this world have desired a foretaste of the +divine life, have always proclaimed with one voice: + + _Lo! then would I wander far off; + I would lodge in the wilderness._[1] + +[Footnote 1: Psalms, lv. 7.] + +And in the work from which I have already quoted, Sadi says of +himself: _In disgust with my friends at Damascus, I withdrew into +the desert about Jerusalem, to seek the society of the beasts of the +field_. In short, the same thing has been said by all whom Prometheus +has formed out of better clay. What pleasure could they find in the +company of people with whom their only common ground is just what is +lowest and least noble in their own nature--the part of them that is +commonplace, trivial and vulgar? What do they want with people who +cannot rise to a higher level, and for whom nothing remains but to +drag others down to theirs? for this is what they aim at. It is an +aristocratic feeling that is at the bottom of this propensity to +seclusion and solitude. + +Rascals are always sociable--more's the pity! and the chief sign that +a man has any nobility in his character is the little pleasure he +takes in others' company. He prefers solitude more and more, and, in +course of time, comes to see that, with few exceptions, the world +offers no choice beyond solitude on one side and vulgarity on the +other. This may sound a hard thing to say; but even Angelus Silesius, +with all his Christian feelings of gentleness and love, was obliged to +admit the truth of it. However painful solitude may be, he says, be +careful not to be vulgar; for then you may find a desert everywhere:-- + + _Die Einsamkeit ist noth: doch sei nur nicht gemein, + So kannst du überall in einer Wüste sein_. + +It is natural for great minds--the true teachers of humanity--to care +little about the constant company of others; just as little as the +schoolmaster cares for joining in the gambols of the noisy crowd of +boys which surround him. The mission of these great minds is to guide +mankind over the sea of error to the haven of truth--to draw it forth +from the dark abysses of a barbarous vulgarity up into the light of +culture and refinement. Men of great intellect live in the world +without really belonging to it; and so, from their earliest years, +they feel that there is a perceptible difference between them and +other people. But it is only gradually, with the lapse of years, +that they come to a clear understanding of their position. Their +intellectual isolation is then reinforced by actual seclusion in their +manner of life; they let no one approach who is not in some degree +emancipated from the prevailing vulgarity. + +From what has been said it is obvious that the love of solitude is +not a direct, original impulse in human nature, but rather something +secondary and of gradual growth. It is the more distinguishing feature +of nobler minds, developed not without some conquest of natural +desires, and now and then in actual opposition to the promptings of +Mephistopheles--bidding you exchange a morose and soul-destroying +solitude for life amongst men, for society; even the worst, he says, +will give a sense of human fellowship:-- + + _Hör' auf mit deinem Gram zu spielen, + Der, wie ein Geier, dir am Leben frisst: + Die schlechteste Gesellschaft lässt dich fühlen + Dass du ein Mensch mit Menschen bist.[1]_ + +[Footnote 1: Goethe's _Faust_, Part I., 1281-5.] + +To be alone is the fate of all great minds--a fate deplored at times, +but still always chosen as the less grievous of two evils. As +the years increase, it always becomes easier to say, Dare to be +wise--_sapere aude_. And after sixty, the inclination to be alone +grows into a kind of real, natural instinct; for at that age +everything combines in favor of it. The strongest impulse--the love of +woman's society--has little or no effect; it is the sexless condition +of old age which lays the foundation of a certain self-sufficiency, +and that gradually absorbs all desire for others' company. A thousand +illusions and follies are overcome; the active years of life are +in most cases gone; a man has no more expectations or plans or +intentions. The generation to which he belonged has passed away, and a +new race has sprung up which looks upon him as essentially outside its +sphere of activity. And then the years pass more quickly as we become +older, and we want to devote our remaining time to the intellectual +rather than to the practical side of life. For, provided that the mind +retains its faculties, the amount of knowledge and experience we have +acquired, together with the facility we have gained in the use of our +powers, makes it then more than ever easy and interesting to us to +pursue the study of any subject. A thousand things become clear which +were formerly enveloped in obscurity, and results are obtained which +give a feeling of difficulties overcome. From long experience of men, +we cease to expect much from them; we find that, on the whole, people +do not gain by a nearer acquaintance; and that--apart from a few rare +and fortunate exceptions--we have come across none but defective +specimens of human nature which it is advisable to leave in peace. +We are no more subject to the ordinary illusions of life; and as, in +individual instances, we soon see what a man is made of, we seldom +feel any inclination to come into closer relations with him. Finally, +isolation--our own society--has become a habit, as it were a second +nature to us, more especially if we have been on friendly terms with +it from our youth up. The love of solitude which was formerly indulged +only at the expense of our desire for society, has now come to be the +simple quality of our natural disposition--the element proper to our +life, as water to a fish. This is why anyone who possesses a unique +individuality--unlike others and therefore necessarily isolated--feels +that, as he becomes older, his position is no longer so burdensome as +when he was young. + +For, as a matter of fact, this very genuine privilege of old age is +one which can be enjoyed only if a man is possessed of a certain +amount of intellect; it will be appreciated most of all where there is +real mental power; but in some degree by every one. It is only people +of very barren and vulgar nature who will be just as sociable in their +old age as they were in their youth. But then they become troublesome +to a society to which they are no longer suited, and, at most, manage +to be tolerated; whereas, they were formerly in great request. + +There is another aspect of this inverse proportion between age and +sociability--the way in which it conduces to education. The younger +that people are, the more in every respect they have to learn; and it +is just in youth that Nature provides a system of mutual education, +so that mere intercourse with others, at that time of life, carries +instruction with it. Human society, from this point of view, resembles +a huge academy of learning, on the Bell and Lancaster system, opposed +to the system of education by means of books and schools, as something +artificial and contrary to the institutions of Nature. It is therefore +a very suitable arrangement that, in his young days, a man should be +a very diligent student at the place of learning provided by Nature +herself. + +But there is nothing in life which has not some drawback--_nihil est +ab omni parte beatum_, as Horace says; or, in the words of an Indian +proverb, _no lotus without a stalk_. Seclusion, which has so many +advantages, has also its little annoyances and drawbacks, which are +small, however, in comparison with those of society; hence anyone who +is worth much in himself will get on better without other people than +with them. But amongst the disadvantages of seclusion there is one +which is not so easy to see as the rest. It is this: when people +remain indoors all day, they become physically very sensitive to +atmospheric changes, so that every little draught is enough to make +them ill; so with our temper; a long course of seclusion makes it so +sensitive that the most trivial incidents, words, or even looks, are +sufficient to disturb or to vex and offend us--little things which are +unnoticed by those who live in the turmoil of life. + +When you find human society disagreeable and feel yourself justified +in flying to solitude, you can be so constituted as to be unable to +bear the depression of it for any length of time, which will probably +be the case if you are young. Let me advise you, then, to form the +habit of taking some of your solitude with you into society, to learn +to be to some extent alone even though you are in company; not to say +at once what you think, and, on the other hand, not to attach too +precise a meaning to what others say; rather, not to expect much of +them, either morally or intellectually, and to strengthen yourself in +the feeling of indifference to their opinion, which is the surest way +of always practicing a praiseworthy toleration. If you do that, you +will not live so much with other people, though you may appear to move +amongst them: your relation to them will be of a purely objective +character. This precaution will keep you from too close contact with +society, and therefore secure you against being contaminated or even +outraged by it.[1] Society is in this respect like a fire--the wise +man warming himself at a proper distance from it; not coming too +close, like the fool, who, on getting scorched, runs away and shivers +in solitude, loud in his complaint that the fire burns. + +[Footnote 1: This restricted, or, as it were, entrenched kind of +sociability has been dramatically illustrated in a play--well worth +reading--of Moratin's, entitled _El Café o sea la Comedia Nuova_ (The +Cafe or the New Comedy), chiefly by one of the characters, Don Pedro +and especially in the second and third scenes of the first act.] + +SECTION 10. _Envy_ is natural to man; and still, it is at once a vice +and a source of misery.[1] We should treat it as the enemy of our +happiness, and stifle it like an evil thought. This is the advice +given by Seneca; as he well puts it, we shall be pleased with what we +have, if we avoid the self-torture of comparing our own lot with +some other and happier one--_nostra nos sine comparatione delectent; +nunquam erit felix quem torquebit felicior.[2]_ And again, _quum +adspexeris quot te antecedent, cogita quot sequantur_[3]--if a great +many people appear to be better off than yourself, think how many +there are in a worse position. It is a fact that if real calamity +comes upon us, the most effective consolation--though it springs from +the same source as envy--is just the thought of greater misfortunes +than ours; and the next best is the society of those who are in the +same luck as we--the partners of our sorrows. + +[Footnote 1: Envy shows how unhappy people are; and their constant +attention to what others do and leave undone, how much they are +bored.] + +[Footnote 2: _De Ira_: iii., 30.] + +[Footnote 3: Epist. xv.] + +So much for the envy which we may feel towards others. As regards the +envy which we may excite in them, it should always be remembered that +no form of hatred is so implacable as the hatred that comes from envy; +and therefore we should always carefully refrain from doing anything +to rouse it; nay, as with many another form of vice, it is better +altogether to renounce any pleasure there may be in it, because of the +serious nature of its consequences. + +Aristocracies are of three kinds: (1) of birth and rank; (2) +of wealth; and (3) of intellect. The last is really the most +distinguished of the three, and its claim to occupy the first position +comes to be recognized, if it is only allowed time to work. So eminent +a king as Frederick the Great admitted it--_les âmes privilegiées +rangent à l'égal des souverains_, as he said to his chamberlain, when +the latter expressed his surprise that Voltaire should have a seat +at the table reserved for kings and princes, whilst ministers and +generals were relegated to the chamberlain's. + +Every one of these aristocracies is surrounded by a host of envious +persons. If you belong to one of them, they will be secretly +embittered against you; and unless they are restrained by fear, they +will always be anxious to let you understand that _you are no better +than they_. It is by their anxiety to let you know this, that they +betray how greatly they are conscious that the opposite is the truth. + +The line of conduct to be pursued if you are exposed to envy, is to +keep the envious persons at a distance, and, as far as possible, avoid +all contact with them, so that there may be a wide gulf fixed between +you and them; if this cannot be done, to bear their attacks with the +greatest composure. In the latter case, the very thing that provokes +the attack will also neutralize it. This is what appears to be +generally done. + +The members of one of these aristocracies usually get on very well +with those of another, and there is no call for envy between them, +because their several privileges effect an equipoise. + +SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated consideration to any plan before +you proceed to carry it out; and even after you have thoroughly turned +it over in your mind, make some concession to the incompetency of +human judgment; for it may always happen that circumstances which +cannot be investigated or foreseen, will come in and upset the whole +of your calculation. This is a reflection that will always influence +the negative side of the balance--a kind of warning to refrain from +unnecessary action in matters of importance--_quieta non movere._ But +having once made up your mind and begun your work, you must let it +run its course and abide the result--not worry yourself by fresh +reflections on what is already accomplished, or by a renewal of your +scruples on the score of possible danger: free your mind from the +subject altogether, and refuse to go into it again, secure in the +thought that you gave it mature attention at the proper time. This is +the same advice as is given by an Italian proverb--_legala bene e poi +lascia la andare_--which Goethe has translated thus: See well to your +girths, and then ride on boldly.[1] + +[Footnote 1: It may be observed, in passing, that a great many of +the maxims which Goethe puts under the head of _Proverbial_, are +translations from the Italian.] + +And if, notwithstanding that, you fail, it is because human affairs +are the sport of chance and error. Socrates, the wisest of men, needed +the warning voice of his good genius, or [Greek: daimonion], to enable +him to do what was right in regard to his own personal affairs, or at +any rate, to avoid mistakes; which argues that the human intellect is +incompetent for the purpose. There is a saying--which is reported to +have originated with one of the Popes--that when misfortune happens to +us, the blame of it, at least in some degree, attaches to ourselves. +If this is not true absolutely and in every instance, it is certainly +true in the great majority of cases. It even looks as if this truth +had a great deal to do with the effort people make as far as possible +to conceal their misfortunes, and to put the best face they can upon +them, for fear lest their misfortunes may show how much they are to +blame. + +SECTION 12. + +In the case of a misfortune which has already happened and therefore +cannot be altered, you should not allow yourself to think that it +might have been otherwise; still less, that it might have been avoided +by such and such means; for reflections of this kind will only add +to your distress and make it intolerable, so that you will become a +tormentor to yourself--[Greek: heautontimoroumeaeos]. It is better to +follow the example of King David; who, as long as his son lay on the +bed of sickness, assailed Jehovah with unceasing supplications and +entreaties for his recovery; but when he was dead, snapped his fingers +and thought no more of it. If you are not light-hearted enough for +that, you can take refuge in fatalism, and have the great truth +revealed to you that everything which happens is the result of +necessity, and therefore inevitable. + +However good this advice may be, it is one-sided and partial. In +relieving and quieting us for the moment, it is no doubt effective +enough; but when our misfortunes have resulted--as is usually the +case--from our own carelessness or folly, or, at any rate, partly by +our own fault, it is a good thing to consider how they might have +been avoided, and to consider it often in spite of its being a tender +subject--a salutary form of self-discipline, which will make us wiser +and better men for the future. If we have made obvious mistakes, we +should not try, as we generally do, to gloss them over, or to find +something to excuse or extenuate them; we should admit to ourselves +that we have committed faults, and open our eyes wide to all their +enormity, in order that we may firmly resolve to avoid them in time to +come. To be sure, that means a great deal of self-inflicted pain, in +the shape of discontent, but it should be remembered that to spare +the rod is to spoil the child--[Greek: ho mae dareis anthropos ou +paideuetai].[1] + +[Footnote 1: Menander. Monost: 422.] + +SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or woe, we should be +careful not to let our imagination run away with us, and build no +castles in the air. In the first place, they are expensive to build, +because we have to pull them down again immediately, and that is +a source of grief. We should be still more on our guard against +distressing our hearts by depicting possible misfortunes. If these +were misfortunes of a purely imaginary kind, or very remote and +unlikely, we should at once see, on awaking from our dream, that the +whole thing was mere illusion; we should rejoice all the more in +a reality better than our dreams, or at most, be warned against +misfortunes which, though very remote, were still possible. These, +however, are not the sort of playthings in which imagination delights; +it is only in idle hours that we build castles in the air, and they +are always of a pleasing description. The matter which goes to form +gloomy dreams are mischances which to some extent really threaten us, +though it be from some distance; imagination makes us look larger and +nearer and more terrible than they are in reality. This is a kind of +dream which cannot be so readily shaken off on awaking as a pleasant +one; for a pleasant dream is soon dispelled by reality, leaving, at +most, a feeble hope lying in the lap of possibility. Once we have +abandoned ourselves to a fit of the blues, visions are conjured up +which do not so easily vanish again; for it is always just possible +that the visions may be realized. But we are not always able to +estimate the exact degree of possibility: possibility may easily +pass into probability; and thus we deliver ourselves up to torture. +Therefore we should be careful not to be over-anxious on any +matter affecting our weal or our woe, not to carry our anxiety to +unreasonable or injudicious limits; but coolly and dispassionately to +deliberate upon the matter, as though it were an abstract question +which did not touch us in particular. We should give no play to +imagination here; for imagination is not judgment--it only conjures up +visions, inducing an unprofitable and often very painful mood. + +The rule on which I am here insisting should be most carefully +observed towards evening. For as darkness makes us timid and apt to +see terrifying shapes everywhere, there is something similar in the +effect of indistinct thought; and uncertainty always brings with it a +sense of danger. Hence, towards evening, when our powers of thought +and judgment are relaxed,--at the hour, as it were, of subjective +darkness,--the intellect becomes tired, easily confused, and unable +to get at the bottom of things; and if, in that state, we meditate +on matters of personal interest to ourselves, they soon assume a +dangerous and terrifying aspect. This is mostly the case at night, +when we are in bed; for then the mind is fully relaxed, and the power +of judgment quite unequal to its duties; but imagination is still +awake. Night gives a black look to everything, whatever it may be. +This is why our thoughts, just before we go to sleep, or as we lie +awake through the hours of the night, are usually such confusions and +perversions of facts as dreams themselves; and when our thoughts at +that time are concentrated upon our own concerns, they are generally +as black and monstrous as possible. In the morning all such nightmares +vanish like dreams: as the Spanish proverb has it, _noche tinta, +bianco el dia_--the night is colored, the day is white. But even +towards nightfall, as soon as the candles are lit, the mind, like the +eye, no longer sees things so clearly as by day: it is a time unsuited +to serious meditation, especially on unpleasant subjects. The morning +is the proper time for that--as indeed for all efforts without +exception, whether mental or bodily. For the morning is the youth of +the day, when everything is bright, fresh, and easy of attainment; +we feel strong then, and all our faculties are completely at our +disposal. Do not shorten the morning by getting up late, or waste it +in unworthy occupations or in talk; look upon it as the quintessence +of life, as to a certain extent sacred. Evening is like old age: we +are languid, talkative, silly. Each day is a little life: every waking +and rising a little birth, every fresh morning a little youth, every +going to rest and sleep a little death. + +But condition of health, sleep, nourishment, temperature, weather, +surroundings, and much else that is purely external, have, in general, +an important influence upon our mood and therefore upon our thoughts. +Hence both our view of any matter and our capacity for any work are +very much subject to time and place. So it is best to profit by a good +mood--for how seldom it comes!-- + + _Nehmt die gute Stimmung wahr, + Denn sie kommt so selten_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Goethe.] + +We are not always able to form new ideas about; our surroundings, or +to command original thoughts: they come if they will, and when they +will. And so, too, we cannot always succeed in completely considering +some personal matter at the precise time at which we have determined +beforehand to consider it, and just when we set ourselves to do +so. For the peculiar train of thought which is favorable to it may +suddenly become active without any special call being made upon +it, and we may then follow it up with keen interest. In this way +reflection, too, chooses its own time. + +This reining-in of the imagination which I am recommending, will also +forbid us to summon up the memory of the past misfortune, to paint +a dark picture of the injustice or harm that has been done us, the +losses we have sustained, the insults, slights and annoyances to which +we have been exposed: for to do that is to rouse into fresh life all +those hateful passions long laid asleep--the anger and resentment +which disturb and pollute our nature. In an excellent parable, +Proclus, the Neoplatonist, points out how in every town the mob dwells +side by side with those who are rich and distinguished: so, too, in +every man, be he never so noble and dignified, there is, in the depth +of his nature, a mob of low and vulgar desires which constitute him an +animal. It will not do to let this mob revolt or even so much as peep +forth from its hiding-place; it is hideous of mien, and its rebel +leaders are those flights of imagination which I have been describing. +The smallest annoyance, whether it comes from our fellow-men or from +the things around us, may swell up into a monster of dreadful aspect, +putting us at our wits' end--and all because we go on brooding over +our troubles and painting them in the most glaring colors and on the +largest scale. It is much better to take a very calm and prosaic view +of what is disagreeable; for that is the easiest way of bearing it. + +If you hold small objects close to your eyes, you limit your field of +vision and shut out the world. And, in the same way, the people or the +things which stand nearest, even though they are of the very smallest +consequence, are apt to claim an amount of attention much beyond +their due, occupying us disagreeably, and leaving no room for serious +thoughts and affairs of importance. We ought to work against this +tendency. + +SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not belong to us is very apt +to raise the thought: _Ah, if that were only mine_! making us sensible +of our privation. Instead of that we should do better by more +frequently putting to ourselves the opposite case: _Ah, if that were +not mine_. What I mean is that we should sometimes try to look upon +our possessions in the light in which they would appear if we had lost +them; whatever they may be, property, health, friends, a wife or child +or someone else we love, our horse or our dog--it is usually only when +we have lost them that we begin to find out their value. But if we +come to look at things in the way I recommend, we shall be doubly the +gainers; we shall at once get more pleasure out of them than we did +before, and we shall do everything in our power to prevent the loss +of them; for instance, by not risking our property, or angering our +friends, or exposing our wives to temptation, or being careless about +our children's health, and so on. + +We often try to banish the gloom and despondency of the present by +speculating upon our chances of success in the future; a process which +leads us to invent a great many chimerical hopes. Every one of them +contains the germ of illusion, and disappointment is inevitable when +our hopes are shattered by the hard facts of life. + +It is less hurtful to take the chances of misfortune as a theme for +speculation; because, in doing so, we provide ourselves at once with +measures of precaution against it, and a pleasant surprise when it +fails to make its appearance. Is it not a fact that we always feel a +marked improvement in our spirits when we begin to get over a period +of anxiety? I may go further and say that there is some use in +occasionally looking upon terrible misfortunes--such as might happen +to us--as though they had actually happened, for then the trivial +reverses which subsequently come in reality, are much easier to +bear. It is a source of consolation to look back upon those great +misfortunes which never happened. But in following out this rule, +care must be taken not to neglect what I have said in the preceding +section. + +SECTION 15. The things which engage our attention--whether they are +matters of business or ordinary events--are of such diverse kinds, +that, if taken quite separately and in no fixed order or relation, +they present a medley of the most glaring contrasts, with nothing in +common, except that they one and all affect us in particular. There +must be a corresponding abruptness in the thoughts and anxieties which +these various matters arouse in us, if our thoughts are to be in +keeping with their various subjects. Therefore, in setting about +anything, the first step is to withdraw our attention from everything +else: this will enable us to attend to each matter at its own time, +and to enjoy or put up with it, quite apart from any thought of our +remaining interests. Our thoughts must be arranged, as it were, in +little drawers, so that we may open one without disturbing any of the +others. + +In this way we can keep the heavy burden of anxiety from weighing upon +us so much as to spoil the little pleasures of the present, or from +robbing us of our rest; otherwise the consideration of one matter will +interfere with every other, and attention to some important business +may lead us to neglect many affairs which happen to be of less moment. +It is most important for everyone who is capable of higher and nobler +thoughts to keep their mind from being so completely engrossed with +private affairs and vulgar troubles as to let them take up all his +attention and crowd out worthier matter; for that is, in a very real +sense, to lose sight of the true end of life--_propter vitam vivendi +perdere causas_. + +Of course for this--as for so much else--self-control is necessary; +without it, we cannot manage ourselves in the way I have described. +And self-control may not appear so very difficult, if we consider that +every man has to submit to a great deal of very severe control on the +part of his surroundings, and that without it no form of existence +is possible. Further, a little self-control at the right moment may +prevent much subsequent compulsion at the hands of others; just as a +very small section of a circle close to the centre may correspond to +a part near the circumference a hundred times as large. Nothing +will protect us from external compulsion so much as the control of +ourselves; and, as Seneca says, to submit yourself to reason is +the way to make everything else submit to you--_si tibi vis omnia +subjicere, te subjice rationi_. Self-control, too, is something which +we have in our own power; and if the worst comes to the worst, and it +touches us in a very sensitive part, we can always relax its severity. +But other people will pay no regard to our feelings, if they have +to use compulsion, and we shall be treated without pity or mercy. +Therefore it will be prudent to anticipate compulsion by self-control. + +SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, curb our desires, +moderate our anger, always remembering that an individual can attain +only an infinitesimal share in anything that is worth having; and +that, on the other hand, everyone must incur many of the ills of life; +in a word, we must bear and forbear--_abstinere et sustinere_; and +if we fail to observe this rule, no position of wealth or power will +prevent us from feeling wretched. This is what Horace means when he +recommends us to study carefully and inquire diligently what will +best promote a tranquil life--not to be always agitated by fruitless +desires and fears and hopes for things, which, after all, are not +worth very much:-- + + _Inter cuncta leges et percontabere doctos + Qua ratione queas traducere leniter aevum; + Ne te semper inops agitet vexetque cupido, + Ne pavor, et rerum mediocriter utilium spes.[1]_ + +[Footnote 1: Epist. I. xviii. 97.] + +SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says Aristotle; and he is +obviously right. We exist, physically, because our organism is the +seat of constant motion; and if we are to exist intellectually, it can +only be by means of continual occupation--no matter with what so long +as it is some form of practical or mental activity. You may see that +this is so by the way in which people who have no work or nothing to +think about, immediately begin to beat the devil's tattoo with their +knuckles or a stick or anything that comes handy. The truth is, that +our nature is essentially _restless_ in its character: we very soon +get tired of having nothing to do; it is intolerable boredom. This +impulse to activity should be regulated, and some sort of method +introduced into it, which of itself will enhance the satisfaction we +obtain. Activity!--doing something, if possible creating something, at +any rate learning something--how fortunate it is that men cannot exist +without that! A man wants to use his strength, to see, if he can, what +effect it will produce; and he will get the most complete satisfaction +of this desire if he can make or construct something--be it a book or +a basket. There is a direct pleasure in seeing work grow under one's +hands day by day, until at last it is finished. This is the pleasure +attaching to a work of art or a manuscript, or even mere manual labor; +and, of course, the higher the work, the greater pleasure it will +give. + +From this point of view, those are happiest of all who are conscious +of the power to produce great works animated by some significant +purpose: it gives a higher kind of interest--a sort of rare flavor--to +the whole of their life, which, by its absence from the life of the +ordinary man, makes it, in comparison, something very insipid. For +richly endowed natures, life and the world have a special interest +beyond the mere everyday personal interest which so many others share; +and something higher than that--a formal interest. It is from life and +the world that they get the material for their works; and as soon +as they are freed from the pressure of personal needs, it is to +the diligent collection of material that they devote their whole +existence. So with their intellect: it is to some extent of a two-fold +character, and devoted partly to the ordinary affairs of every +day--those matters of will which are common to them and the rest of +mankind, and partly to their peculiar work--the pure and objective +contemplation of existence. And while, on the stage of the world, most +men play their little part and then pass away, the genius lives a +double life, at once an actor and a spectator. + +Let everyone, then, do something, according to the measure of his +capacities. To have no regular work, no set sphere of activity--what a +miserable thing it is! How often long travels undertaken for pleasure +make a man downright unhappy; because the absence of anything that can +be called occupation forces him, as it were, out of his right element. +Effort, struggles with difficulties! that is as natural to a man as +grubbing in the ground is to a mole. To have all his wants satisfied +is something intolerable--the feeling of stagnation which comes +from pleasures that last too long. To overcome difficulties is +to experience the full delight of existence, no matter where the +obstacles are encountered; whether in the affairs of life, in commerce +or business; or in mental effort--the spirit of inquiry that tries +to master its subject. There is always something pleasurable in the +struggle and the victory. And if a man has no opportunity to excite +himself, he will do what he can to create one, and according to his +individual bent, he will hunt or play Cup and Ball: or led on by this +unsuspected element in his nature, he will pick a quarrel with some +one, or hatch a plot or intrigue, or take to swindling and rascally +courses generally--all to put an end to a state of repose which is +intolerable. As I have remarked, _difficilis in otio quies_--it is +difficult to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. + +SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by the phantoms of his +imagination. This is not the same thing as to submit to the guidance +of ideas clearly thought out: and yet these are rules of life which +most people pervert. If you examine closely into the circumstances +which, in any deliberation, ultimately turn the scale in favor of +some particular course, you will generally find that the decision is +influenced, not by any clear arrangement of ideas leading to a formal +judgment, but by some fanciful picture which seems to stand for one of +the alternatives in question. + +In one of Voltaire's or Diderot's romances,--I forget the precise +reference,--the hero, standing like a young Hercules at the parting +of ways, can see no other representation of Virtue than his old tutor +holding a snuff-box in his left hand, from which he takes a pinch +and moralizes; whilst Vice appears in the shape of his mother's +chambermaid. It is in youth, more especially, that the goal of our +efforts comes to be a fanciful picture of happiness, which continues +to hover before our eyes sometimes for half and even for the whole of +our life--a sort of mocking spirit; for when we think our dream is to +be realized, the picture fades away, leaving us the knowledge that +nothing of what it promised is actually accomplished. How often this +is so with the visions of domesticity--the detailed picture of what +our home will be like; or, of life among our fellow-citizens or in +society; or, again, of living in the country--the kind of house we +shall have, its surroundings, the marks of honor and respect that will +be paid to us, and so on,--whatever our hobby may be; _chaque fou a +sa marotte_. It is often the same, too, with our dreams about one we +love. And this is all quite natural; for the visions we conjure up +affect us directly, as though they were real objects; and so they +exercise a more immediate influence upon our will than an abstract +idea, which gives merely a vague, general outline, devoid of details; +and the details are just the real part of it. We can be only +indirectly affected by an abstract idea, and yet it is the abstract +idea alone which will do as much as it promises; and it is the +function of education to teach us to put our trust in it. Of course +the abstract idea must be occasionally explained--paraphrased, as it +were--by the aid of pictures; but discreetly, _cum grano salis_. + +SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a special case of the +more general maxim, that a man should never let himself be mastered +by the impressions of the moment, or indeed by outward appearances at +all, which are incomparably more powerful in their effects than the +mere play of thought or a train of ideas; not because these momentary +impressions are rich in virtue of the data they supply,--it is often +just the contrary,--but because they are something palpable to the +senses and direct in their working; they forcibly invade our mind, +disturbing our repose and shattering our resolutions. + +It is easy to understand that the thing which lies before our very +eyes will produce the whole of its effect at once, but that time and +leisure are necessary for the working of thought and the appreciation +of argument, as it is impossible to think of everything at one and the +same moment. This is why we are so allured by pleasure, in spite of +all our determination to resist it; or so much annoyed by a criticism, +even though we know that its author it totally incompetent to +judge; or so irritated by an insult, though it comes from some very +contemptible quarter. In the same way, to mention no other instances, +ten reasons for thinking that there is no danger may be outweighed by +one mistaken notion that it is actually at hand. All this shows the +radical unreason of human nature. Women frequently succumb altogether +to this predominating influence of present impressions, and there are +few men so overweighted with reason as to escape suffering from a +similar cause. + +If it is impossible to resist the effects of some external influence +by the mere play of thought, the best thing to do is to neutralize it +by some contrary influence; for example, the effect of an insult may +be overcome by seeking the society of those who have a good opinion of +us; and the unpleasant sensation of imminent danger may be avoided by +fixing our attention on the means of warding it off. + +Leibnitz[1] tells of an Italian who managed to bear up under the +tortures of the rack by never for a moment ceasing to think of the +gallows which would have awaited him, had he revealed his secret; he +kept on crying out: _I see it! I see it_!--afterwards explaining that +this was part of his plan. + +[Footnote 1: _Nouveaux Essais_. Liv. I. ch. 2. Sec. 11.] + +It is from some such reason as this, that we find it so difficult to +stand alone in a matter of opinion,--not to be made irresolute by the +fact that everyone else disagrees with us and acts accordingly, even +though we are quite sure that they are in the wrong. Take the case of +a fugitive king who is trying to avoid capture; how much consolation +he must find in the ceremonious and submissive attitude of a faithful +follower, exhibited secretly so as not to betray his master's strict +_incognito_; it must be almost necessary to prevent him doubting his +own existence. + +SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I have insisted upon the +great value of _health_ as the chief and most important element in +happiness. Let me emphasize and confirm what I have there said by +giving a few general rules as to its preservation. + +The way to harden the body is to impose a great deal of labor and +effort upon it in the days of good health,--to exercise it, both as a +whole and in its several parts, and to habituate it to withstand all +kinds of noxious influences. But on the appearance of an illness or +disorder, either in the body as a whole or in many of its parts, a +contrary course should be taken, and every means used to nurse the +body, or the part of it which is affected, and to spare it any effort; +for what is ailing and debilitated cannot be hardened. + +The muscles may be strengthened by a vigorous use of them; but not so +the nerves; they are weakened by it. Therefore, while exercising the +muscles in every way that is suitable, care should be taken to spare +the nerves as much as possible. The eyes, for instance, should be +protected from too strong a light,--especially when it is reflected +light,--from any straining of them in the dark, or from the +long-continued examination of minute objects; and the ears from too +loud sounds. Above all, the brain should never be forced, or used too +much, or at the wrong time; let it have a rest during digestion; for +then the same vital energy which forms thoughts in the brain has a +great deal of work to do elsewhere,--I mean in the digestive organs, +where it prepares chyme and chyle. For similar reasons, the brain +should never be used during, or immediately after, violent muscular +exercise. For the motor nerves are in this respect on a par with the +sensory nerves; the pain felt when a limb is wounded has its seat in +the brain; and, in the same way, it is not really our legs and arms +which work and move,--it is the brain, or, more strictly, that part of +it which, through the medium of the spine, excites the nerves in the +limbs and sets them in motion. Accordingly, when our arms and legs +feel tired, the true seat of this feeling is in the brain. This is why +it is only in connection with those muscles which are set in motion +consciously and voluntarily,--in other words, depend for their action +upon the brain,--that any feeling of fatigue can arise; this is not +the case with those muscles which work involuntarily, like the heart. +It is obvious, then, that injury is done to the brain if violent +muscular exercise and intellectual exertion are forced upon it at the +same moment, or at very short intervals. + +What I say stands in no contradiction with the fact that at the +beginning of a walk, or at any period of a short stroll, there often +comes a feeling of enhanced intellectual vigor. The parts of the brain +that come into play have had no time to become tired; and besides, +slight muscular exercise conduces to activity of the respiratory +organs, and causes a purer and more oxydated supply of arterial blood +to mount to the brain. + +It is most important to allow the brain the full measure of sleep +which is required to restore it; for sleep is to a man's whole nature +what winding up is to a clock.[1] This measure will vary directly with +the development and activity of the brain; to overstep the measure is +mere waste of time, because if that is done, sleep gains only so much +in length as it loses in depth.[2] + +[Footnote 1: _Of. Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, 4th Edition. Bk. +II. pp. 236-40.] + +[Footnote: 2: _Cf. loc: cit_: p. 275. Sleep is a morsel of death +borrowed to keep up and renew the part of life which is exhausted by +the day--_le sommeil est un emprunt fait à la mort_. Or it might be +said that sleep is the interest we have to pay on the capital which is +called in at death; and the higher the rate of interest and the +more regularly it is paid, the further the date of redemption is +postponed.] + +It should be clearly understood that thought is nothing but the +organic function of the brain; and it has to obey the same laws in +regard to exertion and repose as any other organic function. The brain +can be ruined by overstrain, just like the eyes. As the function of +the stomach is to digest, so it is that of the brain to think. The +notion of a _soul_,--as something elementary and immaterial, merely +lodging in the brain and needing nothing at all for the performance +of its essential function, which consists in always and unweariedly +_thinking_--has undoubtedly driven many people to foolish practices, +leading to a deadening of the intellectual powers; Frederick the +Great, even, once tried to form the habit of doing without sleep +altogether. It would be well if professors of philosophy refrained +from giving currency to a notion which is attended by practical +results of a pernicious character; but then this is just what +professorial philosophy does, in its old-womanish endeavor to keep on +good terms with the catechism. A man should accustom himself to +view his intellectual capacities in no other light than that of +physiological functions, and to manage them accordingly--nursing or +exercising them as the case may be; remembering that every kind of +physical suffering, malady or disorder, in whatever part of the body +it occurs, has its effect upon the mind. The best advice that I know +on this subject is given by Cabanis in his _Rapports du physique et du +moral de l'homme_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. The work to which Schopenhauer +here refers is a series of essays by Cabanis, a French philosopher +(1757-1808), treating of mental and moral phenomena on a physiological +basis. In his later days, Cabanis completely abandoned his +materialistic standpoint.] + +Through neglect of this rule, many men of genius and great scholars +have become weak-minded and childish, or even gone quite mad, as they +grew old. To take no other instances, there can be no doubt that the +celebrated English poets of the early part of this century, Scott, +Wordsworth, Southey, became intellectually dull and incapable towards +the end of their days, nay, soon after passing their sixtieth year; +and that their imbecility can be traced to the fact that, at that +period of life, they were all led on? by the promise of high pay, to +treat literature as a trade and to write for money. This seduced them +into an unnatural abuse of their intellectual powers; and a man who +puts his Pegasus into harness, and urges on his Muse with the whip, +will have to pay a penalty similar to that which is exacted by the +abuse of other kinds of power. + +And even in the case of Kant, I suspect that the second childhood of +his last four years was due to overwork in later life, and after he +had succeeded in becoming a famous man. + +Every month of the year has its own peculiar and direct influence upon +health and bodily condition generally; nay, even upon the state of the +mind. It is an influence dependent upon the weather. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.--SECTION 21. + + +In making his way through life, a man will find it useful to be ready +and able to do two things: to look ahead and to overlook: the one +will protect him from loss and injury, the other from disputes and +squabbles. + +No one who has to live amongst men should absolutely discard any +person who has his due place in the order of nature, even though he is +very wicked or contemptible or ridiculous. He must accept him as an +unalterable fact--unalterable, because the necessary outcome of an +eternal, fundamental principle; and in bad cases he should +remember the words of Mephistopheles: _es muss auch solche Käuze +geben[1]_--there must be fools and rogues in the world. If he acts +otherwise, he will be committing an injustice, and giving a challenge +of life and death to the man he discards. No one can alter his +own peculiar individuality, his moral character, his intellectual +capacity, his temperament or physique; and if we go so far as to +condemn a man from every point of view, there will be nothing left him +but to engage us in deadly conflict; for we are practically allowing +him the right to exist only on condition that he becomes another +man--which is impossible; his nature forbids it. + +[Footnote 1: Goethe's _Faust_, Part I.] + +So if you have to live amongst men, you must allow everyone the right +to exist in accordance with the character he has, whatever it turns +out to be: and all you should strive to do is to make use of this +character in such a way as its kind and nature permit, rather than to +hope for any alteration in it, or to condemn it off-hand for what it +is. This is the true sense of the maxim--Live and let live. That, +however, is a task which is difficult in proportion as it is right; +and he is a happy man who can once for all avoid having to do with a +great many of his fellow creatures. + +The art of putting up with people may be learned by practicing +patience on inanimate objects, which, in virtue of some mechanical +or general physical necessity, oppose a stubborn resistance to our +freedom of action--a form of patience which is required every day. +The patience thus gained may be applied to our dealings with men, +by accustoming ourselves to regard their opposition, wherever we +encounter it, as the inevitable outcome of their nature, which sets +itself up against us in virtue of the same rigid law of necessity as +governs the resistance of inanimate objects. To become indignant at +their conduct is as foolish as to be angry with a stone because it +rolls into your path. And with many people the wisest thing you can +do, is to resolve to make use of those whom you cannot alter. + +SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how quickly similarity, +or difference of mind and disposition, makes itself felt between one +man and another as soon as they begin to talk: every little trifle +shows it. When two people of totally different natures are conversing, +almost everything said by the one will, in a greater or less degree, +displease the other, and in many cases produce positive annoyance; +even though the conversation turn upon the most out-of-the-way +subject, or one in which neither of the parties has any real interest. +People of similar nature, on the other hand, immediately come to feel +a kind of general agreement; and if they are cast very much in the +same mould, complete harmony or even unison will flow from their +intercourse. + +This explain two circumstances. First of all, it shows why it is that +common, ordinary people are so sociable and find good company wherever +they go. Ah! those good, dear, brave people. It is just the contrary +with those who are not of the common run; and the less they are so, +the more unsociable they become; so that if, in their isolation, they +chance to come across some one in whose nature they can find even +a single sympathetic chord, be it never so minute, they show +extraordinary pleasure in his society. For one man can be to another +only so much as the other is to him. Great minds are like eagles, and +build their nest in some lofty solitude. + +Secondly, we are enabled to understand how it is that people of like +disposition so quickly get on with one another, as though they were +drawn together by magnetic force--kindred souls greeting each other +from afar. Of course the most frequent opportunity of observing this +is afforded by people of vulgar tastes and inferior intellect, but +only because their name is legion; while those who are better off in +this respect and of a rarer nature, are not often to be met with: they +are called rare because you can seldom find them. + +Take the case of a large number of people who have formed themselves +into a league for the purpose of carrying out some practical object; +if there be two rascals among them, they will recognize each other as +readily as if they bore a similar badge, and will at once conspire +for some misfeasance or treachery. In the same way, if you can +imagine--_per impossible_--a large company of very intelligent and +clever people, amongst whom there are only two blockheads, these two +will be sure to be drawn together by a feeling of sympathy, and each +of them will very soon secretly rejoice at having found at least one +intelligent person in the whole company. It is really quite curious +to see how two such men, especially if they are morally and +intellectually of an inferior type, will recognize each other at first +sight; with what zeal they will strive to become intimate; how affably +and cheerily they will run to greet each other, just as though they +were old friends;--it is all so striking that one is tempted to +embrace the Buddhist doctrine of metempsychosis and presume that they +were on familiar terms in some former state of existence. + +Still, in spite of all this general agreement, men are kept apart who +might come together; or, in some cases, a passing discord springs up +between them. This is due to diversity of mood. You will hardly +ever see two people exactly in the same frame of mind; for that is +something which varies with their condition of life, occupation, +surroundings, health, the train of thought they are in at the moment, +and so on. These differences give rise to discord between persons of +the most harmonious disposition. To correct the balance properly, so +as to remove the disturbance--to introduce, as it were, a uniform +temperature,--is a work demanding a very high degree of culture. The +extent to which uniformity of mood is productive of good-fellowship +may be measured by its effects upon a large company. When, for +instance, a great many people are gathered together and presented with +some objective interest which works upon all alike and influences them +in a similar way, no matter what it be--a common danger or hope, some +great news, a spectacle, a play, a piece of music, or anything of that +kind--you will find them roused to a mutual expression of thought, +and a display of sincere interest. There will be a general feeling +of pleasure amongst them; for that which attracts their attention +produces a unity of mood by overpowering all private and personal +interests. + +And in default of some objective interest of the kind I have +mentioned, recourse is usually had to something subjective. A bottle +of wine is not an uncommon means of introducing a mutual feeling of +fellowship; and even tea and coffee are used for a like end. + +The discord which so easily finds its way into all society as an +effect of the different moods in which people happen to be for the +moment, also in part explains why it is that memory always idealizes, +and sometimes almost transfigures, the attitude we have taken up at +any period of the past--a change due to our inability to remember all +the fleeting influences which disturbed us on any given occasion. +Memory is in this respect like the lens of a _camera obscura_: it +contracts everything within its range, and so produces a much finer +picture than the actual landscape affords. And, in the case of a man, +absence always goes some way towards securing this advantageous light; +for though the idealizing tendency of the memory requires times to +complete its work, it begins it at once. Hence it is a prudent thing +to see your friends and acquaintances only at considerable intervals +of time; and on meeting them again, you will observe that memory has +been at work. + +SECTION 23. No man can see _over his own height._ Let me explain what +I mean. + +You cannot see in another man any more than you have in yourself; and +your own intelligence strictly determines the extent to which he comes +within its grasp. If your intelligence is of a very low order, mental +qualities in another, even though they be of the highest kind, +will have no effect at all upon you; you will see nothing in their +possessor except the meanest side of his individuality--in other +words, just those parts of his character and disposition which are +weak and defective. Your whole estimate of the man will be confined to +his defects, and his higher mental qualities will no more exist for +you than colors exist for those who cannot see. + +Intellect is invisible to the man who has none. In any attempt to +criticise another's work, the range of knowledge possessed by the +critic is as essential a part of his verdict as the claims of the work +itself. + +Hence intercourse with others involves a process of leveling down. The +qualities which are present in one man, and absent in another, cannot +come into play when they meet; and the self-sacrifice which this +entails upon one of the parties, calls forth no recognition from the +other. + +Consider how sordid, how stupid, in a word, how _vulgar_ most men +are, and you will see that it is impossible to talk to them without +becoming vulgar yourself for the time being. Vulgarity is in this +respect like electricity; it is easily distributed. You will then +fully appreciate the truth and propriety of the expression, _to make +yourself cheap_; and you will be glad to avoid the society of people +whose only possible point of contact with you is just that part of +your nature of which you have least reason to be proud. So you will +see that, in dealing with fools and blockheads, there is only one way +of showing your intelligence--by having nothing to do with them. That +means, of course, that when you go into society, you may now and then +feel like a good dancer who gets an invitation to a ball, and on +arriving, finds that everyone is lame:--with whom is he to dance? + +SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man--and he is one in a +hundred--who, when he is waiting or sitting unoccupied, refrains from +rattling or beating time with anything that happens to be handy,--his +stick, or knife and fork, or whatever else it may be. The probability +is that he is thinking of something. + +With a large number of people, it is quite evident that their power of +sight completely dominates over their power of thought; they seem to +be conscious of existence only when they are making a noise; unless +indeed they happen to be smoking, for this serves a similar end. It is +for the same reason that they never fail to be all eyes and ears for +what is going on around them. + +SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking remark that it is +difficult to feel deep veneration and great affection for one and the +same person. If this is so, we shall have to choose whether it is +veneration or love that we want from our fellow-men. + +Their love is always selfish, though in very different ways; and the +means used to gain it are not always of a kind to make us proud. A +man is loved by others mainly in the degree in which he moderates +his claim on their good feeling and intelligence: but he must act +genuinely in the matter and without dissimulation--not merely out of +forbearance, which is at bottom a kind of contempt. This calls to mind +a very true observation of Helvetius[1]: _the amount of intellect +necessary to please us, is a most accurate measure of the amount of +intellect we have ourselves_. With these remarks as premises, it is +easy to draw the conclusion. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Helvetius, Claude-Adrien (1715-71), +a French philosophical writer much esteemed by Schopenhauer. His chief +work, _De l'Esprit_, excited great interest and opposition at the +time of its publication, on account of the author's pronounced +materialism.] + +Now with veneration the case is just the opposite; it is wrung from +men reluctantly, and for that very reason mostly concealed. Hence, as +compared with love, veneration gives more real satisfaction; for it is +connected with personal value, and the same is not directly true +of love, which is subjective in its nature, whilst veneration is +objective. To be sure, it is more useful to be loved than to be +venerated. + +SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly subjective that nothing really +interests them but themselves. They always think of their own case +as soon as ever any remark is made, and their whole attention is +engrossed and absorbed by the merest chance reference to anything +which affects them personally, be it never so remote: with the result +that they have no power left for forming an objective view of things, +should the conversation take that turn; neither can they admit any +validity in arguments which tell against their interest or their +vanity. Hence their attention is easily distracted. They are so +readily offended, insulted or annoyed, that in discussing any +impersonal matter with them, no care is too great to avoid letting +your remarks bear the slightest possible reference to the very worthy +and sensitive individuals whom you have before you; for anything you +may say will perhaps hurt their feelings. People really care about +nothing that does not affect them personally. True and striking +observations, fine, subtle and witty things are lost upon them: they +cannot understand or feel them. But anything that disturbs their petty +vanity in the most remote and indirect way, or reflects prejudicially +upon their exceedingly precious selves--to that, they are most +tenderly sensitive. In this respect they are like the little dog whose +toes you are so apt to tread upon inadvertently--you know it by the +shrill bark it sets up: or, again, they resemble a sick man covered +with sores and boils, with whom the greatest care must be taken to +avoid unnecessary handling. And in some people this feeling reaches +such a pass that, if they are talking with anyone, and he exhibits, or +does not sufficiently conceal, his intelligence and discernment, they +look upon it as a downright insult; although for the moment they hide +their ill will, and the unsuspecting author of it afterwards ruminates +in vain upon their conduct, and racks his brain to discover what he +could possibly have done to excite their malice and hatred. + +But it is just as easy to flatter and win them over; and this is why +their judgment is usually corrupt, and why their opinions are swayed, +not by what is really true and right, but by the favor of the party or +class to which they belong. And the ultimate reason of it all is, that +in such people force of will greatly predominates over knowledge; and +hence their meagre intellect is wholly given up to the service of the +will, and can never free itself from that service for a moment. + +Astrology furnishes a magnificent proof of this miserable subjective +tendency in men, which leads them to see everything only as bearing +upon themselves, and to think of nothing that is not straightway made +into a personal matter. The aim of astrology is to bring the motions +of the celestial bodies into relation with the wretched _Ego_ and to +establish a connection between a comet in the sky and squabbles and +rascalities on earth.[1] + +[Footnote 1: See, for instance, Stobasus, _Eclog. I_. xxii. 9.] + +SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, whether in public or +in society, or in books, and well received--or, at any rate, not +refuted--that that is no reason why you should despair or think there +the matter will rest. You should comfort yourself with the reflection +that the question will be afterwards gradually subjected to +examination; light will be thrown upon it; it will be thought over, +considered, discussed, and generally in the end the correct view will +be reached; so that, after a time--the length of which will depend +upon the difficulty of the subject--everyone will come to understand +that which a clear head saw at once. + +In the meantime, of course, you must have patience. He who can see +truly in the midst of general infatuation is like a man whose watch +keeps good time, when all clocks in the town in which he lives are +wrong. He alone knows the right time; but what use is that to him? +for everyone goes by the clocks which speak false, not even excepting +those who know that his watch is the only one that is right. + +SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if you spoil them, they +become naughty. + +Therefore it is well not to be too indulgent or charitable with +anyone. You may take it as a general rule that you will not lose a +friend by refusing him a loan, but that you are very likely to do +so by granting it; and, for similar reasons, you will not readily +alienate people by being somewhat proud and careless in your +behaviour; but if you are very kind and complaisant towards them, you +will often make them arrogant and intolerable, and so a breach will +ensue. + +There is one thing that, more than any other, throws people absolutely +off their balance--the thought that you are dependent upon them. This +is sure to produce an insolent and domineering manner towards you. +There are some people, indeed, who become rude if you enter into any +kind of relation with them; for instance, if you have occasion to +converse with them frequently upon confidential matters, they soon +come to fancy that they can take liberties with you, and so they try +and transgress the laws of politeness. This is why there are so few +with whom you care to become more intimate, and why you should avoid +familiarity with vulgar people. If a man comes to think that I am more +dependent upon him than he is upon me, he at once feels as though I +had stolen something from him; and his endeavor will be to have his +vengeance and get it back. The only way to attain superiority in +dealing with men, is to let it be seen that you are independent of +them. + +And in this view it is advisable to let everyone of your +acquaintance--whether man or woman--feel now and then that you +could very well dispense with their company. This will consolidate +friendship. Nay, with most people there will be no harm in +occasionally mixing a grain of disdain with your treatment of them; +that will make them value your friendship all the more. _Chi non +istima vien stimato_, as a subtle Italian proverb has it--to disregard +is to win regard. But if we really think very highly of a person, we +should conceal it from him like a crime. This is not a very gratifying +thing to do, but it is right. Why, a dog will not bear being treated +too kindly, let alone a man! + +SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of noble character and +great mental gifts betray a strange lack of worldly wisdom and a +deficiency in the knowledge of men, more especially when they are +young; with the result that it is easy to deceive or mislead them; and +that, on the other hand, natures of the commoner sort are more ready +and successful in making their way in the world. + +The reason of this is that, when a man has little or no experience, +he must judge by his own antecedent notions; and in matters demanding +judgment, an antecedent notion is never on the same level as +experience. For, with the commoner sort of people, an antecedent +notion means just their own selfish point of view. This is not the +case with those whose mind and character are above the ordinary; for +it is precisely in this respect--their unselfishness--that they differ +from the rest of mankind; and as they judge other people's thoughts +and actions by their own high standard, the result does not always +tally with their calculation. + +But if, in the end, a man of noble character comes to see, as the +effect of his own experience, or by the lessons he learns from others, +what it is that may be expected of men in general,--namely, that +five-sixths of them are morally and intellectually so constituted +that, if circumstances do not place you in relation with them, you had +better get out of their way and keep as far as possible from having +anything to do with them,--still, he will scarcely ever attain an +adequate notion of their wretchedly mean and shabby nature: all his +life long he will have to be extending and adding to the inferior +estimate he forms of them; and in the meantime he will commit a great +many mistakes and do himself harm. + +Then, again, after he has really taken to heart the lessons that have +been taught him, it will occasionally happen that, when he is in the +society of people whom he does not know, he will be surprised to +find how thoroughly reasonable they all appear to be, both in their +conversation and in their demeanor--in fact, quite honest, sincere, +virtuous and trustworthy people, and at the same time shrewd and +clever. + +But that ought not to perplex him. Nature is not like those bad +poets, who, in setting a fool or a knave before us, do their work so +clumsily, and with such evident design, that you might almost +fancy you saw the poet standing behind each of his characters, and +continually disavowing their sentiments, and telling you in a tone of +warning: _This is a knave; that is a fool; do not mind what he says_. +But Nature goes to work like Shakespeare and Goethe, poets who +make every one of their characters--even if it is the devil +himself!--appear to be quite in the right for the moment that they +come before us in their several parts; the characters are described so +objectively that they excite our interest and compel us to sympathize +with their point of view; for, like the works of Nature, every one +of these characters is evolved as the result of some hidden law +or principle, which makes all they say and do appear natural and +therefore necessary. And you will always be the prey or the plaything +of the devils and fools in this world, if you expect to see them going +about with horns or jangling their bells. + +And it should be borne in mind that, in their intercourse with others, +people are like the moon, or like hunchbacks; they show you only one +of their sides. Every man has an innate talent for mimicry,--for +making a mask out of his physiognomy, so that he can always look as +if he really were what he pretends to be; and since he makes his +calculations always within the lines of his individual nature, the +appearance he puts on suits him to a nicety, and its effect is +extremely deceptive. He dons his mask whenever his object is to +flatter himself into some one's good opinion; and you may pay just as +much attention to it as if it were made of wax or cardboard, never +forgetting that excellent Italian proverb: _non é si tristo cane che +non meni la coda_,--there is no dog so bad but that he will wag his +tail. + +In any case it is well to take care not to form a highly favorable +opinion of a person whose acquaintance you have only recently made, +for otherwise you are very likely to be disappointed; and then you +will be ashamed of yourself and perhaps even suffer some injury. +And while I am on the subject, there is another fact that deserves +mention. It is this. A man shows his character just in the way in +which he deals with trifles,--for then he is off his guard. This will +often afford a good opportunity of observing the boundless egoism of +man's nature, and his total lack of consideration for others; and +if these defects show themselves in small things, or merely in his +general demeanor, you will find that they also underlie his action in +matters of importance, although he may disguise the fact. This is an +opportunity which should not be missed. If in the little affairs of +every day,--the trifles of life, those matters to which the rule _de +minimis non_ applies,--a man is inconsiderate and seeks only what is +advantageous or convenient to himself, to the prejudice of others' +rights; if he appropriates to himself that which belongs to all alike, +you may be sure there is no justice in his heart, and that he would be +a scoundrel on a wholesale scale, only that law and compulsion bind +his hands. Do not trust him beyond your door. He who is not afraid +to break the laws of his own private circle, will break those of the +State when he can do so with impunity. + +If the average man were so constituted that the good in him outweighed +the bad, it would be more advisable to rely upon his sense of justice, +fairness, gratitude, fidelity, love or compassion, than to work upon +his fears; but as the contrary is the case, and it is the bad that +outweighs the good, the opposite course is the more prudent one. + +If any person with whom we are associated or have to do, exhibits +unpleasant or annoying qualities, we have only to ask ourselves +whether or not this person is of so much value to us that we can put +up with frequent and repeated exhibitions of the same qualities in a +somewhat aggravated form.[1] In case of an affirmative answer to this +question, there will not be much to be said, because talking is very +little use. We must let the matter pass, with or without some notice; +but we should nevertheless remember that we are thereby exposing +ourselves to a repetition of the offence. If the answer is in the +negative, we must break with our worthy friend at once and forever; or +in the case of a servant, dismiss him. For he will inevitably repeat +the offence, or do something tantamount to it, should the occasion +return, even though for the moment he is deep and sincere in his +assurances of the contrary. There is nothing, absolutely nothing, +that a man cannot forget,--but not _himself, his own character_. For +character is incorrigible; because all a man's actions emanate from an +inward principle, in virtue of which he must always do the same thing +under like circumstances; and he cannot do otherwise. Let me refer to +my prize essay on the so-called _Freedom of the Will_, the perusal +of which will dissipate any delusions the reader may have on this +subject. + +[Footnote 1: To _forgive and forget_ means to throw away dearly bought +experience.] + +To become reconciled to a friend with whom you have broken, is a form +of weakness; and you pay the penalty of it when he takes the first +opportunity of doing precisely the very thing which brought about +the breach; nay, he does it the more boldly, because he is secretly +conscious that you cannot get on without him. This is also applicable +to servants whom you have dismissed, and then taken into your service +again. + +For the same reason, you should just as little expect people to +continue to act in a similar way under altered circumstances. The +truth is that men alter their demeanor and sentiments just as fast as +their interest changes; and their resign in this respect is a bill +drawn for short payment that the man must be still more short-sighted +who accepts the bill without protesting it. Accordingly, suppose you +want to know how a man will behave in an office into which you think +of putting him; you should not build upon expectations, on his +promises or assurances. For, even allowing that he is quite sincere, +he is speaking about a matter of which he has no knowledge. The only +way to calculate how he will behave, is to consider the circumstances +in which he will be placed, and the extent to which they will conflict +with his character. + +If you wish to get a clear and profound insight--and it is very +needful--into the true but melancholy elements of which most men are +made, you will find in a very instructive thing to take the way they +behave in the pages of literature as a commentary to their doings in +practical life, and _vice versa._ The experience thus gained will be +very useful in avoiding wrong ideas, whether about yourself or about +others. But if you come across any special trait of meanness or +stupidity--in life or in literature,--you must be careful not to let +it annoy or distress you, but to look upon it merely as an addition to +your knowledge--a new fact to be considered in studying the character +of humanity. Your attitude towards it will be that of the mineralogist +who stumbles upon a very characteristic specimen of a mineral. + +Of course there are some facts which are very exceptional, and it is +difficult to understand how they arise, and how it is that there come +to be such enormous differences between man and man; but, in general, +what was said long ago is quite true, and the world is in a very bad +way. In savage countries they eat one another, in civilized they +deceive one another; and that is what people call the way of the +world! What are States and all the elaborate systems of political +machinery, and the rule of force, whether in home or in foreign +affairs,--what are they but barriers against the boundless iniquity +of mankind? Does not all history show that whenever a king is firmly +planted on a throne, and his people reach some degree of prosperity, +he uses it to lead his army, like a band of robbers, against adjoining +countries? Are not almost all wars ultimately undertaken for purposes +of plunder? In the most remote antiquity, and to some extent also in +the Middle Ages, the conquered became slaves,--in other words, they +had to work for those who conquered them; and where is the difference +between that and paying war-taxes, which represent the product of our +previous work? + +All war, says Voltaire, is a matter of robbery; and the Germans should +take that as a warning. + +SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be left entirely to +himself, to go his own ways; everyone needs to be guided by a +preconceived plan, and to follow certain general rules. But if this is +carried too far, and a man tries to take on a character which is not +natural or innate in him, but it artificially acquired and evolved +merely by a process of reasoning, he will very soon discover that +Nature cannot be forced, and that if you drive it out, it will return +despite your efforts:-- + +_Naturam expelles furca, tamen usque recurret_. + +To understand a rule governing conduct towards others, even to +discover it for oneself and to express it neatly, is easy enough; and +still, very soon afterwards, the rule may be broken in practice. But +that is no reason for despair; and you need not fancy that as it is +impossible to regulate your life in accordance with abstract ideas +and maxims, it is better to live just as you please. Here, as in all +theoretical instruction that aims at a practical result, the first +thing to do is to understand the rule; the second thing is to learn +the practice of it. The theory may be understand at once by an effort +of reason, and yet the practice of it acquired only in course of time. + +A pupil may lean the various notes on an instrument of music, or the +different position in fencing; and when he makes a mistake, as he +is sure to do, however hard he tries, he is apt to think it will be +impossible to observe the rules, when he is set to read music at sight +or challenged to a furious duel. But for all that, gradual practice +makes him perfect, through a long series of slips, blunders and fresh +efforts. It is just the same in other things; in learning to write and +speak Latin, a man will forget the grammatical rules; it is only +by long practice that a blockhead turns into a courtier, that a +passionate man becomes shrewd and worldly-wise, or a frank person +reserved, or a noble person ironical. But though self-discipline of +this kind is the result of long habit, it always works by a sort of +external compulsion, which Nature never ceases to resist and sometimes +unexpectedly overcomes. The difference between action in accordance +with abstract principles, and action as the result of original, +innate tendency, is the same as that between a work of art, say a +watch--where form and movement are impressed upon shapeless and inert +matter--and a living organism, where form and matter are one, and each +is inseparable from the other. + +There is a maxim attributed to the Emperor Napoleon, which expresses +this relation between acquired and innate character, and confirms what +I have said: _everything that is unnatural is imperfect_;--a rule of +universal application, whether in the physical or in the moral sphere. +The only exception I can think of to this rule is aventurine,[1] a +substance known to mineralogists, which in its natural state cannot +compare with the artificial preparation of it. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Aventurine is a rare kind of quartz; +and the same name is given to a brownish-colored glass much resembling +it, which is manufactured at Murano. It is so called from the fact +that the glass was discovered by chance _(arventura)_.] + +And in this connection let me utter a word of protest against any and +every form of _affectation_. It always arouses contempt; in the first +place, because it argues deception, and the deception is cowardly, +for it is based on fear; and, secondly, it argues self-condemnation, +because it means that a man is trying to appear what he is not, and +therefore something which he things better than he actually is. To +affect a quality, and to plume yourself upon it, is just to confess +that you have not got it. Whether it is courage, or learning, or +intellect, or wit, or success with women, or riches, or social +position, or whatever else it may be that a man boasts of, you may +conclude by his boasting about it that that is precisely the direction +in which he is rather weak; for if a man really possesses any faculty +to the full, it will not occur to him to make a great show of +affecting it; he is quite content to know that he has it. That is the +application of the Spanish proverb: _herradura que chacolotea clavo le +falta_--a clattering hoof means a nail gone. To be sure, as I said at +first, no man ought to let the reins go quite loose, and show himself +just as he is; for there are many evil and bestial sides to our nature +which require to be hidden away out of sight; and this justifies the +negative attitude of dissimulation, but it does not justify a +positive feigning of qualities which are not there. It should also be +remembered that affectation is recognized at once, even before it is +clear what it is that is being affected. And, finally, affectation +cannot last very long, and one day the mask will fall off. _Nemo +potest personam diu ferre fictam_, says Seneca;[1] _ficta cito in +naturam suam recidunt_--no one can persevere long in a fictitious +character; for nature will soon reassert itself. + +[Footnote 1: _De Clementia, I_. 1.] + +SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own body without knowing it, +but he soon feels the weight of any other, if he tries to move it; in +the same way, a man can see other people's shortcoming's and vices, +but he is blind to his own. This arrangement has one advantage: it +turns other people into a kind of mirror, in which a man can see +clearly everything that is vicious, faulty, ill-bred and loathsome in +his own nature; only, it is generally the old story of the dog barking +at is own image; it is himself that he sees and not another dog, as he +fancies. + +He who criticises others, works at the reformation of himself. Those +who form the secret habit of scrutinizing other people's general +behavior, and passing severe judgment upon what they do and leave +undone, thereby improve themselves, and work out their own perfection: +for they will have sufficient sense of justice, or at any rate enough +pride and vanity, to avoid in their own case that which they condemn +so harshly elsewhere. But tolerant people are just the opposite, +and claim for themselves the same indulgence that they extend to +others--_hanc veniam damus petimusque vicissim_. It is all very well +for the Bible to talk about the mote in another's eye and the beam in +one's own. The nature of the eye is to look not at itself but at other +things; and therefore to observe and blame faults in another is a +very suitable way of becoming conscious of one's own. We require a +looking-glass for the due dressing of our morals. + +The same rule applies in the case of style and fine writing. If, +instead of condemning, you applaud some new folly in these matters, +you will imitate it. That is just why literary follies have such vogue +in Germany. The Germans are a very tolerant people--everybody can see +that! Their maxim is--_Hanc veniam damns petimusque vicissim._ + +SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble character fancies that +the relations prevailing amongst mankind, and the alliances to which +these relations lead, are at bottom and essentially, _ideal_ in their +nature; that is to say, that they rest upon similarity of disposition +or sentiment, or taste, or intellectual power, and so on. + +But, later on, he finds out that it is a _real_ foundation which +underlies these alliances; that they are based upon some _material_ +interest. This is the true foundation of almost all alliances: nay, +most men have no notion of an alliance resting upon any other basis. +Accordingly we find that a man is always measured by the office he +holds, or by his occupation, nationality, or family relations--in a +word, by the position and character which have been assigned him +in the conventional arrangements of life, where he is ticketed and +treated as so much goods. Reference to what he is in himself, as a +man--to the measure of his own personal qualities--is never made +unless for convenience' sake: and so that view of a man is something +exceptional, to be set aside and ignored, the moment that anyone finds +it disagreeable; and this is what usually happens. But the more of +personal worth a man has, the less pleasure he will take in these +conventional arrangements; and he will try to withdraw from the sphere +in which they apply. The reason why these arrangements exist at all, +is simply that in this world of ours misery and need are the chief +features: therefore it is everywhere the essential and paramount +business of life to devise the means of alleviating them. + +SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the world instead of real +coin, so, is the place of true esteem and genuine friendship, you have +the outward appearance of it--a mimic show made to look as much like +the real thing as possible. + +On the other hand, it may be asked whether there are any people who +really deserve the true coin. For my own part, I should certainly pay +more respect to an honest dog wagging his tail than to a hundred such +demonstrations of human regard. + +True and genuine friendship presupposes a strong sympathy with the +weal and woe of another--purely objective in its character and quite +disinterested; and this in its turn means an absolute identification +of self with the object of friendship. The egoism of human nature is +so strongly antagonistic to any such sympathy, that true friendship +belongs to that class of things--the sea-serpent, for instance,--with +regard to which no one knows whether they are fabulous or really exist +somewhere or other. + +Still, in many cases, there is a grain of true and genuine friendship +in the relation of man to man, though generally, of course, some +secret personal interest is at the bottom of them--some one among the +many forms that selfishness can take. But in a world where all is +imperfect, this grain of true feeling is such an ennobling influence +that it gives some warrant for calling those relations by the name of +friendship, for they stand far above the ordinary friendships that +prevail amongst mankind. The latter are so constituted that, were you +to hear how your dear friends speak of you behind your back, you would +never say another word to them. + +Apart from the case where it would be a real help to you if your +friend were to make some great sacrifice to serve you, there is no +better means of testing the genuineness of his feelings than the way +in which he receives the news of a misfortune that has just happened +to you. At that moment the expression of his features will either show +that his one thought is that of true and sincere sympathy for you; or +else the absolute composure of his countenance, or the passing trace +of something other than sympathy, will confirm the well-known maxim +of La Rochefoucauld: _Dans l'adversite de nos meilleurs amis, nous +trouvons toujours quelque chose qui ne nous deplait pas_. Indeed, at +such a moment, the ordinary so-called friend will find it hard to +suppress the signs of a slight smile of pleasure. There are few ways +by which you can make more certain of putting people into a good humor +than by telling them of some trouble that has recently befallen you, +or by unreservedly disclosing some personal weakness of yours. How +characteristic this is of humanity! + +Distance and long absence are always prejudicial to friendship, +however disinclined a man may be to admit. Our regard for people whom +we do not see--even though they be our dearest friends--gradually +dries up in the course of years, and they become abstract notions; +so that our interest in them grows to be more and more +intellectual,--nay, it is kept up only as a kind of tradition; whilst +we retain a lively and deep interest in those who are constantly +before our eyes, even if they be only pet animals. This shows how +much men are limited by their senses, and how true is the remark that +Goethe makes in _Tasso_ about the dominant influence of the present +moment:-- + + _Die Gegenwart ist eine mächtige Göttin_[1] + +[Footnote 1: Act iv., se. 4.] + +_Friends of the house_ are very rightly so called; because they are +friends of the house rather than of its master; in other words, they +are more like cats than dogs. + +Your friends will tell you that they are sincere; your enemies are +really so. Let your enemies' censure be like a bitter medicine, to be +used as a means of self-knowledge. + +A friend in need, as the saying goes, is rare. Nay, it is just the +contrary; no sooner have you made a friend than he is in need, and +asks for a loan. + +SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in the ways of the +world, if he imagines that he can make himself popular in society by +exhibiting intelligence and discernment. With the immense majority +of people, such qualities excite hatred and resentment, which are +rendered all the harder to bear by the fact that people are obliged to +suppress--even from themselves--the real reason of their anger. + +What actually takes place is this. A man feels and perceives that the +person with whom he is conversing is intellectually very much his +superior.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. _Welt als Wills und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. p. 256 (4th +Edit.), where I quote from Dr. Johnson, and from Merck, the friend +of Goethe's youth. The former says: _There is nothing by which a man +exasperates most people more, than by displaying a superior ability of +brilliancy in conversation. They seem pleased at the time, but their +envy makes them curse him at their hearts._ (Boswells _Life of +Johnson_ aetat: 74).] + +He thereupon secretly and half unconsciously concludes that his +interlocutor must form a proportionately low and limited estimate of +his abilities. That is a method of reasoning--an enthymeme--which +rouses the bitterest feelings of sullen and rancorous hatred. And so +Gracian is quite right in saying that the only way to win affection +from people is to show the most animal-like simplicity of +demeanor--_para ser bien quisto, el unico medio vestirse la piel del +mas simple de los brutos_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Balthazar Graeian, _Oraculo manual, +y arte de prudencia_, 240. Gracian (1584-1658) was a Spanish prose +writer and Jesuit, whose works deal chiefly with the observation +of character in the various phenomena of life. Schopenhauer, among +others, had a great admiration for his worldly philosophy, and +translated his _Oraculo manual_--a system of rules for the conduct of +life--into German. The same book was translated into English towards +the close of the seventeenth century.] + +To show your intelligence and discernment is only an indirect way of +reproaching other people for being dull and incapable. And besides, it +is natural for a vulgar man to be violently agitated by the sight of +opposition in any form; and in this case envy comes in as the secret +cause of his hostility. For it is a matter of daily observation that +people take the greatest pleasure in that which satisfies their +vanity; and vanity cannot be satisfied without comparison with others. +Now, there is nothing of which a man is prouder than of intellectual +ability, for it is this that gives him his commanding place in the +animal world. It is an exceedingly rash thing to let any one see that +you are decidedly superior to him in this respect, and to let other +people see it too; because he will then thirst for vengeance, and +generally look about for an opportunity of taking it by means of +insult, because this is to pass from the sphere of _intellect_ to +that of _will_--and there, all are on an equal footing as regards the +feeling of hostility. Hence, while rank and riches may always reckon +upon deferential treatment in society, that is something which +intellectual ability can never expect; to be ignored is the greatest +favor shown to it; and if people notice it at all, it is because they +regard it as a piece of impertinence, or else as something to which +its possessor has no legitimate right, and upon which he dares to +pride himself; and in retaliation and revenge for his conduct, people +secretly try and humiliate him in some other way; and if they wait to +do this, it is only for a fitting opportunity. A man may be as humble +as possible in his demeanor, and yet hardly ever get people to +overlook his crime in standing intellectually above them. In the +_Garden of Roses_, Sadi makes the remark:--_You should know that +foolish people are a hundredfold more averse to meeting the wise than +the wise are indisposed for the company of the foolish_. + +On the other hand, it is a real recommendation to be stupid. For just +as warmth is agreeable to the body, so it does the mind good to feel +its superiority; and a man will seek company likely to give him this +feeling, as instinctively as he will approach the fireplace or walk +in the sun if he wants to get warm. But this means that he will be +disliked on account of his superiority; and if a man is to be liked, +he must really be inferior in point of intellect; and the same thing +holds good of a woman in point of beauty. To give proof of real and +unfeigned inferiority to some of the people you meet--that is a very +difficult business indeed! + +Consider how kindly and heartily a girl who is passably pretty will +welcome one who is downright ugly. Physical advantages are not thought +so much of in the case of man, though I suppose you would rather a +little man sat next to you than one who was bigger than yourself. This +is why, amongst men, it is the dull and ignorant, and amongst women, +the ugly, who are always popular and in request.[1] It is likely to +be said of such people that they are extremely good-natured, because +every one wants to find a pretext for caring about them--a pretext +which will blind both himself and other people to the real reason why +he likes them. This is also why mental superiority of any sort always +tends to isolate its possessor; people run away from him out of +pure hatred, and say all manner of bad things about him by way of +justifying their action. Beauty, in the case of women, has a similar +effect: very pretty girls have no friends of their own sex, and they +even find it hard to get another girl to keep them company. A handsome +woman should always avoid applying for a position as companion, +because the moment she enters the room, her prospective mistress will +scowl at her beauty, as a piece of folly with which, both for her own +and for her daughter's sake, she can very well dispense. But if the +girl has advantages of rank, the case is very different; because rank, +unlike personal qualities which work by the force of mere contrast, +produces its effect by a process of reflection; much in the same +way as the particular hue of a person's complexion depends upon the +prevailing tone of his immediate surroundings. + +[Footnote 1: If you desire to get on in the world, friends and +acquaintances are by far the best passport to fortune. The possession +of a great deal of ability makes a man proud, and therefore not apt to +flatter those who have very little, and from whom, on that account, +the possession of great ability should be carefully concealed. The +consciousness of small intellectual power has just the opposite +effect, and is very compatible with a humble, affable and +companionable nature, and with respect for what is mean and wretched. +This is why an inferior sort of man has so many friends to befriend +and encourage him. + +These remarks are applicable not only to advancement in political +life, but to all competition for places of honor and dignity, nay, +even for reputation in the world of science, literature and art. In +learned societies, for example, mediocrity--that very acceptable +quality--is always to the fore, whilst merit meets with tardy +recognition, or with none at all. So it is in everything.] + +SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often consists in great measure +of pure laziness, selfishness and vanity on our own part: I say +_laziness_, because, instead of making inquiries ourselves, and +exercising an active care, we prefer to trust others; _selfishness_, +because we are led to confide in people by the pressure of our own +affairs; and _vanity_, when we ask confidence for a matter on which we +rather pride ourselves. And yet, for all that, we expect people to be +true to the trust we repose in them. + +But we ought not to become angry if people put no trust in us: because +that really means that they pay honesty the sincere compliment of +regarding it as a very rare thing,--so rare, indeed, as to leave us in +doubt whether its existence is not merely fabulous. + +SECTION 36. _Politeness_,--which the Chinese hold to be a cardinal +virtue,--is based upon two considerations of policy. I have explained +one of these considerations in my _Ethics_; the other is as +follows:--Politeness is a tacit agreement that people's miserable +defects, whether moral or intellectual, shall on either side be +ignored and not made the subject of reproach; and since these defects +are thus rendered somewhat less obtrusive, the result is mutually +advantageous.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--In the passage referred to +_(Grundlage der Moral_, collected works, Vol. IV., pp. 187 and 198), +Schopenhauer explains politeness as a conventional and systematic +attempt to mask the egoism of human nature in the small affairs of +life,--an egoism so repulsive that some such device is necessary for +the purpose of concealing its ugliness. The relation which politeness +bears to the true love of one's neighbor is analogous to that existing +between justice as an affair of legality, and justice as the real +integrity of the heart.] + +It is a wise thing to be polite; consequently, it is a stupid thing +to be rude. To make enemies by unnecessary and willful incivility, +is just as insane a proceeding as to set your house on fire. For +politeness is like a counter--an avowedly false coin, with which it is +foolish to be stingy. A sensible man will be generous in the use +of it. It is customary in every country to end a letter with +the words:--_your most obedient servant_--_votre très-humble +serviteur_--_suo devotissimo servo_. (The Germans are the only people +who suppress the word _servant_--_Diener_--because, of course, it is +not true!) However, to carry politeness to such an extent as to damage +your prospects, is like giving money where only counters are expected. + +Wax, a substance naturally hard and brittle, can be made soft by the +application of a little warmth, so that it will take any shape you +please. In the same way, by being polite and friendly, you can make +people pliable and obliging, even though they are apt to be crabbed +and malevolent. Hence politeness is to human nature what warmth is to +wax. + +Of course, it is no easy matter to be polite; in so far, I mean, as it +requires us to show great respect for everybody, whereas most people +deserve none at all; and again in so far as it demands that we should +feign the most lively interest in people, when we must be very glad +that we have nothing to do with them. To combine politeness with pride +is a masterpiece of wisdom. + +We should be much less ready to lose our temper over an +insult,--which, in the strict sense of the word, means that we have +not been treated with respect,--if, on the one hand, we have not such +an exaggerated estimate of our value and dignity--that is to say, if +we were not so immensely proud of ourselves; and, on the other hand, +if we had arrived at any clear notion of the judgment which, in his +heart, one man generally passes upon another. If most people resent +the slightest hint that any blame attaches to them, you may imagine +their feelings if they were to overhear what their acquaintance say +about them. You should never lose sight of the fact that ordinary +politeness is only a grinning mask: if it shifts its place a little, +or is removed for a moment, there is no use raising a hue and cry. +When a man is downright rude, it is as though he had taken off all his +clothes, and stood before you in _puris naturalibus_. Like most men in +this condition, he does not present a very attractive appearance. + +SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a model for what you +should do or leave undone; because position and circumstances are in +no two cases alike, and difference of character gives a peculiar, +individual tone to what a man does. Hence _duo cum faciunt idem, non +est idem_--two persons may do the same thing with a different result. +A man should act in accordance with his own character, as soon as he +has carefully deliberated on what he is about to do. + +The outcome of this is that _originality_ cannot be dispensed with in +practical matters: otherwise, what a man does will not accord with +what he is. + +SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for though you reached the +age of Methuselah, you would never have done setting him right upon +all the absurd things that he believes. + +It is also well to avoid correcting people's mistakes in conversation, +however good your intentions may be; for it is easy to offend people, +and difficult, if not impossible, to mend them. + +If you feel irritated by the absurd remarks of two people whose +conversation you happen to overhear, you should imagine that you are +listening to a dialogue of two fools in a comedy. _Probatum est._ + +The man who comes into the world with the notion that he is really +going to instruct in matters of the highest importance, may thank his +stars if he escapes with a whole skin. + +SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be accepted, express it +coolly and without passion. All violence has its seat in the _will_; +and so, if your judgment is expressed with vehemence, people will +consider it an effort of will, and not the outcome of knowledge, which +is in its nature cold and unimpassioned. Since the will is the primary +and radical element in human nature, and _intellect_ merely supervenes +as something secondary, people are more likely to believe that the +opinion you express with so much vehemence is due to the excited state +of your will, rather than that the excitement of the will comes only +from the ardent nature of your opinion. + +SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in praising yourself, +you should never be seduced into doing so. For vanity is so very +common, and merit so very uncommon, that even if a man appears to be +praising himself, though very indirectly, people will be ready to lay +a hundred to one that he is talking out of pure vanity, and that he +has not sense enough to see what a fool he is making of himself. + +Still, for all that, there may be some truth in Bacon's remark that, +as in the case of calumny, if you throw enough dirt, some of it will +stick, so it it also in regard to self-praise; with the conclusion +that self-praise, in small doses, is to be recommended.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Schopenhauer alludes to the +following passage in Bacon's _De Augmentis Scientiarum_, Bk. viii., +ch. 2: _Sicut enim dici solet de calumnia_, audacter calumniare, +semper aliquid haeret; _sic dici potest de jactantia, (nisi plane +deformis fuerit et ridicula_), audacter te vendita, semper aliquid +haeret. _Haerebit certe apud populum, licet prudentiores subrideant. +Itaque existimatio parta apud plurimos paucorum fastidium abunde +compensabit._] + +SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a person is telling you +a lie, look as though you believed every word he said. This will give +him courage to go on; he will become more vehement in his assertions, +and in the end betray himself. + +Again, if you perceive that a person is trying to conceal something +from you, but with only partial success, look as though you did not +believe him, This opposition on your part will provoke him into +leading out his reserve of truth and bringing the whole force of it to +bear upon your incredulity. + +SECTION 42. You should regard all your private affairs as secrets, +and, in respect of them, treat your acquaintances, even though you +are on good terms with them, as perfect strangers, letting them know +nothing more than they can see for themselves. For in course of time, +and under altered circumstances, you may find it a disadvantage that +they know even the most harmless things about you. + +And, as a general rule, it is more advisable to show your intelligence +by saying nothing than by speaking out; for silence is a matter +of prudence, whilst speech has something in it of vanity. The +opportunities for displaying the one or the other quality occur +equally often; but the fleeting satisfaction afforded by speech is +often preferred to the permanent advantage secured by silence. + +The feeling of relief which lively people experience in speaking aloud +when no one is listening, should not be indulged, lest it grow into a +habit; for in this way thought establishes such very friendly terms +with speech, that conversation is apt to become a process of thinking +aloud. Prudence exacts that a wide gulf should be fixed between what +we think and what we say. + +At times we fancy that people are utterly unable to believe in the +truth of some statement affecting us personally, whereas it never +occurs to them to doubt it; but if we give them the slightest +opportunity of doubting it, they find it absolutely impossible +to believe it any more. We often betray ourselves into revealing +something, simply because we suppose that people cannot help noticing +it,--just as a man will throw himself down from a great height because +he loses his head, in other words, because he fancies that he cannot +retain a firm footing any longer; the torment of his position is so +great, that he thinks it better to put an end to it at once. This is +the kind of insanity which is called _acrophobia_. + +But it should not be forgotten how clever people are in regard +to affairs which do not concern them, even though they show no +particularly sign of acuteness in other matters. This is a kind of +algebra in which people are very proficient: give them a single fact +to go upon, and they will solve the most complicated problems. So, +if you wish to relate some event that happened long ago, without +mentioning any names, or otherwise indicating the persons to whom you +refer, you should be very careful not to introduce into your narrative +anything that might point, however distantly, to some definite fact, +whether it is a particular locality, or a date, or the name of some +one who was only to a small extent implicated, or anything else that +was even remotely connected with the event; for that at once gives +people something positive to go upon, and by the aid of their talent +for this sort of algebra, they will discover all the rest. Their +curiosity in these matters becomes a kind of enthusiasm: their will +spurs on their intellect, and drives it forward to the attainment +of the most remote results. For however unsusceptible and different +people may be to general and universal truths, they are very ardent in +the matter of particular details. + +In keeping with what I have said, it will be found that all those +who profess to give instructions in the wisdom of life are specially +urgent in commending the practice of silence, and assign manifold +reasons why it should be observed; so it is not necessary for me to +enlarge upon the subject any further. However, I may just add one or +two little known Arabian proverbs, which occur to me as peculiarly +appropriate:-- + +_Do not tell a friend anything that you would conceal from an enemy_. + +_A secret is in my custody, if I keep it; but should it escape me, it +is I who am the prisoner_. + +_The tree of silence bears the fruit of peace_. + +SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much advantage as when you have +been cheated out of it; for at one stroke you have purchased prudence. + +SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be felt for anyone. But +carefully observe and remember the manner in which a man conducts +himself, so that you may take the measure of his value,--at any +rate in regard to yourself,--and regulate your bearing towards +him accordingly; never losing sight of the fact that character +is unalterable, and that to forget the bad features in a man's +disposition is like throwing away hard-won money. Thus you will +protect yourself against the results of unwise intimacy and foolish +friendship. + +_Give way neither to love nor to hate_, is one-half of worldly wisdom: +_say nothing and believe nothing_, the other half. Truly, a world +where there is need of such rules as this and the following, is one +upon which a man may well turn his back. + +SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to show your hatred by +what you say or by the way you look, is an unnecessary +proceeding--dangerous, foolish, ridiculous, and vulgar. + +Anger and hatred should never be shown otherwise than in what you do; +and feelings will be all the more effective in action, in so far +as you avoid the exhibition of them in any other way. It is only +cold-blooded animals whose bite is poisonous. + +SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your words--_parler sans +accent_--is an old rule with those who are wise in the world's ways. +It means that you should leave other people to discover what it is +that you have said; and as their minds are slow, you can make your +escape in time. On the other hand, to emphasize your meaning--_parler +avec accent_--is to address their feelings; and the result is always +the opposite of what you expect. If you are polite enough in your +manner and courteous in your tone there are many people whom you may +abuse outright, and yet run no immediate risk of offending them. + + + + +CHAPTER IV, + +WORLDLY FORTUNE.--SECTION 47. + + +However varied the forms that human destiny may take, the same +elements are always present; and so life is everywhere much of a +piece, whether it passed in the cottage or in the palace, in the +barrack or in the cloister. Alter the circumstance as much as you +please! point to strange adventures, successes, failures! life is like +a sweet-shop, where there is a great variety of things, odd in shape +and diverse in color--one and all made from the same paste. And when +men speak of some one's success, the lot of the man who has failed is +not so very different as it seems. The inequalities in the world are +like the combinations in a kaleidoscope; at every turn a fresh picture +strikes the eye; and yet, in reality, you see only the same bits of +glass as you saw before. + +SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, that there are three +great powers in the world; _Sagacity, Strength_, and _Luck_,--[Greek: +sunetos, kratos, tuchu.] I think the last is the most efficacious. + +A man's life is like the voyage of a ship, where luck--_secunda aut +adversa fortuna_--acts the part of the wind, and speeds the vessel on +its way or drives it far out of its course. All that the man can do +for himself is of little avail; like the rudder, which, if worked hard +and continuously, may help in the navigation of the ship; and yet all +may be lost again by a sudden squall. But if the wind is only in the +right quarter, the ship will sail on so as not to need any steering. +The power of luck is nowhere better expressed than in a certain +Spanish proverb: _Da Ventura a tu hijo, y echa lo en el mar_--give +your son luck and throw him into the sea. + +Still, chance, it may be said, is a malignant power, and as little +as possible should be left to its agency. And yet where is there any +giver who, in dispensing gifts, tells us quite clearly that we have no +right to them, and that we owe them not to any merit on our part, +but wholly to the goodness and grace of the giver--at the same time +allowing us to cherish the joyful hope of receiving, in all humility, +further undeserved gifts from the same hands--where is there any giver +like that, unless it be _Chance_? who understands the kingly art of +showing the recipient that all merit is powerless and unavailing +against the royal grace and favor. + +On looking back over the course of his life,--that _labyrinthine way +of error_,--a man must see many points where luck failed him and +misfortune came; and then it is easy to carry self-reproach to an +unjust excess. For the course of a man's life is in no wise entirely +of his own making; it is the product of two factors--the series of +things that happened, and his own resolves in regard to them, and +these two are constantly interacting upon and modifying each other. +And besides these, another influence is at work in the very limited +extent of a man's horizon, whether it is that he cannot see very far +ahead in respect of the plans he will adopt, or that he is still less +able to predict the course of future events: his knowledge is strictly +confined to present plans and present events. Hence, as long as a +man's goal is far off, he cannot steer straight for it; he must be +content to make a course that is approximately right; and in following +the direction in which he thinks he ought to go, he will often have +occasion to tack. + +All that a man can do is to form such resolves as from time to time +accord with the circumstances in which he is placed, in the hope of +thus managing to advance a step nearer towards the final goal. It is +usually the case that the position in which we stand, and the object +at which we aim, resemble two tendencies working with dissimilar +strength in different directions; and the course of our life is +represented by their diagonal, or resultant force. + +Terence makes the remark that life is like a game at dice, where if +the number that turns up is not precisely the one you want, you can +still contrive to use it equally:--_in vita est hominum quasi cum +ludas tesseris; si illud quod maxime opus est jactu non cadit, illud +quod cecidit forte, id arte ut corrigas_.[1] Or, to put the matter +more shortly, life is a game of cards, when the cards are shuffled and +dealt by fate. But for my present purpose, the most suitable simile +would be that of a game of chess, where the plan we determined to +follow is conditioned by the play of our rival,--in life, by the +caprice of fate. We are compelled to modify our tactics, often to such +an extent that, as we carry them out, hardly a single feature of the +original plan can be recognized. + +[Footnote 1: He seems to have been referring to a game something like +backgammon.] + +But above and beyond all this, there is another influence that makes +itself felt in our lives. It is a trite saying--only too frequently +true--that we are often more foolish than we think. On the other hand, +we are often wiser than we fancy ourselves to be. This, however, is a +discovery which only those can make, of whom it is really true; and it +takes them a long time to make it. Our brains are not the wisest +part of us. In the great moments of life, when a man decides upon +an important step, his action is directed not so much by any clear +knowledge of the right thing to do, as by an inner impulse--you may +almost call it an instinct--proceeding from the deepest foundations of +his being. If, later on, he attempts to criticise his action by the +light of hard and fast ideas of what is right in the abstract--those +unprofitable ideas which are learnt by rote, or, it may be, borrowed +from other people; if he begins to apply general rules, the principles +which have guided others, to his own case, without sufficiently +weighing the maxim that one man's meat is another's poison, then he +will run great risk of doing himself an injustice. The result will +show where the right course lay. It is only when a man has reached +the happy age of wisdom that he is capable of just judgment in regard +either to his own actions or to those of others. + +It may be that this impulse or instinct is the unconscious effect of a +kind of prophetic dream which is forgotten when we awake--lending +our life a uniformity of tone, a dramatic unity, such as could never +result from the unstable moments of consciousness, when we are so +easily led into error, so liable to strike a false note. It is in +virtue of some such prophetic dream that a man feels himself called to +great achievements in a special sphere, and works in that direction +from his youth up out of an inner and secret feeling that that is his +true path, just as by a similar instinct the bee is led to build up +its cells in the comb. This is the impulse which Balthazar Gracian +calls _la gran sindéresis_[1]--the great power of moral discernment: +it is something that a man instinctively feels to be his salvation +without which he were lost. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--This obscure word appears to be +derived from the Greek _sugtaereo_ (N.T. and Polyb.) meaning "to +observe strictly." It occurs in _The Doctor and Student_, a series of +dialogues between a doctor of divinity and a student on the laws of +England, first published in 1518; and is there (Dialog. I. ch. 13) +explained as "a natural power of the soule, set in the highest part +thereof, moving and stirring it to good, and abhoring evil." This +passage is copied into Milton's Commonplace Book, edit. _Horwood_, § +79. The word is also found in the Dictionary of the Spanish Academy +(vol. vi. of the year 1739) in the sense of an innate discernment +of moral principles, where a quotation is given from Madre Maria de +Jesus, abbess of the convent of the Conception at Agreda, a mystical +writer of the seventeenth century, frequently consulted by Philip +IV.,--and again in the Bolognese Dictionary of 1824, with a similar +meaning, illustrated from the writings of Salvini (1653-1729). For +these references I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Norman Maccoll.] + +To act in accordance with abstract principles is a difficult matter, +and a great deal of practice will be required before you can be even +occasionally successful; it of tens happens that the principles do not +fit in with your particular case. But every man has certain innate +_concrete principles_--a part, as it were, of the very blood that +flows in his veins, the sum or result, in fact, of all his thoughts, +feelings and volitions. Usually he has no knowledge of them in any +abstract form; it is only when he looks back upon the course his life +has taken, that he becomes aware of having been always led on by +them--as though they formed an invisible clue which he had followed +unawares. + +SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and that all things are +in their nature fleeting--these are truths that should never be +forgotten. Hence, in whatever case you may be, it is well to picture +to yourself the opposite: in prosperity, to be mindful of misfortune; +in friendship, of enmity; in good weather, of days when the sky is +overcast; in love, of hatred; in moments of trust, to imagine the +betrayal that will make you regret your confidence; and so, too, when +you are in evil plight, to have a lively sense of happier times--what +a lasting source of true worldly wisdom were there! We should then +always reflect, and not be so very easily deceived; because, in +general, we should anticipate the very changes that the years will +bring. + +Perhaps in no form of knowledge is personal experience so +indispensable as in learning to see that all things are unstable and +transitory in this world. There is nothing that, in its own place and +for the time it lasts, is not a product of necessity, and therefore +capable of being fully justified; and it is this fact that makes +circumstances of every year, every month, even of every day, seem as +though they might maintain their right to last to all eternity. But we +know that this can never be the case, and that in a world where all is +fleeting, change alone endures. He is a prudent man who is not only +undeceived by apparent stability, but is able to forecast the lines +upon which movement will take place.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Chance_ plays so great a part in all human affairs that +when a man tries to ward off a remote danger by present sacrifice, the +danger often vanishes under some new and unforeseen development of +events; and then the sacrifice, in addition to being a complete loss, +brings about such an altered state of things as to be in itself a +source of positive danger in the face of this new development. In +taking measures of precaution, then, it is well not to look too far +ahead, but to reckon with chance; and often to oppose a courageous +front to a danger, in the hope that, like many a dark thunder-cloud, +it may pass away without breaking.] + +But people generally think that present circumstances will last, and +that matters will go on in the future as they have clone in the past. +Their mistakes arises from the fact that they do not understand the +cause of the things they see--causes which, unlike the effects they +produce, contain in themselves the germ of future change. The +effects are all that people know, and they hold fast to them on the +supposition that those unknown causes, which were sufficient to bring +them about, will also be able to maintain them as they are. This is a +very common error; and the fact that it is common is not without its +advantage, for it means that people always err in unison; and hence +the calamity which results from the error affects all alike, and is +therefore easy to bear; whereas, if a philosopher makes a mistake, he +is alone in his error, and so at a double disadvantage.[1] + +[Footnote 1: I may remark, parenthetically, that all this is a +confirmation of the principle laid down in _Die Welt als Wille und +Vorstellung_ (Bk. I. p. 94: 4th edit.), that error always consists in +making _a wrong inference_, that is, in ascribing a given effect to +something that did not cause it.] + +But in saying that we should anticipate the effects of time, I mean +that we should mentally forecast what they are likely to be; I do +not mean that we should practically forestall them, by demanding the +immediate performance of promises which time alone can fulfill. The +man who makes his demand will find out that there is no worse or more +exacting usurer than Time; and that, if you compel Time to give money +in advance, you will have to pay a rate of interest more ruinous than +any Jew would require. It is possible, for instance, to make a tree +burst forth into leaf, blossom, or even bear fruit within a few days, +by the application of unslaked lime and artificial heat; but after +that the tree will wither away. So a young man may abuse his +strength--it may be only for a few weeks--by trying to do at nineteen +what he could easily manage at thirty, and Time may give him the loan +for which he asks; but the interest he will have to pay comes out of +the strength of his later years; nay, it is part of his very life +itself. + +There are some kinds of illness in which entire restoration to health +is possible only by letting the complaint run its natural course; +after which it disappears without leaving any trace of its existence. +But if the sufferer is very impatient, and, while he is still +affected, insists that he is completely well, in this case, too, +Time will grant the loan, and the complaint may be shaken off; but +life-long weakness and chronic mischief will be the interest paid upon +it. + +Again, in time of war or general disturbance, a man may require ready +money at once, and have to sell out his investments in land or consols +for a third or even a still smaller fraction of the sum he would have +received from them, if he could have waited for the market to right +itself, which would have happened in due course; but he compels Time +to grant him a loan, and his loss is the interest he has to pay. Or +perhaps he wants to go on a long journey and requires the money: in +one or two years he could lay by a sufficient sum out of his income, +but he cannot afford to wait; and so he either borrows it or deducts +it from his capital; in other words, he gets Time to lend him the +money in advance. The interest he pays is a disordered state of his +accounts, and permanent and increasing deficits, which he can never +make good. + +Such is Time's usury; and all who cannot wait are its victims. There +is no more thriftless proceeding than to try and mend the measured +pace of Time. Be careful, then, not to become its debtor. + +SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you will have very many +opportunities of recognizing a characteristic difference between +ordinary people of prudence and discretion. In estimating the +possibility of danger in connection with any undertaking, an ordinary +man will confine his inquiries to the kind of risk that has already +attended such undertakings in the past; whereas a prudent person will +look ahead, and consider everything that might possibly happen in the +future, having regard to a certain Spanish maxim: _lo que no acaece en +un ano, acaece en un rato_--a thing may not happen in a year, and yet +may happen within two minutes. + +The difference in question is, of course, quite natural; for it +requires some amount of discernment to calculate possibilities; but +a man need only have his senses about him to see what has already +happened. + +Do not omit to sacrifice to evil spirits. What I mean is, that a man +should not hesitate about spending time, trouble, and money, or giving +up his comfort, or restricting his aims and denying himself, if he +can thereby shut the door on the possibility of misfortune. The most +terrible misfortunes are also the most improbable and remote--the +least likely to occur. The rule I am giving is best exemplified in +the practice of insurance,--a public sacrifice made on the altar of +anxiety. Therefore take out your policy of insurance! + +SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not give way to great +rejoicings or great lamentations; partly because all things are full +of change, and your fortune may turn at any moment; partly because men +are so apt to be deceived in their judgment as to what is good or bad +for them. + +Almost every one in his turn has lamented over something which +afterwards turned out to be the very best thing for him that could +have happened--or rejoiced at an event which became the source of his +greatest sufferings. The right state of mind has been finely portrayed +by Shakespeare: + +_I have felt so many quirks of joy and grief That the first face of +neither, on the start, Can woman me unto't_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _All's Well that Ends Well, Act. ii. Sc. 2_.] + +And, in general, it may be said that, if a man takes misfortunes +quietly, it is because he knows that very many dreadful things may +happen in the course of life; and so he looks upon the trouble of the +moment as only a very small part of that which might come. This is +the Stoic temper--never to be unmindful of the sad fate of +humanity--_condicionis humanoe oblitus_; but always to remember that +our existence is full of woe and misery: and that the ills to which we +are exposed are innumerable. Wherever he be, a man need only cast a +look around, to revive the sense of human misery: there before his +eyes he can see mankind struggling and floundering in torment,--all +for the sake of a wretched existence, barren and unprofitable! + +If he remembers this, a man will not expect very much from life, but +learn to accommodate himself to a world where all is relative and no +perfect state exists;--always looking misfortune in the face, and if +he cannot avoid it, meeting it with courage. + +It should never be forgotten that misfortune, be it great or small, is +the element in which we live. But that is no reason why a man should +indulge in fretful complaints, and, like Beresford,[1] pull a long +face over the _Miseries of Human Life_,--and not a single hour is free +from them; or still less, call upon the Deity at every flea-bite--_in +pulicis morsu Deum invocare_. Our aim should be to look well about us, +to ward off misfortune by going to meet it, to attain such perfection +and refinement in averting the disagreeable things of life,--whether +they come from our fellow-men or from the physical world,--that, like +a clever fox, we may slip out of the way of every mishap, great or +small; remembering that a mishap is generally only our own awkwardness +in disguise. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Rev. James Beresford (1764-1840), +miscellaneous writer. The full title of this, his chief work, is "The +Miseries of Human Life; or the last groans of Timothy Testy and Samuel +Sensitive, with a few supplementary sighs from Mrs. Testy."] + +The main reason why misfortune falls less heavily upon us, if we have +looked upon its occurrence as not impossible, and, as the saying is, +prepared ourselves for it, may be this: if, before this misfortune +comes, we have quietly thought over it as something which may or may +not happen, the whole of its extent and range is known to us, and we +can, at least, determine how far it will affect us; so that, if it +really arrives, it does not depress us unduly--its weight is not felt +to be greater than it actually is. But if no preparation has been +made to meet it, and it comes unexpectedly, the mind is in a state of +terror for the moment and unable to measure the full extent of the +calamity; it seems so far-reaching in its effects that the victim +might well think there was no limit to them; in any case, its range is +exaggerated. In the same way, darkness and uncertainty always increase +the sense of danger. And, of course, if we have thought over the +possibility of misfortune, we have also at the same time considered +the sources to which we shall look for help and consolation; or, at +any rate, we have accustomed ourselves to the idea of it. + +There is nothing that better fits us to endure the misfortunes of +life with composure, than to know for certain that _everything +that happens--from the smallest up to the greatest facts of +existence--happens of necessity._[1] A man soon accommodates himself +to the inevitable--to something that must be; and if he knows that +nothing can happen except of necessity, he will see that things cannot +be other that they are, and that even the strangest chances in the +world are just as much a product of necessity as phenomena which obey +well-known rules and turn out exactly in accordance with expectation. +Let me here refer to what I have said elsewhere on the soothing effect +of the knowledge that all things are inevitable and a product of +necessity.[2] + +[Footnote 1: This is a truth which I have firmly established in my +prize-essay on the _Freedom of the Will_, where the reader will find a +detailed explanation of the grounds on which it rests. Cf. especially +p. 60. [Schopenhauer's Works, 4th Edit., vol. iv.--_Tr_.]] + +[Footnote 2: Cf. _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. I. p. 361 (4th +edit.).] + +If a man is steeped in the knowledge of this truth, he will, first of +all, do what he can, and then readily endure what he must. + +We may regard the petty vexations of life that are constantly +happening, as designed to keep us in practice for bearing great +misfortunes, so that we may not become completely enervated by a +career of prosperity. A man should be as Siegfried, armed _cap-à -pie_, +towards the small troubles of every day--those little differences we +have with our fellow-men, insignificant disputes, unbecoming conduct +in other people, petty gossip, and many other similar annoyances of +life; he should not feel them at all, much less take them to heart and +brood over them, but hold them at arm's length and push them out of +his way, like stones that lie in the road, and upon no account think +about them and give them a place in his reflections. + +SECTION 52. What people commonly call _Fate_ is, as a general rule, +nothing but their own stupid and foolish conduct. There is a fine +passage in Homer,[1] illustrating the truth of this remark, where +the poet praises [GREEK: maetis]--shrewd council; and his advice +is worthy of all attention. For if wickedness is atoned for only in +another world, stupidity gets its reward here--although, now and then, +mercy may be shown to the offender. + +[Footnote 1: _Iliad_, xxiii. 313, sqq.] + +It is not ferocity but cunning that strikes fear into the heart +and forebodes danger; so true it is that the human brain is a more +terrible weapon than the lion's paw. + +The most finished man of the world would be one who was never +irresolute and never in a hurry. + +SECTION 53. _Courage_ comes next to prudence as a quality of mind very +essential to happiness. It is quite true that no one can endow himself +with either, since a man inherits prudence from his mother and courage +from his father; still, if he has these qualities, he can do much to +develop them by means of resolute exercise. + +In this world, _where the game is played with loaded dice_, a man must +have a temper of iron, with armor proof to the blows of fate, and +weapons to make his way against men. Life is one long battle; we have +to fight at every step; and Voltaire very rightly says that if we +succeed, it is at the point of the sword, and that we die with the +weapon in our hand--on _ne réussit dans ce monde qua la pointe de +l'épee, et on meurt les armes à la main_. It is a cowardly soul that +shrinks or grows faint and despondent as soon as the storm begins to +gather, or even when the first cloud appears on the horizon. Our motto +should be _No Surrender_; and far from yielding to the ills of life, +let us take fresh courage from misfortune:-- + +_Tu ne cede malis sed contra audentior ito_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Virgil, _Aeneid_, vi. 95.] + +As long as the issue of any matter fraught with peril is still in +doubt, and there is yet some possibility left that all may come right, +no one should ever tremble or think of anything but resistance,--just +as a man should not despair of the weather if he can see a bit of blue +sky anywhere. Let our attitude be such that we should not quake even +if the world fell in ruins about us:-- + + _Si fractus illabatur orbis + Impavidum ferient ruinae_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Horace, Odes iii. 3.] + +Our whole life itself--let alone its blessings--would not be worth +such a cowardly trembling and shrinking of the heart. Therefore, let +us face life courageously and show a firm front to every ill:-- + +_Quocirca vivite fortes Fortiaque adversis opponite pectora rebus_. + +Still, it is possible for courage to be carried to an excess and to +degenerate into rashness. It may even be said that some amount of fear +is necessary, if we are to exist at all in the world, and cowardice +is only the exaggerated form of it. This truth has been very well +expressed by Bacon, in his account of _Terror Panicus_; and the +etymological account which he gives of its meaning, is very superior +to the ancient explanation preserved for us by Plutarch.[1] He +connects the expression with _Pan_ the personification of Nature;[2] +and observes that fear is innate in every living thing, and, in fact, +tends to its preservation, but that it is apt to come into play +without due cause, and that man is especially exposed to it. The chief +feature of this _Panie Terror_ is that there is no clear notion of any +definite danger bound up with it; that it presumes rather than knows +that danger exists; and that, in case of need, it pleads fright itself +as the reason for being afraid. + +[Footnote 1: _De Iside et Osiride_ ch. 14.] + +[Footnote 2: _De Sapientia Veterum_, C. 6. _Natura enim rerum omnibus +viventibus indidit mentum ac formidinem, vitae atque essentiae suae +conservatricem, ac mala ingruentia vitantem et depellentem. Verumtamen +eaden natura modum tenere nescia est: sed timoribus salutaribus semper +vanos et innanes admiscet; adeo ut omnia (si intus conspici darentur) +Panicis terroribus plenissima sint praesertim humana_.] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE AGES OF LIFE. + + +There is a very fine saying of Voltaire's to the effect that every age +of life has its own peculiar mental character, and that a man will +feel completely unhappy if his mind is not in accordance with his +years:-- + + _Qui n'a pas l'esprit de son âge, + De son âge atout le malheur_. + +It will, therefore, be a fitting close to our speculations upon the +nature of happiness, if we glance at the chances which the various +periods of life produce in us. + +Our whole life long it is _the present_, and the present alone, that +we actually possess: the only difference is that at the beginning of +life we look forward to a long future, and that towards the end we +look back upon a long past; also that our temperament, but not our +character, undergoes certain well-known changes, which make _the +present_ wear a different color at each period of life. + +I have elsewhere stated that in childhood we are more given to using +our _intellect_ than our _will_; and I have explained why this is +so.[1] It is just for this reason that the first quarter of life is so +happy: as we look back upon it in after years, it seems a sort of lost +paradise. In childhood our relations with others are limited, our +wants are few,--in a word, there is little stimulus for the will; +and so our chief concern is the extension of our knowledge. The +intellect--like the brain, which attains its full size in the seventh +year,[2] is developed early, though it takes time to mature; and it +explores the whole world of its surroundings in its constant search +for nutriment: it is then that existence is in itself an ever fresh +delight, and all things sparkle with the charm of novelty. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Schopenhauer refers to _Die Welt +als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. c, 31, p. 451 (4th edit.), where +he explains that this is due to the fact that at that period of life +the brain and nervous system are much more developed than any other +part of the organism.] + +[Footnote 2: _Translator's Note_.--This statement is not quite +correct. The weight of the brain increases rapidly up to the seventh +year, more slowly between the sixteenth and the twentieth year, still +more slowly till between thirty and forty years of age, when it +attains its maximum. At each decennial period after this, it is +supposed to decrease in weight on the average, an ounce for every ten +years.] + +This is why the years of childhood are like a long poem. For the +function of poetry, as of all art, is to grasp the _Idea_--in the +Platonic sense; in other words, to apprehend a particular object in +such a way as to perceive its essential nature, the characteristics +it has in common with all other objects of the same kind; so that +a single object appears as the representative of a class, and the +results of one experience hold good for a thousand. + +It may be thought that my remarks are opposed to fact, and that the +child is never occupied with anything beyond the individual objects or +events which are presented to it from time to time, and then only in +so far as they interest and excite its will for the moment; but this +is not really the case. In those early years, life--in the full +meaning of the word, is something so new and fresh, and its sensations +are so keen and unblunted by repetition, that, in the midst of all its +pursuits and without any clear consciousness of what it is doing, +the child is always silently occupied in grasping the nature of life +itself,--in arriving at its fundamental character and general outline +by means of separate scenes and experiences; or, to use Spinoza's +phraseology, the child is learning to see the things and persons +about it _sub specie aeternitatis_,--as particular manifestations of +universal law. + +The younger we are, then, the more does every individual object +represent for us the whole class to which it belongs; but as the years +increase, this becomes less and less the case. That is the reason why +youthful impressions are so different from those of old age. And that +it also why the slight knowledge and experience gained in childhood +and youth afterwards come to stand as the permanent rubric, or +heading, for all the knowledge acquired in later life,--those early +forms of knowledge passing into categories, as it were, under which +the results of subsequent experience are classified; though a clear +consciousness of what is being done, does not always attend upon the +process. + +In this way the earliest years of a man's life lay the foundation of +his view of the world, whether it be shallow or deep; and although +this view may be extended and perfected later on, it is not materially +altered. It is an effect of this purely objective and therefore +poetical view of the world,--essential to the period of childhood +and promoted by the as yet undeveloped state of the volitional +energy--that, as children, we are concerned much more with the +acquisition of pure knowledge than with exercising the power of will. +Hence that grave, fixed look observable in so many children, of which +Raphael makes such a happy use in his depiction of cherubs, especially +in the picture of the _Sistine Madonna_. The years of childhood are +thus rendered so full of bliss that the memory of them is always +coupled with longing and regret. + +While we thus eagerly apply ourselves to learning the outward aspect +of things, as the primitive method of understanding the objects about +us, education aims at instilling into us _ideas_. But ideas furnish no +information as to the real and essential nature of objects, which, as +the foundation and true content of all knowledge, can be reached only +by the process called _intuition_. This is a kind of knowledge which +can in no wise be instilled into us from without; we must arrive at it +by and for ourselves. + +Hence a man's intellectual as well as his moral qualities proceed +from the depths of his own nature, and are not the result of external +influences; and no educational scheme--of Pestalozzi, or of any one +else--can turn a born simpleton into a man of sense. The thing is +impossible! He was born a simpleton, and a simpleton he will die. + +It is the depth and intensity of this early intuitive knowledge of the +external world that explain why the experiences of childhood take such +a firm hold on the memory. When we were young, we were completely +absorbed in our immediate surroundings; there was nothing to distract +our attention from them; we looked upon the objects about us as though +they were the only ones of their kind, as though, indeed, nothing else +existed at all. Later on, when we come to find out how many things +there are in the world, this primitive state of mind vanishes, and +with it our patience. + +I have said elsewhere[1] that the world, considered as _object_,--in +other words, as it is _presented_ to us objectively,--wears in +general a pleasing aspect; but that in the world, considered as +_subject_,--that is, in regard to its inner nature, which is +_will_,--pain and trouble predominate. I may be allowed to express the +matter, briefly, thus: _the world is glorious to look at, but dreadful +in reality_. + +[Footnote 1: _Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. c. 31, p. +426-7 (4th Edit.), to which the reader is referred for a detailed +explanation of my meaning.] + +Accordingly, we find that, in the years of childhood, the world is +much better known to us on its outer or objective side, namely, as the +presentation of will, than on the side of its inner nature, namely, as +the will itself. Since the objective side wears a pleasing aspect, and +the inner or subjective side, with its tale of horror, remains as yet +unknown, the youth, as his intelligence develops, takes all the forms +of beauty that he sees, in nature and in art, for so many objects of +blissful existence; they are so beautiful to the outward eye that, on +their inner side, they must, he thinks, be much more beautiful still. +So the world lies before him like another Eden; and this is the +Arcadia in which we are all born. + +A little later, this state of mind gives birth to a thirst for real +life--the impulse to do and suffer--which drives a man forth into +the hurly-burly of the world. There he learns the other side of +existence--the inner side, the will, which is thwarted at every step. +Then comes the great period of disillusion, a period of very gradual +growth; but once it has fairly begun, a man will tell you that he has +got over all his false notions--_l'âge des illusions est passé_; and +yet the process is only beginning, and it goes on extending its sway +and applying more and more to the whole of life. + +So it may be said that in childhood, life looks like the scenery in +a theatre, as you view it from a distance; and that in old age it is +like the same scenery when you come up quite close to it. + +And, lastly, there is another circumstance that contributes to the +happiness of childhood. As spring commences, the young leaves on the +trees are similar in color and much the same in shape; and in the +first years of life we all resemble one another and harmonize very +well. But with puberty divergence begins; and, like the radii of a +circle, we go further and further apart. + +The period of youth, which forms the remainder of this earlier half of +our existence--and how many advantages it has over the later half!--is +troubled and made miserable by the pursuit of happiness, as though +there were no doubt that it can be met with somewhere in life,--a hope +that always ends in failure and leads to discontent. An illusory +image of some vague future bliss--born of a dream and shaped by +fancy--floats before our eyes; and we search for the reality in +vain. So it is that the young man is generally dissatisfied with the +position in which he finds himself, whatever it may be; he ascribes +his disappointment solely to the state of things that meets him on +his first introduction to life, when he had expected something very +different; whereas it is only the vanity and wretchedness of human +life everywhere that he is now for the first time experiencing. + +It would be a great advantage to a young man if his early training +could eradicate the idea that the world has a great deal to offer him. +But the usual result of education is to strengthen this delusion; and +our first ideas of life are generally taken from fiction rather than +from fact. + +In the bright dawn of our youthful days, the poetry of life spreads +out a gorgeous vision before us, and we torture ourselves by longing +to see it realized. We might as well wish to grasp the rainbow! The +youth expects his career to be like an interesting romance; and there +lies the germ of that disappointment which I have been describing.[1] +What lends a charm to all these visions is just the fact that they are +visionary and not real, and that in contemplating them we are in the +sphere of pure knowledge, which is sufficient in itself and free from +the noise and struggle of life. To try and realize those visions is +to make them an object of _will_--a process which always involves +pain.[2] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. loc. cit., p. 428.] + +[Footnote 2: Let me refer the reader, if he is interested in the +subject, to the volume already cited, chapter 37.] + +If the chief feature of the earlier half of life is a never-satisfied +longing after happiness, the later half is characterized by the dread +of misfortune. For, as we advance in years, it becomes in a greater or +less degree clear that all happiness is chimerical in its nature, +and that pain alone is real. Accordingly, in later years, we, or, at +least, the more prudent amongst us, are more intent upon eliminating +what is painful from our lives and making our position secure, than on +the pursuit of positive pleasure. I may observe, by the way, that in +old age, we are better able to prevent misfortunes from coming, and in +youth better able to bear them when they come. + +In my young days, I was always pleased to hear a ring at my door: ah! +thought I, now for something pleasant. But in later life my feelings +on such occasions were rather akin to dismay than to pleasure: heaven +help me! thought I, what am I to do? A similar revulsion of feeling in +regard to the world of men takes place in all persons of any talent +or distinction. For that very reason they cannot be said properly to +belong to the world; in a greater or less degree, according to the +extent of their superiority, they stand alone. In their youth they +have a sense of being abandoned by the world; but later on, they feel +as though they had escaped it. The earlier feeling is an unpleasant +one, and rests upon ignorance; the second is pleasurable--for in the +meantime they have come to know what the world is. + +The consequence of this is that, as compared with the earlier, the +later half of life, like the second part of a musical period, has less +of passionate longing and more restfulness about it. And why is this +the case Simply because, in youth, a man fancies that there is a +prodigious amount of happiness and pleasure to be had in the world, +only that it is difficult to come by it; whereas, when he becomes +old, he knows that there is nothing of the kind; he makes his mind +completely at ease on the matter, enjoys the present hour as well as +he can, and even takes a pleasure in trifles. + +The chief result gained by experience of life is _clearness of view_. +This is what distinguishes the man of mature age, and makes the world +wear such a different aspect from that which it presented in his youth +or boyhood. It is only then that he sees things quite plain, and takes +them for that which they really are: while in earlier years he saw a +phantom-world, put together out of the whims and crotchets of his own +mind, inherited prejudice and strange delusion: the real world was +hidden from him, or the vision of it distorted. The first thing +that experience finds to do is to free us from the phantoms of the +brain--those false notions that have been put into us in youth. + +To prevent their entrance at all would, of course, be the best form of +education, even though it were only negative in aim: but it would be a +task full of difficulty. At first the child's horizon would have to be +limited as much as possible, and yet within that limited sphere none +but clear and correct notions would have to be given; only after the +child had properly appreciated everything within it, might the sphere +be gradually enlarged; care being always taken that nothing was left +obscure, or half or wrongly understood. The consequence of this +training would be that the child's notions of men and things would +always be limited and simple in their character; but, on the other +hand, they would be clear and correct, and only need to be extended, +not to be rectified. The same line might be pursued on into the period +of youth. This method of education would lay special stress upon the +prohibition of novel reading; and the place of novels would be taken +by suitable biographical literature--the life of Franklin, for +instance, or Moritz' _Anton Reiser_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Moritz was a miscellaneous writer +of the last century (1757-93). His _Anton Reiser_, composed in the +form of a novel, is practically an autobiography.] + +In our early days we fancy that the leading events in our life, and +the persons who are going to play an important part in it, will make +their entrance to the sound of drums and trumpets; but when, in old +age, we look back, we find that they all came in quite quietly, +slipped in, as it were, by the side-door, almost unnoticed. + +From the point of view we have been taking up until now, life may be +compared to a piece of embroidery, of which, during the first half of +his time, a man gets a sight of the right side, and during the second +half, of the wrong. The wrong side is not so pretty as the right, but +it is more instructive; it shows the way in which the threads have +been worked together. + +Intellectual superiority, even if it is of the highest kind, will not +secure for a man a preponderating place in conversation until after he +is forty years of age. For age and experience, though they can never +be a substitute for intellectual talent, may far outweigh it; and even +in a person of the meanest capacity, they give a certain counterpoise +to the power of an extremely intellectual man, so long as the latter +is young. Of course I allude here to personal superiority, not to the +place a man may gain by his works. + +And on passing his fortieth year, any man of the slightest power of +mind--any man, that is, who has more than the sorry share of intellect +with which Nature has endowed five-sixths of mankind--will hardly fail +to show some trace of misanthropy. For, as is natural, he has by that +time inferred other people's character from an examination of his own; +with the result that he has been gradually disappointed to find that +in the qualities of the head or in those of the heart--and usually in +both--he reaches a level to which they do not attain; so he gladly +avoids having anything more to do with them. For it may be said, in +general, that every man will love or hate solitude--in other Words, +his own society--just in proportion as he is worth anything in +himself. Kant has some remarks upon this kind of misanthropy in his +_Critique of the Faculty of Judgment_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Kritik der Urtheilskraft_, Part I, §29, Note ad fin.] + +In a young man, it is a bad sign, as well from an intellectual as from +a moral point of view, if he is precocious in understanding the ways +of the world, and in adapting himself to its pursuits; if he at once +knows how to deal with men, and enters upon life, as it were, fully +prepared. It argues a vulgar nature. On the other hand, to be +surprised and astonished at the way people act, and to be clumsy and +cross-grained in having to do with them, indicates a character of the +nobler sort. + +The cheerfulness and vivacity of youth are partly due to the fact +that, when we are ascending the hill of life, death is not visible: it +lies down at the bottom of the other side. But once we have crossed +the top of the hill, death comes in view--death--which, until then, +was known to us only by hearsay. This makes our spirits droop, for at +the same time we begin to feel that our vital powers are on the ebb. +A grave seriousness now takes the place of that early extravagance of +spirit; and the change is noticeable even in the expression of a man's +face. As long as we are young, people may tell us what they please! we +look upon life as endless and use our time recklessly; but the older +we become, the more we practice economy. For towards the close of +life, every day we live gives us the same kind of sensation as the +criminal experiences at every step on his way to be tried. + +From the standpoint of youth, life seems to stretch away into an +endless future; from the standpoint of old age, to go back but a +little way into the past; so that, at the beginning, life presents us +with a picture in which the objects appear a great way off, as though +we had reversed our telescope; while in the end everything seems so +close. To see how short life is, a man must have grown old, that is to +say, he must have lived long. + +On the other hand, as the years increase, things look smaller, one and +all; and Life, which had so firm and stable a base in the days of our +youth, now seems nothing but a rapid flight of moments, every one of +them illusory: we have come to see that the whole world is vanity! + +Time itself seems to go at a much slower pace when we are young; so +that not only is the first quarter of life the happiest, it is also +the longest of all; it leaves more memories behind it. If a man were +put to it, he could tell you more out of the first quarter of his life +than out of two of the remaining periods. Nay, in the spring of +life, as in the spring of the year, the days reach a length that is +positively tiresome; but in the autumn, whether of the year or of +life, though they are short, they are more genial and uniform. + +But why is it that to an old man his past life appears so short? For +this reason: his memory is short; and so he fancies that his life has +been short too. He no longer remembers the insignificant parts of it, +and much that was unpleasant is now forgotten; how little, then, +there is left! For, in general, a man's memory is as imperfect as his +intellect; and he must make a practice of reflecting upon the lessons +he has learned and the events he has experienced, if he does not want +them both to sink gradually into the gulf of oblivion. Now, we are +unaccustomed to reflect upon matters of no importance, or, as a rule, +upon things that we have found disagreeable, and yet that is necessary +if the memory of them is to be preserved. But the class of things that +may be called insignificant is continually receiving fresh additions: +much that wears an air of importance at first, gradually becomes of no +consequence at all from the fact of its frequent repetition; so that +in the end we actually lose count of the number of times it happens. +Hence we are better able to remember the events of our early than of +our later years. The longer we live, the fewer are the things that +we can call important or significant enough to deserve further +consideration, and by this alone can they be fixed in the memory; in +other words, they are forgotten as soon as they are past. Thus it is +that time runs on, leaving always fewer traces of its passage. + +Further, if disagreeable things have happened to us, we do not care +to ruminate upon them, least of all when they touch our vanity, as is +usually the case; for few misfortunes fall upon us for which we can +be held entirely blameless. So people are very ready to forget many +things that are disagreeable, as well as many that are unimportant. + +It is from this double cause that our memory is so short; and a man's +recollection of what has happened always becomes proportionately +shorter, the more things that have occupied him in life. The things +we did in years gone by, the events that happened long ago, are like +those objects on the coast which, to the seafarer on his outward +voyage, become smaller every minute, more unrecognizable and harder to +distinguish. + +Again, it sometimes happens that memory and imagination will call up +some long past scene as vividly as if it had occurred only yesterday; +so that the event in question seems to stand very near to the present +time. The reason of this is that it is impossible to call up all the +intervening period in the same vivid way, as there is no one figure +pervading it which can be taken in at a glance; and besides, most of +the things that happened in that period are forgotten, and all that +remains of it is the general knowledge that we have lived through +it--a mere notion of abstract existence, not a direct vision of some +particular experience. It is this that causes some single event +of long ago to appear as though it took place but yesterday: the +intervening time vanishes, and the whole of life looks incredibly +short. Nay, there are occasional moments in old age when we can +scarcely believe that we are so advanced in years, or that the long +past lying behind us has had any real existence--a feeling which is +mainly due to the circumstance that the present always seems fixed and +immovable as we look at it. These and similar mental phenomena are +ultimately to be traced to the fact that it is not our nature in +itself, but only the outward presentation of it, that lies in time, +and that the present is the point of contact between the world as +subject and the world as object.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--By this remark Schopenhauer means +that _will_, which, as he argues, forms the inner reality underlying +all the phenomena of life and nature, is not in itself affected +by time; but that, on the other hand, time is necessary for the +objectification of the will, for the will as presented in the passing +phenomena of the world. Time is thus definable as the condition of +change, and the present time as the only point of contact between +reality and appearance.] + +Again, why is it that in youth we can see no end to the years that +seem to lie before us? Because we are obliged to find room for all +the things we hope to attain in life. We cram the years so full of +projects that if we were to try and carry them all out, death would +come prematurely though we reached the age of Methuselah. + +Another reason why life looks so long when we are young, is that we +are apt to measure its length by the few years we have already +lived. In those early years things are new to us, and so they appear +important; we dwell upon them after they have happened and often call +them to mind; and thus in youth life seems replete with incident, and +therefore of long duration. + +Sometimes we credit ourselves with a longing to be in some distant +spot, whereas, in truth, we are only longing to have the time back +again which we spent there--days when we were younger and fresher than +we are now. In those moments Time mocks us by wearing the mask of +space; and if we travel to the spot, we can see how much we have been +deceived. + +There are two ways of reaching a great age, both of which presuppose +a sound constitution as a _conditio sine quâ non_. They may be +illustrated by two lamps, one of which burns a long time with very +little oil, because it has a very thin wick; and the other just as +long, though it has a very thick one, because there is plenty of oil +to feed it. Here, the oil is the vital energy, and the difference in +the wick is the manifold way in which the vital energy is used. + +Up to our thirty-sixth year, we may be compared, in respect of the way +in which we use our vital energy, to people who live on the interest +of their money: what they spend to-day, they have again to-morrow. But +from the age of thirty-six onwards, our position is like that of the +investor who begins to entrench upon his capital. At first he hardly +notices any difference at all, as the greater part of his expenses is +covered by the interest of his securities; and if the deficit is +but slight, he pays no attention to it. But the deficit goes on +increasing, until he awakes to the fact that it is becoming more +serious every day: his position becomes less and less secure, and he +feels himself growing poorer and poorer, while he has no expectation +of this drain upon his resources coming to an end. His fall from +wealth to poverty becomes faster every moment--like the fall of a +solid body in space, until at last he has absolutely nothing left. +A man is truly in a woeful plight if both the terms of this +comparison--his vital energy and his wealth--really begin to melt away +at one and the same time. It is the dread of this calamity that makes +love of possession increase with age. + +On the other hand, at the beginning of life, in the years before we +attain majority, and for some little time afterwards--the state of our +vital energy puts us on a level with those who each year lay by a part +of their interest and add it to their capital: in other words, not +only does their interest come in regularly, but the capital is +constantly receiving additions. This happy condition of affairs is +sometimes brought about--with health as with money--under the watchful +care of some honest guardian. O happy youth, and sad old age! + +Nevertheless, a man should economize his strength even when he is +young. Aristotle[1] observes that amongst those who were victors at +Olympia only two or three gained a prize at two different periods, +once in boyhood and then again when they came to be men; and the +reason of this was that the premature efforts which the training +involved, so completely exhausted their powers that they failed to +last on into manhood. As this is true of muscular, so it is still more +true of nervous energy, of which all intellectual achievements are the +manifestation. Hence, those infant prodigies--_ingenia praecoda_--the +fruit of a hot-house education, who surprise us by their cleverness as +children, afterwards turn out very ordinary folk. Nay, the manner in +which boys are forced into an early acquaintance with the ancient +tongues may, perhaps, be to blame for the dullness and lack of +judgment which distinguish so many learned persons. + +[Footnote 1: _Politics_.] + +I have said that almost every man's character seems to be specially +suited to some one period of life, so that on reaching it the man is +at his best. Some people are charming so long as they are young, and +afterwards there is nothing attractive about them; others are vigorous +and active in manhood, and then lose all the value they possess as +they advance in years; many appear to best advantage in old age, when +their character assumes a gentler tone, as becomes men who have seen +the world and take life easily. This is often the case with the +French. + +This peculiarity must be due to the fact that the man's character +has something in it akin to the qualities of youth or manhood or old +age--something which accords with one or another of these periods of +life, or perhaps acts as a corrective to its special failings. + +The mariner observes the progress he makes only by the way in which +objects on the coast fade away into the distance and apparently +decrease in size. In the same way a man becomes conscious that he is +advancing in years when he finds that people older than himself begin +to seem young to him. + +It has already been remarked that the older a man becomes, the +fewer are the traces left in his mind by all that he sees, does or +experiences, and the cause of this has been explained. There is thus +a sense in which it may be said that it is only in youth that a man +lives with a full degree of consciousness, and that he is only half +alive when he is old. As the years advance, his consciousness of what +goes on about him dwindles, and the things of life hurry by without +making any impression upon him, just as none is made by a work of art +seen for the thousandth time. A man does what his hand finds to do, +and afterwards he does not know whether he has done it or not. + +As life becomes more and more unconscious, the nearer it approaches +the point at which all consciousness ceases, the course of time +itself seems to increase in rapidity. In childhood all the things and +circumstances of life are novel; and that is sufficient to awake us to +the full consciousness of existence: hence, at that age, the day seems +of such immense length. The same thing happens when we are traveling: +one month seems longer then than four spent at home. Still, though +time seems to last longer when we are young or on a journey, the sense +of novelty does not prevent it from now and then in reality hanging +heavily upon our hands under both these circumstances, at any rate +more than is the case when we are old or staying at home. But the +intellect gradually becomes so rubbed down and blunted by long +habituation to such impressions that things have a constant tendency +to produce less and less impression upon us as they pass by; and this +makes time seem increasingly less important, and therefore shorter in +duration: the hours of the boy are longer than the days of the old +man. Accordingly, time goes faster and faster the longer we live, +like a ball rolling down a hill. Or, to take another example: as in +a revolving disc, the further a point lies from the centre, the more +rapid is its rate of progression, so it is in the wheel of life; the +further you stand from the beginning, the faster time moves for you. +Hence it may be said that as far as concerns the immediate sensation +that time makes upon our minds, the length of any given year is in +direct proportion to the number of times it will divide our whole +life: for instance, at the age of fifty the year appears to us only +one-tenth as long as it did at the age of five. + +This variation in the rate at which time appears to move, exercises a +most decided influence upon the whole nature of our existence at +every period of it. First of all, it causes childhood--even though it +embrace only a span of fifteen years--to seem the longest period of +life, and therefore the richest in reminiscences. Next, it brings it +about that a man is apt to be bored just in proportion as he is young. +Consider, for instance, that constant need of occupation--whether it +is work or play--that is shown by children: if they come to an end +of both work and play, a terrible feeling of boredom ensues. Even in +youth people are by no means free from this tendency, and dread the +hours when they have nothing to do. As manhood approaches, boredom +disappears; and old men find the time too short when their days fly +past them like arrows from a bow. Of course, I must be understood to +speak of _men_, not of decrepit _brutes_. With this increased rapidity +of time, boredom mostly passes away as we advance in life; and as +the passions with all their attendant pain are then laid asleep, the +burden of life is, on the whole, appreciably lighter in later years +than in youth, provided, of course, that health remains. So it is that +the period immediately preceding the weakness and troubles of old age, +receives the name of a man's _best years_. + +That may be a true appellation, in view of the comfortable feeling +which those years bring; but for all that the years of youth, when our +consciousness is lively and open to every sort of impression, have +this privilege--that then the seeds are sown and the buds come forth; +it is the springtime of the mind. Deep truths may be perceived, but +can never be excogitated--that is to say, the first knowledge of +them is immediate, called forth by some momentary impression. This +knowledge is of such a kind as to be attainable only when the +impressions are strong, lively and deep; and if we are to be +acquainted with deep truths, everything depends upon a proper use of +our early years. In later life, we may be better able to work upon +other people,--upon the world, because our natures are then finished +and rounded off, and no more a prey to fresh views; but then the +world is less able to work upon us. These are the years of action +and achievement; while youth is the time for forming fundamental +conceptions, and laying down the ground-work of thought. + +In youth it is the outward aspect of things that most engages us; +while in age, thought or reflection is the predominating quality +of the mind. Hence, youth is the time for poetry, and age is more +inclined to philosophy. In practical affairs it is the same: a man +shapes his resolutions in youth more by the impression that the +outward world makes upon him; whereas, when he is old, it is thought +that determines his actions. This is partly to be explained by the +fact that it is only when a man is old that the results of outward +observation are present in sufficient numbers to allow of their being +classified according to the ideas they represent,--a process which in +its turn causes those ideas to be more fully understood in all their +bearings, and the exact value and amount of trust to be placed in +them, fixed and determined; while at the same time he has grown +accustomed to the impressions produced by the various phenomena +of life, and their effects on him are no longer what they were. +Contrarily, in youth, the impressions that things make, that is to +say, the outward aspects of life, are so overpoweringly strong, +especially in the case of people of lively and imaginative +disposition, that they view the world like a picture; and their chief +concern is the figure they cut in it, the appearance they present; +nay, they are unaware of the extent to which this is the case. It is +a quality of mind that shows itself--if in no other way--in that +personal vanity, and that love of fine clothes, which distinguish +young people. + +There can be no doubt that the intellectual powers are most capable +of enduring great and sustained efforts in youth, up to the age of +thirty-five at latest; from which period their strength begins to +decline, though very gradually. Still, the later years of life, and +even old age itself, are not without their intellectual compensation. +It is only then that a man can be said to be really rich in experience +or in learning; he has then had time and opportunity enough to enable +him to see and think over life from all its sides; he has been able to +compare one thing with another, and to discover points of contact and +connecting links, so that only then are the true relations of things +rightly understood. Further, in old age there comes an increased depth +in the knowledge that was acquired in youth; a man has now many more +illustrations of any ideas he may have attained; things which he +thought he knew when he was young, he now knows in reality. And +besides, his range of knowledge is wider; and in whatever direction it +extends, it is thorough, and therefore formed into a consistent and +connected whole; whereas in youth knowledge is always defective and +fragmentary. + +A complete and adequate notion of life can never be attained by any +one who does not reach old age; for it is only the old man who +sees life whole and knows its natural course; it is only he who is +acquainted--and this is most important--not only with its entrance, +like the rest of mankind, but with its exit too; so that he alone has +a full sense of its utter vanity; whilst the others never cease to +labor under the false notion that everything will come right in the +end. + +On the other hand, there is more conceptive power in youth, and at +that time of life a man can make more out of the little that he knows. +In age, judgment, penetration and thoroughness predominate. Youth is +the time for amassing the material for a knowledge of the world that +shall be distinctive and peculiar,--for an original view of life, in +other words, the legacy that a man of genius leaves to his fellow-men; +it is, however, only in later years that he becomes master of his +material. Accordingly it will be found that, as a rule, a great writer +gives his best work to the world when he is about fifty years of age. +But though the tree of knowledge must reach its full height before it +can bear fruit, the roots of it lie in youth. + +Every generation, no matter how paltry its character, thinks itself +much wiser than the one immediately preceding it, let alone those that +are more remote. It is just the same with the different periods in a +man's life; and yet often, in the one case no less than in the other, +it is a mistaken opinion. In the years of physical growth, when +our powers of mind and our stores of knowledge are receiving daily +additions, it becomes a habit for to-day to look down with contempt +upon yesterday. The habit strikes root, and remains even after the +intellectual powers have begun to decline,--when to-day should rather +look up with respect to yesterday. So it is that we often unduly +depreciate the achievements as well as the judgments of our youth. +This seems the place for making the general observation, that, +although in its main qualities a man's _intellect_ or _head_, as well +as his _character_ or _heart_, is innate, yet the former is by no +means so unalterable in its nature as the latter. The fact is that the +intellect is subject to very many transformations, which, as a rule, +do not fail to make their actual appearance; and this is so, partly +because the intellect has a deep foundation in the physique, +and partly because the material with which it deals is given in +experience. And so, from a physical point of view, we find that if a +man has any peculiar power, it first gradually increases in strength +until it reaches its acme, after which it enters upon a path of slow +decadence, until it ends in imbecility. But, on the other hand, +we must not lose sight of the fact that the material which gives +employment to a man's powers and keeps them in activity,--the +subject-matter of thought and knowledge, experience, intellectual +attainments, the practice of seeing to the bottom of things, and so a +perfect mental vision, form in themselves a mass which continues to +increase in size, until the time comes when weakness shows itself, +and the man's powers suddenly fail. The way in which these two +distinguishable elements combine in the same nature,--the one +absolutely unalterable, and the other subject to change in two +directions opposed to each other--explains the variety of mental +attitude and the dissimilarity of value which attach to a man at +different periods of life. + +The same truth may be more broadly expressed by saying that the first +forty years of life furnish the text, while the remaining thirty +supply the commentary; and that without the commentary we are unable +to understand aright the true sense and coherence of the text, +together with the moral it contains and all the subtle application of +which it admits. + +Towards the close of life, much the same thing happens as at the end +of a _bal masqué_--the masks are taken off. Then you can see who +the people really are, with whom you have come into contact in your +passage through the world. For by the end of life characters have come +out in their true light, actions have borne fruit, achievements have +been rightly appreciated, and all shams have fallen to pieces. For +this, Time was in every case requisite. + +But the most curious fact is that it is also only towards the close +of life than a man really recognizes and understands his own true +self,--the aims and objects he has followed in life, more especially +the kind of relation in which he has stood to other people and to the +world. It will often happen that as a result of this knowledge, a man +will have to assign himself a lower place than he formerly thought +was his due. But there are exceptions to this rule; and it will +occasionally be the case that he will take a higher position than he +had before. This will be owing to the fact that he had no adequate +notion of the _baseness_ of the world, and that he set up a higher aim +for himself than was followed by the rest of mankind. + +The progress of life shows a man the stuff of which he is made. + +It is customary to call youth the happy, and age the sad part of life. +This would be true if it were the passions that made a man happy. +Youth is swayed to and fro by them; and they give a great deal of pain +and little pleasure. In age the passions cool and leave a man at rest, +and then forthwith his mind takes a contemplative tone; the intellect +is set free and attains the upper hand. And since, in itself, +intellect is beyond the range of pain, and man feels happy just in so +far as his intellect is the predominating part of him. + +It need only be remembered that all pleasure is negative, and that +pain is positive in its nature, in order to see that the passions can +never be a source of happiness, and that age is not the less to be +envied on the ground that many pleasures are denied it. For every sort +of pleasure is never anything more than the quietive of some need or +longing; and that pleasure should come to an end as soon as the need +ceases, is no more a subject of complaint than that a man cannot go on +eating after he has had his dinner, or fall asleep again after a good +night's rest. + +So far from youth being the happiest period of life, there is much +more truth in the remark made by Plato, at the beginning of the +_Republic_, that the prize should rather be given to old age, because +then at last a man is freed from the animal passion which has hitherto +never ceased to disquiet him. Nay, it may even be said that the +countless and manifold humors which have their source in this passion, +and the emotions that spring from it, produce a mild state of madness; +and this lasts as long as the man is subject to the spell of +the impulse--this evil spirit, as it were, of which there is no +riddance--so that he never really becomes a reasonable being until the +passion is extinguished. + +There is no doubt that, in general, and apart from individual +circumstances and particular dispositions, youth is marked by a +certain melancholy and sadness, while genial sentiments attach to old +age; and the reason for this is nothing but the fact that the young +man is still under the service, nay, the forced labor, imposed by that +evil spirit, which scarcely ever leaves him a moment to himself. To +this source may be traced, directly or indirectly, almost all and +every ill that befalls or menaces mankind. The old man is genial and +cheerful because, after long lying in the bonds of passion, he can now +move about in freedom. + +Still, it should not be forgotten that, when this passion is +extinguished, the true kernel of life is gone, and nothing remains but +the hollow shell; or, from another point of view, life then becomes +like a comedy, which, begun by real actors, is continued and brought +to an end by automata dressed in their clothes. + +However that may be, youth is the period of unrest, and age of repose; +and from that very circumstance, the relative degree of pleasure +belonging to each may be inferred. The child stretches out its little +hands in the eager desire to seize all the pretty things that meet its +sight, charmed by the world because all its senses are still so young +and fresh. Much the same thing happens with the youth, and he displays +greater energy in his quest. He, too, is charmed by all the pretty +things and the many pleasing shapes that surround him; and forthwith +his imagination conjures up pleasures which the world can never +realize. So he is filled with an ardent desire for he knows not what +delights--robbing him of all rest and making happiness impossible. +But when old age is reached, all this is over and done with, partly +because the blood runs cooler and the senses are no longer so easily +allured; partly because experience has shown the true value of things +and the futility of pleasure, whereby illusion has been gradually +dispelled, and the strange fancies and prejudices which previously +concealed or distorted a free and true view of the world, have been +dissipated and put to flight; with the result that a man can now get +a juster and clearer view, and see things as they are, and also in a +measure attain more or less insight into the nullity of all things on +this earth. + +It is this that gives almost every old man, no matter how ordinary his +faculties may be, a certain tincture of wisdom, which distinguishes +him from the young. But the chief result of all this change is the +peace of mind that ensues--a great element in happiness, and, in fact, +the condition and essence of it. While the young man fancies that +there is a vast amount of good things in the world, if he could only +come at them, the old man is steeped in the truth of the Preacher's +words, that _all things are vanity_--knowing that, however gilded the +shell, the nut is hollow. + +In these later years, and not before, a man comes to a true +appreciation of Horace's maxim: _Nil admirari._ He is directly and +sincerely convinced of the vanity of everything and that all the +glories of the world are as nothing: his illusions are gone. He is +no more beset with the idea that there is any particular amount of +happiness anywhere, in the palace or in the cottage, any more than he +himself enjoys when he is free from bodily or mental pain. The worldly +distinctions of great and small, high and low, exist for him no +longer; and in this blissful state of mind the old man may look down +with a smile upon all false notions. He is completely undeceived, and +knows that whatever may be done to adorn human life and deck it out in +finery, its paltry character will soon show through the glitter of its +surroundings; and that, paint and be jewel it as one may, it remains +everywhere much the same,--an existence which has no true value except +in freedom from pain, and is never to be estimated by the presence of +pleasure, let alone, then, of display.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. Horace, _Epist_. I. 12, I-4.] + +Disillusion is the chief characteristic of old age; for by that time +the fictions are gone which gave life its charm and spurred on the +mind to activity; the splendors of the world have been proved null and +vain; its pomp, grandeur and magnificence are faded. A man has then +found out that behind most of the things he wants, and most of the +pleasures he longs for, there is very little after all; and so he +comes by degrees to see that our existence is all empty and void. It +is only when he is seventy years old that he quite understands the +first words of the Preacher; and this again explains why it is that +old men are sometimes fretful and morose. + +It is often said that the common lot of old age is disease and +weariness of life. Disease is by no means essential to old age; +especially where a really long span of years is to be attained; for +as life goes on, the conditions of health and disorder tend to +increase--_crescente vita, crescit sanitas et morbus_. And as far as +weariness or boredom is concerned, I have stated above why old age is +even less exposed to that form of evil than youth. Nor is boredom by +any means to be taken as a necessary accompaniment of that solitude, +which, for reasons that do not require to be explained, old age +certainly cannot escape; it is rather the fate that awaits those who +have never known any other pleasures but the gratification of the +senses and the delights of society--who have left their minds +unenlightened and their faculties unused. It is quite true that the +intellectual faculties decline with the approach of old age; but where +they were originally strong, there will always be enough left to +combat the onslaught of boredom. And then again, as I have said, +experience, knowledge, reflection, and skill in dealing with men, +combine to give an old man an increasingly accurate insight into the +ways of the world; his judgment becomes keen and he attains a coherent +view of life: his mental vision embraces a wider range. Constantly +finding new uses for his stores of knowledge and adding to them at +every opportunity, he maintains uninterrupted that inward process of +self-education, which gives employment and satisfaction to the mind, +and thus forms the due reward of all its efforts. + +All this serves in some measure as a compensation for decreased +intellectual power. And besides, Time, as I have remarked, seems to go +much more quickly when we are advanced in years; and this is in itself +a preventive of boredom. There is no great harm in the fact that +a man's bodily strength decreases in old age, unless, indeed, he +requires it to make a living. To be poor when one is old, is a great +misfortune. If a man is secure from that, and retains his health, old +age may be a very passable time of life. Its chief necessity is to be +comfortable and well off; and, in consequence, money is then prized +more than ever, because it is a substitute for failing strength. +Deserted by Venus, the old man likes to turn to Bacchus to make him +merry. In the place of wanting to see things, to travel and learn, +comes the desire to speak and teach. It is a piece of good fortune if +the old man retains some of his love of study or of music or of the +theatre,--if, in general, he is still somewhat susceptible to the +things about him; as is, indeed, the case with some people to a very +late age. At that time of life, _what a man has in himself_ is of +greater advantage to him that ever it was before. + +There can be no doubt that most people who have never been anything +but dull and stupid, become more and more of automata as they grow +old. They have always thought, said and done the same things as their +neighbors; and nothing that happens now can change their disposition, +or make them act otherwise. To talk to old people of this kind is like +writing on the sand; if you produce any impression at all, it is gone +almost immediately; old age is here nothing but the _caput mortuum_ +of life--all that is essential to manhood is gone. There are cases +in which nature supplies a third set of teeth in old age, thereby +apparently demonstrating the fact that that period of life is a second +childhood. + +It is certainly a very melancholy thing that all a man's faculties +tend to waste away as he grows old, and at a rate that increases +in rapidity: but still, this is a necessary, nay, a beneficial +arrangement, as otherwise death, for which it is a preparation, would +be too hard to bear. So the greatest boon that follows the attainment +of extreme old age is _euthanasia_,--an easy death, not ushered in by +disease, and free from all pain and struggle.[1] For let a man live as +long as he may, he is never conscious of any moment but the present, +one and indivisible; and in those late years the mind loses more every +day by sheer forgetfulness than ever it gains anew. + +[Footnote 1: See _Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. ch. 41, +for a further description of this happy end to life.] + +The main difference between youth and age will always be that youth +looks forward to life, and old age to death; and that while the one +has a short past and a long future before it, the case is just the +opposite with the other. It is quite true that when a man is old, to +die is the only thing that awaits him; while if he is young, he may +expect to live; and the question arises which of the two fates is the +more hazardous, and if life is not a matter which, on the whole, it is +better to have behind one than before? Does not the Preacher say: +_the day of death [is better] than the day of one's birth_.[1] It is +certainly a rash thing to wish for long life;[2] for as the Spanish +proverb has it, it means to see much evil,--_Quien larga vida vive +mucho mal vide_. + +[Footnote 1: Ecclesiastes vii. 1.] + +[Footnote 2: The life of man cannot, strictly speaking, be called +either _long_ or _short_, since it is the ultimate standard by which +duration of time in regard to all other things is measured. + +In one of the Vedic _Upanishads (Oupnekhat_, II.) _the natural length_ +of human life is put down at one hundred years. And I believe this to +be right. I have observed, as a matter of fact, that it is only people +who exceed the age of ninety who attain _euthanasia_,--who die, that +is to say, of no disease, apoplexy or convulsion, and pass away +without agony of any sort; nay, who sometimes even show no pallor, but +expire generally in a sitting attitude, and often after a meal,--or, +I may say, simply cease to live rather than die. To come to one's end +before the age of ninety, means to die of disease, in other words, +prematurely. + +Now the Old Testament (Psalms xc. 10) puts the limit of human life at +seventy, and if it is very long, at eighty years; and what is more +noticeable still, Herodotus (i. 32 and iii. 22) says the same thing. +But this is wrong; and the error is due simply to a rough and +superficial estimate of the results of daily experience. For if the +natural length of life were from seventy to eighty years, people would +die, about that time, of mere old age. Now this is certainly not the +case. If they die then, they die, like younger people, _of disease_; +and disease is something abnormal. Therefore it is not natural to die +at that age. It is only when they are between ninety and a hundred +that people die of old age; die, I mean, without suffering from any +disease, or showing any special signs of their condition, such as a +struggle, death-rattle, convulsion, pallor,--the absence of all which +constitutes _euthanasia_. The natural length of human life is a +hundred years; and in assigning that limit the Upanishads are right +once more.] + +A man's individual career is not, as Astrology wishes to make out, to +be predicted from observation of the planets; but the course of human +life in general, as far as the various periods of it are concerned, +may be likened to the succession of the planets: so that we may be +said to pass under the influence of each one of them in turn. + +At ten, _Mercury_ is in the ascendant; and at that age, a youth, like +this planet, is characterized by extreme mobility within a narrow +sphere, where trifles have a great effect upon him; but under the +guidance of so crafty and eloquent a god, he easily makes great +progress. _Venus_ begins her sway during his twentieth year, and then +a man is wholly given up to the love of women. At thirty, _Mars_ +comes to the front, and he is now all energy and strength,--daring, +pugnacious and arrogant. + +When a man reaches the age of forty, he is under the rule of the +four _Asteroids_; that is to say, his life has gained something in +extension. He is frugal; in other words, by the help of _Ceres_, he +favors what is useful; he has his own hearth, by the influence of +_Vesta_; _Pallas_ has taught him that which is necessary for him to +know; and his wife--his _Juno_--rules as the mistress of his house. + +But at the age of fifty, _Jupiter_ is the dominant influence. At that +period a man has outlived most of his contemporaries, and he can feel +himself superior to the generation about him. He is still in the full +enjoyment of his strength, and rich in experience and knowledge; +and if he has any power and position of his own, he is endowed with +authority over all who stand in his immediate surroundings. He is no +more inclined to receive orders from others; he wants to take command +himself. The work most suitable to him now is to guide and rule within +his own sphere. This is the point where Jupiter culminates, and where +the man of fifty years is at his best. + +Then comes _Saturn_, at about the age of sixty, a weight as of _lead_, +dull and slow:-- + + _But old folks, many feign as they were dead; + Unwieldy, slow, heavy and pale as lead_. +Last of all, _Uranus_; or, as the saying is, a man goes to heaven. + +I cannot find a place for _Neptune_, as this planet has been very +thoughtlessly named; because I may not call it as it should be +called--_Eros_. Otherwise I should point out how Beginning and End +meet together, and how closely and intimately Eros is connected with +Death: how Orcus, or Amenthes, as the Egyptians called him, is not +only the receiver but the giver of all things--[Greek: lambanon kai +didous]. Death is the great reservoir of Life. Everything comes from +Orcus; everything that is alive now was once there. Could we but +understand the great trick by which that is done, all would be clear! + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10715 *** diff --git a/10715-h/10715-h.htm b/10715-h/10715-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14c5197 --- /dev/null +++ b/10715-h/10715-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6258 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta content="pg2html (binary v0.17)" name="linkgenerator" /> + <title> + The Essays of Arthur Schopenhauer + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; text-align: justify; font-size: 80%; font-style: italic;} + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + .xx-small {font-size: 60%;} + .x-small {font-size: 75%;} + .small {font-size: 85%;} + .large {font-size: 115%;} + .x-large {font-size: 130%;} + .indent5 { margin-left: 5%;} + .indent10 { margin-left: 10%;} + .indent15 { margin-left: 15%;} + .indent20 { margin-left: 20%;} + .indent25 { margin-left: 25%;} + .indent30 { margin-left: 30%;} + .indent35 { margin-left: 35%;} + .indent40 { margin-left: 40%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 1%; font-size: 0.6em; + font-variant: normal; font-style: normal; + text-align: right; background-color: #FFFACD; + border: 1px solid; padding: 0.3em;text-indent: 0em;} + .side { float: left; font-size: 75%; width: 15%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: left; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + .head { float: left; font-size: 90%; width: 98%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + p.pfirst, p.noindent {text-indent: 0} + span.dropcap { float: left; margin: 0 0.1em 0 0; line-height: 0.8 } + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} +</style> + </head> + <body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10715 ***</div> + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE ESSAYS OF<br /><br /> ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER + </h1> + <h2> + <b> By Arthur Schopenhauer </b> + </h2> + <h3> + Translated By T. Bailey Saunders + </h3> + <h1> + COUNSELS AND MAXIMS. + </h1> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est + très difficile de le trouver en nous, et impossible + de le trouver ailleurs. +</pre> + <p> + Chamfort. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <b>Contents</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_INTR"> INTRODUCTION. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. — GENERAL RULES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> SECTION 1. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in + regard to happiness, it is </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the + happiness of life </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. — OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.— + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> SECTION 4. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise + conduct of life is to </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> SECTION 6. <i>Limitations always make for + happiness</i>. We are happy in </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0010"> SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a + painful state depends, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0011"> SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely + prudent and discreet, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0012"> SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in + all to oneself, to </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0013"> SECTION 10. <i>Envy</i> is natural to man; and + still, it is at once a vice </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0014"> SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated + consideration to any plan before </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0015"> SECTION 12. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0016"> SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or + woe, we should be </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not + belong to us is very apt </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0018"> SECTION 15. The things which engage our + attention—whether they are </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0019"> SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, + curb our desires, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0020"> SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says + Aristotle; and he is </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0021"> SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by + the phantoms of his </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0022"> SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a + special case of the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0023"> SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I + have insisted upon the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. — OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.— + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0025"> SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how + quickly similarity, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0026"> SECTION 23. No man can see <i>over his own + height.</i> Let me explain what </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0027"> SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man—and + he is one in a </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0028"> SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking + remark that it is </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0029"> SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly + subjective that nothing really </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0030"> SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, + whether in public or </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0031"> SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if + you spoil them, they </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0032"> SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of + noble character and </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0033"> SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be + left entirely to </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0034"> SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own + body without knowing it, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0035"> SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble + character fancies that </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0036"> SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the + world instead of real </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0037"> SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in + the ways of the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0038"> SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often + consists in great measure </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0039"> SECTION 36. <i>Politeness</i>,—which the + Chinese hold to be a cardinal </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0040"> SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a + model for what you </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0041"> SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for + though you reached the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0042"> SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be + accepted, express it </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0043"> SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in + praising yourself, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0044"> SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a + person is telling you </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0045"> SECTION 42. You should regard all your private + affairs as secrets, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0046"> SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much + advantage as when you have </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0047"> SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be + felt for anyone. But </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0048"> SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to + show your hatred by </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0049"> SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your + words—<i>parler sans </i></a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. — WORLDLY FORTUNE.— </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0051"> SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, + that there are three </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0052"> SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and + that all things are </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0053"> SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you + will have very many </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0054"> SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not + give way to great </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0055"> SECTION 52. What people commonly call Fate<i> + is, as a general rule, </i></a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0056"> SECTION 53. Courage<i> comes next to prudence as + a quality of mind very </i></a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. — THE AGES OF LIFE. </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_INTR" id="link2H_INTR"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + INTRODUCTION. + </h2> + <p> + If my object in these pages were to present a complete scheme of counsels + and maxims for the guidance of life, I should have to repeat the numerous + rules—some of them excellent—which have been drawn up by + thinkers of all ages, from Theognis and Solomon<a href="#linknote-1" + name="linknoteref-1" id="noteref-1"><small>1</small></a> down to La + Rochefoucauld; and, in so doing, I should inevitably entail upon the + reader a vast amount of well-worn commonplace. But the fact is that in + this work I make still less claim to exhaust my subject than in any other + of my writings. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-1" id="note-1"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 1 (<a href="#linknoteref-1">return</a>)<br /> [ I refer to the proverbs and + maxims ascribed, in the Old Testament, to the king of that name.] + </p> + <p> + An author who makes no claims to completeness must also, in a great + measure, abandon any attempt at systematic arrangement. For his double + loss in this respect, the reader may console himself by reflecting that a + complete and systematic treatment of such a subject as the guidance of + life could hardly fail to be a very wearisome business. I have simply put + down those of my thoughts which appear to be worth communicating—thoughts + which, as far as I know, have not been uttered, or, at any rate, not just + in the same form, by any one else; so that my remarks may be taken as a + supplement to what has been already achieved in the immense field. + </p> + <p> + However, by way of introducing some sort of order into the great variety + of matters upon which advice will be given in the following pages, I shall + distribute what I have to say under the following heads: (1) general + rules; (2) our relation to ourselves; (3) our relation to others; and + finally, (4) rules which concern our manner of life and our worldly + circumstances. I shall conclude with some remarks on the changes which the + various periods of life produce in us. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. — GENERAL RULES. + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 1. + </h2> + <p> + The first and foremost rule for the wise conduct of life seems to me to be + contained in a view to which Aristotle parenthetically refers in the + Nichomachean Ethics<i>:<a href="#linknote-2" name="linknoteref-2" + id="noteref-2"><small>2</small></a> [Greek: o phronimoz to alupon dioke e + ou to aedu] or, as it may be rendered, </i>not pleasure, but freedom from + pain, is what the wise man will aim at<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-2" id="note-2"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 2 (<a href="#linknoteref-2">return</a>)<br /> [ vii. (12) 12.] + </p> + <p> + The truth of this remark turns upon the negative character of happiness,—the + fact that pleasure is only the negation of pain, and that pain is the + positive element in life. Though I have given a detailed proof of this + proposition in my chief work,<a href="#linknote-3" name="linknoteref-3" + id="noteref-3"><small>3</small></a> I may supply one more illustration of + it here, drawn from a circumstance of daily occurrence. Suppose that, with + the exception of some sore or painful spot, we are physically in a sound + and healthy condition: the sore of this one spot, will completely absorb + our attention, causing us to lose the sense of general well-being, and + destroying all our comfort in life. In the same way, when all our affairs + but one turn out as we wish, the single instance in which our aims are + frustrated is a constant trouble to us, even though it be something quite + trivial. We think a great deal about it, and very little about those other + and more important matters in which we have been successful. In both these + cases what has met with resistance is the will<i>; in the one case, as it + is objectified in the organism, in the other, as it presents itself in the + struggle of life; and in both, it is plain that the satisfaction of the + will consists in nothing else than that it meets with no resistance. It + is, therefore, a satisfaction which is not directly felt; at most, we can + become conscious of it only when we reflect upon our condition. But that + which checks or arrests the will is something positive; it proclaims its + own presence. All pleasure consists in merely removing this check—in + other words, in freeing us from its action; and hence pleasure is a state + which can never last very long. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-3" id="note-3"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 3 (<a href="#linknoteref-3">return</a>)<br /> [ Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>. Vol. I., p. 58.] </i> + </p> + <p> + This is the true basis of the above excellent rule quoted from Aristotle, + which bids us direct our aim, not toward securing what is pleasurable and + agreeable in life, but toward avoiding, as far as possible, its + innumerable evils. If this were not the right course to take, that saying + of Voltaire's, Happiness is but a dream and sorrow is real<i>, would be as + false as it is, in fact, true. A man who desires to make up the book of + his life and determine where the balance of happiness lies, must put down + in his accounts, not the pleasures which he has enjoyed, but the evils + which he has escaped. That is the true method of eudaemonology; for all + eudaemonology must begin by recognizing that its very name is a euphemism, + and that </i>to live happily<i> only means </i>to live less unhappily<i>—to + live a tolerable life. There is no doubt that life is given us, not to be + enjoyed, but to be overcome—to be got over. There are numerous + expressions illustrating this—such as </i>degere vitam, vita defungi<i>; + or in Italian, </i>si scampa cosi<i>; or in German, </i>man muss suchen + durchzukommen; er wird schon durch die Welt kommen<i>, and so on. In old + age it is indeed a consolation to think that the work of life is over and + done with. The happiest lot is not to have experienced the keenest + delights or the greatest pleasures, but to have brought life to a close + without any very great pain, bodily or mental. To measure the happiness of + a life by its delights or pleasures, is to apply a false standard. For + pleasures are and remain something negative; that they produce happiness + is a delusion, cherished by envy to its own punishment. Pain is felt to be + something positive, and hence its absence is the true standard of + happiness. And if, over and above freedom from pain, there is also an + absence of boredom, the essential conditions of earthly happiness are + attained; for all else is chimerical. </i> + </p> + <p> + It follows from this that a man should never try to purchase pleasure at + the cost of pain, or even at the risk of incurring it; to do so is to pay + what is positive and real, for what is negative and illusory; while there + is a net profit in sacrificing pleasure for the sake of avoiding pain. In + either case it is a matter of indifference whether the pain follows the + pleasure or precedes it. While it is a complete inversion of the natural + order to try and turn this scene of misery into a garden of pleasure, to + aim at joy and pleasure rather than at the greatest possible freedom from + pain—and yet how many do it!—there is some wisdom in taking a + gloomy view, in looking upon the world as a kind of Hell, and in confining + one's efforts to securing a little room that shall not be exposed to the + fire. The fool rushes after the pleasures of life and finds himself their + dupe; the wise man avoids its evils; and even if, notwithstanding his + precautions, he falls into misfortunes, that is the fault of fate, not of + his own folly. As far as he is successful in his endeavors, he cannot be + said to have lived a life of illusion; for the evils which he shuns are + very real. Even if he goes too far out of his way to avoid evils, and + makes an unnecessary sacrifice of pleasure, he is, in reality, not the + worse off for that; for all pleasures are chimerical, and to mourn for + having lost any of them is a frivolous, and even ridiculous proceeding. + </p> + <p> + The failure to recognize this truth—a failure promoted by optimistic + ideas—is the source of much unhappiness. In moments free from pain, + our restless wishes present, as it were in a mirror, the image of a + happiness that has no counterpart in reality, seducing us to follow it; in + doing so we bring pain upon ourselves, and that is something undeniably + real. Afterwards, we come to look with regret upon that lost state of + painlessness; it is a paradise which we have gambled away; it is no longer + with us, and we long in vain to undo what has been done. + </p> + <p> + One might well fancy that these visions of wishes fulfilled were the work + of some evil spirit, conjured up in order to entice us away from that + painless state which forms our highest happiness. + </p> + <p> + A careless youth may think that the world is meant to be enjoyed, as + though it were the abode of some real or positive happiness, which only + those fail to attain who are not clever enough to overcome the + difficulties that lie in the way. This false notion takes a stronger hold + on him when he comes to read poetry and romance, and to be deceived by + outward show—the hypocrisy that characterizes the world from + beginning to end; on which I shall have something to say presently. The + result is that his life is the more or less deliberate pursuit of positive + happiness; and happiness he takes to be equivalent to a series of definite + pleasures. In seeking for these pleasures he encounters danger—a + fact which should not be forgotten. He hunts for game that does not exist; + and so he ends by suffering some very real and positive misfortune—pain, + distress, sickness, loss, care, poverty, shame, and all the thousand ills + of life. Too late he discovers the trick that has been played upon him. + </p> + <p> + But if the rule I have mentioned is observed, and a plan of life is + adopted which proceeds by avoiding pain—in other words, by taking + measures of precaution against want, sickness, and distress in all its + forms, the aim is a real one, and something may be achieved which will be + great in proportion as the plan is not disturbed by striving after the + chimera of positive happiness. This agrees with the opinion expressed by + Goethe in the Elective Affinities<i>, and there put into the mouth of + Mittler—the man who is always trying to make other people happy: + </i>To desire to get rid of an evil is a definite object, but to desire a + better fortune than one has is blind folly<i>. The same truth is contained + in that fine French proverb: </i>le mieux est l'ennemi du bien<i>—leave + well alone. And, as I have remarked in my chief work,this is the + leading thought underlying the philosophical system of the Cynics. For + what was it led the Cynics to repudiate pleasure in every form, if it was + not the fact that pain is, in a greater or less degree, always bound up + with pleasure? To go out of the way of pain seemed to them so much easier + than to secure pleasure. Deeply impressed as they were by the negative + nature of pleasure and the positive nature of pain, they consistently + devoted all their efforts to the avoidance of pain. The first step to that + end was, in their opinion, a complete and deliberate repudiation of + pleasure, as something which served only to entrap the victim in order + that he might be delivered over to pain.<a href="#linknote-4" + name="linknoteref-4" id="noteref-4"><small>4</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-4" id="note-4"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 4 (<a href="#linknoteref-4">return</a>)<br /> [ Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, vol. ii., ch. 16.] </i> + </p> + <p> + We are all born, as Schiller says, in Arcadia. In other words, we come + into the world full of claims to happiness and pleasure, and we cherish + the fond hope of making them good. But, as a rule, Fate soon teaches us, + in a rough and ready way that we really possess nothing at all, but that + everything in the world is at its command, in virtue of an unassailable + right, not only to all we have or acquire, to wife or child, but even to + our very limbs, our arms, legs, eyes<i> and ears, nay, even to the nose in + the middle of our face. And in any case, after some little time, we learn + by experience that happiness and pleasure are a </i>fata morgana<i>, + which, visible from afar, vanish as we approach; that, on the other hand, + suffering and pain are a reality, which makes its presence felt without + any intermediary, and for its effect, stands in no need of illusion or the + play of false hope. </i> + </p> + <p> + If the teaching of experience bears fruit in us, we soon give up the + pursuit of pleasure and happiness, and think much more about making + ourselves secure against the attacks of pain and suffering. We see that + the best the world has to offer is an existence free from pain—a + quiet, tolerable life; and we confine our claims to this, as to something + we can more surely hope to achieve. For the safest way of not being very + miserable is not to expect to be very happy. Merck, the friend of Goethe's + youth, was conscious of this truth when he wrote: It is the wretched way + people have of setting up a claim to happiness<i>—</i>and, that to, + in a measure corresponding with their desires<i>—</i>that ruins + everything in this world. A man will make progress if he can get rid of + this claim,<a href="#linknote-5" name="linknoteref-5" id="noteref-5_"><small>5</small></a> + and desire nothing but what he sees before him<i>. Accordingly it is + advisable to put very moderate limits upon our expectations of pleasure, + possessions, rank, honor and so on; because it is just this striving and + struggling to be happy, to dazzle the world, to lead a life full of + pleasure, which entail great misfortune. It is prudent and wise, I say, to + reduce one's claims, if only for the reason that it is extremely easy to + be very unhappy; while to be very happy is not indeed difficult, but quite + impossible. With justice sings the poet of life's wisdom: </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Auream quisquis mediocritatem + Diligit, tutus caret obsoleti + Sordibus tecti, caret invidenda + Sobrius aula. + Savius ventis agitatur ingens + Pinus: et celsae graviori casu + Decidunt turres; feriuntque summos + Fulgura monies.<a href="#linknote-5" name="linknoteref-5" id="noteref-5">5</a><i> +</i></pre> + <p> + —the golden mean is best—to live free from the squalor of a + mean abode, and yet not be a mark for envy. It is the tall pine which is + cruelly shaken by the wind, the highest summits that are struck in the + storm, and the lofty towers that fall so heavily. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-4" id="note-4_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 4 (<a href="#linknoteref-4">return</a>)<br /> [ Letters to and from Merck.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-5" id="note-5"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 5 (<a href="#linknoteref-5">return</a>)<br /> [ Horace. Odes II. x.] + </p> + <p> + He who has taken to heart the teaching of my philosophy—who knows, + therefore, that our whole existence is something which had better not have + been, and that to disown and disclaim it is the highest wisdom—he + will have no great expectations from anything or any condition in life: he + will spend passion upon nothing in the world, nor lament over-much if he + fails in any of his undertakings. He will feel the deep truth of what + Plato<a href="#linknote-6" name="linknoteref-6" id="noteref-6"><small>6</small></a> + says: [Greek: oute ti ton anthropinon haxion on megalaes spondaes]—nothing + in human affairs is worth any great anxiety; or, as the Persian poet has + it, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Though from thy grasp all worldly things should flee, + Grieve not for them, for they are nothing worth: + And though a world in thy possession be, + Joy not, for worthless are the things of earth. + Since to that better world 'tis given to thee + To pass, speed on, for this is nothing worth.<i><a href="#linknote-7" + name="linknoteref-7" id="noteref-7">7</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-6" id="note-6"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 6 (<a href="#linknoteref-6">return</a>)<br /> [ Republic<i>, x. 604.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-7" id="note-7"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 7 (<a href="#linknoteref-7">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. From + the Anvár-i Suhail×</i>The Lights of Canopus<i>—being the + Persian version of the </i>Table of Bidpai<i>. Translated by E.B. + Eastwick, ch. iii. Story vi., p. 289.] </i> + </p> + <p> + The chief obstacle to our arriving at these salutary views is that + hypocrisy of the world to which I have already alluded—an hypocrisy + which should be early revealed to the young. Most of the glories of the + world are mere outward show, like the scenes on a stage: there is nothing + real about them. Ships festooned and hung with pennants, firing of cannon, + illuminations, beating of drums and blowing of trumpets, shouting and + applauding—these are all the outward sign, the pretence and + suggestion,—as it were the hieroglyphic,—of joy<i>: but just + there, joy is, as a rule, not to be found; it is the only guest who has + declined to be present at the festival. Where this guest may really be + found, he comes generally without invitation; he is not formerly + announced, but slips in quietly by himself </i>sans facon<i>; often making + his appearance under the most unimportant and trivial circumstances, and + in the commonest company—anywhere, in short, but where the society + is brilliant and distinguished. Joy is like the gold in the Australian + mines—found only now and then, as it were, by the caprice of chance, + and according to no rule or law; oftenest in very little grains, and very + seldom in heaps. All that outward show which I have described, is only an + attempt to make people believe that it is really joy which has come to the + festival; and to produce this impression upon the spectators is, in fact, + the whole object of it. </i> + </p> + <p> + With mourning<i> it is just the same. That long funeral procession, moving + up so slowly; how melancholy it looks! what an endless row of carriages! + But look into them—they are all empty; the coachmen of the whole + town are the sole escort the dead man has to his grave. Eloquent picture + of the friendship and esteem of the world! This is the falsehood, the + hollowness, the hypocrisy of human affairs! </i> + </p> + <p> + Take another example—a roomful of guests in full dress, being + received with great ceremony. You could almost believe that this is a + noble and distinguished company; but, as a matter of fact, it is + compulsion, pain and boredom who are the real guests. For where many are + invited, it is a rabble—even if they all wear stars. Really good + society is everywhere of necessity very small. In brilliant festivals and + noisy entertainments, there is always, at bottom, a sense of emptiness + prevalent. A false tone is there: such gatherings are in strange contrast + with the misery and barrenness of our existence. The contrast brings the + true condition into greater relief. Still, these gatherings are effective + from the outside; and that is just their purpose. Chamfort<a + href="#linknote-8" name="linknoteref-8" id="noteref-8"><small>8</small></a> + makes the excellent remark that society<i>—</i>les cercles, les + salons, ce qu'on appelle le monde<i>—is like a miserable play, or a + bad opera, without any interest in itself, but supported for a time by + mechanical aid, costumes and scenery. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-8" id="note-8"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 8 (<a href="#linknoteref-8">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Nicholas "Chamfort" (1741-94), a French miscellaneous writer, whose + brilliant conversation, power of sarcasm, and epigrammic force, coupled + with an extraordinary career, render him one of the most interesting and + remarkable men of his time. Schopenhauer undoubtedly owed much to this + writer, to whom he constantly refers.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And so, too, with academies and chairs of philosophy. You have a kind of + sign-board hung out to show the apparent abode of wisdom<i>: but wisdom is + another guest who declines the invitation; she is to be found elsewhere. + The chiming of bells, ecclesiastical millinery, attitudes of devotion, + insane antics—these are the pretence, the false show of </i>piety<i>. + And so on. Everything in the world is like a hollow nut; there is little + kernel anywhere, and when it does exist, it is still more rare to find it + in the shell. You may look for it elsewhere, and find it, as a rule, only + by chance. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in regard to happiness, it is + </h2> + <p> + necessary to ask, not what things please him, but what things trouble him; + and the more trivial these things are in themselves, the happier the man + will be. To be irritated by trifles, a man must be well off; for in + misfortunes trifles are unfelt. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the happiness of life + </h2> + <p> + upon a broad foundation<i>—not to require a great many things in + order to be happy. For happiness on such a foundation is the most easily + undermined; it offers many more opportunities for accidents; and accidents + are always happening. The architecture of happiness follows a plan in this + respect just the opposite of that adopted in every other case, where the + broadest foundation offers the greatest security. Accordingly, to reduce + your claims to the lowest possible degree, in comparison with your means,—of + whatever kind these may be—is the surest way of avoiding extreme + misfortune. </i> + </p> + <p> + To make extensive preparations for life—no matter what form they may + take—is one of the greatest and commonest of follies. Such + preparations presuppose, in the first place, a long life, the full and + complete term of years appointed to man—and how few reach it! and + even if it be reached, it is still too short for all the plans that have + been made; for to carry them out requites more time than was thought + necessary at the beginning. And then how many mischances and obstacles + stand in the way! how seldom the goal is ever reached in human affairs! + </p> + <p> + And lastly, even though the goal should be reached, the changes which Time + works in us have been left out of the reckoning: we forget that the + capacity whether for achievement or for enjoyment does not last a whole + lifetime. So we often toil for things which are no longer suited to us + when we attain them; and again, the years we spend in preparing for some + work, unconsciously rob us of the power for carrying it out. + </p> + <p> + How often it happens that a man is unable to enjoy the wealth which he + acquired at so much trouble and risk, and that the fruits of his labor are + reserved for others; or that he is incapable of filling the position which + he has won after so many years of toil and struggle. Fortune has come too + late for him; or, contrarily, he has come too late for fortune,—when, + for instance, he wants to achieve great things, say, in art or literature: + the popular taste has changed, it may be; a new generation has grown up, + which takes no interest in his work; others have gone a shorter way and + got the start of him. These are the facts of life which Horace must have + had in view, when he lamented the uselessness of all advice:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + quid eternis minorem + Consiliis animum fatigas?<i><a href="#linknote-9" name="linknoteref-9" + id="noteref-9">9</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-9" id="note-9"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 9 (<a href="#linknoteref-9">return</a>)<br /> [ Odes II. xi.] + </p> + <p> + The cause of this commonest of all follies is that optical illusion of the + mind from which everyone suffers, making life, at its beginning, seem of + long duration; and at its end, when one looks back over the course of it, + how short a time it seems! There is some advantage in the illusion; but + for it, no great work would ever be done. + </p> + <p> + Our life is like a journey on which, as we advance, the landscape takes a + different view from that which it presented at first, and changes again, + as we come nearer. This is just what happens—especially with our + wishes. We often find something else, nay, something better than what we + are looking for; and what we look for, we often find on a very different + path from that on which we began a vain search. Instead of finding, as we + expected, pleasure, happiness, joy, we get experience, insight, knowledge—a + real and permanent blessing, instead of a fleeting and illusory one. + </p> + <p> + This is the thought that runs through Wilkelm Meister<i>, like the bass in + a piece of music. In this work of Goethe's, we have a novel of the </i>intellectual<i> + kind, and, therefore, superior to all others, even to Sir Walter Scott's, + which are, one and all, </i>ethical<i>; in other words, they treat of + human nature only from the side of the will. So, too, in the </i>Zauberflöte<i>—that + grotesque, but still significant, and even hieroglyphic—the same + thought is symbolized, but in great, coarse lines, much in the way in + which scenery is painted. Here the symbol would be complete if Tamino were + in the end to be cured of his desire to possess Tainina, and received, in + her stead, initiation into the mysteries of the Temple of Wisdom. It is + quite right for Papageno, his necessary contrast, to succeed in getting + his Papagena. </i> + </p> + <p> + Men of any worth or value soon come to see that they are in the hands of + Fate, and gratefully submit to be moulded by its teachings. They recognize + that the fruit of life is experience, and not happiness; they become + accustomed and content to exchange hope for insight; and, in the end, they + can say, with Petrarch, that all they care for is to learn:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Altro diletto che 'mparar, non provo<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + It may even be that they to some extent still follow their old wishes and + aims, trifling with them, as it were, for the sake of appearances; all the + while really and seriously looking for nothing but instruction; a process + which lends them an air of genius, a trait of something contemplative and + sublime. + </p> + <p> + In their search for gold, the alchemists discovered other things—gunpowder, + china, medicines, the laws of nature. There is a sense in which we are all + alchemists. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. — OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.— + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 4. + </h2> + <p> + The mason employed on the building of a house may be quite ignorant of its + general design; or at any rate, he may not keep it constantly in mind. So + it is with man: in working through the days and hours of his life, he + takes little thought of its character as a whole. + </p> + <p> + If there is any merit or importance attaching to a man's career, if he + lays himself out carefully for some special work, it is all the more + necessary and advisable for him to turn his attention now and then to its + plan<i>, that is to say, the miniature sketch of its general outlines. Of + course, to do that, he must have applied the maxim [Greek: Gnothi + seauton]; he must have made some little progress in the art of + understanding himself. He must know what is his real, chief, and foremost + object in life,—what it is that he most wants in order to be happy; + and then, after that, what occupies the second and third place in his + thoughts; he must find out what, on the whole, his vocation really is—the + part he has to play, his general relation to the world. If he maps out + important work for himself on great lines, a glance at this miniature plan + of his life will, more than anything else stimulate, rouse and ennoble + him, urge him on to action and keep him from false paths. </i> + </p> + <p> + Again, just as the traveler, on reaching a height, gets a connected view + over the road he has taken, with its many turns and windings; so it is + only when we have completed a period in our life, or approach the end of + it altogether, that we recognize the true connection between all our + actions,—what it is we have achieved, what work we have done. It is + only then that we see the precise chain of cause and effect, and the exact + value of all our efforts. For as long as we are actually engaged in the + work of life, we always act in accordance with the nature of our + character, under the influence of motive, and within the limits of our + capacity,—in a word, from beginning to end, under a law of necessity<i>; + at every moment we do just what appears to us right and proper. It is only + afterwards, when we come to look back at the whole course of our life and + its general result, that we see the why and wherefore of it all. </i> + </p> + <p> + When we are actually doing some great deed, or creating some immortal + work, we are not conscious of it as such; we think only of satisfying + present aims, of fulfilling the intentions we happen to have at the time, + of doing the right thing at the moment. It is only when we come to view + our life as a connected whole that our character and capacities show + themselves in their true light; that we see how, in particular instances, + some happy inspiration, as it were, led us to choose the only true path + out of a thousand which might have brought us to ruin. It was our genius + that guided us, a force felt in the affairs of the intellectual as in + those of the world; and working by its defect just in the same way in + regard to evil and disaster. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise conduct of life is to + </h2> + <p> + preserve a proper proportion between our thought for the present and our + thought for the future; in order not to spoil the one by paying over-great + attention to the other. Many live too long in the present—frivolous + people, I mean; others, too much in the future, ever anxious and full of + care. It is seldom that a man holds the right balance between the two + extremes. Those who strive and hope and live only in the future, always + looking ahead and impatiently anticipating what is coming, as something + which will make them happy when they get it, are, in spite of their very + clever airs, exactly like those donkeys one sees in Italy, whose pace may + be hurried by fixing a stick on their heads with a wisp of hay at the end + of it; this is always just in front of them, and they keep on trying to + get it. Such people are in a constant state of illusion as to their whole + existence; they go on living ad interim<i>, until at last they die. </i> + </p> + <p> + Instead, therefore, of always thinking about our plans and anxiously + looking to the future, or of giving ourselves up to regret for the past, + we should never forget that the present is the only reality, the only + certainty; that the future almost always turns out contrary to our + expectations; that the past, too, was very different from what we suppose + it to have been. But the past and the future are, on the whole, of less + consequence than we think. Distance, which makes objects look small to the + outward eye, makes them look big to the eye of thought. The present alone + is true and actual; it is the only time which possesses full reality, and + our existence lies in it exclusively. Therefore we should always be glad + of it, and give it the welcome it deserves, and enjoy every hour that is + bearable by its freedom from pain and annoyance with a full consciousness + of its value. We shall hardly be able to do this if we make a wry face + over the failure of our hopes in the past or over our anxiety for the + future. It is the height of folly to refuse the present hour of happiness, + or wantonly to spoil it by vexation at by-gones or uneasiness about what + is to come. There is a time, of course, for forethought, nay, even for + repentance; but when it is over let us think of what is past as of + something to which we have said farewell, of necessity subduing our hearts— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + [Greek: alla ta men protuchthai easomen achnumenoi per + tumhon eni staethessi philon damasntes hanankae],[10] +</pre> + <p> + and of the future as of that which lies beyond our power, in the lap of + the gods— + </p> + <p> + [Greek: all aetoi men tauta theon en gounasi keitai.]<a href="#linknote-11" + name="linknoteref-11" id="noteref-11"><small>11</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-11" id="note-11"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 11 (<a href="#linknoteref-11">return</a>)<br /> [ Ibid<i>, xvii, 514] </i> + </p> + <p> + But in regard to the present let us remember Seneca's advice, and live + each day as if it were our whole life,—singulas dies singulas vitas + puta<i>: let us make it as agreeable as possible, it is the only real time + we have. </i> + </p> + <p> + Only those evils which are sure to come at a definite date have any right + to disturb us; and how few there are which fulfill this description. For + evils are of two kinds; either they are possible only, at most probable; + or they are inevitable. Even in the case of evils which are sure to + happen, the time at which they will happen is uncertain. A man who is + always preparing for either class of evil will not have a moment of peace + left him. So, if we are not to lose all comfort in life through the fear + of evils, some of which are uncertain in themselves, and others, in the + time at which they will occur, we should look upon the one kind as never + likely to happen, and the other as not likely to happen very soon. + </p> + <p> + Now, the less our peace of mind is disturbed by fear, the more likely it + is to be agitated by desire and expectation. This is the true meaning of + that song of Goethe's which is such a favorite with everyone: Ich hab' + mein' Sach' auf nichts gestellt<i>. It is only after a man has got rid of + all pretension, and taken refuge in mere unembellished existence, that he + is able to attain that peace of mind which is the foundation of human + happiness. Peace of mind! that is something essential to any enjoyment of + the present moment; and unless its separate moments are enjoyed, there is + an end of life's happiness as a whole. We should always collect that </i>To-day<i> + comes only once, and never returns. We fancy that it will come again + to-morrow; but </i>To-morrow<i> is another day, which, in its turn, comes + once only. We are apt to forget that every day is an integral, and + therefore irreplaceable portion of life, and to look upon life as though + it were a collective idea or name which does not suffer if one of the + individuals it covers is destroyed. </i> + </p> + <p> + We should be more likely to appreciate and enjoy the present, if, in those + good days when we are well and strong, we did not fail to reflect how, in + sickness and sorrow, every past hour that was free from pain and privation + seemed in our memory so infinitely to be envied—as it were, a lost + paradise, or some one who was only then seen to have acted as a friend. + But we live through our days of happiness without noticing them; it is + only when evil comes upon us that we wish them back. A thousand gay and + pleasant hours are wasted in ill-humor; we let them slip by unenjoyed, and + sigh for them in vain when the sky is overcast. Those present moments that + are bearable, be they never so trite and common,—passed by in + indifference, or, it may be, impatiently pushed away,—those are the + moments we should honor; never failing to remember that the ebbing tide is + even how hurrying them into the past, where memory will store them + transfigured and shining with an imperishable light,—in some + after-time, and above all, when our days are evil, to raise the veil and + present them as the object of our fondest regret. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 6. Limitations always make for happiness<i>. We are happy in </i> + </h2> + <p> + proportion as our range of vision, our sphere of work, our points of + contact with the world, are restricted and circumscribed. We are more + likely to feel worried and anxious if these limits are wide; for it means + that our cares, desires and terrors are increased and intensified. That is + why the blind are not so unhappy as we might be inclined to suppose; + otherwise there would not be that gentle and almost serene expression of + peace in their faces. + </p> + <p> + Another reason why limitation makes for happiness is that the second half + of life proves even more dreary that the first. As the years wear on, the + horizon of our aims and our points of contact with the world become more + extended. In childhood our horizon is limited to the narrowest sphere + about us; in youth there is already a very considerable widening of our + view; in manhood it comprises the whole range of our activity, often + stretching out over a very distant sphere,—the care, for instance, + of a State or a nation; in old age it embraces posterity. + </p> + <p> + But even in the affairs of the intellect, limitation is necessary if we + are to be happy. For the less the will is excited, the less we suffer. We + have seen that suffering is something positive, and that happiness is only + a negative condition. To limit the sphere of outward activity is to + relieve the will of external stimulus: to limit the sphere of our + intellectual efforts is to relieve the will of internal sources of + excitement. This latter kind of limitation is attended by the disadvantage + that it opens the door to boredom, which is a direct source of countless + sufferings; for to banish boredom, a man will have recourse to any means + that may be handy—dissipation, society, extravagance, gaming, and + drinking, and the like, which in their turn bring mischief, ruin and + misery in their train. Difficiles in otio quies<i>—it is difficult + to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. That limitation in the sphere of + outward activity is conducive, nay, even necessary to human happiness, + such as it is, may be seen in the fact that the only kind of poetry which + depicts men in a happy state of life—Idyllic poetry, I mean,—always + aims, as an intrinsic part of its treatment, at representing them in very + simple and restricted circumstances. It is this feeling, too, which is at + the bottom of the pleasure we take in what are called </i>genre<i> + pictures. </i> + </p> + <p> + Simplicity<i>, therefore, as far as it can be attained, and even </i>monotony<i>, + in our manner of life, if it does not mean that we are bored, will + contribute to happiness; just because, under such circumstances, life, and + consequently the burden which is the essential concomitant of life, will + be least felt. Our existence will glide on peacefully like a stream which + no waves or whirlpools disturb. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a painful state depends, + </h2> + <p> + ultimately, upon the kind of matter that pervades and engrosses our + consciousness. In this respect, purely intellectual occupation, for the + mind that is capable of it, will, as a rule, do much more in the way of + happiness than any form of practical life, with its constant alternations + of success and failure, and all the shocks and torments it produces. But + it must be confessed that for such occupation a pre-eminent amount of + intellectual capacity is necessary. And in this connection it may be noted + that, just as a life devoted to outward activity will distract and divert + a man from study, and also deprive him of that quiet concentration of mind + which is necessary for such work; so, on the other hand, a long course of + thought will make him more or less unfit for the noisy pursuits of real + life. It is advisable, therefore, to suspend mental work for a while, if + circumstances happen which demand any degree of energy in affairs of a + practical nature. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely prudent and discreet, + </h2> + <p> + and to draw from experience all the instruction it contains, it is + requisite to be constantly thinking back,—to make a kind of + recapitulation of what we have done, of our impressions and sensations, to + compare our former with our present judgments—what we set before us + and struggle to achieve, with the actual result and satisfaction we have + obtained. To do this is to get a repetition of the private lessons of + experience,—lessons which are given to every one. + </p> + <p> + Experience of the world may be looked upon as a kind of text, to which + reflection and knowledge form the commentary. Where there is great deal of + reflection and intellectual knowledge, and very little experience, the + result is like those books which have on each page two lines of text to + forty lines of commentary. A great deal of experience with little + reflection and scant knowledge, gives us books like those of the editio + Bipontina<i><a href="#linknote-13" name="linknoteref-13" id="noteref-13"><small>13</small></a> + where there are no notes and much that is unintelligible. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-13" id="note-13"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 13 (<a href="#linknoteref-13">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. A + series of Greek, Latin and French classics published at Zweibräcken in the + Palatinate, from and after the year 1779. Cf. Butter, </i>Ueber die + Bipontiner und die editiones Bipontinae<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + The advice here given is on a par with a rule recommended by Pythagoras,—to + review, every night before going to sleep, what we have done during the + day. To live at random, in the hurly-burly of business or pleasure, + without ever reflecting upon the past,—to go on, as it were, pulling + cotton off the reel of life,—is to have no clear idea of what we are + about; and a man who lives in this state will have chaos in his emotions + and certain confusion in his thoughts; as is soon manifest by the abrupt + and fragmentary character of his conversation, which becomes a kind of + mincemeat. A man will be all the more exposed to this fate in proportion + as he lives a restless life in the world, amid a crowd of various + impressions and with a correspondingly small amount of activity on the + part of his own mind. + </p> + <p> + And in this connection it will be in place to observe that, when events + and circumstances which have influenced us pass away in the course of + time, we are unable to bring back and renew the particular mood or state + of feeling which they aroused in us: but we can remember what we were led + to say and do in regard to them; and thus form, as it were, the result, + expression and measure of those events. We should, therefore, be careful + to preserve the memory of our thoughts at important points in our life; + and herein lies the great advantage of keeping a journal. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in all to oneself, to + </h2> + <p> + want for nothing, to be able to say omnia mea mecum porto<i>—that is + assuredly the chief qualification for happiness. Hence Aristotle's remark, + [Greek: hae eudaimonia ton autarchon esti]<a href="#linknote-14" + name="linknoteref-14" id="noteref-14"><small>14</small></a>—to be + happy means to be self-sufficient—cannot be too often repeated. It + is, at bottom, the same thought as is present in the very well-turned + sentence from Chamfort: </i> + </p> + <p> + Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est très difficile de le trouver en + nous, et impossible de le trouver ailleurs<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-14" id="note-14"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 14 (<a href="#linknoteref-14">return</a>)<br /> [ Eudem. Eth<i>. VII. ii. + 37.] </i> + </p> + <p> + For while a man cannot reckon with certainty upon anyone but himself, the + burdens and disadvantages, the dangers and annoyances, which arise from + having to do with others, are not only countless but unavoidable. + </p> + <p> + There is no more mistaken path to happiness than worldliness, revelry, + high life<i>: for the whole object of it is to transform our miserable + existence into a succession of joys, delights and pleasures,—a + process which cannot fail to result in disappointment and delusion; on a + par, in this respect, with its </i>obligato<i> accompaniment, the + interchange of lies.<a href="#linknote-15" name="linknoteref-15" + id="noteref-15"><small>15</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-15" id="note-15"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 15 (<a href="#linknoteref-15">return</a>)<br /> [ As our body is concealed + by the clothes we wear, so our mind is veiled in lies. The veil is always + there, and it is only through it that we can sometimes guess at what a man + really thinks; just as from his clothes we arrive at the general shape of + his body.] + </p> + <p> + All society necessarily involves, as the first condition of its existence, + mutual accommodation and restraint upon the part of its members. This + means that the larger it is, the more insipid will be its tone. A man can + be himself<i> only so long as he is alone; and if he does not love + solitude, he will not love freedom; for it is only when he is alone that + he is really free. Constraint is always present in society, like a + companion of whom there is no riddance; and in proportion to the greatness + of a man's individuality, it will be hard for him to bear the sacrifices + which all intercourse with others demands, Solitude will be welcomed or + endured or avoided, according as a man's personal value is large or small,—the + wretch feeling, when he is alone, the whole burden of his misery; the + great intellect delighting in its greatness; and everyone, in short, being + just what he is. </i> + </p> + <p> + Further, if a man stands high in Nature's lists, it is natural and + inevitable that he should feel solitary. It will be an advantage to him if + his surroundings do not interfere with this feeling; for if he has to see + a great deal of other people who are not of like character with himself, + they will exercise a disturbing influence upon him, adverse to his peace + of mind; they will rob him, in fact, of himself, and give him nothing to + compensate for the loss. + </p> + <p> + But while Nature sets very wide differences between man and man in respect + both of morality and of intellect, society disregards and effaces them; + or, rather, it sets up artificial differences in their stead,—gradations + of rank and position, which are very often diametrically opposed to those + which Nature establishes. The result of this arrangement is to elevate + those whom Nature has placed low, and to depress the few who stand high. + These latter, then, usually withdraw from society, where, as soon as it is + at all numerous, vulgarity reigns supreme. + </p> + <p> + What offends a great intellect in society is the equality of rights, + leading to equality of pretensions, which everyone enjoys; while at the + same time, inequality of capacity means a corresponding disparity of + social power. So-called good society<i> recognizes every kind of claim but + that of intellect, which is a contraband article; and people are expected + to exhibit an unlimited amount of patience towards every form of folly and + stupidity, perversity and dullness; whilst personal merit has to beg + pardon, as it were, for being present, or else conceal itself altogether. + Intellectual superiority offends by its very existence, without any desire + to do so. </i> + </p> + <p> + The worst of what is called good society is not only that it offers us the + companionship of people who are unable to win either our praise or our + affection, but that it does not allow of our being that which we naturally + are; it compels us, for the sake of harmony, to shrivel up, or even alter + our shape altogether. Intellectual conversation, whether grave or + humorous, is only fit for intellectual society; it is downright abhorrent + to ordinary people, to please whom it is absolutely necessary to be + commonplace and dull. This demands an act of severe self-denial; we have + to forfeit three-fourths of ourselves in order to become like other + people. No doubt their company may be set down against our loss in this + respect; but the more a man is worth, the more he will find that what he + gains does not cover what he loses, and that the balance is on the debit + side of the account; for the people with whom he deals are generally + bankrupt,—that is to say, there is nothing to be got from their + society which can compensate either for its boredom, annoyance and + disagreeableness, or for the self-denial which it renders necessary. + Accordingly, most society is so constituted as to offer a good profit to + anyone who will exchange it for solitude. + </p> + <p> + Nor is this all. By way of providing a substitute for real—I mean + intellectual—superiority, which is seldom to be met with, and + intolerable when it is found, society has capriciously adopted a false + kind of superiority, conventional in its character, and resting upon + arbitrary principles,—a tradition, as it were, handed down in the + higher circles, and, like a password, subject to alteration; I refer to + bon-ton<i> fashion. Whenever this kind of superiority comes into collision + with the real kind, its weakness is manifest. Moreover, the presence of + </i>good tone<i> means the absence of </i>good sense<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + No man can be in perfect accord<i> with any one but himself—not even + with a friend or the partner of his life; differences of individuality and + temperament are always bringing in some degree of discord, though it may + be a very slight one. That genuine, profound peace of mind, that perfect + tranquillity of soul, which, next to health, is the highest blessing the + earth can give, is to be attained only in solitude, and, as a permanent + mood, only in complete retirement; and then, if there is anything great + and rich in the man's own self, his way of life is the happiest that may + be found in this wretched world. </i> + </p> + <p> + Let me speak plainly. However close the bond of friendship, love, marriage—a + man, ultimately, looks to himself, to his own welfare alone; at most, to + his child's too. The less necessity there is for you to come into contact + with mankind in general, in the relations whether of business or of + personal intimacy, the better off you are. Loneliness and solitude have + their evils, it is true; but if you cannot feel them all at once, you can + at least see where they lie; on the other hand, society is insidious<i> in + this respect; as in offering you what appears to be the pastime of + pleasing social intercourse, it works great and often irreparable + mischief. The young should early be trained to bear being left alone; for + it is a source of happiness and peace of mind. </i> + </p> + <p> + It follows from this that a man is best off if he be thrown upon his own + resources and can be all in all to himself; and Cicero goes so far as to + say that a man who is in this condition cannot fail to be very happy—nemo + potest non beatissimus esse qui est totus aptus ex sese, quique in se uno + ponit omnia.<i><a href="#linknote-16" name="linknoteref-16" id="noteref-16"><small>16</small></a> + The more a man has in himself, the less others can be to him. The feeling + of self-sufficiency! it is that which restrains those whose personal value + is in itself great riches, from such considerable sacrifices as are + demanded by intercourse with the world, let alone, then, from actually + practicing self-denial by going out of their way to seek it. Ordinary + people are sociable and complaisant just from the very opposite feeling;—to + bear others' company is easier for them than to bear their own. Moreover, + respect is not paid in this world to that which has real merit; it is + reserved for that which has none. So retirement is at once a proof and a + result of being distinguished by the possession of meritorious qualities. + It will therefore show real wisdom on the part of any one who is worth + anything in himself, to limit his requirements as may be necessary, in + order to preserve or extend his freedom, and,—since a man must come + into some relations with his fellow-men—to admit them to his + intimacy as little as possible. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-16" id="note-16"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 16 (<a href="#linknoteref-16">return</a>)<br /> [ Paradoxa Stoidorum<i>: + II.] </i> + </p> + <p> + I have said that people are rendered sociable by their ability to endure + solitude, that is to say, their own society. They become sick of + themselves. It is this vacuity of soul which drives them to intercourse + with others,—to travels in foreign countries. Their mind is wanting + in elasticity; it has no movement of its own, and so they try to give it + some,—by drink, for instance. How much drunkenness is due to this + cause alone! They are always looking for some form of excitement, of the + strongest kind they can bear—the excitement of being with people of + like nature with themselves; and if they fail in this, their mind sinks by + its own weight, and they fall into a grievous lethargy.<a + href="#linknote-1" name="linknoteref-1" id="noteref-1__"><small>1</small></a> + Such people, it may be said, possess only a small fraction of humanity in + themselves; and it requires a great many of them put together to make up a + fair amount of it,—to attain any degree of consciousness as men. A + man, in the full sense of the word,—a man par excellence<i>—does + not represent a fraction, but a whole number: he is complete in himself. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-1" id="note-1_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 1 (<a href="#linknoteref-1">return</a>)<br /> [ It is a well-known fact, + that we can more easily bear up under evils which fall upon a great many + people besides ourselves. As boredom seems to be an evil of this kind, + people band together to offer it a common resistance. The love of life is + at bottom only the fear of death; and, in the same way, the social impulse + does not rest directly upon the love of society, but upon the fear of + solitude; it is not alone the charm of being in others' company that + people seek, it is the dreary oppression of being alone—the monotony + of their own consciousness—that they would avoid. They will do + anything to escape it,—even tolerate bad companions, and put up with + the feeling of constraint which all society involves, in this case a very + burdensome one. But if aversion to such society conquers the aversion to + being alone, they become accustomed to solitude and hardened to its + immediate effects. They no longer find solitude to be such a very bad + thing, and settle down comfortably to it without any hankering after + society;—and this, partly because it is only indirectly that they + need others' company, and partly because they have become accustomed to + the benefits of being alone.] + </p> + <p> + Ordinary society is, in this respect, very like the kind of music to be + obtained from an orchestra composed of Russian horns. Each horn has only + one note; and the music is produced by each note coming in just at the + right moment. In the monotonous sound of a single horn, you have a precise + illustration of the effect of most people's minds. How often there seems + to be only one thought there! and no room for any other. It is easy to see + why people are so bored; and also why they are sociable, why they like to + go about in crowds—why mankind is so gregarious<i>. It is the + monotony of his own nature that makes a man find solitude intolerable. + </i>Omnis stultitia laborat fastidio sui<i>: folly is truly its own + burden. Put a great many men together, and you may get some result—some + music from your horns! </i> + </p> + <p> + A man of intellect is like an artist who gives a concert without any help + from anyone else, playing on a single instrument—a piano, say, which + is a little orchestra in itself. Such a man is a little world in himself; + and the effect produced by various instruments together, he produces + single-handed, in the unity of his own consciousness. Like the piano, he + has no place in a symphony: he is a soloist and performs by himself,—in + solitude, it may be; or, if in company with other instruments, only as + principal; or for setting the tone, as in singing. However, those who are + fond of society from time to time may profit by this simile, and lay it + down as a general rule that deficiency of quality in those we meet may be + to some extent compensated by an increase in quantity. One man's company + may be quite enough, if he is clever; but where you have only ordinary + people to deal with, it is advisable to have a great many of them, so that + some advantage may accrue by letting them all work together,—on the + analogy of the horns; and may Heaven grant you patience for your task! + </p> + <p> + That mental vacuity and barrenness of soul to which I have alluded, is + responsible for another misfortune. When men of the better class form a + society for promoting some noble or ideal aim, the result almost always is + that the innumerable mob of humanity comes crowding in too, as it always + does everywhere, like vermin—their object being to try and get rid + of boredom, or some other defect of their nature; and anything that will + effect that, they seize upon at once, without the slightest + discrimination. Some of them will slip into that society, or push + themselves in, and then either soon destroy it altogether, or alter it so + much that in the end it comes to have a purpose the exact opposite of that + which it had at first. + </p> + <p> + This is not the only point of view from which the social impulse may be + regarded. On cold days people manage to get some warmth by crowding + together; and you can warm your mind in the same way—by bringing it + into contact with others. But a man who has a great deal of intellectual + warmth in himself will stand in no need of such resources. I have written + a little fable illustrating this: it may be found elsewhere.<a + href="#linknote-17" name="linknoteref-17" id="noteref-17"><small>17</small></a> + As a general rule, it may be said that a man's sociability stands very + nearly in inverse ratio to his intellectual value: to say that "so and so" + is very unsociable, is almost tantamount to saying that he is a man of + great capacity. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-17" id="note-17"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 17 (<a href="#linknoteref-17">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. The + passage to which Schopenhauer refers is </i>Parerga<i>: vol. ii. § 413 + (4th edition). The fable is of certain porcupines, who huddled together + for warmth on a cold day; but as they began to prick one another with + their quills, they were obliged to disperse. However the cold drove them + together again, when just the same thing happened. At last, after many + turns of huddling and dispersing, they discovered that they would be best + off by remaining at a little distance from one another. In the same way, + the need of society drives the human porcupines together—only to be + mutually repelled by the many prickly and disagreeable qualities of their + nature. The moderate distance which they at last discover to be the only + tolerable condition of intercourse, is the code of politeness and fine + manners; and those who transgress it are roughly told—in the English + phrase—</i>to keep their distance<i>. By this arrangement the mutual + need of warmth is only very moderately satisfied,—but then people do + not get pricked. A man who has some heat in himself prefers to remain + outside, where he will neither prick other people nor get pricked + himself.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Solitude is doubly advantageous to such a man. Firstly, it allows him to + be with himself, and, secondly, it prevents him being with others—an + advantage of great moment; for how much constraint, annoyance, and even + danger there is in all intercourse with the world. Tout notre mal<i>, says + La Bruyère, </i>vient de ne pouvoir être seul<i>. It is really a very + risky, nay, a fatal thing, to be sociable; because it means contact with + natures, the great majority of which are bad morally, and dull or + perverse, intellectually. To be unsociable is not to care about such + people; and to have enough in oneself to dispense with the necessity of + their company is a great piece of good fortune; because almost all our + sufferings spring from having to do with other people; and that destroys + the peace of mind, which, as I have said, comes next after health in the + elements of happiness. Peace of mind is impossible without a considerable + amount of solitude. The Cynics renounced all private property in order to + attain the bliss of having nothing to trouble them; and to renounce + society with the same object is the wisest thing a man can do. Bernardin + de Saint Pierre has the very excellent and pertinent remark that to be + sparing in regard to food is a means of health; in regard to society, a + means of tranquillity—</i>la diète des ailmens nous rend la santé du + corps, et celle des hommes la tranquillité de l'âme.<i> To be soon on + friendly, or even affectionate, terms with solitude is like winning a gold + mine; but this is not something which everybody can do. The prime reason + for social intercourse is mutual need; and as soon as that is satisfied, + boredom drives people together once more. If it were not for these two + reasons, a man would probably elect to remain alone; if only because + solitude is the sole condition of life which gives full play to that + feeling of exclusive importance which every man has in his own eyes,—as + if he were the only person in the world! a feeling which, in the throng + and press of real life, soon shrivels up to nothing, getting, at every + step, a painful </i>démenti<i>. From this point of view it may be said + that solitude is the original and natural state of man, where, like + another Adam, he is as happy as his nature will allow. </i> + </p> + <p> + But still, had Adam no father or mother? There is another sense in which + solitude is not the natural state; for, at his entrance into the world, a + man finds himself with parents, brothers, sisters, that is to say, in + society, and not alone. Accordingly it cannot be said that the love of + solitude is an original characteristic of human nature; it is rather the + result of experience and reflection, and these in their turn depend upon + the development of intellectual power, and increase with the years. + </p> + <p> + Speaking generally, sociability stands in inverse ratio with age. A little + child raises a piteous cry of fright if it is left alone for only a few + minutes; and later on, to be shut up by itself is a great punishment. + Young people soon get on very friendly terms with one another; it is only + the few among them of any nobility of mind who are glad now and then to be + alone;—but to spend the whole day thus would be disagreeable. A + grown-up man can easily do it; it is little trouble to him to be much + alone, and it becomes less and less trouble as he advances in years. An + old man who has outlived all his friends, and is either indifferent or + dead to the pleasures of life, is in his proper element in solitude; and + in individual cases the special tendency to retirement and seclusion will + always be in direct proportion to intellectual capacity. + </p> + <p> + For this tendency is not, as I have said, a purely natural one; it does + not come into existence as a direct need of human nature; it is rather the + effect of the experience we go through, the product of reflection upon + what our needs really are; proceeding, more especially, from the insight + we attain into the wretched stuff of which most people are made, whether + you look at their morals or their intellects. The worst of it all is that, + in the individual, moral and intellectual shortcomings are closely + connected and play into each other's hands, so that all manner of + disagreeable results are obtained, which make intercourse with most people + not only unpleasant but intolerable. Hence, though the world contains many + things which are thoroughly bad, the worst thing in it is society. Even + Voltaire, that sociable Frenchman, was obliged to admit that there are + everywhere crowds of people not worth talking to: la terre est couverte de + gens qui ne méritent pas qu'on leur parle<i>. And Petrarch gives a similar + reason for wishing to be alone—that tender spirit! so strong and + constant in his love of seclusion. The streams, the plains and woods know + well, he says, how he has tried to escape the perverse and stupid people + who have missed the way to heaven:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Cercato ho sempre solitaria vita + (Le rive il sanno, e le campagne e i boschi) + Per fuggir quest' ingegni storti e loschi + Che la strada del ciel' hanno smarrita<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + He pursues the same strain in that delightful book of his, DeVita + Solitaria<i>, which seems to have given Zimmerman the idea of his + celebrated work on </i>Solitude<i>. It is the secondary and indirect + character of the love of seclusion to which Chamfort alludes in the + following passage, couched in his sarcastic vein: </i>On dit quelquefois + d'un homme qui vit seul, il n'aime pas la société. C'est souvent comme si + on disait d'un homme qu'il n'aime pas la promenade, sous le pretexte qu'il + ne se promène pas volontiers le soir dans le forêt de Bondy<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + You will find a similar sentiment expressed by the Persian poet Sadi, in + his Garden of Roses. Since that time<i>, he says, </i>we have taken leave + of society, preferring the path of seclusion; for there is safety in + solitude<i>. Angelus Silesius,<a href="#linknote-18" name="linknoteref-18" + id="noteref-18"><small>18</small></a> a very gentle and Christian writer, + confesses to the same feeling, in his own mythical language. Herod, he + says, is the common enemy; and when, as with Joseph, God warns us of + danger, we fly from the world to solitude, from Bethlehem to Egypt; or + else suffering and death await us!— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Herodes ist ein Feind; der Joseph der Verstand, + Dem machte Gott die Gefahr im Traum (in Geist) bekannt; + Die Welt ist Bethlehem, Aegypten Einsamkeit, + Fleuch, meine Seele! fleuch, sonst stirbest du vor Leid<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-18" id="note-18"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 18 (<a href="#linknoteref-18">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Angelus Silesius, pseudonym for Johannes Scheffler, a physician and mystic + poet of the seventeenth century (1624-77).] </i> + </p> + <p> + Giordano Bruno also declares himself a friend of seclusion. Tanti uomini<i>, + he says, </i>che in terra hanno voluto gustare vita celeste, dissero con + una voce, "ecce elongavi fugiens et mansi in solitudine<i>"—those + who in this world have desired a foretaste of the divine life, have always + proclaimed with one voice: </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Lo! then would I wander far off; + I would lodge in the wilderness.<i><a href="#linknote-19" name="linknoteref-19" + id="noteref-19">19</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-19" id="note-19"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 19 (<a href="#linknoteref-19">return</a>)<br /> [ Psalms, lv. 7.] + </p> + <p> + And in the work from which I have already quoted, Sadi says of himself: In + disgust with my friends at Damascus, I withdrew into the desert about + Jerusalem, to seek the society of the beasts of the field<i>. In short, + the same thing has been said by all whom Prometheus has formed out of + better clay. What pleasure could they find in the company of people with + whom their only common ground is just what is lowest and least noble in + their own nature—the part of them that is commonplace, trivial and + vulgar? What do they want with people who cannot rise to a higher level, + and for whom nothing remains but to drag others down to theirs? for this + is what they aim at. It is an aristocratic feeling that is at the bottom + of this propensity to seclusion and solitude. </i> + </p> + <p> + Rascals are always sociable—more's the pity! and the chief sign that + a man has any nobility in his character is the little pleasure he takes in + others' company. He prefers solitude more and more, and, in course of + time, comes to see that, with few exceptions, the world offers no choice + beyond solitude on one side and vulgarity on the other. This may sound a + hard thing to say; but even Angelus Silesius, with all his Christian + feelings of gentleness and love, was obliged to admit the truth of it. + However painful solitude may be, he says, be careful not to be vulgar; for + then you may find a desert everywhere:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Die Einsamkeit ist noth: doch sei nur nicht gemein, + So kannst du überall in einer Wüste sein<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + It is natural for great minds—the true teachers of humanity—to + care little about the constant company of others; just as little as the + schoolmaster cares for joining in the gambols of the noisy crowd of boys + which surround him. The mission of these great minds is to guide mankind + over the sea of error to the haven of truth—to draw it forth from + the dark abysses of a barbarous vulgarity up into the light of culture and + refinement. Men of great intellect live in the world without really + belonging to it; and so, from their earliest years, they feel that there + is a perceptible difference between them and other people. But it is only + gradually, with the lapse of years, that they come to a clear + understanding of their position. Their intellectual isolation is then + reinforced by actual seclusion in their manner of life; they let no one + approach who is not in some degree emancipated from the prevailing + vulgarity. + </p> + <p> + From what has been said it is obvious that the love of solitude is not a + direct, original impulse in human nature, but rather something secondary + and of gradual growth. It is the more distinguishing feature of nobler + minds, developed not without some conquest of natural desires, and now and + then in actual opposition to the promptings of Mephistopheles—bidding + you exchange a morose and soul-destroying solitude for life amongst men, + for society; even the worst, he says, will give a sense of human + fellowship:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Hör' auf mit deinem Gram zu spielen, + Der, wie ein Geier, dir am Leben frisst: + Die schlechteste Gesellschaft lässt dich fühlen + Dass du ein Mensch mit Menschen bist.<a href="#linknote-20" + name="linknoteref-20" id="noteref-20">20</a><i> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-20" id="note-20"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 20 (<a href="#linknoteref-20">return</a>)<br /> [ Goethe's Faust<i>, Part + I., 1281-5.] </i> + </p> + <p> + To be alone is the fate of all great minds—a fate deplored at times, + but still always chosen as the less grievous of two evils. As the years + increase, it always becomes easier to say, Dare to be wise—sapere + aude<i>. And after sixty, the inclination to be alone grows into a kind of + real, natural instinct; for at that age everything combines in favor of + it. The strongest impulse—the love of woman's society—has + little or no effect; it is the sexless condition of old age which lays the + foundation of a certain self-sufficiency, and that gradually absorbs all + desire for others' company. A thousand illusions and follies are overcome; + the active years of life are in most cases gone; a man has no more + expectations or plans or intentions. The generation to which he belonged + has passed away, and a new race has sprung up which looks upon him as + essentially outside its sphere of activity. And then the years pass more + quickly as we become older, and we want to devote our remaining time to + the intellectual rather than to the practical side of life. For, provided + that the mind retains its faculties, the amount of knowledge and + experience we have acquired, together with the facility we have gained in + the use of our powers, makes it then more than ever easy and interesting + to us to pursue the study of any subject. A thousand things become clear + which were formerly enveloped in obscurity, and results are obtained which + give a feeling of difficulties overcome. From long experience of men, we + cease to expect much from them; we find that, on the whole, people do not + gain by a nearer acquaintance; and that—apart from a few rare and + fortunate exceptions—we have come across none but defective + specimens of human nature which it is advisable to leave in peace. We are + no more subject to the ordinary illusions of life; and as, in individual + instances, we soon see what a man is made of, we seldom feel any + inclination to come into closer relations with him. Finally, isolation—our + own society—has become a habit, as it were a second nature to us, + more especially if we have been on friendly terms with it from our youth + up. The love of solitude which was formerly indulged only at the expense + of our desire for society, has now come to be the simple quality of our + natural disposition—the element proper to our life, as water to a + fish. This is why anyone who possesses a unique individuality—unlike + others and therefore necessarily isolated—feels that, as he becomes + older, his position is no longer so burdensome as when he was young. </i> + </p> + <p> + For, as a matter of fact, this very genuine privilege of old age is one + which can be enjoyed only if a man is possessed of a certain amount of + intellect; it will be appreciated most of all where there is real mental + power; but in some degree by every one. It is only people of very barren + and vulgar nature who will be just as sociable in their old age as they + were in their youth. But then they become troublesome to a society to + which they are no longer suited, and, at most, manage to be tolerated; + whereas, they were formerly in great request. + </p> + <p> + There is another aspect of this inverse proportion between age and + sociability—the way in which it conduces to education. The younger + that people are, the more in every respect they have to learn; and it is + just in youth that Nature provides a system of mutual education, so that + mere intercourse with others, at that time of life, carries instruction + with it. Human society, from this point of view, resembles a huge academy + of learning, on the Bell and Lancaster system, opposed to the system of + education by means of books and schools, as something artificial and + contrary to the institutions of Nature. It is therefore a very suitable + arrangement that, in his young days, a man should be a very diligent + student at the place of learning provided by Nature herself. + </p> + <p> + But there is nothing in life which has not some drawback—nihil est + ab omni parte beatum<i>, as Horace says; or, in the words of an Indian + proverb, </i>no lotus without a stalk<i>. Seclusion, which has so many + advantages, has also its little annoyances and drawbacks, which are small, + however, in comparison with those of society; hence anyone who is worth + much in himself will get on better without other people than with them. + But amongst the disadvantages of seclusion there is one which is not so + easy to see as the rest. It is this: when people remain indoors all day, + they become physically very sensitive to atmospheric changes, so that + every little draught is enough to make them ill; so with our temper; a + long course of seclusion makes it so sensitive that the most trivial + incidents, words, or even looks, are sufficient to disturb or to vex and + offend us—little things which are unnoticed by those who live in the + turmoil of life. </i> + </p> + <p> + When you find human society disagreeable and feel yourself justified in + flying to solitude, you can be so constituted as to be unable to bear the + depression of it for any length of time, which will probably be the case + if you are young. Let me advise you, then, to form the habit of taking + some of your solitude with you into society, to learn to be to some extent + alone even though you are in company; not to say at once what you think, + and, on the other hand, not to attach too precise a meaning to what others + say; rather, not to expect much of them, either morally or intellectually, + and to strengthen yourself in the feeling of indifference to their + opinion, which is the surest way of always practicing a praiseworthy + toleration. If you do that, you will not live so much with other people, + though you may appear to move amongst them: your relation to them will be + of a purely objective character. This precaution will keep you from too + close contact with society, and therefore secure you against being + contaminated or even outraged by it.<a href="#linknote-21" + name="linknoteref-21" id="noteref-21"><small>21</small></a> Society is in + this respect like a fire—the wise man warming himself at a proper + distance from it; not coming too close, like the fool, who, on getting + scorched, runs away and shivers in solitude, loud in his complaint that + the fire burns. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-21" id="note-21"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 21 (<a href="#linknoteref-21">return</a>)<br /> [ This restricted, or, as + it were, entrenched kind of sociability has been dramatically illustrated + in a play—well worth reading—of Moratin's, entitled El Café o + sea la Comedia Nuova<i> (The Cafe or the New Comedy), chiefly by one of + the characters, Don Pedro and especially in the second and third scenes of + the first act.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 10. Envy<i> is natural to man; and still, it is at once a vice + </i> + </h2> + <p> + and a source of misery.<a href="#linknote-22" name="linknoteref-22" + id="noteref-22"><small>22</small></a> We should treat it as the enemy of + our happiness, and stifle it like an evil thought. This is the advice + given by Seneca; as he well puts it, we shall be pleased with what we + have, if we avoid the self-torture of comparing our own lot with some + other and happier one—nostra nos sine comparatione delectent; + nunquam erit felix quem torquebit felicior.<a href="#linknote-23" + name="linknoteref-23" id="noteref-23"><small>23</small></a><i> And again, + </i>quum adspexeris quot te antecedent, cogita quot sequantur<i><a + href="#linknote-24" name="linknoteref-24" id="noteref-24"><small>24</small></a>—if + a great many people appear to be better off than yourself, think how many + there are in a worse position. It is a fact that if real calamity comes + upon us, the most effective consolation—though it springs from the + same source as envy—is just the thought of greater misfortunes than + ours; and the next best is the society of those who are in the same luck + as we—the partners of our sorrows. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-22" id="note-22"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 22 (<a href="#linknoteref-22">return</a>)<br /> [ Envy shows how unhappy + people are; and their constant attention to what others do and leave + undone, how much they are bored.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-23" id="note-23"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 23 (<a href="#linknoteref-23">return</a>)<br /> [ De Ira<i>: iii., 30.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-24" id="note-24"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 24 (<a href="#linknoteref-24">return</a>)<br /> [ Epist. xv.] + </p> + <p> + So much for the envy which we may feel towards others. As regards the envy + which we may excite in them, it should always be remembered that no form + of hatred is so implacable as the hatred that comes from envy; and + therefore we should always carefully refrain from doing anything to rouse + it; nay, as with many another form of vice, it is better altogether to + renounce any pleasure there may be in it, because of the serious nature of + its consequences. + </p> + <p> + Aristocracies are of three kinds: (1) of birth and rank; (2) of wealth; + and (3) of intellect. The last is really the most distinguished of the + three, and its claim to occupy the first position comes to be recognized, + if it is only allowed time to work. So eminent a king as Frederick the + Great admitted it—les âmes privilegiées rangent à l'égal des + souverains<i>, as he said to his chamberlain, when the latter expressed + his surprise that Voltaire should have a seat at the table reserved for + kings and princes, whilst ministers and generals were relegated to the + chamberlain's. </i> + </p> + <p> + Every one of these aristocracies is surrounded by a host of envious + persons. If you belong to one of them, they will be secretly embittered + against you; and unless they are restrained by fear, they will always be + anxious to let you understand that you are no better than they<i>. It is + by their anxiety to let you know this, that they betray how greatly they + are conscious that the opposite is the truth. </i> + </p> + <p> + The line of conduct to be pursued if you are exposed to envy, is to keep + the envious persons at a distance, and, as far as possible, avoid all + contact with them, so that there may be a wide gulf fixed between you and + them; if this cannot be done, to bear their attacks with the greatest + composure. In the latter case, the very thing that provokes the attack + will also neutralize it. This is what appears to be generally done. + </p> + <p> + The members of one of these aristocracies usually get on very well with + those of another, and there is no call for envy between them, because + their several privileges effect an equipoise. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated consideration to any plan before + </h2> + <p> + you proceed to carry it out; and even after you have thoroughly turned it + over in your mind, make some concession to the incompetency of human + judgment; for it may always happen that circumstances which cannot be + investigated or foreseen, will come in and upset the whole of your + calculation. This is a reflection that will always influence the negative + side of the balance—a kind of warning to refrain from unnecessary + action in matters of importance—quieta non movere.<i> But having + once made up your mind and begun your work, you must let it run its course + and abide the result—not worry yourself by fresh reflections on what + is already accomplished, or by a renewal of your scruples on the score of + possible danger: free your mind from the subject altogether, and refuse to + go into it again, secure in the thought that you gave it mature attention + at the proper time. This is the same advice as is given by an Italian + proverb—</i>legala bene e poi lascia la andare<i>—which Goethe + has translated thus: See well to your girths, and then ride on boldly.<a + href="#linknote-25" name="linknoteref-25" id="noteref-25"><small>25</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-25" id="note-25"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 25 (<a href="#linknoteref-25">return</a>)<br /> [ It may be observed, in + passing, that a great many of the maxims which Goethe puts under the head + of Proverbial<i>, are translations from the Italian.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And if, notwithstanding that, you fail, it is because human affairs are + the sport of chance and error. Socrates, the wisest of men, needed the + warning voice of his good genius, or [Greek: daimonion], to enable him to + do what was right in regard to his own personal affairs, or at any rate, + to avoid mistakes; which argues that the human intellect is incompetent + for the purpose. There is a saying—which is reported to have + originated with one of the Popes—that when misfortune happens to us, + the blame of it, at least in some degree, attaches to ourselves. If this + is not true absolutely and in every instance, it is certainly true in the + great majority of cases. It even looks as if this truth had a great deal + to do with the effort people make as far as possible to conceal their + misfortunes, and to put the best face they can upon them, for fear lest + their misfortunes may show how much they are to blame. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 12. + </h2> + <p> + In the case of a misfortune which has already happened and therefore + cannot be altered, you should not allow yourself to think that it might + have been otherwise; still less, that it might have been avoided by such + and such means; for reflections of this kind will only add to your + distress and make it intolerable, so that you will become a tormentor to + yourself—[Greek: heautontimoroumeaeos]. It is better to follow the + example of King David; who, as long as his son lay on the bed of sickness, + assailed Jehovah with unceasing supplications and entreaties for his + recovery; but when he was dead, snapped his fingers and thought no more of + it. If you are not light-hearted enough for that, you can take refuge in + fatalism, and have the great truth revealed to you that everything which + happens is the result of necessity, and therefore inevitable. + </p> + <p> + However good this advice may be, it is one-sided and partial. In relieving + and quieting us for the moment, it is no doubt effective enough; but when + our misfortunes have resulted—as is usually the case—from our + own carelessness or folly, or, at any rate, partly by our own fault, it is + a good thing to consider how they might have been avoided, and to consider + it often in spite of its being a tender subject—a salutary form of + self-discipline, which will make us wiser and better men for the future. + If we have made obvious mistakes, we should not try, as we generally do, + to gloss them over, or to find something to excuse or extenuate them; we + should admit to ourselves that we have committed faults, and open our eyes + wide to all their enormity, in order that we may firmly resolve to avoid + them in time to come. To be sure, that means a great deal of + self-inflicted pain, in the shape of discontent, but it should be + remembered that to spare the rod is to spoil the child—[Greek: ho + mae dareis anthropos ou paideuetai].<a + href="#linknote-26" name="linknoteref-26" id="noteref-26"><small>26</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-26" id="note-26"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 26 (<a href="#linknoteref-26">return</a>)<br /> [ Menander. Monost: 422.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or woe, we should be + </h2> + <p> + careful not to let our imagination run away with us, and build no castles + in the air. In the first place, they are expensive to build, because we + have to pull them down again immediately, and that is a source of grief. + We should be still more on our guard against distressing our hearts by + depicting possible misfortunes. If these were misfortunes of a purely + imaginary kind, or very remote and unlikely, we should at once see, on + awaking from our dream, that the whole thing was mere illusion; we should + rejoice all the more in a reality better than our dreams, or at most, be + warned against misfortunes which, though very remote, were still possible. + These, however, are not the sort of playthings in which imagination + delights; it is only in idle hours that we build castles in the air, and + they are always of a pleasing description. The matter which goes to form + gloomy dreams are mischances which to some extent really threaten us, + though it be from some distance; imagination makes us look larger and + nearer and more terrible than they are in reality. This is a kind of dream + which cannot be so readily shaken off on awaking as a pleasant one; for a + pleasant dream is soon dispelled by reality, leaving, at most, a feeble + hope lying in the lap of possibility. Once we have abandoned ourselves to + a fit of the blues, visions are conjured up which do not so easily vanish + again; for it is always just possible that the visions may be realized. + But we are not always able to estimate the exact degree of possibility: + possibility may easily pass into probability; and thus we deliver + ourselves up to torture. Therefore we should be careful not to be + over-anxious on any matter affecting our weal or our woe, not to carry our + anxiety to unreasonable or injudicious limits; but coolly and + dispassionately to deliberate upon the matter, as though it were an + abstract question which did not touch us in particular. We should give no + play to imagination here; for imagination is not judgment—it only + conjures up visions, inducing an unprofitable and often very painful mood. + </p> + <p> + The rule on which I am here insisting should be most carefully observed + towards evening. For as darkness makes us timid and apt to see terrifying + shapes everywhere, there is something similar in the effect of indistinct + thought; and uncertainty always brings with it a sense of danger. Hence, + towards evening, when our powers of thought and judgment are relaxed,—at + the hour, as it were, of subjective darkness,—the intellect becomes + tired, easily confused, and unable to get at the bottom of things; and if, + in that state, we meditate on matters of personal interest to ourselves, + they soon assume a dangerous and terrifying aspect. This is mostly the + case at night, when we are in bed; for then the mind is fully relaxed, and + the power of judgment quite unequal to its duties; but imagination is + still awake. Night gives a black look to everything, whatever it may be. + This is why our thoughts, just before we go to sleep, or as we lie awake + through the hours of the night, are usually such confusions and + perversions of facts as dreams themselves; and when our thoughts at that + time are concentrated upon our own concerns, they are generally as black + and monstrous as possible. In the morning all such nightmares vanish like + dreams: as the Spanish proverb has it, noche tinta, bianco el dia<i>—the + night is colored, the day is white. But even towards nightfall, as soon as + the candles are lit, the mind, like the eye, no longer sees things so + clearly as by day: it is a time unsuited to serious meditation, especially + on unpleasant subjects. The morning is the proper time for that—as + indeed for all efforts without exception, whether mental or bodily. For + the morning is the youth of the day, when everything is bright, fresh, and + easy of attainment; we feel strong then, and all our faculties are + completely at our disposal. Do not shorten the morning by getting up late, + or waste it in unworthy occupations or in talk; look upon it as the + quintessence of life, as to a certain extent sacred. Evening is like old + age: we are languid, talkative, silly. Each day is a little life: every + waking and rising a little birth, every fresh morning a little youth, + every going to rest and sleep a little death. </i> + </p> + <p> + But condition of health, sleep, nourishment, temperature, weather, + surroundings, and much else that is purely external, have, in general, an + important influence upon our mood and therefore upon our thoughts. Hence + both our view of any matter and our capacity for any work are very much + subject to time and place. So it is best to profit by a good mood—for + how seldom it comes!— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Nehmt die gute Stimmung wahr, + Denn sie kommt so selten<i>.<a href="#linknote-27" name="linknoteref-27" + id="noteref-27">27</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-27" id="note-27"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 27 (<a href="#linknoteref-27">return</a>)<br /> [ Goethe.] + </p> + <p> + We are not always able to form new ideas about; our surroundings, or to + command original thoughts: they come if they will, and when they will. And + so, too, we cannot always succeed in completely considering some personal + matter at the precise time at which we have determined beforehand to + consider it, and just when we set ourselves to do so. For the peculiar + train of thought which is favorable to it may suddenly become active + without any special call being made upon it, and we may then follow it up + with keen interest. In this way reflection, too, chooses its own time. + </p> + <p> + This reining-in of the imagination which I am recommending, will also + forbid us to summon up the memory of the past misfortune, to paint a dark + picture of the injustice or harm that has been done us, the losses we have + sustained, the insults, slights and annoyances to which we have been + exposed: for to do that is to rouse into fresh life all those hateful + passions long laid asleep—the anger and resentment which disturb and + pollute our nature. In an excellent parable, Proclus, the Neoplatonist, + points out how in every town the mob dwells side by side with those who + are rich and distinguished: so, too, in every man, be he never so noble + and dignified, there is, in the depth of his nature, a mob of low and + vulgar desires which constitute him an animal. It will not do to let this + mob revolt or even so much as peep forth from its hiding-place; it is + hideous of mien, and its rebel leaders are those flights of imagination + which I have been describing. The smallest annoyance, whether it comes + from our fellow-men or from the things around us, may swell up into a + monster of dreadful aspect, putting us at our wits' end—and all + because we go on brooding over our troubles and painting them in the most + glaring colors and on the largest scale. It is much better to take a very + calm and prosaic view of what is disagreeable; for that is the easiest way + of bearing it. + </p> + <p> + If you hold small objects close to your eyes, you limit your field of + vision and shut out the world. And, in the same way, the people or the + things which stand nearest, even though they are of the very smallest + consequence, are apt to claim an amount of attention much beyond their + due, occupying us disagreeably, and leaving no room for serious thoughts + and affairs of importance. We ought to work against this tendency. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not belong to us is very apt + </h2> + <p> + to raise the thought: Ah, if that were only mine<i>! making us sensible of + our privation. Instead of that we should do better by more frequently + putting to ourselves the opposite case: </i>Ah, if that were not mine<i>. + What I mean is that we should sometimes try to look upon our possessions + in the light in which they would appear if we had lost them; whatever they + may be, property, health, friends, a wife or child or someone else we + love, our horse or our dog—it is usually only when we have lost them + that we begin to find out their value. But if we come to look at things in + the way I recommend, we shall be doubly the gainers; we shall at once get + more pleasure out of them than we did before, and we shall do everything + in our power to prevent the loss of them; for instance, by not risking our + property, or angering our friends, or exposing our wives to temptation, or + being careless about our children's health, and so on. </i> + </p> + <p> + We often try to banish the gloom and despondency of the present by + speculating upon our chances of success in the future; a process which + leads us to invent a great many chimerical hopes. Every one of them + contains the germ of illusion, and disappointment is inevitable when our + hopes are shattered by the hard facts of life. + </p> + <p> + It is less hurtful to take the chances of misfortune as a theme for + speculation; because, in doing so, we provide ourselves at once with + measures of precaution against it, and a pleasant surprise when it fails + to make its appearance. Is it not a fact that we always feel a marked + improvement in our spirits when we begin to get over a period of anxiety? + I may go further and say that there is some use in occasionally looking + upon terrible misfortunes—such as might happen to us—as though + they had actually happened, for then the trivial reverses which + subsequently come in reality, are much easier to bear. It is a source of + consolation to look back upon those great misfortunes which never + happened. But in following out this rule, care must be taken not to + neglect what I have said in the preceding section. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 15. The things which engage our attention—whether they are + </h2> + <p> + matters of business or ordinary events—are of such diverse kinds, + that, if taken quite separately and in no fixed order or relation, they + present a medley of the most glaring contrasts, with nothing in common, + except that they one and all affect us in particular. There must be a + corresponding abruptness in the thoughts and anxieties which these various + matters arouse in us, if our thoughts are to be in keeping with their + various subjects. Therefore, in setting about anything, the first step is + to withdraw our attention from everything else: this will enable us to + attend to each matter at its own time, and to enjoy or put up with it, + quite apart from any thought of our remaining interests. Our thoughts must + be arranged, as it were, in little drawers, so that we may open one + without disturbing any of the others. + </p> + <p> + In this way we can keep the heavy burden of anxiety from weighing upon us + so much as to spoil the little pleasures of the present, or from robbing + us of our rest; otherwise the consideration of one matter will interfere + with every other, and attention to some important business may lead us to + neglect many affairs which happen to be of less moment. It is most + important for everyone who is capable of higher and nobler thoughts to + keep their mind from being so completely engrossed with private affairs + and vulgar troubles as to let them take up all his attention and crowd out + worthier matter; for that is, in a very real sense, to lose sight of the + true end of life—propter vitam vivendi perdere causas<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + Of course for this—as for so much else—self-control is + necessary; without it, we cannot manage ourselves in the way I have + described. And self-control may not appear so very difficult, if we + consider that every man has to submit to a great deal of very severe + control on the part of his surroundings, and that without it no form of + existence is possible. Further, a little self-control at the right moment + may prevent much subsequent compulsion at the hands of others; just as a + very small section of a circle close to the centre may correspond to a + part near the circumference a hundred times as large. Nothing will protect + us from external compulsion so much as the control of ourselves; and, as + Seneca says, to submit yourself to reason is the way to make everything + else submit to you—si tibi vis omnia subjicere, te subjice rationi<i>. + Self-control, too, is something which we have in our own power; and if the + worst comes to the worst, and it touches us in a very sensitive part, we + can always relax its severity. But other people will pay no regard to our + feelings, if they have to use compulsion, and we shall be treated without + pity or mercy. Therefore it will be prudent to anticipate compulsion by + self-control. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, curb our desires, + </h2> + <p> + moderate our anger, always remembering that an individual can attain only + an infinitesimal share in anything that is worth having; and that, on the + other hand, everyone must incur many of the ills of life; in a word, we + must bear and forbear—abstinere et sustinere<i>; and if we fail to + observe this rule, no position of wealth or power will prevent us from + feeling wretched. This is what Horace means when he recommends us to study + carefully and inquire diligently what will best promote a tranquil life—not + to be always agitated by fruitless desires and fears and hopes for things, + which, after all, are not worth very much:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Inter cuncta leges et percontabere doctos + Qua ratione queas traducere leniter aevum; + Ne te semper inops agitet vexetque cupido, + Ne pavor, et rerum mediocriter utilium spes.<a href="#linknote-28" + name="linknoteref-28" id="noteref-28">28</a><i> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-28" id="note-28"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 28 (<a href="#linknoteref-28">return</a>)<br /> [ Epist. I. xviii. 97.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says Aristotle; and he is + </h2> + <p> + obviously right. We exist, physically, because our organism is the seat of + constant motion; and if we are to exist intellectually, it can only be by + means of continual occupation—no matter with what so long as it is + some form of practical or mental activity. You may see that this is so by + the way in which people who have no work or nothing to think about, + immediately begin to beat the devil's tattoo with their knuckles or a + stick or anything that comes handy. The truth is, that our nature is + essentially restless<i> in its character: we very soon get tired of having + nothing to do; it is intolerable boredom. This impulse to activity should + be regulated, and some sort of method introduced into it, which of itself + will enhance the satisfaction we obtain. Activity!—doing something, + if possible creating something, at any rate learning something—how + fortunate it is that men cannot exist without that! A man wants to use his + strength, to see, if he can, what effect it will produce; and he will get + the most complete satisfaction of this desire if he can make or construct + something—be it a book or a basket. There is a direct pleasure in + seeing work grow under one's hands day by day, until at last it is + finished. This is the pleasure attaching to a work of art or a manuscript, + or even mere manual labor; and, of course, the higher the work, the + greater pleasure it will give. </i> + </p> + <p> + From this point of view, those are happiest of all who are conscious of + the power to produce great works animated by some significant purpose: it + gives a higher kind of interest—a sort of rare flavor—to the + whole of their life, which, by its absence from the life of the ordinary + man, makes it, in comparison, something very insipid. For richly endowed + natures, life and the world have a special interest beyond the mere + everyday personal interest which so many others share; and something + higher than that—a formal interest. It is from life and the world + that they get the material for their works; and as soon as they are freed + from the pressure of personal needs, it is to the diligent collection of + material that they devote their whole existence. So with their intellect: + it is to some extent of a two-fold character, and devoted partly to the + ordinary affairs of every day—those matters of will which are common + to them and the rest of mankind, and partly to their peculiar work—the + pure and objective contemplation of existence. And while, on the stage of + the world, most men play their little part and then pass away, the genius + lives a double life, at once an actor and a spectator. + </p> + <p> + Let everyone, then, do something, according to the measure of his + capacities. To have no regular work, no set sphere of activity—what + a miserable thing it is! How often long travels undertaken for pleasure + make a man downright unhappy; because the absence of anything that can be + called occupation forces him, as it were, out of his right element. + Effort, struggles with difficulties! that is as natural to a man as + grubbing in the ground is to a mole. To have all his wants satisfied is + something intolerable—the feeling of stagnation which comes from + pleasures that last too long. To overcome difficulties is to experience + the full delight of existence, no matter where the obstacles are + encountered; whether in the affairs of life, in commerce or business; or + in mental effort—the spirit of inquiry that tries to master its + subject. There is always something pleasurable in the struggle and the + victory. And if a man has no opportunity to excite himself, he will do + what he can to create one, and according to his individual bent, he will + hunt or play Cup and Ball: or led on by this unsuspected element in his + nature, he will pick a quarrel with some one, or hatch a plot or intrigue, + or take to swindling and rascally courses generally—all to put an + end to a state of repose which is intolerable. As I have remarked, + difficilis in otio quies<i>—it is difficult to keep quiet if you + have nothing to do. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by the phantoms of his + </h2> + <p> + imagination. This is not the same thing as to submit to the guidance of + ideas clearly thought out: and yet these are rules of life which most + people pervert. If you examine closely into the circumstances which, in + any deliberation, ultimately turn the scale in favor of some particular + course, you will generally find that the decision is influenced, not by + any clear arrangement of ideas leading to a formal judgment, but by some + fanciful picture which seems to stand for one of the alternatives in + question. + </p> + <p> + In one of Voltaire's or Diderot's romances,—I forget the precise + reference,—the hero, standing like a young Hercules at the parting + of ways, can see no other representation of Virtue than his old tutor + holding a snuff-box in his left hand, from which he takes a pinch and + moralizes; whilst Vice appears in the shape of his mother's chambermaid. + It is in youth, more especially, that the goal of our efforts comes to be + a fanciful picture of happiness, which continues to hover before our eyes + sometimes for half and even for the whole of our life—a sort of + mocking spirit; for when we think our dream is to be realized, the picture + fades away, leaving us the knowledge that nothing of what it promised is + actually accomplished. How often this is so with the visions of + domesticity—the detailed picture of what our home will be like; or, + of life among our fellow-citizens or in society; or, again, of living in + the country—the kind of house we shall have, its surroundings, the + marks of honor and respect that will be paid to us, and so on,—whatever + our hobby may be; chaque fou a sa marotte<i>. It is often the same, too, + with our dreams about one we love. And this is all quite natural; for the + visions we conjure up affect us directly, as though they were real + objects; and so they exercise a more immediate influence upon our will + than an abstract idea, which gives merely a vague, general outline, devoid + of details; and the details are just the real part of it. We can be only + indirectly affected by an abstract idea, and yet it is the abstract idea + alone which will do as much as it promises; and it is the function of + education to teach us to put our trust in it. Of course the abstract idea + must be occasionally explained—paraphrased, as it were—by the + aid of pictures; but discreetly, </i>cum grano salis<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a special case of the + </h2> + <p> + more general maxim, that a man should never let himself be mastered by the + impressions of the moment, or indeed by outward appearances at all, which + are incomparably more powerful in their effects than the mere play of + thought or a train of ideas; not because these momentary impressions are + rich in virtue of the data they supply,—it is often just the + contrary,—but because they are something palpable to the senses and + direct in their working; they forcibly invade our mind, disturbing our + repose and shattering our resolutions. + </p> + <p> + It is easy to understand that the thing which lies before our very eyes + will produce the whole of its effect at once, but that time and leisure + are necessary for the working of thought and the appreciation of argument, + as it is impossible to think of everything at one and the same moment. + This is why we are so allured by pleasure, in spite of all our + determination to resist it; or so much annoyed by a criticism, even though + we know that its author it totally incompetent to judge; or so irritated + by an insult, though it comes from some very contemptible quarter. In the + same way, to mention no other instances, ten reasons for thinking that + there is no danger may be outweighed by one mistaken notion that it is + actually at hand. All this shows the radical unreason of human nature. + Women frequently succumb altogether to this predominating influence of + present impressions, and there are few men so overweighted with reason as + to escape suffering from a similar cause. + </p> + <p> + If it is impossible to resist the effects of some external influence by + the mere play of thought, the best thing to do is to neutralize it by some + contrary influence; for example, the effect of an insult may be overcome + by seeking the society of those who have a good opinion of us; and the + unpleasant sensation of imminent danger may be avoided by fixing our + attention on the means of warding it off. + </p> + <p> + Leibnitz<a href="#linknote-29" name="linknoteref-29" id="noteref-29"><small>29</small></a> + tells of an Italian who managed to bear up under the tortures of the rack + by never for a moment ceasing to think of the gallows which would have + awaited him, had he revealed his secret; he kept on crying out: I see it! + I see it<i>!—afterwards explaining that this was part of his plan. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-29" id="note-29"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 29 (<a href="#linknoteref-29">return</a>)<br /> [ Nouveaux Essais<i>. Liv. + I. ch. 2. Sec. 11.] </i> + </p> + <p> + It is from some such reason as this, that we find it so difficult to stand + alone in a matter of opinion,—not to be made irresolute by the fact + that everyone else disagrees with us and acts accordingly, even though we + are quite sure that they are in the wrong. Take the case of a fugitive + king who is trying to avoid capture; how much consolation he must find in + the ceremonious and submissive attitude of a faithful follower, exhibited + secretly so as not to betray his master's strict incognito<i>; it must be + almost necessary to prevent him doubting his own existence. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I have insisted upon the + </h2> + <p> + great value of health<i> as the chief and most important element in + happiness. Let me emphasize and confirm what I have there said by giving a + few general rules as to its preservation. </i> + </p> + <p> + The way to harden the body is to impose a great deal of labor and effort + upon it in the days of good health,—to exercise it, both as a whole + and in its several parts, and to habituate it to withstand all kinds of + noxious influences. But on the appearance of an illness or disorder, + either in the body as a whole or in many of its parts, a contrary course + should be taken, and every means used to nurse the body, or the part of it + which is affected, and to spare it any effort; for what is ailing and + debilitated cannot be hardened. + </p> + <p> + The muscles may be strengthened by a vigorous use of them; but not so the + nerves; they are weakened by it. Therefore, while exercising the muscles + in every way that is suitable, care should be taken to spare the nerves as + much as possible. The eyes, for instance, should be protected from too + strong a light,—especially when it is reflected light,—from + any straining of them in the dark, or from the long-continued examination + of minute objects; and the ears from too loud sounds. Above all, the brain + should never be forced, or used too much, or at the wrong time; let it + have a rest during digestion; for then the same vital energy which forms + thoughts in the brain has a great deal of work to do elsewhere,—I + mean in the digestive organs, where it prepares chyme and chyle. For + similar reasons, the brain should never be used during, or immediately + after, violent muscular exercise. For the motor nerves are in this respect + on a par with the sensory nerves; the pain felt when a limb is wounded has + its seat in the brain; and, in the same way, it is not really our legs and + arms which work and move,—it is the brain, or, more strictly, that + part of it which, through the medium of the spine, excites the nerves in + the limbs and sets them in motion. Accordingly, when our arms and legs + feel tired, the true seat of this feeling is in the brain. This is why it + is only in connection with those muscles which are set in motion + consciously and voluntarily,—in other words, depend for their action + upon the brain,—that any feeling of fatigue can arise; this is not + the case with those muscles which work involuntarily, like the heart. It + is obvious, then, that injury is done to the brain if violent muscular + exercise and intellectual exertion are forced upon it at the same moment, + or at very short intervals. + </p> + <p> + What I say stands in no contradiction with the fact that at the beginning + of a walk, or at any period of a short stroll, there often comes a feeling + of enhanced intellectual vigor. The parts of the brain that come into play + have had no time to become tired; and besides, slight muscular exercise + conduces to activity of the respiratory organs, and causes a purer and + more oxydated supply of arterial blood to mount to the brain. + </p> + <p> + It is most important to allow the brain the full measure of sleep which is + required to restore it; for sleep is to a man's whole nature what winding + up is to a clock.<a href="#linknote-30" name="linknoteref-30" + id="noteref-30"><small>30</small></a> This measure will vary directly with + the development and activity of the brain; to overstep the measure is mere + waste of time, because if that is done, sleep gains only so much in length + as it loses in depth.<a href="#linknote-31" name="linknoteref-31" + id="noteref-31"><small>31</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-30" id="note-30"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 30 (<a href="#linknoteref-30">return</a>)<br /> [ Of. Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, 4th Edition. Bk. II. pp. 236-40.] </i> + </p> + <p> + 31: (<a href="#linknoteref-31">return</a>)<br />[ Cf. loc: cit<i>: p. 275. Sleep is a morsel of death + borrowed to keep up and renew the part of life which is exhausted by the + day—</i>le sommeil est un emprunt fait à la mort<i>. Or it might be + said that sleep is the interest we have to pay on the capital which is + called in at death; and the higher the rate of interest and the more + regularly it is paid, the further the date of redemption is postponed.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + It should be clearly understood that thought is nothing but the organic + function of the brain; and it has to obey the same laws in regard to + exertion and repose as any other organic function. The brain can be ruined + by overstrain, just like the eyes. As the function of the stomach is to + digest, so it is that of the brain to think. The notion of a soul<i>,—as + something elementary and immaterial, merely lodging in the brain and + needing nothing at all for the performance of its essential function, + which consists in always and unweariedly </i>thinking<i>—has + undoubtedly driven many people to foolish practices, leading to a + deadening of the intellectual powers; Frederick the Great, even, once + tried to form the habit of doing without sleep altogether. It would be + well if professors of philosophy refrained from giving currency to a + notion which is attended by practical results of a pernicious character; + but then this is just what professorial philosophy does, in its + old-womanish endeavor to keep on good terms with the catechism. A man + should accustom himself to view his intellectual capacities in no other + light than that of physiological functions, and to manage them accordingly—nursing + or exercising them as the case may be; remembering that every kind of + physical suffering, malady or disorder, in whatever part of the body it + occurs, has its effect upon the mind. The best advice that I know on this + subject is given by Cabanis in his </i>Rapports du physique et du moral de + l'homme<i>.<a href="#linknote-32" name="linknoteref-32" id="noteref-32"><small>32</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-32" id="note-32"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 32 (<a href="#linknoteref-32">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. The + work to which Schopenhauer here refers is a series of essays by Cabanis, a + French philosopher (1757-1808), treating of mental and moral phenomena on + a physiological basis. In his later days, Cabanis completely abandoned his + materialistic standpoint.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Through neglect of this rule, many men of genius and great scholars have + become weak-minded and childish, or even gone quite mad, as they grew old. + To take no other instances, there can be no doubt that the celebrated + English poets of the early part of this century, Scott, Wordsworth, + Southey, became intellectually dull and incapable towards the end of their + days, nay, soon after passing their sixtieth year; and that their + imbecility can be traced to the fact that, at that period of life, they + were all led on? by the promise of high pay, to treat literature as a + trade and to write for money. This seduced them into an unnatural abuse of + their intellectual powers; and a man who puts his Pegasus into harness, + and urges on his Muse with the whip, will have to pay a penalty similar to + that which is exacted by the abuse of other kinds of power. + </p> + <p> + And even in the case of Kant, I suspect that the second childhood of his + last four years was due to overwork in later life, and after he had + succeeded in becoming a famous man. + </p> + <p> + Every month of the year has its own peculiar and direct influence upon + health and bodily condition generally; nay, even upon the state of the + mind. It is an influence dependent upon the weather. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. — OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.— + </h2> + <p> + SECTION 21. + </p> + <p> + In making his way through life, a man will find it useful to be ready and + able to do two things: to look ahead and to overlook: the one will protect + him from loss and injury, the other from disputes and squabbles. + </p> + <p> + No one who has to live amongst men should absolutely discard any person + who has his due place in the order of nature, even though he is very + wicked or contemptible or ridiculous. He must accept him as an unalterable + fact—unalterable, because the necessary outcome of an eternal, + fundamental principle; and in bad cases he should remember the words of + Mephistopheles: es muss auch solche Käuze geben<a href="#linknote-33" + name="linknoteref-33" id="noteref-33"><small>33</small></a><i>—there + must be fools and rogues in the world. If he acts otherwise, he will be + committing an injustice, and giving a challenge of life and death to the + man he discards. No one can alter his own peculiar individuality, his + moral character, his intellectual capacity, his temperament or physique; + and if we go so far as to condemn a man from every point of view, there + will be nothing left him but to engage us in deadly conflict; for we are + practically allowing him the right to exist only on condition that he + becomes another man—which is impossible; his nature forbids it. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-33" id="note-33"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 33 (<a href="#linknoteref-33">return</a>)<br /> [ Goethe's Faust<i>, Part + I.] </i> + </p> + <p> + So if you have to live amongst men, you must allow everyone the right to + exist in accordance with the character he has, whatever it turns out to + be: and all you should strive to do is to make use of this character in + such a way as its kind and nature permit, rather than to hope for any + alteration in it, or to condemn it off-hand for what it is. This is the + true sense of the maxim—Live and let live. That, however, is a task + which is difficult in proportion as it is right; and he is a happy man who + can once for all avoid having to do with a great many of his fellow + creatures. + </p> + <p> + The art of putting up with people may be learned by practicing patience on + inanimate objects, which, in virtue of some mechanical or general physical + necessity, oppose a stubborn resistance to our freedom of action—a + form of patience which is required every day. The patience thus gained may + be applied to our dealings with men, by accustoming ourselves to regard + their opposition, wherever we encounter it, as the inevitable outcome of + their nature, which sets itself up against us in virtue of the same rigid + law of necessity as governs the resistance of inanimate objects. To become + indignant at their conduct is as foolish as to be angry with a stone + because it rolls into your path. And with many people the wisest thing you + can do, is to resolve to make use of those whom you cannot alter. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0025" id="link2H_4_0025"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how quickly similarity, + </h2> + <p> + or difference of mind and disposition, makes itself felt between one man + and another as soon as they begin to talk: every little trifle shows it. + When two people of totally different natures are conversing, almost + everything said by the one will, in a greater or less degree, displease + the other, and in many cases produce positive annoyance; even though the + conversation turn upon the most out-of-the-way subject, or one in which + neither of the parties has any real interest. People of similar nature, on + the other hand, immediately come to feel a kind of general agreement; and + if they are cast very much in the same mould, complete harmony or even + unison will flow from their intercourse. + </p> + <p> + This explain two circumstances. First of all, it shows why it is that + common, ordinary people are so sociable and find good company wherever + they go. Ah! those good, dear, brave people. It is just the contrary with + those who are not of the common run; and the less they are so, the more + unsociable they become; so that if, in their isolation, they chance to + come across some one in whose nature they can find even a single + sympathetic chord, be it never so minute, they show extraordinary pleasure + in his society. For one man can be to another only so much as the other is + to him. Great minds are like eagles, and build their nest in some lofty + solitude. + </p> + <p> + Secondly, we are enabled to understand how it is that people of like + disposition so quickly get on with one another, as though they were drawn + together by magnetic force—kindred souls greeting each other from + afar. Of course the most frequent opportunity of observing this is + afforded by people of vulgar tastes and inferior intellect, but only + because their name is legion; while those who are better off in this + respect and of a rarer nature, are not often to be met with: they are + called rare because you can seldom find them. + </p> + <p> + Take the case of a large number of people who have formed themselves into + a league for the purpose of carrying out some practical object; if there + be two rascals among them, they will recognize each other as readily as if + they bore a similar badge, and will at once conspire for some misfeasance + or treachery. In the same way, if you can imagine—per impossible<i>—a + large company of very intelligent and clever people, amongst whom there + are only two blockheads, these two will be sure to be drawn together by a + feeling of sympathy, and each of them will very soon secretly rejoice at + having found at least one intelligent person in the whole company. It is + really quite curious to see how two such men, especially if they are + morally and intellectually of an inferior type, will recognize each other + at first sight; with what zeal they will strive to become intimate; how + affably and cheerily they will run to greet each other, just as though + they were old friends;—it is all so striking that one is tempted to + embrace the Buddhist doctrine of metempsychosis and presume that they were + on familiar terms in some former state of existence. </i> + </p> + <p> + Still, in spite of all this general agreement, men are kept apart who + might come together; or, in some cases, a passing discord springs up + between them. This is due to diversity of mood. You will hardly ever see + two people exactly in the same frame of mind; for that is something which + varies with their condition of life, occupation, surroundings, health, the + train of thought they are in at the moment, and so on. These differences + give rise to discord between persons of the most harmonious disposition. + To correct the balance properly, so as to remove the disturbance—to + introduce, as it were, a uniform temperature,—is a work demanding a + very high degree of culture. The extent to which uniformity of mood is + productive of good-fellowship may be measured by its effects upon a large + company. When, for instance, a great many people are gathered together and + presented with some objective interest which works upon all alike and + influences them in a similar way, no matter what it be—a common + danger or hope, some great news, a spectacle, a play, a piece of music, or + anything of that kind—you will find them roused to a mutual + expression of thought, and a display of sincere interest. There will be a + general feeling of pleasure amongst them; for that which attracts their + attention produces a unity of mood by overpowering all private and + personal interests. + </p> + <p> + And in default of some objective interest of the kind I have mentioned, + recourse is usually had to something subjective. A bottle of wine is not + an uncommon means of introducing a mutual feeling of fellowship; and even + tea and coffee are used for a like end. + </p> + <p> + The discord which so easily finds its way into all society as an effect of + the different moods in which people happen to be for the moment, also in + part explains why it is that memory always idealizes, and sometimes almost + transfigures, the attitude we have taken up at any period of the past—a + change due to our inability to remember all the fleeting influences which + disturbed us on any given occasion. Memory is in this respect like the + lens of a camera obscura<i>: it contracts everything within its range, and + so produces a much finer picture than the actual landscape affords. And, + in the case of a man, absence always goes some way towards securing this + advantageous light; for though the idealizing tendency of the memory + requires times to complete its work, it begins it at once. Hence it is a + prudent thing to see your friends and acquaintances only at considerable + intervals of time; and on meeting them again, you will observe that memory + has been at work. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0026" id="link2H_4_0026"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 23. No man can see over his own height.<i> Let me explain what + </i> + </h2> + <p> + I mean. + </p> + <p> + You cannot see in another man any more than you have in yourself; and your + own intelligence strictly determines the extent to which he comes within + its grasp. If your intelligence is of a very low order, mental qualities + in another, even though they be of the highest kind, will have no effect + at all upon you; you will see nothing in their possessor except the + meanest side of his individuality—in other words, just those parts + of his character and disposition which are weak and defective. Your whole + estimate of the man will be confined to his defects, and his higher mental + qualities will no more exist for you than colors exist for those who + cannot see. + </p> + <p> + Intellect is invisible to the man who has none. In any attempt to + criticise another's work, the range of knowledge possessed by the critic + is as essential a part of his verdict as the claims of the work itself. + </p> + <p> + Hence intercourse with others involves a process of leveling down. The + qualities which are present in one man, and absent in another, cannot come + into play when they meet; and the self-sacrifice which this entails upon + one of the parties, calls forth no recognition from the other. + </p> + <p> + Consider how sordid, how stupid, in a word, how vulgar<i> most men are, + and you will see that it is impossible to talk to them without becoming + vulgar yourself for the time being. Vulgarity is in this respect like + electricity; it is easily distributed. You will then fully appreciate the + truth and propriety of the expression, </i>to make yourself cheap<i>; and + you will be glad to avoid the society of people whose only possible point + of contact with you is just that part of your nature of which you have + least reason to be proud. So you will see that, in dealing with fools and + blockheads, there is only one way of showing your intelligence—by + having nothing to do with them. That means, of course, that when you go + into society, you may now and then feel like a good dancer who gets an + invitation to a ball, and on arriving, finds that everyone is lame:—with + whom is he to dance? </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0027" id="link2H_4_0027"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man—and he is one in a + </h2> + <p> + hundred—who, when he is waiting or sitting unoccupied, refrains from + rattling or beating time with anything that happens to be handy,—his + stick, or knife and fork, or whatever else it may be. The probability is + that he is thinking of something. + </p> + <p> + With a large number of people, it is quite evident that their power of + sight completely dominates over their power of thought; they seem to be + conscious of existence only when they are making a noise; unless indeed + they happen to be smoking, for this serves a similar end. It is for the + same reason that they never fail to be all eyes and ears for what is going + on around them. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0028" id="link2H_4_0028"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking remark that it is + </h2> + <p> + difficult to feel deep veneration and great affection for one and the same + person. If this is so, we shall have to choose whether it is veneration or + love that we want from our fellow-men. + </p> + <p> + Their love is always selfish, though in very different ways; and the means + used to gain it are not always of a kind to make us proud. A man is loved + by others mainly in the degree in which he moderates his claim on their + good feeling and intelligence: but he must act genuinely in the matter and + without dissimulation—not merely out of forbearance, which is at + bottom a kind of contempt. This calls to mind a very true observation of + Helvetius<a href="#linknote-34" name="linknoteref-34" id="noteref-34"><small>34</small></a>: + the amount of intellect necessary to please us, is a most accurate measure + of the amount of intellect we have ourselves<i>. With these remarks as + premises, it is easy to draw the conclusion. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-34" id="note-34"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 34 (<a href="#linknoteref-34">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Helvetius, Claude-Adrien (1715-71), a French philosophical writer much + esteemed by Schopenhauer. His chief work, </i>De l'Esprit<i>, excited + great interest and opposition at the time of its publication, on account + of the author's pronounced materialism.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Now with veneration the case is just the opposite; it is wrung from men + reluctantly, and for that very reason mostly concealed. Hence, as compared + with love, veneration gives more real satisfaction; for it is connected + with personal value, and the same is not directly true of love, which is + subjective in its nature, whilst veneration is objective. To be sure, it + is more useful to be loved than to be venerated. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0029" id="link2H_4_0029"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly subjective that nothing really + </h2> + <p> + interests them but themselves. They always think of their own case as soon + as ever any remark is made, and their whole attention is engrossed and + absorbed by the merest chance reference to anything which affects them + personally, be it never so remote: with the result that they have no power + left for forming an objective view of things, should the conversation take + that turn; neither can they admit any validity in arguments which tell + against their interest or their vanity. Hence their attention is easily + distracted. They are so readily offended, insulted or annoyed, that in + discussing any impersonal matter with them, no care is too great to avoid + letting your remarks bear the slightest possible reference to the very + worthy and sensitive individuals whom you have before you; for anything + you may say will perhaps hurt their feelings. People really care about + nothing that does not affect them personally. True and striking + observations, fine, subtle and witty things are lost upon them: they + cannot understand or feel them. But anything that disturbs their petty + vanity in the most remote and indirect way, or reflects prejudicially upon + their exceedingly precious selves—to that, they are most tenderly + sensitive. In this respect they are like the little dog whose toes you are + so apt to tread upon inadvertently—you know it by the shrill bark it + sets up: or, again, they resemble a sick man covered with sores and boils, + with whom the greatest care must be taken to avoid unnecessary handling. + And in some people this feeling reaches such a pass that, if they are + talking with anyone, and he exhibits, or does not sufficiently conceal, + his intelligence and discernment, they look upon it as a downright insult; + although for the moment they hide their ill will, and the unsuspecting + author of it afterwards ruminates in vain upon their conduct, and racks + his brain to discover what he could possibly have done to excite their + malice and hatred. + </p> + <p> + But it is just as easy to flatter and win them over; and this is why their + judgment is usually corrupt, and why their opinions are swayed, not by + what is really true and right, but by the favor of the party or class to + which they belong. And the ultimate reason of it all is, that in such + people force of will greatly predominates over knowledge; and hence their + meagre intellect is wholly given up to the service of the will, and can + never free itself from that service for a moment. + </p> + <p> + Astrology furnishes a magnificent proof of this miserable subjective + tendency in men, which leads them to see everything only as bearing upon + themselves, and to think of nothing that is not straightway made into a + personal matter. The aim of astrology is to bring the motions of the + celestial bodies into relation with the wretched Ego<i> and to establish a + connection between a comet in the sky and squabbles and rascalities on + earth.<a href="#linknote-35" name="linknoteref-35" id="noteref-35"><small>35</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-35" id="note-35"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 35 (<a href="#linknoteref-35">return</a>)<br /> [ See, for instance, + Stobasus, Eclog. I<i>. xxii. 9.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0030" id="link2H_4_0030"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, whether in public or + </h2> + <p> + in society, or in books, and well received—or, at any rate, not + refuted—that that is no reason why you should despair or think there + the matter will rest. You should comfort yourself with the reflection that + the question will be afterwards gradually subjected to examination; light + will be thrown upon it; it will be thought over, considered, discussed, + and generally in the end the correct view will be reached; so that, after + a time—the length of which will depend upon the difficulty of the + subject—everyone will come to understand that which a clear head saw + at once. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, of course, you must have patience. He who can see truly + in the midst of general infatuation is like a man whose watch keeps good + time, when all clocks in the town in which he lives are wrong. He alone + knows the right time; but what use is that to him? for everyone goes by + the clocks which speak false, not even excepting those who know that his + watch is the only one that is right. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0031" id="link2H_4_0031"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if you spoil them, they + </h2> + <p> + become naughty. + </p> + <p> + Therefore it is well not to be too indulgent or charitable with anyone. + You may take it as a general rule that you will not lose a friend by + refusing him a loan, but that you are very likely to do so by granting it; + and, for similar reasons, you will not readily alienate people by being + somewhat proud and careless in your behaviour; but if you are very kind + and complaisant towards them, you will often make them arrogant and + intolerable, and so a breach will ensue. + </p> + <p> + There is one thing that, more than any other, throws people absolutely off + their balance—the thought that you are dependent upon them. This is + sure to produce an insolent and domineering manner towards you. There are + some people, indeed, who become rude if you enter into any kind of + relation with them; for instance, if you have occasion to converse with + them frequently upon confidential matters, they soon come to fancy that + they can take liberties with you, and so they try and transgress the laws + of politeness. This is why there are so few with whom you care to become + more intimate, and why you should avoid familiarity with vulgar people. If + a man comes to think that I am more dependent upon him than he is upon me, + he at once feels as though I had stolen something from him; and his + endeavor will be to have his vengeance and get it back. The only way to + attain superiority in dealing with men, is to let it be seen that you are + independent of them. + </p> + <p> + And in this view it is advisable to let everyone of your acquaintance—whether + man or woman—feel now and then that you could very well dispense + with their company. This will consolidate friendship. Nay, with most + people there will be no harm in occasionally mixing a grain of disdain + with your treatment of them; that will make them value your friendship all + the more. Chi non istima vien stimato<i>, as a subtle Italian proverb has + it—to disregard is to win regard. But if we really think very highly + of a person, we should conceal it from him like a crime. This is not a + very gratifying thing to do, but it is right. Why, a dog will not bear + being treated too kindly, let alone a man! </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0032" id="link2H_4_0032"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of noble character and + </h2> + <p> + great mental gifts betray a strange lack of worldly wisdom and a + deficiency in the knowledge of men, more especially when they are young; + with the result that it is easy to deceive or mislead them; and that, on + the other hand, natures of the commoner sort are more ready and successful + in making their way in the world. + </p> + <p> + The reason of this is that, when a man has little or no experience, he + must judge by his own antecedent notions; and in matters demanding + judgment, an antecedent notion is never on the same level as experience. + For, with the commoner sort of people, an antecedent notion means just + their own selfish point of view. This is not the case with those whose + mind and character are above the ordinary; for it is precisely in this + respect—their unselfishness—that they differ from the rest of + mankind; and as they judge other people's thoughts and actions by their + own high standard, the result does not always tally with their + calculation. + </p> + <p> + But if, in the end, a man of noble character comes to see, as the effect + of his own experience, or by the lessons he learns from others, what it is + that may be expected of men in general,—namely, that five-sixths of + them are morally and intellectually so constituted that, if circumstances + do not place you in relation with them, you had better get out of their + way and keep as far as possible from having anything to do with them,—still, + he will scarcely ever attain an adequate notion of their wretchedly mean + and shabby nature: all his life long he will have to be extending and + adding to the inferior estimate he forms of them; and in the meantime he + will commit a great many mistakes and do himself harm. + </p> + <p> + Then, again, after he has really taken to heart the lessons that have been + taught him, it will occasionally happen that, when he is in the society of + people whom he does not know, he will be surprised to find how thoroughly + reasonable they all appear to be, both in their conversation and in their + demeanor—in fact, quite honest, sincere, virtuous and trustworthy + people, and at the same time shrewd and clever. + </p> + <p> + But that ought not to perplex him. Nature is not like those bad poets, + who, in setting a fool or a knave before us, do their work so clumsily, + and with such evident design, that you might almost fancy you saw the poet + standing behind each of his characters, and continually disavowing their + sentiments, and telling you in a tone of warning: This is a knave; that is + a fool; do not mind what he says<i>. But Nature goes to work like + Shakespeare and Goethe, poets who make every one of their characters—even + if it is the devil himself!—appear to be quite in the right for the + moment that they come before us in their several parts; the characters are + described so objectively that they excite our interest and compel us to + sympathize with their point of view; for, like the works of Nature, every + one of these characters is evolved as the result of some hidden law or + principle, which makes all they say and do appear natural and therefore + necessary. And you will always be the prey or the plaything of the devils + and fools in this world, if you expect to see them going about with horns + or jangling their bells. </i> + </p> + <p> + And it should be borne in mind that, in their intercourse with others, + people are like the moon, or like hunchbacks; they show you only one of + their sides. Every man has an innate talent for mimicry,—for making + a mask out of his physiognomy, so that he can always look as if he really + were what he pretends to be; and since he makes his calculations always + within the lines of his individual nature, the appearance he puts on suits + him to a nicety, and its effect is extremely deceptive. He dons his mask + whenever his object is to flatter himself into some one's good opinion; + and you may pay just as much attention to it as if it were made of wax or + cardboard, never forgetting that excellent Italian proverb: non é si + tristo cane che non meni la coda<i>,—there is no dog so bad but that + he will wag his tail. </i> + </p> + <p> + In any case it is well to take care not to form a highly favorable opinion + of a person whose acquaintance you have only recently made, for otherwise + you are very likely to be disappointed; and then you will be ashamed of + yourself and perhaps even suffer some injury. And while I am on the + subject, there is another fact that deserves mention. It is this. A man + shows his character just in the way in which he deals with trifles,—for + then he is off his guard. This will often afford a good opportunity of + observing the boundless egoism of man's nature, and his total lack of + consideration for others; and if these defects show themselves in small + things, or merely in his general demeanor, you will find that they also + underlie his action in matters of importance, although he may disguise the + fact. This is an opportunity which should not be missed. If in the little + affairs of every day,—the trifles of life, those matters to which + the rule de minimis non<i> applies,—a man is inconsiderate and seeks + only what is advantageous or convenient to himself, to the prejudice of + others' rights; if he appropriates to himself that which belongs to all + alike, you may be sure there is no justice in his heart, and that he would + be a scoundrel on a wholesale scale, only that law and compulsion bind his + hands. Do not trust him beyond your door. He who is not afraid to break + the laws of his own private circle, will break those of the State when he + can do so with impunity. </i> + </p> + <p> + If the average man were so constituted that the good in him outweighed the + bad, it would be more advisable to rely upon his sense of justice, + fairness, gratitude, fidelity, love or compassion, than to work upon his + fears; but as the contrary is the case, and it is the bad that outweighs + the good, the opposite course is the more prudent one. + </p> + <p> + If any person with whom we are associated or have to do, exhibits + unpleasant or annoying qualities, we have only to ask ourselves whether or + not this person is of so much value to us that we can put up with frequent + and repeated exhibitions of the same qualities in a somewhat aggravated + form.<a href="#linknote-36" name="linknoteref-36" id="noteref-36"><small>36</small></a> + In case of an affirmative answer to this question, there will not be much + to be said, because talking is very little use. We must let the matter + pass, with or without some notice; but we should nevertheless remember + that we are thereby exposing ourselves to a repetition of the offence. If + the answer is in the negative, we must break with our worthy friend at + once and forever; or in the case of a servant, dismiss him. For he will + inevitably repeat the offence, or do something tantamount to it, should + the occasion return, even though for the moment he is deep and sincere in + his assurances of the contrary. There is nothing, absolutely nothing, that + a man cannot forget,—but not himself, his own character<i>. For + character is incorrigible; because all a man's actions emanate from an + inward principle, in virtue of which he must always do the same thing + under like circumstances; and he cannot do otherwise. Let me refer to my + prize essay on the so-called </i>Freedom of the Will<i>, the perusal of + which will dissipate any delusions the reader may have on this subject. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-36" id="note-36"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 36 (<a href="#linknoteref-36">return</a>)<br /> [ To forgive and forget<i> + means to throw away dearly bought experience.] </i> + </p> + <p> + To become reconciled to a friend with whom you have broken, is a form of + weakness; and you pay the penalty of it when he takes the first + opportunity of doing precisely the very thing which brought about the + breach; nay, he does it the more boldly, because he is secretly conscious + that you cannot get on without him. This is also applicable to servants + whom you have dismissed, and then taken into your service again. + </p> + <p> + For the same reason, you should just as little expect people to continue + to act in a similar way under altered circumstances. The truth is that men + alter their demeanor and sentiments just as fast as their interest + changes; and their resign in this respect is a bill drawn for short + payment that the man must be still more short-sighted who accepts the bill + without protesting it. Accordingly, suppose you want to know how a man + will behave in an office into which you think of putting him; you should + not build upon expectations, on his promises or assurances. For, even + allowing that he is quite sincere, he is speaking about a matter of which + he has no knowledge. The only way to calculate how he will behave, is to + consider the circumstances in which he will be placed, and the extent to + which they will conflict with his character. + </p> + <p> + If you wish to get a clear and profound insight—and it is very + needful—into the true but melancholy elements of which most men are + made, you will find in a very instructive thing to take the way they + behave in the pages of literature as a commentary to their doings in + practical life, and vice versa.<i> The experience thus gained will be very + useful in avoiding wrong ideas, whether about yourself or about others. + But if you come across any special trait of meanness or stupidity—in + life or in literature,—you must be careful not to let it annoy or + distress you, but to look upon it merely as an addition to your knowledge—a + new fact to be considered in studying the character of humanity. Your + attitude towards it will be that of the mineralogist who stumbles upon a + very characteristic specimen of a mineral. </i> + </p> + <p> + Of course there are some facts which are very exceptional, and it is + difficult to understand how they arise, and how it is that there come to + be such enormous differences between man and man; but, in general, what + was said long ago is quite true, and the world is in a very bad way. In + savage countries they eat one another, in civilized they deceive one + another; and that is what people call the way of the world! What are + States and all the elaborate systems of political machinery, and the rule + of force, whether in home or in foreign affairs,—what are they but + barriers against the boundless iniquity of mankind? Does not all history + show that whenever a king is firmly planted on a throne, and his people + reach some degree of prosperity, he uses it to lead his army, like a band + of robbers, against adjoining countries? Are not almost all wars + ultimately undertaken for purposes of plunder? In the most remote + antiquity, and to some extent also in the Middle Ages, the conquered + became slaves,—in other words, they had to work for those who + conquered them; and where is the difference between that and paying + war-taxes, which represent the product of our previous work? + </p> + <p> + All war, says Voltaire, is a matter of robbery; and the Germans should + take that as a warning. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0033" id="link2H_4_0033"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be left entirely to + </h2> + <p> + himself, to go his own ways; everyone needs to be guided by a preconceived + plan, and to follow certain general rules. But if this is carried too far, + and a man tries to take on a character which is not natural or innate in + him, but it artificially acquired and evolved merely by a process of + reasoning, he will very soon discover that Nature cannot be forced, and + that if you drive it out, it will return despite your efforts:— + </p> + <h3> + Naturam expelles furca, tamen usque recurret<i>. </i> + </h3> + <p> + To understand a rule governing conduct towards others, even to discover it + for oneself and to express it neatly, is easy enough; and still, very soon + afterwards, the rule may be broken in practice. But that is no reason for + despair; and you need not fancy that as it is impossible to regulate your + life in accordance with abstract ideas and maxims, it is better to live + just as you please. Here, as in all theoretical instruction that aims at a + practical result, the first thing to do is to understand the rule; the + second thing is to learn the practice of it. The theory may be understand + at once by an effort of reason, and yet the practice of it acquired only + in course of time. + </p> + <p> + A pupil may lean the various notes on an instrument of music, or the + different position in fencing; and when he makes a mistake, as he is sure + to do, however hard he tries, he is apt to think it will be impossible to + observe the rules, when he is set to read music at sight or challenged to + a furious duel. But for all that, gradual practice makes him perfect, + through a long series of slips, blunders and fresh efforts. It is just the + same in other things; in learning to write and speak Latin, a man will + forget the grammatical rules; it is only by long practice that a blockhead + turns into a courtier, that a passionate man becomes shrewd and + worldly-wise, or a frank person reserved, or a noble person ironical. But + though self-discipline of this kind is the result of long habit, it always + works by a sort of external compulsion, which Nature never ceases to + resist and sometimes unexpectedly overcomes. The difference between action + in accordance with abstract principles, and action as the result of + original, innate tendency, is the same as that between a work of art, say + a watch—where form and movement are impressed upon shapeless and + inert matter—and a living organism, where form and matter are one, + and each is inseparable from the other. + </p> + <p> + There is a maxim attributed to the Emperor Napoleon, which expresses this + relation between acquired and innate character, and confirms what I have + said: everything that is unnatural is imperfect<i>;—a rule of + universal application, whether in the physical or in the moral sphere. The + only exception I can think of to this rule is aventurine,<a + href="#linknote-37" name="linknoteref-37" id="noteref-37"><small>37</small></a> + a substance known to mineralogists, which in its natural state cannot + compare with the artificial preparation of it. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-37" id="note-37"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 37 (<a href="#linknoteref-37">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Aventurine is a rare kind of quartz; and the same name is given to a + brownish-colored glass much resembling it, which is manufactured at + Murano. It is so called from the fact that the glass was discovered by + chance </i>(arventura)<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And in this connection let me utter a word of protest against any and + every form of affectation<i>. It always arouses contempt; in the first + place, because it argues deception, and the deception is cowardly, for it + is based on fear; and, secondly, it argues self-condemnation, because it + means that a man is trying to appear what he is not, and therefore + something which he things better than he actually is. To affect a quality, + and to plume yourself upon it, is just to confess that you have not got + it. Whether it is courage, or learning, or intellect, or wit, or success + with women, or riches, or social position, or whatever else it may be that + a man boasts of, you may conclude by his boasting about it that that is + precisely the direction in which he is rather weak; for if a man really + possesses any faculty to the full, it will not occur to him to make a + great show of affecting it; he is quite content to know that he has it. + That is the application of the Spanish proverb: </i>herradura que + chacolotea clavo le falta<i>—a clattering hoof means a nail gone. To + be sure, as I said at first, no man ought to let the reins go quite loose, + and show himself just as he is; for there are many evil and bestial sides + to our nature which require to be hidden away out of sight; and this + justifies the negative attitude of dissimulation, but it does not justify + a positive feigning of qualities which are not there. It should also be + remembered that affectation is recognized at once, even before it is clear + what it is that is being affected. And, finally, affectation cannot last + very long, and one day the mask will fall off. </i>Nemo potest personam + diu ferre fictam<i>, says Seneca;<a href="#linknote-38" + name="linknoteref-38" id="noteref-38"><small>38</small></a> </i>ficta cito + in naturam suam recidunt<i>—no one can persevere long in a + fictitious character; for nature will soon reassert itself. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-38" id="note-38"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 38 (<a href="#linknoteref-38">return</a>)<br /> [ De Clementia, I<i>. 1.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0034" id="link2H_4_0034"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own body without knowing it, + </h2> + <p> + but he soon feels the weight of any other, if he tries to move it; in the + same way, a man can see other people's shortcoming's and vices, but he is + blind to his own. This arrangement has one advantage: it turns other + people into a kind of mirror, in which a man can see clearly everything + that is vicious, faulty, ill-bred and loathsome in his own nature; only, + it is generally the old story of the dog barking at is own image; it is + himself that he sees and not another dog, as he fancies. + </p> + <p> + He who criticises others, works at the reformation of himself. Those who + form the secret habit of scrutinizing other people's general behavior, and + passing severe judgment upon what they do and leave undone, thereby + improve themselves, and work out their own perfection: for they will have + sufficient sense of justice, or at any rate enough pride and vanity, to + avoid in their own case that which they condemn so harshly elsewhere. But + tolerant people are just the opposite, and claim for themselves the same + indulgence that they extend to others—hanc veniam damus petimusque + vicissim<i>. It is all very well for the Bible to talk about the mote in + another's eye and the beam in one's own. The nature of the eye is to look + not at itself but at other things; and therefore to observe and blame + faults in another is a very suitable way of becoming conscious of one's + own. We require a looking-glass for the due dressing of our morals. </i> + </p> + <p> + The same rule applies in the case of style and fine writing. If, instead + of condemning, you applaud some new folly in these matters, you will + imitate it. That is just why literary follies have such vogue in Germany. + The Germans are a very tolerant people—everybody can see that! Their + maxim is—Hanc veniam damns petimusque vicissim.<i> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0035" id="link2H_4_0035"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble character fancies that + </h2> + <p> + the relations prevailing amongst mankind, and the alliances to which these + relations lead, are at bottom and essentially, ideal<i> in their nature; + that is to say, that they rest upon similarity of disposition or + sentiment, or taste, or intellectual power, and so on. </i> + </p> + <p> + But, later on, he finds out that it is a real<i> foundation which + underlies these alliances; that they are based upon some </i>material<i> + interest. This is the true foundation of almost all alliances: nay, most + men have no notion of an alliance resting upon any other basis. + Accordingly we find that a man is always measured by the office he holds, + or by his occupation, nationality, or family relations—in a word, by + the position and character which have been assigned him in the + conventional arrangements of life, where he is ticketed and treated as so + much goods. Reference to what he is in himself, as a man—to the + measure of his own personal qualities—is never made unless for + convenience' sake: and so that view of a man is something exceptional, to + be set aside and ignored, the moment that anyone finds it disagreeable; + and this is what usually happens. But the more of personal worth a man + has, the less pleasure he will take in these conventional arrangements; + and he will try to withdraw from the sphere in which they apply. The + reason why these arrangements exist at all, is simply that in this world + of ours misery and need are the chief features: therefore it is everywhere + the essential and paramount business of life to devise the means of + alleviating them. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0036" id="link2H_4_0036"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the world instead of real + </h2> + <p> + coin, so, is the place of true esteem and genuine friendship, you have the + outward appearance of it—a mimic show made to look as much like the + real thing as possible. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, it may be asked whether there are any people who really + deserve the true coin. For my own part, I should certainly pay more + respect to an honest dog wagging his tail than to a hundred such + demonstrations of human regard. + </p> + <p> + True and genuine friendship presupposes a strong sympathy with the weal + and woe of another—purely objective in its character and quite + disinterested; and this in its turn means an absolute identification of + self with the object of friendship. The egoism of human nature is so + strongly antagonistic to any such sympathy, that true friendship belongs + to that class of things—the sea-serpent, for instance,—with + regard to which no one knows whether they are fabulous or really exist + somewhere or other. + </p> + <p> + Still, in many cases, there is a grain of true and genuine friendship in + the relation of man to man, though generally, of course, some secret + personal interest is at the bottom of them—some one among the many + forms that selfishness can take. But in a world where all is imperfect, + this grain of true feeling is such an ennobling influence that it gives + some warrant for calling those relations by the name of friendship, for + they stand far above the ordinary friendships that prevail amongst + mankind. The latter are so constituted that, were you to hear how your + dear friends speak of you behind your back, you would never say another + word to them. + </p> + <p> + Apart from the case where it would be a real help to you if your friend + were to make some great sacrifice to serve you, there is no better means + of testing the genuineness of his feelings than the way in which he + receives the news of a misfortune that has just happened to you. At that + moment the expression of his features will either show that his one + thought is that of true and sincere sympathy for you; or else the absolute + composure of his countenance, or the passing trace of something other than + sympathy, will confirm the well-known maxim of La Rochefoucauld: Dans + l'adversite de nos meilleurs amis, nous trouvons toujours quelque chose + qui ne nous deplait pas<i>. Indeed, at such a moment, the ordinary + so-called friend will find it hard to suppress the signs of a slight smile + of pleasure. There are few ways by which you can make more certain of + putting people into a good humor than by telling them of some trouble that + has recently befallen you, or by unreservedly disclosing some personal + weakness of yours. How characteristic this is of humanity! </i> + </p> + <p> + Distance and long absence are always prejudicial to friendship, however + disinclined a man may be to admit. Our regard for people whom we do not + see—even though they be our dearest friends—gradually dries up + in the course of years, and they become abstract notions; so that our + interest in them grows to be more and more intellectual,—nay, it is + kept up only as a kind of tradition; whilst we retain a lively and deep + interest in those who are constantly before our eyes, even if they be only + pet animals. This shows how much men are limited by their senses, and how + true is the remark that Goethe makes in Tasso<i> about the dominant + influence of the present moment:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Die Gegenwart ist eine mächtige Göttin<i><a href="#linknote-39" + name="linknoteref-39" id="noteref-39">39</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-39" id="note-39"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 39 (<a href="#linknoteref-39">return</a>)<br /> [ Act iv., se. 4.] + </p> + <p> + Friends of the house<i> are very rightly so called; because they are + friends of the house rather than of its master; in other words, they are + more like cats than dogs. </i> + </p> + <p> + Your friends will tell you that they are sincere; your enemies are really + so. Let your enemies' censure be like a bitter medicine, to be used as a + means of self-knowledge. + </p> + <p> + A friend in need, as the saying goes, is rare. Nay, it is just the + contrary; no sooner have you made a friend than he is in need, and asks + for a loan. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0037" id="link2H_4_0037"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in the ways of the + </h2> + <p> + world, if he imagines that he can make himself popular in society by + exhibiting intelligence and discernment. With the immense majority of + people, such qualities excite hatred and resentment, which are rendered + all the harder to bear by the fact that people are obliged to suppress—even + from themselves—the real reason of their anger. + </p> + <p> + What actually takes place is this. A man feels and perceives that the + person with whom he is conversing is intellectually very much his + superior.<a href="#linknote-40" name="linknoteref-40" id="noteref-40"><small>40</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-40" id="note-40"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 40 (<a href="#linknoteref-40">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. Welt als Wills und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. p. 256 (4th Edit.), where I quote from Dr. + Johnson, and from Merck, the friend of Goethe's youth. The former says: + </i>There is nothing by which a man exasperates most people more, than by + displaying a superior ability of brilliancy in conversation. They seem + pleased at the time, but their envy makes them curse him at their hearts.<i> + (Boswells </i>Life of Johnson<i> aetat: 74).] </i> + </p> + <p> + He thereupon secretly and half unconsciously concludes that his + interlocutor must form a proportionately low and limited estimate of his + abilities. That is a method of reasoning—an enthymeme—which + rouses the bitterest feelings of sullen and rancorous hatred. And so + Gracian is quite right in saying that the only way to win affection from + people is to show the most animal-like simplicity of demeanor—para + ser bien quisto, el unico medio vestirse la piel del mas simple de los + brutos<i>.<a href="#linknote-41" name="linknoteref-41" id="noteref-41"><small>41</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-41" id="note-41"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 41 (<a href="#linknoteref-41">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Balthazar + Graeian, </i>Oraculo manual, y arte de prudencia<i>, 240. Gracian + (1584-1658) was a Spanish prose writer and Jesuit, whose works deal + chiefly with the observation of character in the various phenomena of + life. Schopenhauer, among others, had a great admiration for his worldly + philosophy, and translated his </i>Oraculo manual<i>—a system of + rules for the conduct of life—into German. The same book was + translated into English towards the close of the seventeenth century.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + To show your intelligence and discernment is only an indirect way of + reproaching other people for being dull and incapable. And besides, it is + natural for a vulgar man to be violently agitated by the sight of + opposition in any form; and in this case envy comes in as the secret cause + of his hostility. For it is a matter of daily observation that people take + the greatest pleasure in that which satisfies their vanity; and vanity + cannot be satisfied without comparison with others. Now, there is nothing + of which a man is prouder than of intellectual ability, for it is this + that gives him his commanding place in the animal world. It is an + exceedingly rash thing to let any one see that you are decidedly superior + to him in this respect, and to let other people see it too; because he + will then thirst for vengeance, and generally look about for an + opportunity of taking it by means of insult, because this is to pass from + the sphere of intellect<i> to that of </i>will<i>—and there, all are + on an equal footing as regards the feeling of hostility. Hence, while rank + and riches may always reckon upon deferential treatment in society, that + is something which intellectual ability can never expect; to be ignored is + the greatest favor shown to it; and if people notice it at all, it is + because they regard it as a piece of impertinence, or else as something to + which its possessor has no legitimate right, and upon which he dares to + pride himself; and in retaliation and revenge for his conduct, people + secretly try and humiliate him in some other way; and if they wait to do + this, it is only for a fitting opportunity. A man may be as humble as + possible in his demeanor, and yet hardly ever get people to overlook his + crime in standing intellectually above them. In the </i>Garden of Roses<i>, + Sadi makes the remark:—</i>You should know that foolish people are a + hundredfold more averse to meeting the wise than the wise are indisposed + for the company of the foolish<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, it is a real recommendation to be stupid. For just as + warmth is agreeable to the body, so it does the mind good to feel its + superiority; and a man will seek company likely to give him this feeling, + as instinctively as he will approach the fireplace or walk in the sun if + he wants to get warm. But this means that he will be disliked on account + of his superiority; and if a man is to be liked, he must really be + inferior in point of intellect; and the same thing holds good of a woman + in point of beauty. To give proof of real and unfeigned inferiority to + some of the people you meet—that is a very difficult business + indeed! + </p> + <p> + Consider how kindly and heartily a girl who is passably pretty will + welcome one who is downright ugly. Physical advantages are not thought so + much of in the case of man, though I suppose you would rather a little man + sat next to you than one who was bigger than yourself. This is why, + amongst men, it is the dull and ignorant, and amongst women, the ugly, who + are always popular and in request.<a href="#linknote-42" + name="linknoteref-42" id="noteref-42"><small>42</small></a> It is likely + to be said of such people that they are extremely good-natured, because + every one wants to find a pretext for caring about them—a pretext + which will blind both himself and other people to the real reason why he + likes them. This is also why mental superiority of any sort always tends + to isolate its possessor; people run away from him out of pure hatred, and + say all manner of bad things about him by way of justifying their action. + Beauty, in the case of women, has a similar effect: very pretty girls have + no friends of their own sex, and they even find it hard to get another + girl to keep them company. A handsome woman should always avoid applying + for a position as companion, because the moment she enters the room, her + prospective mistress will scowl at her beauty, as a piece of folly with + which, both for her own and for her daughter's sake, she can very well + dispense. But if the girl has advantages of rank, the case is very + different; because rank, unlike personal qualities which work by the force + of mere contrast, produces its effect by a process of reflection; much in + the same way as the particular hue of a person's complexion depends upon + the prevailing tone of his immediate surroundings. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-42" id="note-42"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 42 (<a href="#linknoteref-42">return</a>)<br /> [ If you desire to get on + in the world, friends and acquaintances are by far the best passport to + fortune. The possession of a great deal of ability makes a man proud, and + therefore not apt to flatter those who have very little, and from whom, on + that account, the possession of great ability should be carefully + concealed. The consciousness of small intellectual power has just the + opposite effect, and is very compatible with a humble, affable and + companionable nature, and with respect for what is mean and wretched. This + is why an inferior sort of man has so many friends to befriend and + encourage him. + </p> + <p> + These remarks are applicable not only to advancement in political life, + but to all competition for places of honor and dignity, nay, even for + reputation in the world of science, literature and art. In learned + societies, for example, mediocrity—that very acceptable quality—is + always to the fore, whilst merit meets with tardy recognition, or with + none at all. So it is in everything.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0038" id="link2H_4_0038"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often consists in great measure + </h2> + <p> + of pure laziness, selfishness and vanity on our own part: I say laziness<i>, + because, instead of making inquiries ourselves, and exercising an active + care, we prefer to trust others; </i>selfishness<i>, because we are led to + confide in people by the pressure of our own affairs; and </i>vanity<i>, + when we ask confidence for a matter on which we rather pride ourselves. + And yet, for all that, we expect people to be true to the trust we repose + in them. </i> + </p> + <p> + But we ought not to become angry if people put no trust in us: because + that really means that they pay honesty the sincere compliment of + regarding it as a very rare thing,—so rare, indeed, as to leave us + in doubt whether its existence is not merely fabulous. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0039" id="link2H_4_0039"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 36. Politeness<i>,—which the Chinese hold to be a cardinal + </i> + </h2> + <p> + virtue,—is based upon two considerations of policy. I have explained + one of these considerations in my Ethics<i>; the other is as follows:—Politeness + is a tacit agreement that people's miserable defects, whether moral or + intellectual, shall on either side be ignored and not made the subject of + reproach; and since these defects are thus rendered somewhat less + obtrusive, the result is mutually advantageous.<a href="#linknote-43" + name="linknoteref-43" id="noteref-43"><small>43</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-43" id="note-43"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 43 (<a href="#linknoteref-43">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—In + the passage referred to </i>(Grundlage der Moral<i>, collected works, Vol. + IV., pp. 187 and 198), Schopenhauer explains politeness as a conventional + and systematic attempt to mask the egoism of human nature in the small + affairs of life,—an egoism so repulsive that some such device is + necessary for the purpose of concealing its ugliness. The relation which + politeness bears to the true love of one's neighbor is analogous to that + existing between justice as an affair of legality, and justice as the real + integrity of the heart.] </i> + </p> + <p> + It is a wise thing to be polite; consequently, it is a stupid thing to be + rude. To make enemies by unnecessary and willful incivility, is just as + insane a proceeding as to set your house on fire. For politeness is like a + counter—an avowedly false coin, with which it is foolish to be + stingy. A sensible man will be generous in the use of it. It is customary + in every country to end a letter with the words:—your most obedient + servant<i>—</i>votre très-humble serviteur<i>—</i>suo + devotissimo servo<i>. (The Germans are the only people who suppress the + word </i>servant<i>—</i>Diener<i>—because, of course, it is + not true!) However, to carry politeness to such an extent as to damage + your prospects, is like giving money where only counters are expected. + </i> + </p> + <p> + Wax, a substance naturally hard and brittle, can be made soft by the + application of a little warmth, so that it will take any shape you please. + In the same way, by being polite and friendly, you can make people pliable + and obliging, even though they are apt to be crabbed and malevolent. Hence + politeness is to human nature what warmth is to wax. + </p> + <p> + Of course, it is no easy matter to be polite; in so far, I mean, as it + requires us to show great respect for everybody, whereas most people + deserve none at all; and again in so far as it demands that we should + feign the most lively interest in people, when we must be very glad that + we have nothing to do with them. To combine politeness with pride is a + masterpiece of wisdom. + </p> + <p> + We should be much less ready to lose our temper over an insult,—which, + in the strict sense of the word, means that we have not been treated with + respect,—if, on the one hand, we have not such an exaggerated + estimate of our value and dignity—that is to say, if we were not so + immensely proud of ourselves; and, on the other hand, if we had arrived at + any clear notion of the judgment which, in his heart, one man generally + passes upon another. If most people resent the slightest hint that any + blame attaches to them, you may imagine their feelings if they were to + overhear what their acquaintance say about them. You should never lose + sight of the fact that ordinary politeness is only a grinning mask: if it + shifts its place a little, or is removed for a moment, there is no use + raising a hue and cry. When a man is downright rude, it is as though he + had taken off all his clothes, and stood before you in puris naturalibus<i>. + Like most men in this condition, he does not present a very attractive + appearance. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0040" id="link2H_4_0040"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a model for what you + </h2> + <p> + should do or leave undone; because position and circumstances are in no + two cases alike, and difference of character gives a peculiar, individual + tone to what a man does. Hence duo cum faciunt idem, non est idem<i>—two + persons may do the same thing with a different result. A man should act in + accordance with his own character, as soon as he has carefully deliberated + on what he is about to do. </i> + </p> + <p> + The outcome of this is that originality<i> cannot be dispensed with in + practical matters: otherwise, what a man does will not accord with what he + is. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0041" id="link2H_4_0041"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for though you reached the + </h2> + <p> + age of Methuselah, you would never have done setting him right upon all + the absurd things that he believes. + </p> + <p> + It is also well to avoid correcting people's mistakes in conversation, + however good your intentions may be; for it is easy to offend people, and + difficult, if not impossible, to mend them. + </p> + <p> + If you feel irritated by the absurd remarks of two people whose + conversation you happen to overhear, you should imagine that you are + listening to a dialogue of two fools in a comedy. Probatum est.<i> </i> + </p> + <p> + The man who comes into the world with the notion that he is really going + to instruct in matters of the highest importance, may thank his stars if + he escapes with a whole skin. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0042" id="link2H_4_0042"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be accepted, express it + </h2> + <p> + coolly and without passion. All violence has its seat in the will<i>; and + so, if your judgment is expressed with vehemence, people will consider it + an effort of will, and not the outcome of knowledge, which is in its + nature cold and unimpassioned. Since the will is the primary and radical + element in human nature, and </i>intellect<i> merely supervenes as + something secondary, people are more likely to believe that the opinion + you express with so much vehemence is due to the excited state of your + will, rather than that the excitement of the will comes only from the + ardent nature of your opinion. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0043" id="link2H_4_0043"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in praising yourself, + </h2> + <p> + you should never be seduced into doing so. For vanity is so very common, + and merit so very uncommon, that even if a man appears to be praising + himself, though very indirectly, people will be ready to lay a hundred to + one that he is talking out of pure vanity, and that he has not sense + enough to see what a fool he is making of himself. + </p> + <p> + Still, for all that, there may be some truth in Bacon's remark that, as in + the case of calumny, if you throw enough dirt, some of it will stick, so + it it also in regard to self-praise; with the conclusion that self-praise, + in small doses, is to be recommended.<a href="#linknote-44" + name="linknoteref-44" id="noteref-44"><small>44</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-44" id="note-44"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 44 (<a href="#linknoteref-44">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Schopenhauer + alludes to the following passage in Bacon's </i>De Augmentis Scientiarum<i>, + Bk. viii., ch. 2: </i>Sicut enim dici solet de calumnia<i>, audacter + calumniare, semper aliquid haeret; </i>sic dici potest de jactantia, (nisi + plane deformis fuerit et ridicula<i>), audacter te vendita, semper aliquid + haeret. </i>Haerebit certe apud populum, licet prudentiores subrideant. + Itaque existimatio parta apud plurimos paucorum fastidium abunde + compensabit.<i>] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0044" id="link2H_4_0044"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a person is telling you + </h2> + <p> + a lie, look as though you believed every word he said. This will give him + courage to go on; he will become more vehement in his assertions, and in + the end betray himself. + </p> + <p> + Again, if you perceive that a person is trying to conceal something from + you, but with only partial success, look as though you did not believe + him, This opposition on your part will provoke him into leading out his + reserve of truth and bringing the whole force of it to bear upon your + incredulity. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0045" id="link2H_4_0045"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 42. You should regard all your private affairs as secrets, + </h2> + <p> + and, in respect of them, treat your acquaintances, even though you are on + good terms with them, as perfect strangers, letting them know nothing more + than they can see for themselves. For in course of time, and under altered + circumstances, you may find it a disadvantage that they know even the most + harmless things about you. + </p> + <p> + And, as a general rule, it is more advisable to show your intelligence by + saying nothing than by speaking out; for silence is a matter of prudence, + whilst speech has something in it of vanity. The opportunities for + displaying the one or the other quality occur equally often; but the + fleeting satisfaction afforded by speech is often preferred to the + permanent advantage secured by silence. + </p> + <p> + The feeling of relief which lively people experience in speaking aloud + when no one is listening, should not be indulged, lest it grow into a + habit; for in this way thought establishes such very friendly terms with + speech, that conversation is apt to become a process of thinking aloud. + Prudence exacts that a wide gulf should be fixed between what we think and + what we say. + </p> + <p> + At times we fancy that people are utterly unable to believe in the truth + of some statement affecting us personally, whereas it never occurs to them + to doubt it; but if we give them the slightest opportunity of doubting it, + they find it absolutely impossible to believe it any more. We often betray + ourselves into revealing something, simply because we suppose that people + cannot help noticing it,—just as a man will throw himself down from + a great height because he loses his head, in other words, because he + fancies that he cannot retain a firm footing any longer; the torment of + his position is so great, that he thinks it better to put an end to it at + once. This is the kind of insanity which is called acrophobia<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + But it should not be forgotten how clever people are in regard to affairs + which do not concern them, even though they show no particularly sign of + acuteness in other matters. This is a kind of algebra in which people are + very proficient: give them a single fact to go upon, and they will solve + the most complicated problems. So, if you wish to relate some event that + happened long ago, without mentioning any names, or otherwise indicating + the persons to whom you refer, you should be very careful not to introduce + into your narrative anything that might point, however distantly, to some + definite fact, whether it is a particular locality, or a date, or the name + of some one who was only to a small extent implicated, or anything else + that was even remotely connected with the event; for that at once gives + people something positive to go upon, and by the aid of their talent for + this sort of algebra, they will discover all the rest. Their curiosity in + these matters becomes a kind of enthusiasm: their will spurs on their + intellect, and drives it forward to the attainment of the most remote + results. For however unsusceptible and different people may be to general + and universal truths, they are very ardent in the matter of particular + details. + </p> + <p> + In keeping with what I have said, it will be found that all those who + profess to give instructions in the wisdom of life are specially urgent in + commending the practice of silence, and assign manifold reasons why it + should be observed; so it is not necessary for me to enlarge upon the + subject any further. However, I may just add one or two little known + Arabian proverbs, which occur to me as peculiarly appropriate:— + </p> + <p> + Do not tell a friend anything that you would conceal from an enemy<i>. + </i> + </p> + <p> + A secret is in my custody, if I keep it; but should it escape me, it is I + who am the prisoner<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + The tree of silence bears the fruit of peace<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0046" id="link2H_4_0046"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much advantage as when you have + </h2> + <p> + been cheated out of it; for at one stroke you have purchased prudence. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0047" id="link2H_4_0047"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be felt for anyone. But + </h2> + <p> + carefully observe and remember the manner in which a man conducts himself, + so that you may take the measure of his value,—at any rate in regard + to yourself,—and regulate your bearing towards him accordingly; + never losing sight of the fact that character is unalterable, and that to + forget the bad features in a man's disposition is like throwing away + hard-won money. Thus you will protect yourself against the results of + unwise intimacy and foolish friendship. + </p> + <p> + Give way neither to love nor to hate<i>, is one-half of worldly wisdom: + </i>say nothing and believe nothing<i>, the other half. Truly, a world + where there is need of such rules as this and the following, is one upon + which a man may well turn his back. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0048" id="link2H_4_0048"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to show your hatred by + </h2> + <p> + what you say or by the way you look, is an unnecessary proceeding—dangerous, + foolish, ridiculous, and vulgar. + </p> + <p> + Anger and hatred should never be shown otherwise than in what you do; and + feelings will be all the more effective in action, in so far as you avoid + the exhibition of them in any other way. It is only cold-blooded animals + whose bite is poisonous. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0049" id="link2H_4_0049"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your words—parler sans + </h2> + <p> + accent<i>—is an old rule with those who are wise in the world's + ways. It means that you should leave other people to discover what it is + that you have said; and as their minds are slow, you can make your escape + in time. On the other hand, to emphasize your meaning—</i>parler + avec accent<i>—is to address their feelings; and the result is + always the opposite of what you expect. If you are polite enough in your + manner and courteous in your tone there are many people whom you may abuse + outright, and yet run no immediate risk of offending them. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. — WORLDLY FORTUNE.— + </h2> + <p> + SECTION 47. + </p> + <p> + However varied the forms that human destiny may take, the same elements + are always present; and so life is everywhere much of a piece, whether it + passed in the cottage or in the palace, in the barrack or in the cloister. + Alter the circumstance as much as you please! point to strange adventures, + successes, failures! life is like a sweet-shop, where there is a great + variety of things, odd in shape and diverse in color—one and all + made from the same paste. And when men speak of some one's success, the + lot of the man who has failed is not so very different as it seems. The + inequalities in the world are like the combinations in a kaleidoscope; at + every turn a fresh picture strikes the eye; and yet, in reality, you see + only the same bits of glass as you saw before. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0051" id="link2H_4_0051"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, that there are three + </h2> + <p> + great powers in the world; Sagacity, Strength<i>, and </i>Luck<i>,—[Greek: + sunetos, kratos, tuchu.] I think the last is the most efficacious. </i> + </p> + <p> + A man's life is like the voyage of a ship, where luck—secunda aut + adversa fortuna<i>—acts the part of the wind, and speeds the vessel + on its way or drives it far out of its course. All that the man can do for + himself is of little avail; like the rudder, which, if worked hard and + continuously, may help in the navigation of the ship; and yet all may be + lost again by a sudden squall. But if the wind is only in the right + quarter, the ship will sail on so as not to need any steering. The power + of luck is nowhere better expressed than in a certain Spanish proverb: + </i>Da Ventura a tu hijo, y echa lo en el mar<i>—give your son luck + and throw him into the sea. </i> + </p> + <p> + Still, chance, it may be said, is a malignant power, and as little as + possible should be left to its agency. And yet where is there any giver + who, in dispensing gifts, tells us quite clearly that we have no right to + them, and that we owe them not to any merit on our part, but wholly to the + goodness and grace of the giver—at the same time allowing us to + cherish the joyful hope of receiving, in all humility, further undeserved + gifts from the same hands—where is there any giver like that, unless + it be Chance<i>? who understands the kingly art of showing the recipient + that all merit is powerless and unavailing against the royal grace and + favor. </i> + </p> + <p> + On looking back over the course of his life,—that labyrinthine way + of error<i>,—a man must see many points where luck failed him and + misfortune came; and then it is easy to carry self-reproach to an unjust + excess. For the course of a man's life is in no wise entirely of his own + making; it is the product of two factors—the series of things that + happened, and his own resolves in regard to them, and these two are + constantly interacting upon and modifying each other. And besides these, + another influence is at work in the very limited extent of a man's + horizon, whether it is that he cannot see very far ahead in respect of the + plans he will adopt, or that he is still less able to predict the course + of future events: his knowledge is strictly confined to present plans and + present events. Hence, as long as a man's goal is far off, he cannot steer + straight for it; he must be content to make a course that is approximately + right; and in following the direction in which he thinks he ought to go, + he will often have occasion to tack. </i> + </p> + <p> + All that a man can do is to form such resolves as from time to time accord + with the circumstances in which he is placed, in the hope of thus managing + to advance a step nearer towards the final goal. It is usually the case + that the position in which we stand, and the object at which we aim, + resemble two tendencies working with dissimilar strength in different + directions; and the course of our life is represented by their diagonal, + or resultant force. + </p> + <p> + Terence makes the remark that life is like a game at dice, where if the + number that turns up is not precisely the one you want, you can still + contrive to use it equally:—in vita est hominum quasi cum ludas + tesseris; si illud quod maxime opus est jactu non cadit, illud quod + cecidit forte, id arte ut corrigas<i>.<a href="#linknote-45" + name="linknoteref-45" id="noteref-45"><small>45</small></a> Or, to put the + matter more shortly, life is a game of cards, when the cards are shuffled + and dealt by fate. But for my present purpose, the most suitable simile + would be that of a game of chess, where the plan we determined to follow + is conditioned by the play of our rival,—in life, by the caprice of + fate. We are compelled to modify our tactics, often to such an extent + that, as we carry them out, hardly a single feature of the original plan + can be recognized. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-45" id="note-45"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 45 (<a href="#linknoteref-45">return</a>)<br /> [ He seems to have been + referring to a game something like backgammon.] + </p> + <p> + But above and beyond all this, there is another influence that makes + itself felt in our lives. It is a trite saying—only too frequently + true—that we are often more foolish than we think. On the other + hand, we are often wiser than we fancy ourselves to be. This, however, is + a discovery which only those can make, of whom it is really true; and it + takes them a long time to make it. Our brains are not the wisest part of + us. In the great moments of life, when a man decides upon an important + step, his action is directed not so much by any clear knowledge of the + right thing to do, as by an inner impulse—you may almost call it an + instinct—proceeding from the deepest foundations of his being. If, + later on, he attempts to criticise his action by the light of hard and + fast ideas of what is right in the abstract—those unprofitable ideas + which are learnt by rote, or, it may be, borrowed from other people; if he + begins to apply general rules, the principles which have guided others, to + his own case, without sufficiently weighing the maxim that one man's meat + is another's poison, then he will run great risk of doing himself an + injustice. The result will show where the right course lay. It is only + when a man has reached the happy age of wisdom that he is capable of just + judgment in regard either to his own actions or to those of others. + </p> + <p> + It may be that this impulse or instinct is the unconscious effect of a + kind of prophetic dream which is forgotten when we awake—lending our + life a uniformity of tone, a dramatic unity, such as could never result + from the unstable moments of consciousness, when we are so easily led into + error, so liable to strike a false note. It is in virtue of some such + prophetic dream that a man feels himself called to great achievements in a + special sphere, and works in that direction from his youth up out of an + inner and secret feeling that that is his true path, just as by a similar + instinct the bee is led to build up its cells in the comb. This is the + impulse which Balthazar Gracian calls la gran sindéresis<i><a + href="#linknote-46" name="linknoteref-46" id="noteref-46"><small>46</small></a>—the + great power of moral discernment: it is something that a man instinctively + feels to be his salvation without which he were lost. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-46" id="note-46"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 46 (<a href="#linknoteref-46">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—This + obscure word appears to be derived from the Greek </i>sugtaereo<i> (N.T. + and Polyb.) meaning "to observe strictly." It occurs in </i>The Doctor and + Student<i>, a series of dialogues between a doctor of divinity and a + student on the laws of England, first published in 1518; and is there + (Dialog. I. ch. 13) explained as "a natural power of the soule, set in the + highest part thereof, moving and stirring it to good, and abhoring evil." + This passage is copied into Milton's Commonplace Book, edit. </i>Horwood<i>, + § 79. The word is also found in the Dictionary of the Spanish Academy + (vol. vi. of the year 1739) in the sense of an innate discernment of moral + principles, where a quotation is given from Madre Maria de Jesus, abbess + of the convent of the Conception at Agreda, a mystical writer of the + seventeenth century, frequently consulted by Philip IV.,—and again + in the Bolognese Dictionary of 1824, with a similar meaning, illustrated + from the writings of Salvini (1653-1729). For these references I am + indebted to the kindness of Mr. Norman Maccoll.] </i> + </p> + <p> + To act in accordance with abstract principles is a difficult matter, and a + great deal of practice will be required before you can be even + occasionally successful; it of tens happens that the principles do not fit + in with your particular case. But every man has certain innate concrete + principles<i>—a part, as it were, of the very blood that flows in + his veins, the sum or result, in fact, of all his thoughts, feelings and + volitions. Usually he has no knowledge of them in any abstract form; it is + only when he looks back upon the course his life has taken, that he + becomes aware of having been always led on by them—as though they + formed an invisible clue which he had followed unawares. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0052" id="link2H_4_0052"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and that all things are + </h2> + <p> + in their nature fleeting—these are truths that should never be + forgotten. Hence, in whatever case you may be, it is well to picture to + yourself the opposite: in prosperity, to be mindful of misfortune; in + friendship, of enmity; in good weather, of days when the sky is overcast; + in love, of hatred; in moments of trust, to imagine the betrayal that will + make you regret your confidence; and so, too, when you are in evil plight, + to have a lively sense of happier times—what a lasting source of + true worldly wisdom were there! We should then always reflect, and not be + so very easily deceived; because, in general, we should anticipate the + very changes that the years will bring. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps in no form of knowledge is personal experience so indispensable as + in learning to see that all things are unstable and transitory in this + world. There is nothing that, in its own place and for the time it lasts, + is not a product of necessity, and therefore capable of being fully + justified; and it is this fact that makes circumstances of every year, + every month, even of every day, seem as though they might maintain their + right to last to all eternity. But we know that this can never be the + case, and that in a world where all is fleeting, change alone endures. He + is a prudent man who is not only undeceived by apparent stability, but is + able to forecast the lines upon which movement will take place.<a + href="#linknote-47" name="linknoteref-47" id="noteref-47"><small>47</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-47" id="note-47"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 47 (<a href="#linknoteref-47">return</a>)<br /> [ Chance<i> plays so great + a part in all human affairs that when a man tries to ward off a remote + danger by present sacrifice, the danger often vanishes under some new and + unforeseen development of events; and then the sacrifice, in addition to + being a complete loss, brings about such an altered state of things as to + be in itself a source of positive danger in the face of this new + development. In taking measures of precaution, then, it is well not to + look too far ahead, but to reckon with chance; and often to oppose a + courageous front to a danger, in the hope that, like many a dark + thunder-cloud, it may pass away without breaking.] </i> + </p> + <p> + But people generally think that present circumstances will last, and that + matters will go on in the future as they have clone in the past. Their + mistakes arises from the fact that they do not understand the cause of the + things they see—causes which, unlike the effects they produce, + contain in themselves the germ of future change. The effects are all that + people know, and they hold fast to them on the supposition that those + unknown causes, which were sufficient to bring them about, will also be + able to maintain them as they are. This is a very common error; and the + fact that it is common is not without its advantage, for it means that + people always err in unison; and hence the calamity which results from the + error affects all alike, and is therefore easy to bear; whereas, if a + philosopher makes a mistake, he is alone in his error, and so at a double + disadvantage.<a href="#linknote-48" name="linknoteref-48" id="noteref-48"><small>48</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-48" id="note-48"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 48 (<a href="#linknoteref-48">return</a>)<br /> [ I may remark, + parenthetically, that all this is a confirmation of the principle laid + down in Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung<i> (Bk. I. p. 94: 4th edit.), + that error always consists in making </i>a wrong inference<i>, that is, in + ascribing a given effect to something that did not cause it.] </i> + </p> + <p> + But in saying that we should anticipate the effects of time, I mean that + we should mentally forecast what they are likely to be; I do not mean that + we should practically forestall them, by demanding the immediate + performance of promises which time alone can fulfill. The man who makes + his demand will find out that there is no worse or more exacting usurer + than Time; and that, if you compel Time to give money in advance, you will + have to pay a rate of interest more ruinous than any Jew would require. It + is possible, for instance, to make a tree burst forth into leaf, blossom, + or even bear fruit within a few days, by the application of unslaked lime + and artificial heat; but after that the tree will wither away. So a young + man may abuse his strength—it may be only for a few weeks—by + trying to do at nineteen what he could easily manage at thirty, and Time + may give him the loan for which he asks; but the interest he will have to + pay comes out of the strength of his later years; nay, it is part of his + very life itself. + </p> + <p> + There are some kinds of illness in which entire restoration to health is + possible only by letting the complaint run its natural course; after which + it disappears without leaving any trace of its existence. But if the + sufferer is very impatient, and, while he is still affected, insists that + he is completely well, in this case, too, Time will grant the loan, and + the complaint may be shaken off; but life-long weakness and chronic + mischief will be the interest paid upon it. + </p> + <p> + Again, in time of war or general disturbance, a man may require ready + money at once, and have to sell out his investments in land or consols for + a third or even a still smaller fraction of the sum he would have received + from them, if he could have waited for the market to right itself, which + would have happened in due course; but he compels Time to grant him a + loan, and his loss is the interest he has to pay. Or perhaps he wants to + go on a long journey and requires the money: in one or two years he could + lay by a sufficient sum out of his income, but he cannot afford to wait; + and so he either borrows it or deducts it from his capital; in other + words, he gets Time to lend him the money in advance. The interest he pays + is a disordered state of his accounts, and permanent and increasing + deficits, which he can never make good. + </p> + <p> + Such is Time's usury; and all who cannot wait are its victims. There is no + more thriftless proceeding than to try and mend the measured pace of Time. + Be careful, then, not to become its debtor. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0053" id="link2H_4_0053"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you will have very many + </h2> + <p> + opportunities of recognizing a characteristic difference between ordinary + people of prudence and discretion. In estimating the possibility of danger + in connection with any undertaking, an ordinary man will confine his + inquiries to the kind of risk that has already attended such undertakings + in the past; whereas a prudent person will look ahead, and consider + everything that might possibly happen in the future, having regard to a + certain Spanish maxim: lo que no acaece en un ano, acaece en un rato<i>—a + thing may not happen in a year, and yet may happen within two minutes. + </i> + </p> + <p> + The difference in question is, of course, quite natural; for it requires + some amount of discernment to calculate possibilities; but a man need only + have his senses about him to see what has already happened. + </p> + <p> + Do not omit to sacrifice to evil spirits. What I mean is, that a man + should not hesitate about spending time, trouble, and money, or giving up + his comfort, or restricting his aims and denying himself, if he can + thereby shut the door on the possibility of misfortune. The most terrible + misfortunes are also the most improbable and remote—the least likely + to occur. The rule I am giving is best exemplified in the practice of + insurance,—a public sacrifice made on the altar of anxiety. + Therefore take out your policy of insurance! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0054" id="link2H_4_0054"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not give way to great + </h2> + <p> + rejoicings or great lamentations; partly because all things are full of + change, and your fortune may turn at any moment; partly because men are so + apt to be deceived in their judgment as to what is good or bad for them. + </p> + <p> + Almost every one in his turn has lamented over something which afterwards + turned out to be the very best thing for him that could have happened—or + rejoiced at an event which became the source of his greatest sufferings. + The right state of mind has been finely portrayed by Shakespeare: + </p> + <p> + I have felt so many quirks of joy and grief That the first face of + neither, on the start, Can woman me unto't<i>.<a href="#linknote-49" + name="linknoteref-49" id="noteref-49"><small>49</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-49" id="note-49"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 49 (<a href="#linknoteref-49">return</a>)<br /> [ All's Well that Ends + Well, Act. ii. Sc. 2<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And, in general, it may be said that, if a man takes misfortunes quietly, + it is because he knows that very many dreadful things may happen in the + course of life; and so he looks upon the trouble of the moment as only a + very small part of that which might come. This is the Stoic temper—never + to be unmindful of the sad fate of humanity—condicionis humanoe + oblitus<i>; but always to remember that our existence is full of woe and + misery: and that the ills to which we are exposed are innumerable. + Wherever he be, a man need only cast a look around, to revive the sense of + human misery: there before his eyes he can see mankind struggling and + floundering in torment,—all for the sake of a wretched existence, + barren and unprofitable! </i> + </p> + <p> + If he remembers this, a man will not expect very much from life, but learn + to accommodate himself to a world where all is relative and no perfect + state exists;—always looking misfortune in the face, and if he + cannot avoid it, meeting it with courage. + </p> + <p> + It should never be forgotten that misfortune, be it great or small, is the + element in which we live. But that is no reason why a man should indulge + in fretful complaints, and, like Beresford,<a href="#linknote-50" + name="linknoteref-50" id="noteref-50"><small>50</small></a> pull a long + face over the Miseries of Human Life<i>,—and not a single hour is + free from them; or still less, call upon the Deity at every flea-bite—</i>in + pulicis morsu Deum invocare<i>. Our aim should be to look well about us, + to ward off misfortune by going to meet it, to attain such perfection and + refinement in averting the disagreeable things of life,—whether they + come from our fellow-men or from the physical world,—that, like a + clever fox, we may slip out of the way of every mishap, great or small; + remembering that a mishap is generally only our own awkwardness in + disguise. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-50" id="note-50"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 50 (<a href="#linknoteref-50">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Rev. + James Beresford (1764-1840), miscellaneous writer. The full title of this, + his chief work, is "The Miseries of Human Life; or the last groans of + Timothy Testy and Samuel Sensitive, with a few supplementary sighs from + Mrs. Testy."] </i> + </p> + <p> + The main reason why misfortune falls less heavily upon us, if we have + looked upon its occurrence as not impossible, and, as the saying is, + prepared ourselves for it, may be this: if, before this misfortune comes, + we have quietly thought over it as something which may or may not happen, + the whole of its extent and range is known to us, and we can, at least, + determine how far it will affect us; so that, if it really arrives, it + does not depress us unduly—its weight is not felt to be greater than + it actually is. But if no preparation has been made to meet it, and it + comes unexpectedly, the mind is in a state of terror for the moment and + unable to measure the full extent of the calamity; it seems so + far-reaching in its effects that the victim might well think there was no + limit to them; in any case, its range is exaggerated. In the same way, + darkness and uncertainty always increase the sense of danger. And, of + course, if we have thought over the possibility of misfortune, we have + also at the same time considered the sources to which we shall look for + help and consolation; or, at any rate, we have accustomed ourselves to the + idea of it. + </p> + <p> + There is nothing that better fits us to endure the misfortunes of life + with composure, than to know for certain that everything that happens—from + the smallest up to the greatest facts of existence—happens of + necessity.<i><a href="#linknote-51" name="linknoteref-51" id="noteref-51"><small>51</small></a> + A man soon accommodates himself to the inevitable—to something that + must be; and if he knows that nothing can happen except of necessity, he + will see that things cannot be other that they are, and that even the + strangest chances in the world are just as much a product of necessity as + phenomena which obey well-known rules and turn out exactly in accordance + with expectation. Let me here refer to what I have said elsewhere on the + soothing effect of the knowledge that all things are inevitable and a + product of necessity.<a href="#linknote-52" name="linknoteref-52" + id="noteref-52"><small>52</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-51" id="note-51"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 51 (<a href="#linknoteref-51">return</a>)<br /> [ This is a truth which I + have firmly established in my prize-essay on the Freedom of the Will<i>, + where the reader will find a detailed explanation of the grounds on which + it rests. Cf. especially p. 60. [Schopenhauer's Works, 4th Edit., vol. iv.—</i>Tr<i>.]] + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-52" id="note-52"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 52 (<a href="#linknoteref-52">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. I. p. 361 (4th edit.).] </i> + </p> + <p> + If a man is steeped in the knowledge of this truth, he will, first of all, + do what he can, and then readily endure what he must. + </p> + <p> + We may regard the petty vexations of life that are constantly happening, + as designed to keep us in practice for bearing great misfortunes, so that + we may not become completely enervated by a career of prosperity. A man + should be as Siegfried, armed cap-à -pie<i>, towards the small troubles of + every day—those little differences we have with our fellow-men, + insignificant disputes, unbecoming conduct in other people, petty gossip, + and many other similar annoyances of life; he should not feel them at all, + much less take them to heart and brood over them, but hold them at arm's + length and push them out of his way, like stones that lie in the road, and + upon no account think about them and give them a place in his reflections. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0055" id="link2H_4_0055"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 52. What people commonly call Fate<i> is, as a general rule, </i> + </h2> + <p> + nothing but their own stupid and foolish conduct. There is a fine passage + in Homer,<a href="#linknote-53" name="linknoteref-53" id="noteref-53"><small>53</small></a> + illustrating the truth of this remark, where the poet praises [GREEK: + maetis]—shrewd council; and his advice is worthy of all attention. + For if wickedness is atoned for only in another world, stupidity gets its + reward here—although, now and then, mercy may be shown to the + offender. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-53" id="note-53"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 53 (<a href="#linknoteref-53">return</a>)<br /> [ Iliad<i>, xxiii. 313, + sqq.] </i> + </p> + <p> + It is not ferocity but cunning that strikes fear into the heart and + forebodes danger; so true it is that the human brain is a more terrible + weapon than the lion's paw. + </p> + <p> + The most finished man of the world would be one who was never irresolute + and never in a hurry. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0056" id="link2H_4_0056"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 53. Courage<i> comes next to prudence as a quality of mind very + </i> + </h2> + <p> + essential to happiness. It is quite true that no one can endow himself + with either, since a man inherits prudence from his mother and courage + from his father; still, if he has these qualities, he can do much to + develop them by means of resolute exercise. + </p> + <p> + In this world, where the game is played with loaded dice<i>, a man must + have a temper of iron, with armor proof to the blows of fate, and weapons + to make his way against men. Life is one long battle; we have to fight at + every step; and Voltaire very rightly says that if we succeed, it is at + the point of the sword, and that we die with the weapon in our hand—on + </i>ne réussit dans ce monde qua la pointe de l'épee, et on meurt les + armes à la main<i>. It is a cowardly soul that shrinks or grows faint and + despondent as soon as the storm begins to gather, or even when the first + cloud appears on the horizon. Our motto should be </i>No Surrender<i>; and + far from yielding to the ills of life, let us take fresh courage from + misfortune:— </i> + </p> + <p> + Tu ne cede malis sed contra audentior ito<i>.<a href="#linknote-54" + name="linknoteref-54" id="noteref-54"><small>54</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-54" id="note-54"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 54 (<a href="#linknoteref-54">return</a>)<br /> [ Virgil, Aeneid<i>, vi. + 95.] </i> + </p> + <p> + As long as the issue of any matter fraught with peril is still in doubt, + and there is yet some possibility left that all may come right, no one + should ever tremble or think of anything but resistance,—just as a + man should not despair of the weather if he can see a bit of blue sky + anywhere. Let our attitude be such that we should not quake even if the + world fell in ruins about us:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Si fractus illabatur orbis + Impavidum ferient ruinae<i>.<a href="#linknote-55" name="linknoteref-55" + id="noteref-55">55</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-55" id="note-55"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 55 (<a href="#linknoteref-55">return</a>)<br /> [ Horace, Odes iii. 3.] + </p> + <p> + Our whole life itself—let alone its blessings—would not be + worth such a cowardly trembling and shrinking of the heart. Therefore, let + us face life courageously and show a firm front to every ill:— + </p> + <p> + Quocirca vivite fortes Fortiaque adversis opponite pectora rebus<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + Still, it is possible for courage to be carried to an excess and to + degenerate into rashness. It may even be said that some amount of fear is + necessary, if we are to exist at all in the world, and cowardice is only + the exaggerated form of it. This truth has been very well expressed by + Bacon, in his account of Terror Panicus<i>; and the etymological account + which he gives of its meaning, is very superior to the ancient explanation + preserved for us by Plutarch.<a href="#linknote-56" name="linknoteref-56" + id="noteref-56"><small>56</small></a> He connects the expression with </i>Pan<i> + the personification of Nature;<a href="#linknote-57" name="linknoteref-57" + id="noteref-57"><small>57</small></a> and observes that fear is innate in + every living thing, and, in fact, tends to its preservation, but that it + is apt to come into play without due cause, and that man is especially + exposed to it. The chief feature of this </i>Panie Terror<i> is that there + is no clear notion of any definite danger bound up with it; that it + presumes rather than knows that danger exists; and that, in case of need, + it pleads fright itself as the reason for being afraid. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-56" id="note-56"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 56 (<a href="#linknoteref-56">return</a>)<br /> [ De Iside et Osiride<i> + ch. 14.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-57" id="note-57"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 57 (<a href="#linknoteref-57">return</a>)<br /> [ De Sapientia Veterum<i>, + C. 6. </i>Natura enim rerum omnibus viventibus indidit mentum ac + formidinem, vitae atque essentiae suae conservatricem, ac mala ingruentia + vitantem et depellentem. Verumtamen eaden natura modum tenere nescia est: + sed timoribus salutaribus semper vanos et innanes admiscet; adeo ut omnia + (si intus conspici darentur) Panicis terroribus plenissima sint praesertim + humana<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. — THE AGES OF LIFE. + </h2> + <p> + There is a very fine saying of Voltaire's to the effect that every age of + life has its own peculiar mental character, and that a man will feel + completely unhappy if his mind is not in accordance with his years:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Qui n'a pas l'esprit de son âge, + De son âge atout le malheur<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + It will, therefore, be a fitting close to our speculations upon the nature + of happiness, if we glance at the chances which the various periods of + life produce in us. + </p> + <p> + Our whole life long it is the present<i>, and the present alone, that we + actually possess: the only difference is that at the beginning of life we + look forward to a long future, and that towards the end we look back upon + a long past; also that our temperament, but not our character, undergoes + certain well-known changes, which make </i>the present<i> wear a different + color at each period of life. </i> + </p> + <p> + I have elsewhere stated that in childhood we are more given to using our + intellect<i> than our </i>will<i>; and I have explained why this is so.<a + href="#linknote-58" name="linknoteref-58" id="noteref-58"><small>58</small></a> + It is just for this reason that the first quarter of life is so happy: as + we look back upon it in after years, it seems a sort of lost paradise. In + childhood our relations with others are limited, our wants are few,—in + a word, there is little stimulus for the will; and so our chief concern is + the extension of our knowledge. The intellect—like the brain, which + attains its full size in the seventh year,<a href="#linknote-59" + name="linknoteref-59" id="noteref-59"><small>59</small></a> is developed + early, though it takes time to mature; and it explores the whole world of + its surroundings in its constant search for nutriment: it is then that + existence is in itself an ever fresh delight, and all things sparkle with + the charm of novelty. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-58" id="note-58"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 58 (<a href="#linknoteref-58">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Schopenhauer + refers to </i>Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. c, 31, p. 451 + (4th edit.), where he explains that this is due to the fact that at that + period of life the brain and nervous system are much more developed than + any other part of the organism.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-59" id="note-59"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 59 (<a href="#linknoteref-59">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—This + statement is not quite correct. The weight of the brain increases rapidly + up to the seventh year, more slowly between the sixteenth and the + twentieth year, still more slowly till between thirty and forty years of + age, when it attains its maximum. At each decennial period after this, it + is supposed to decrease in weight on the average, an ounce for every ten + years.] </i> + </p> + <p> + This is why the years of childhood are like a long poem. For the function + of poetry, as of all art, is to grasp the Idea<i>—in the Platonic + sense; in other words, to apprehend a particular object in such a way as + to perceive its essential nature, the characteristics it has in common + with all other objects of the same kind; so that a single object appears + as the representative of a class, and the results of one experience hold + good for a thousand. </i> + </p> + <p> + It may be thought that my remarks are opposed to fact, and that the child + is never occupied with anything beyond the individual objects or events + which are presented to it from time to time, and then only in so far as + they interest and excite its will for the moment; but this is not really + the case. In those early years, life—in the full meaning of the + word, is something so new and fresh, and its sensations are so keen and + unblunted by repetition, that, in the midst of all its pursuits and + without any clear consciousness of what it is doing, the child is always + silently occupied in grasping the nature of life itself,—in arriving + at its fundamental character and general outline by means of separate + scenes and experiences; or, to use Spinoza's phraseology, the child is + learning to see the things and persons about it sub specie aeternitatis<i>,—as + particular manifestations of universal law. </i> + </p> + <p> + The younger we are, then, the more does every individual object represent + for us the whole class to which it belongs; but as the years increase, + this becomes less and less the case. That is the reason why youthful + impressions are so different from those of old age. And that it also why + the slight knowledge and experience gained in childhood and youth + afterwards come to stand as the permanent rubric, or heading, for all the + knowledge acquired in later life,—those early forms of knowledge + passing into categories, as it were, under which the results of subsequent + experience are classified; though a clear consciousness of what is being + done, does not always attend upon the process. + </p> + <p> + In this way the earliest years of a man's life lay the foundation of his + view of the world, whether it be shallow or deep; and although this view + may be extended and perfected later on, it is not materially altered. It + is an effect of this purely objective and therefore poetical view of the + world,—essential to the period of childhood and promoted by the as + yet undeveloped state of the volitional energy—that, as children, we + are concerned much more with the acquisition of pure knowledge than with + exercising the power of will. Hence that grave, fixed look observable in + so many children, of which Raphael makes such a happy use in his depiction + of cherubs, especially in the picture of the Sistine Madonna<i>. The years + of childhood are thus rendered so full of bliss that the memory of them is + always coupled with longing and regret. </i> + </p> + <p> + While we thus eagerly apply ourselves to learning the outward aspect of + things, as the primitive method of understanding the objects about us, + education aims at instilling into us ideas<i>. But ideas furnish no + information as to the real and essential nature of objects, which, as the + foundation and true content of all knowledge, can be reached only by the + process called </i>intuition<i>. This is a kind of knowledge which can in + no wise be instilled into us from without; we must arrive at it by and for + ourselves. </i> + </p> + <p> + Hence a man's intellectual as well as his moral qualities proceed from the + depths of his own nature, and are not the result of external influences; + and no educational scheme—of Pestalozzi, or of any one else—can + turn a born simpleton into a man of sense. The thing is impossible! He was + born a simpleton, and a simpleton he will die. + </p> + <p> + It is the depth and intensity of this early intuitive knowledge of the + external world that explain why the experiences of childhood take such a + firm hold on the memory. When we were young, we were completely absorbed + in our immediate surroundings; there was nothing to distract our attention + from them; we looked upon the objects about us as though they were the + only ones of their kind, as though, indeed, nothing else existed at all. + Later on, when we come to find out how many things there are in the world, + this primitive state of mind vanishes, and with it our patience. + </p> + <p> + I have said elsewhere<a href="#linknote-60" name="linknoteref-60" + id="noteref-60"><small>60</small></a> that the world, considered as object<i>,—in + other words, as it is </i>presented<i> to us objectively,—wears in + general a pleasing aspect; but that in the world, considered as </i>subject<i>,—that + is, in regard to its inner nature, which is </i>will<i>,—pain and + trouble predominate. I may be allowed to express the matter, briefly, + thus: </i>the world is glorious to look at, but dreadful in reality<i>. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-60" id="note-60"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 60 (<a href="#linknoteref-60">return</a>)<br /> [ Die Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. c. 31, p. 426-7 (4th Edit.), to which the reader + is referred for a detailed explanation of my meaning.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, we find that, in the years of childhood, the world is much + better known to us on its outer or objective side, namely, as the + presentation of will, than on the side of its inner nature, namely, as the + will itself. Since the objective side wears a pleasing aspect, and the + inner or subjective side, with its tale of horror, remains as yet unknown, + the youth, as his intelligence develops, takes all the forms of beauty + that he sees, in nature and in art, for so many objects of blissful + existence; they are so beautiful to the outward eye that, on their inner + side, they must, he thinks, be much more beautiful still. So the world + lies before him like another Eden; and this is the Arcadia in which we are + all born. + </p> + <p> + A little later, this state of mind gives birth to a thirst for real life—the + impulse to do and suffer—which drives a man forth into the + hurly-burly of the world. There he learns the other side of existence—the + inner side, the will, which is thwarted at every step. Then comes the + great period of disillusion, a period of very gradual growth; but once it + has fairly begun, a man will tell you that he has got over all his false + notions—l'âge des illusions est passé<i>; and yet the process is + only beginning, and it goes on extending its sway and applying more and + more to the whole of life. </i> + </p> + <p> + So it may be said that in childhood, life looks like the scenery in a + theatre, as you view it from a distance; and that in old age it is like + the same scenery when you come up quite close to it. + </p> + <p> + And, lastly, there is another circumstance that contributes to the + happiness of childhood. As spring commences, the young leaves on the trees + are similar in color and much the same in shape; and in the first years of + life we all resemble one another and harmonize very well. But with puberty + divergence begins; and, like the radii of a circle, we go further and + further apart. + </p> + <p> + The period of youth, which forms the remainder of this earlier half of our + existence—and how many advantages it has over the later half!—is + troubled and made miserable by the pursuit of happiness, as though there + were no doubt that it can be met with somewhere in life,—a hope that + always ends in failure and leads to discontent. An illusory image of some + vague future bliss—born of a dream and shaped by fancy—floats + before our eyes; and we search for the reality in vain. So it is that the + young man is generally dissatisfied with the position in which he finds + himself, whatever it may be; he ascribes his disappointment solely to the + state of things that meets him on his first introduction to life, when he + had expected something very different; whereas it is only the vanity and + wretchedness of human life everywhere that he is now for the first time + experiencing. + </p> + <p> + It would be a great advantage to a young man if his early training could + eradicate the idea that the world has a great deal to offer him. But the + usual result of education is to strengthen this delusion; and our first + ideas of life are generally taken from fiction rather than from fact. + </p> + <p> + In the bright dawn of our youthful days, the poetry of life spreads out a + gorgeous vision before us, and we torture ourselves by longing to see it + realized. We might as well wish to grasp the rainbow! The youth expects + his career to be like an interesting romance; and there lies the germ of + that disappointment which I have been describing.<a href="#linknote-61" + name="linknoteref-61" id="noteref-61"><small>61</small></a> What lends a + charm to all these visions is just the fact that they are visionary and + not real, and that in contemplating them we are in the sphere of pure + knowledge, which is sufficient in itself and free from the noise and + struggle of life. To try and realize those visions is to make them an + object of will<i>—a process which always involves pain.<a + href="#linknote-62" name="linknoteref-62" id="noteref-62"><small>62</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-61" id="note-61"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 61 (<a href="#linknoteref-61">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. loc. cit., p. 428.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-62" id="note-62"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 62 (<a href="#linknoteref-62">return</a>)<br /> [ Let me refer the reader, + if he is interested in the subject, to the volume already cited, chapter + 37.] + </p> + <p> + If the chief feature of the earlier half of life is a never-satisfied + longing after happiness, the later half is characterized by the dread of + misfortune. For, as we advance in years, it becomes in a greater or less + degree clear that all happiness is chimerical in its nature, and that pain + alone is real. Accordingly, in later years, we, or, at least, the more + prudent amongst us, are more intent upon eliminating what is painful from + our lives and making our position secure, than on the pursuit of positive + pleasure. I may observe, by the way, that in old age, we are better able + to prevent misfortunes from coming, and in youth better able to bear them + when they come. + </p> + <p> + In my young days, I was always pleased to hear a ring at my door: ah! + thought I, now for something pleasant. But in later life my feelings on + such occasions were rather akin to dismay than to pleasure: heaven help + me! thought I, what am I to do? A similar revulsion of feeling in regard + to the world of men takes place in all persons of any talent or + distinction. For that very reason they cannot be said properly to belong + to the world; in a greater or less degree, according to the extent of + their superiority, they stand alone. In their youth they have a sense of + being abandoned by the world; but later on, they feel as though they had + escaped it. The earlier feeling is an unpleasant one, and rests upon + ignorance; the second is pleasurable—for in the meantime they have + come to know what the world is. + </p> + <p> + The consequence of this is that, as compared with the earlier, the later + half of life, like the second part of a musical period, has less of + passionate longing and more restfulness about it. And why is this the case + Simply because, in youth, a man fancies that there is a prodigious amount + of happiness and pleasure to be had in the world, only that it is + difficult to come by it; whereas, when he becomes old, he knows that there + is nothing of the kind; he makes his mind completely at ease on the + matter, enjoys the present hour as well as he can, and even takes a + pleasure in trifles. + </p> + <p> + The chief result gained by experience of life is clearness of view<i>. + This is what distinguishes the man of mature age, and makes the world wear + such a different aspect from that which it presented in his youth or + boyhood. It is only then that he sees things quite plain, and takes them + for that which they really are: while in earlier years he saw a + phantom-world, put together out of the whims and crotchets of his own + mind, inherited prejudice and strange delusion: the real world was hidden + from him, or the vision of it distorted. The first thing that experience + finds to do is to free us from the phantoms of the brain—those false + notions that have been put into us in youth. </i> + </p> + <p> + To prevent their entrance at all would, of course, be the best form of + education, even though it were only negative in aim: but it would be a + task full of difficulty. At first the child's horizon would have to be + limited as much as possible, and yet within that limited sphere none but + clear and correct notions would have to be given; only after the child had + properly appreciated everything within it, might the sphere be gradually + enlarged; care being always taken that nothing was left obscure, or half + or wrongly understood. The consequence of this training would be that the + child's notions of men and things would always be limited and simple in + their character; but, on the other hand, they would be clear and correct, + and only need to be extended, not to be rectified. The same line might be + pursued on into the period of youth. This method of education would lay + special stress upon the prohibition of novel reading; and the place of + novels would be taken by suitable biographical literature—the life + of Franklin, for instance, or Moritz' Anton Reiser<i>.<a + href="#linknote-622" name="linknoteref-622" id="noteref-622_"><small>622</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-622" id="note-622_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 622 (<a href="#linknoteref-622">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Moritz + was a miscellaneous writer of the last century (1757-93). His </i>Anton + Reiser<i>, composed in the form of a novel, is practically an + autobiography.] </i> + </p> + <p> + In our early days we fancy that the leading events in our life, and the + persons who are going to play an important part in it, will make their + entrance to the sound of drums and trumpets; but when, in old age, we look + back, we find that they all came in quite quietly, slipped in, as it were, + by the side-door, almost unnoticed. + </p> + <p> + From the point of view we have been taking up until now, life may be + compared to a piece of embroidery, of which, during the first half of his + time, a man gets a sight of the right side, and during the second half, of + the wrong. The wrong side is not so pretty as the right, but it is more + instructive; it shows the way in which the threads have been worked + together. + </p> + <p> + Intellectual superiority, even if it is of the highest kind, will not + secure for a man a preponderating place in conversation until after he is + forty years of age. For age and experience, though they can never be a + substitute for intellectual talent, may far outweigh it; and even in a + person of the meanest capacity, they give a certain counterpoise to the + power of an extremely intellectual man, so long as the latter is young. Of + course I allude here to personal superiority, not to the place a man may + gain by his works. + </p> + <p> + And on passing his fortieth year, any man of the slightest power of mind—any + man, that is, who has more than the sorry share of intellect with which + Nature has endowed five-sixths of mankind—will hardly fail to show + some trace of misanthropy. For, as is natural, he has by that time + inferred other people's character from an examination of his own; with the + result that he has been gradually disappointed to find that in the + qualities of the head or in those of the heart—and usually in both—he + reaches a level to which they do not attain; so he gladly avoids having + anything more to do with them. For it may be said, in general, that every + man will love or hate solitude—in other Words, his own society—just + in proportion as he is worth anything in himself. Kant has some remarks + upon this kind of misanthropy in his Critique of the Faculty of Judgment<i>.<a + href="#linknote-63" name="linknoteref-63" id="noteref-63"><small>63</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-63" id="note-63"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 63 (<a href="#linknoteref-63">return</a>)<br /> [ Kritik der Urtheilskraft<i>, + Part I, §29, Note ad fin.] </i> + </p> + <p> + In a young man, it is a bad sign, as well from an intellectual as from a + moral point of view, if he is precocious in understanding the ways of the + world, and in adapting himself to its pursuits; if he at once knows how to + deal with men, and enters upon life, as it were, fully prepared. It argues + a vulgar nature. On the other hand, to be surprised and astonished at the + way people act, and to be clumsy and cross-grained in having to do with + them, indicates a character of the nobler sort. + </p> + <p> + The cheerfulness and vivacity of youth are partly due to the fact that, + when we are ascending the hill of life, death is not visible: it lies down + at the bottom of the other side. But once we have crossed the top of the + hill, death comes in view—death—which, until then, was known + to us only by hearsay. This makes our spirits droop, for at the same time + we begin to feel that our vital powers are on the ebb. A grave seriousness + now takes the place of that early extravagance of spirit; and the change + is noticeable even in the expression of a man's face. As long as we are + young, people may tell us what they please! we look upon life as endless + and use our time recklessly; but the older we become, the more we practice + economy. For towards the close of life, every day we live gives us the + same kind of sensation as the criminal experiences at every step on his + way to be tried. + </p> + <p> + From the standpoint of youth, life seems to stretch away into an endless + future; from the standpoint of old age, to go back but a little way into + the past; so that, at the beginning, life presents us with a picture in + which the objects appear a great way off, as though we had reversed our + telescope; while in the end everything seems so close. To see how short + life is, a man must have grown old, that is to say, he must have lived + long. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, as the years increase, things look smaller, one and + all; and Life, which had so firm and stable a base in the days of our + youth, now seems nothing but a rapid flight of moments, every one of them + illusory: we have come to see that the whole world is vanity! + </p> + <p> + Time itself seems to go at a much slower pace when we are young; so that + not only is the first quarter of life the happiest, it is also the longest + of all; it leaves more memories behind it. If a man were put to it, he + could tell you more out of the first quarter of his life than out of two + of the remaining periods. Nay, in the spring of life, as in the spring of + the year, the days reach a length that is positively tiresome; but in the + autumn, whether of the year or of life, though they are short, they are + more genial and uniform. + </p> + <p> + But why is it that to an old man his past life appears so short? For this + reason: his memory is short; and so he fancies that his life has been + short too. He no longer remembers the insignificant parts of it, and much + that was unpleasant is now forgotten; how little, then, there is left! + For, in general, a man's memory is as imperfect as his intellect; and he + must make a practice of reflecting upon the lessons he has learned and the + events he has experienced, if he does not want them both to sink gradually + into the gulf of oblivion. Now, we are unaccustomed to reflect upon + matters of no importance, or, as a rule, upon things that we have found + disagreeable, and yet that is necessary if the memory of them is to be + preserved. But the class of things that may be called insignificant is + continually receiving fresh additions: much that wears an air of + importance at first, gradually becomes of no consequence at all from the + fact of its frequent repetition; so that in the end we actually lose count + of the number of times it happens. Hence we are better able to remember + the events of our early than of our later years. The longer we live, the + fewer are the things that we can call important or significant enough to + deserve further consideration, and by this alone can they be fixed in the + memory; in other words, they are forgotten as soon as they are past. Thus + it is that time runs on, leaving always fewer traces of its passage. + </p> + <p> + Further, if disagreeable things have happened to us, we do not care to + ruminate upon them, least of all when they touch our vanity, as is usually + the case; for few misfortunes fall upon us for which we can be held + entirely blameless. So people are very ready to forget many things that + are disagreeable, as well as many that are unimportant. + </p> + <p> + It is from this double cause that our memory is so short; and a man's + recollection of what has happened always becomes proportionately shorter, + the more things that have occupied him in life. The things we did in years + gone by, the events that happened long ago, are like those objects on the + coast which, to the seafarer on his outward voyage, become smaller every + minute, more unrecognizable and harder to distinguish. + </p> + <p> + Again, it sometimes happens that memory and imagination will call up some + long past scene as vividly as if it had occurred only yesterday; so that + the event in question seems to stand very near to the present time. The + reason of this is that it is impossible to call up all the intervening + period in the same vivid way, as there is no one figure pervading it which + can be taken in at a glance; and besides, most of the things that happened + in that period are forgotten, and all that remains of it is the general + knowledge that we have lived through it—a mere notion of abstract + existence, not a direct vision of some particular experience. It is this + that causes some single event of long ago to appear as though it took + place but yesterday: the intervening time vanishes, and the whole of life + looks incredibly short. Nay, there are occasional moments in old age when + we can scarcely believe that we are so advanced in years, or that the long + past lying behind us has had any real existence—a feeling which is + mainly due to the circumstance that the present always seems fixed and + immovable as we look at it. These and similar mental phenomena are + ultimately to be traced to the fact that it is not our nature in itself, + but only the outward presentation of it, that lies in time, and that the + present is the point of contact between the world as subject and the world + as object.<a href="#linknote-64" name="linknoteref-64" id="noteref-64"><small>64</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-64" id="note-64"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 64 (<a href="#linknoteref-64">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—By + this remark Schopenhauer means that </i>will<i>, which, as he argues, + forms the inner reality underlying all the phenomena of life and nature, + is not in itself affected by time; but that, on the other hand, time is + necessary for the objectification of the will, for the will as presented + in the passing phenomena of the world. Time is thus definable as the + condition of change, and the present time as the only point of contact + between reality and appearance.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Again, why is it that in youth we can see no end to the years that seem to + lie before us? Because we are obliged to find room for all the things we + hope to attain in life. We cram the years so full of projects that if we + were to try and carry them all out, death would come prematurely though we + reached the age of Methuselah. + </p> + <p> + Another reason why life looks so long when we are young, is that we are + apt to measure its length by the few years we have already lived. In those + early years things are new to us, and so they appear important; we dwell + upon them after they have happened and often call them to mind; and thus + in youth life seems replete with incident, and therefore of long duration. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes we credit ourselves with a longing to be in some distant spot, + whereas, in truth, we are only longing to have the time back again which + we spent there—days when we were younger and fresher than we are + now. In those moments Time mocks us by wearing the mask of space; and if + we travel to the spot, we can see how much we have been deceived. + </p> + <p> + There are two ways of reaching a great age, both of which presuppose a + sound constitution as a conditio sine quâ non<i>. They may be illustrated + by two lamps, one of which burns a long time with very little oil, because + it has a very thin wick; and the other just as long, though it has a very + thick one, because there is plenty of oil to feed it. Here, the oil is the + vital energy, and the difference in the wick is the manifold way in which + the vital energy is used. </i> + </p> + <p> + Up to our thirty-sixth year, we may be compared, in respect of the way in + which we use our vital energy, to people who live on the interest of their + money: what they spend to-day, they have again to-morrow. But from the age + of thirty-six onwards, our position is like that of the investor who + begins to entrench upon his capital. At first he hardly notices any + difference at all, as the greater part of his expenses is covered by the + interest of his securities; and if the deficit is but slight, he pays no + attention to it. But the deficit goes on increasing, until he awakes to + the fact that it is becoming more serious every day: his position becomes + less and less secure, and he feels himself growing poorer and poorer, + while he has no expectation of this drain upon his resources coming to an + end. His fall from wealth to poverty becomes faster every moment—like + the fall of a solid body in space, until at last he has absolutely nothing + left. A man is truly in a woeful plight if both the terms of this + comparison—his vital energy and his wealth—really begin to + melt away at one and the same time. It is the dread of this calamity that + makes love of possession increase with age. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, at the beginning of life, in the years before we attain + majority, and for some little time afterwards—the state of our vital + energy puts us on a level with those who each year lay by a part of their + interest and add it to their capital: in other words, not only does their + interest come in regularly, but the capital is constantly receiving + additions. This happy condition of affairs is sometimes brought about—with + health as with money—under the watchful care of some honest + guardian. O happy youth, and sad old age! + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, a man should economize his strength even when he is young. + Aristotle<a href="#linknote-65" name="linknoteref-65" id="noteref-65"><small>65</small></a> + observes that amongst those who were victors at Olympia only two or three + gained a prize at two different periods, once in boyhood and then again + when they came to be men; and the reason of this was that the premature + efforts which the training involved, so completely exhausted their powers + that they failed to last on into manhood. As this is true of muscular, so + it is still more true of nervous energy, of which all intellectual + achievements are the manifestation. Hence, those infant prodigies—ingenia + praecoda<i>—the fruit of a hot-house education, who surprise us by + their cleverness as children, afterwards turn out very ordinary folk. Nay, + the manner in which boys are forced into an early acquaintance with the + ancient tongues may, perhaps, be to blame for the dullness and lack of + judgment which distinguish so many learned persons. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-65" id="note-65"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 65 (<a href="#linknoteref-65">return</a>)<br /> [ Politics<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + I have said that almost every man's character seems to be specially suited + to some one period of life, so that on reaching it the man is at his best. + Some people are charming so long as they are young, and afterwards there + is nothing attractive about them; others are vigorous and active in + manhood, and then lose all the value they possess as they advance in + years; many appear to best advantage in old age, when their character + assumes a gentler tone, as becomes men who have seen the world and take + life easily. This is often the case with the French. + </p> + <p> + This peculiarity must be due to the fact that the man's character has + something in it akin to the qualities of youth or manhood or old age—something + which accords with one or another of these periods of life, or perhaps + acts as a corrective to its special failings. + </p> + <p> + The mariner observes the progress he makes only by the way in which + objects on the coast fade away into the distance and apparently decrease + in size. In the same way a man becomes conscious that he is advancing in + years when he finds that people older than himself begin to seem young to + him. + </p> + <p> + It has already been remarked that the older a man becomes, the fewer are + the traces left in his mind by all that he sees, does or experiences, and + the cause of this has been explained. There is thus a sense in which it + may be said that it is only in youth that a man lives with a full degree + of consciousness, and that he is only half alive when he is old. As the + years advance, his consciousness of what goes on about him dwindles, and + the things of life hurry by without making any impression upon him, just + as none is made by a work of art seen for the thousandth time. A man does + what his hand finds to do, and afterwards he does not know whether he has + done it or not. + </p> + <p> + As life becomes more and more unconscious, the nearer it approaches the + point at which all consciousness ceases, the course of time itself seems + to increase in rapidity. In childhood all the things and circumstances of + life are novel; and that is sufficient to awake us to the full + consciousness of existence: hence, at that age, the day seems of such + immense length. The same thing happens when we are traveling: one month + seems longer then than four spent at home. Still, though time seems to + last longer when we are young or on a journey, the sense of novelty does + not prevent it from now and then in reality hanging heavily upon our hands + under both these circumstances, at any rate more than is the case when we + are old or staying at home. But the intellect gradually becomes so rubbed + down and blunted by long habituation to such impressions that things have + a constant tendency to produce less and less impression upon us as they + pass by; and this makes time seem increasingly less important, and + therefore shorter in duration: the hours of the boy are longer than the + days of the old man. Accordingly, time goes faster and faster the longer + we live, like a ball rolling down a hill. Or, to take another example: as + in a revolving disc, the further a point lies from the centre, the more + rapid is its rate of progression, so it is in the wheel of life; the + further you stand from the beginning, the faster time moves for you. Hence + it may be said that as far as concerns the immediate sensation that time + makes upon our minds, the length of any given year is in direct proportion + to the number of times it will divide our whole life: for instance, at the + age of fifty the year appears to us only one-tenth as long as it did at + the age of five. + </p> + <p> + This variation in the rate at which time appears to move, exercises a most + decided influence upon the whole nature of our existence at every period + of it. First of all, it causes childhood—even though it embrace only + a span of fifteen years—to seem the longest period of life, and + therefore the richest in reminiscences. Next, it brings it about that a + man is apt to be bored just in proportion as he is young. Consider, for + instance, that constant need of occupation—whether it is work or + play—that is shown by children: if they come to an end of both work + and play, a terrible feeling of boredom ensues. Even in youth people are + by no means free from this tendency, and dread the hours when they have + nothing to do. As manhood approaches, boredom disappears; and old men find + the time too short when their days fly past them like arrows from a bow. + Of course, I must be understood to speak of men<i>, not of decrepit </i>brutes<i>. + With this increased rapidity of time, boredom mostly passes away as we + advance in life; and as the passions with all their attendant pain are + then laid asleep, the burden of life is, on the whole, appreciably lighter + in later years than in youth, provided, of course, that health remains. So + it is that the period immediately preceding the weakness and troubles of + old age, receives the name of a man's </i>best years<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + That may be a true appellation, in view of the comfortable feeling which + those years bring; but for all that the years of youth, when our + consciousness is lively and open to every sort of impression, have this + privilege—that then the seeds are sown and the buds come forth; it + is the springtime of the mind. Deep truths may be perceived, but can never + be excogitated—that is to say, the first knowledge of them is + immediate, called forth by some momentary impression. This knowledge is of + such a kind as to be attainable only when the impressions are strong, + lively and deep; and if we are to be acquainted with deep truths, + everything depends upon a proper use of our early years. In later life, we + may be better able to work upon other people,—upon the world, + because our natures are then finished and rounded off, and no more a prey + to fresh views; but then the world is less able to work upon us. These are + the years of action and achievement; while youth is the time for forming + fundamental conceptions, and laying down the ground-work of thought. + </p> + <p> + In youth it is the outward aspect of things that most engages us; while in + age, thought or reflection is the predominating quality of the mind. + Hence, youth is the time for poetry, and age is more inclined to + philosophy. In practical affairs it is the same: a man shapes his + resolutions in youth more by the impression that the outward world makes + upon him; whereas, when he is old, it is thought that determines his + actions. This is partly to be explained by the fact that it is only when a + man is old that the results of outward observation are present in + sufficient numbers to allow of their being classified according to the + ideas they represent,—a process which in its turn causes those ideas + to be more fully understood in all their bearings, and the exact value and + amount of trust to be placed in them, fixed and determined; while at the + same time he has grown accustomed to the impressions produced by the + various phenomena of life, and their effects on him are no longer what + they were. Contrarily, in youth, the impressions that things make, that is + to say, the outward aspects of life, are so overpoweringly strong, + especially in the case of people of lively and imaginative disposition, + that they view the world like a picture; and their chief concern is the + figure they cut in it, the appearance they present; nay, they are unaware + of the extent to which this is the case. It is a quality of mind that + shows itself—if in no other way—in that personal vanity, and + that love of fine clothes, which distinguish young people. + </p> + <p> + There can be no doubt that the intellectual powers are most capable of + enduring great and sustained efforts in youth, up to the age of + thirty-five at latest; from which period their strength begins to decline, + though very gradually. Still, the later years of life, and even old age + itself, are not without their intellectual compensation. It is only then + that a man can be said to be really rich in experience or in learning; he + has then had time and opportunity enough to enable him to see and think + over life from all its sides; he has been able to compare one thing with + another, and to discover points of contact and connecting links, so that + only then are the true relations of things rightly understood. Further, in + old age there comes an increased depth in the knowledge that was acquired + in youth; a man has now many more illustrations of any ideas he may have + attained; things which he thought he knew when he was young, he now knows + in reality. And besides, his range of knowledge is wider; and in whatever + direction it extends, it is thorough, and therefore formed into a + consistent and connected whole; whereas in youth knowledge is always + defective and fragmentary. + </p> + <p> + A complete and adequate notion of life can never be attained by any one + who does not reach old age; for it is only the old man who sees life whole + and knows its natural course; it is only he who is acquainted—and + this is most important—not only with its entrance, like the rest of + mankind, but with its exit too; so that he alone has a full sense of its + utter vanity; whilst the others never cease to labor under the false + notion that everything will come right in the end. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, there is more conceptive power in youth, and at that + time of life a man can make more out of the little that he knows. In age, + judgment, penetration and thoroughness predominate. Youth is the time for + amassing the material for a knowledge of the world that shall be + distinctive and peculiar,—for an original view of life, in other + words, the legacy that a man of genius leaves to his fellow-men; it is, + however, only in later years that he becomes master of his material. + Accordingly it will be found that, as a rule, a great writer gives his + best work to the world when he is about fifty years of age. But though the + tree of knowledge must reach its full height before it can bear fruit, the + roots of it lie in youth. + </p> + <p> + Every generation, no matter how paltry its character, thinks itself much + wiser than the one immediately preceding it, let alone those that are more + remote. It is just the same with the different periods in a man's life; + and yet often, in the one case no less than in the other, it is a mistaken + opinion. In the years of physical growth, when our powers of mind and our + stores of knowledge are receiving daily additions, it becomes a habit for + to-day to look down with contempt upon yesterday. The habit strikes root, + and remains even after the intellectual powers have begun to decline,—when + to-day should rather look up with respect to yesterday. So it is that we + often unduly depreciate the achievements as well as the judgments of our + youth. This seems the place for making the general observation, that, + although in its main qualities a man's intellect<i> or </i>head<i>, as + well as his </i>character<i> or </i>heart<i>, is innate, yet the former is + by no means so unalterable in its nature as the latter. The fact is that + the intellect is subject to very many transformations, which, as a rule, + do not fail to make their actual appearance; and this is so, partly + because the intellect has a deep foundation in the physique, and partly + because the material with which it deals is given in experience. And so, + from a physical point of view, we find that if a man has any peculiar + power, it first gradually increases in strength until it reaches its acme, + after which it enters upon a path of slow decadence, until it ends in + imbecility. But, on the other hand, we must not lose sight of the fact + that the material which gives employment to a man's powers and keeps them + in activity,—the subject-matter of thought and knowledge, + experience, intellectual attainments, the practice of seeing to the bottom + of things, and so a perfect mental vision, form in themselves a mass which + continues to increase in size, until the time comes when weakness shows + itself, and the man's powers suddenly fail. The way in which these two + distinguishable elements combine in the same nature,—the one + absolutely unalterable, and the other subject to change in two directions + opposed to each other—explains the variety of mental attitude and + the dissimilarity of value which attach to a man at different periods of + life. </i> + </p> + <p> + The same truth may be more broadly expressed by saying that the first + forty years of life furnish the text, while the remaining thirty supply + the commentary; and that without the commentary we are unable to + understand aright the true sense and coherence of the text, together with + the moral it contains and all the subtle application of which it admits. + </p> + <p> + Towards the close of life, much the same thing happens as at the end of a + bal masqué<i>—the masks are taken off. Then you can see who the + people really are, with whom you have come into contact in your passage + through the world. For by the end of life characters have come out in + their true light, actions have borne fruit, achievements have been rightly + appreciated, and all shams have fallen to pieces. For this, Time was in + every case requisite. </i> + </p> + <p> + But the most curious fact is that it is also only towards the close of + life than a man really recognizes and understands his own true self,—the + aims and objects he has followed in life, more especially the kind of + relation in which he has stood to other people and to the world. It will + often happen that as a result of this knowledge, a man will have to assign + himself a lower place than he formerly thought was his due. But there are + exceptions to this rule; and it will occasionally be the case that he will + take a higher position than he had before. This will be owing to the fact + that he had no adequate notion of the baseness<i> of the world, and that + he set up a higher aim for himself than was followed by the rest of + mankind. </i> + </p> + <p> + The progress of life shows a man the stuff of which he is made. + </p> + <p> + It is customary to call youth the happy, and age the sad part of life. + This would be true if it were the passions that made a man happy. Youth is + swayed to and fro by them; and they give a great deal of pain and little + pleasure. In age the passions cool and leave a man at rest, and then + forthwith his mind takes a contemplative tone; the intellect is set free + and attains the upper hand. And since, in itself, intellect is beyond the + range of pain, and man feels happy just in so far as his intellect is the + predominating part of him. + </p> + <p> + It need only be remembered that all pleasure is negative, and that pain is + positive in its nature, in order to see that the passions can never be a + source of happiness, and that age is not the less to be envied on the + ground that many pleasures are denied it. For every sort of pleasure is + never anything more than the quietive of some need or longing; and that + pleasure should come to an end as soon as the need ceases, is no more a + subject of complaint than that a man cannot go on eating after he has had + his dinner, or fall asleep again after a good night's rest. + </p> + <p> + So far from youth being the happiest period of life, there is much more + truth in the remark made by Plato, at the beginning of the Republic<i>, + that the prize should rather be given to old age, because then at last a + man is freed from the animal passion which has hitherto never ceased to + disquiet him. Nay, it may even be said that the countless and manifold + humors which have their source in this passion, and the emotions that + spring from it, produce a mild state of madness; and this lasts as long as + the man is subject to the spell of the impulse—this evil spirit, as + it were, of which there is no riddance—so that he never really + becomes a reasonable being until the passion is extinguished. </i> + </p> + <p> + There is no doubt that, in general, and apart from individual + circumstances and particular dispositions, youth is marked by a certain + melancholy and sadness, while genial sentiments attach to old age; and the + reason for this is nothing but the fact that the young man is still under + the service, nay, the forced labor, imposed by that evil spirit, which + scarcely ever leaves him a moment to himself. To this source may be + traced, directly or indirectly, almost all and every ill that befalls or + menaces mankind. The old man is genial and cheerful because, after long + lying in the bonds of passion, he can now move about in freedom. + </p> + <p> + Still, it should not be forgotten that, when this passion is extinguished, + the true kernel of life is gone, and nothing remains but the hollow shell; + or, from another point of view, life then becomes like a comedy, which, + begun by real actors, is continued and brought to an end by automata + dressed in their clothes. + </p> + <p> + However that may be, youth is the period of unrest, and age of repose; and + from that very circumstance, the relative degree of pleasure belonging to + each may be inferred. The child stretches out its little hands in the + eager desire to seize all the pretty things that meet its sight, charmed + by the world because all its senses are still so young and fresh. Much the + same thing happens with the youth, and he displays greater energy in his + quest. He, too, is charmed by all the pretty things and the many pleasing + shapes that surround him; and forthwith his imagination conjures up + pleasures which the world can never realize. So he is filled with an + ardent desire for he knows not what delights—robbing him of all rest + and making happiness impossible. But when old age is reached, all this is + over and done with, partly because the blood runs cooler and the senses + are no longer so easily allured; partly because experience has shown the + true value of things and the futility of pleasure, whereby illusion has + been gradually dispelled, and the strange fancies and prejudices which + previously concealed or distorted a free and true view of the world, have + been dissipated and put to flight; with the result that a man can now get + a juster and clearer view, and see things as they are, and also in a + measure attain more or less insight into the nullity of all things on this + earth. + </p> + <p> + It is this that gives almost every old man, no matter how ordinary his + faculties may be, a certain tincture of wisdom, which distinguishes him + from the young. But the chief result of all this change is the peace of + mind that ensues—a great element in happiness, and, in fact, the + condition and essence of it. While the young man fancies that there is a + vast amount of good things in the world, if he could only come at them, + the old man is steeped in the truth of the Preacher's words, that all + things are vanity<i>—knowing that, however gilded the shell, the nut + is hollow. </i> + </p> + <p> + In these later years, and not before, a man comes to a true appreciation + of Horace's maxim: Nil admirari.<i> He is directly and sincerely convinced + of the vanity of everything and that all the glories of the world are as + nothing: his illusions are gone. He is no more beset with the idea that + there is any particular amount of happiness anywhere, in the palace or in + the cottage, any more than he himself enjoys when he is free from bodily + or mental pain. The worldly distinctions of great and small, high and low, + exist for him no longer; and in this blissful state of mind the old man + may look down with a smile upon all false notions. He is completely + undeceived, and knows that whatever may be done to adorn human life and + deck it out in finery, its paltry character will soon show through the + glitter of its surroundings; and that, paint and be jewel it as one may, + it remains everywhere much the same,—an existence which has no true + value except in freedom from pain, and is never to be estimated by the + presence of pleasure, let alone, then, of display.<a href="#linknote-66" + name="linknoteref-66" id="noteref-66"><small>66</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-6" id="note-6_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 66 (<a href="#linknoteref-66">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. Horace, Epist<i>. I. + 12, I-4.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Disillusion is the chief characteristic of old age; for by that time the + fictions are gone which gave life its charm and spurred on the mind to + activity; the splendors of the world have been proved null and vain; its + pomp, grandeur and magnificence are faded. A man has then found out that + behind most of the things he wants, and most of the pleasures he longs + for, there is very little after all; and so he comes by degrees to see + that our existence is all empty and void. It is only when he is seventy + years old that he quite understands the first words of the Preacher; and + this again explains why it is that old men are sometimes fretful and + morose. + </p> + <p> + It is often said that the common lot of old age is disease and weariness + of life. Disease is by no means essential to old age; especially where a + really long span of years is to be attained; for as life goes on, the + conditions of health and disorder tend to increase—crescente vita, + crescit sanitas et morbus<i>. And as far as weariness or boredom is + concerned, I have stated above why old age is even less exposed to that + form of evil than youth. Nor is boredom by any means to be taken as a + necessary accompaniment of that solitude, which, for reasons that do not + require to be explained, old age certainly cannot escape; it is rather the + fate that awaits those who have never known any other pleasures but the + gratification of the senses and the delights of society—who have + left their minds unenlightened and their faculties unused. It is quite + true that the intellectual faculties decline with the approach of old age; + but where they were originally strong, there will always be enough left to + combat the onslaught of boredom. And then again, as I have said, + experience, knowledge, reflection, and skill in dealing with men, combine + to give an old man an increasingly accurate insight into the ways of the + world; his judgment becomes keen and he attains a coherent view of life: + his mental vision embraces a wider range. Constantly finding new uses for + his stores of knowledge and adding to them at every opportunity, he + maintains uninterrupted that inward process of self-education, which gives + employment and satisfaction to the mind, and thus forms the due reward of + all its efforts. </i> + </p> + <p> + All this serves in some measure as a compensation for decreased + intellectual power. And besides, Time, as I have remarked, seems to go + much more quickly when we are advanced in years; and this is in itself a + preventive of boredom. There is no great harm in the fact that a man's + bodily strength decreases in old age, unless, indeed, he requires it to + make a living. To be poor when one is old, is a great misfortune. If a man + is secure from that, and retains his health, old age may be a very + passable time of life. Its chief necessity is to be comfortable and well + off; and, in consequence, money is then prized more than ever, because it + is a substitute for failing strength. Deserted by Venus, the old man likes + to turn to Bacchus to make him merry. In the place of wanting to see + things, to travel and learn, comes the desire to speak and teach. It is a + piece of good fortune if the old man retains some of his love of study or + of music or of the theatre,—if, in general, he is still somewhat + susceptible to the things about him; as is, indeed, the case with some + people to a very late age. At that time of life, what a man has in himself<i> + is of greater advantage to him that ever it was before. </i> + </p> + <p> + There can be no doubt that most people who have never been anything but + dull and stupid, become more and more of automata as they grow old. They + have always thought, said and done the same things as their neighbors; and + nothing that happens now can change their disposition, or make them act + otherwise. To talk to old people of this kind is like writing on the sand; + if you produce any impression at all, it is gone almost immediately; old + age is here nothing but the caput mortuum<i> of life—all that is + essential to manhood is gone. There are cases in which nature supplies a + third set of teeth in old age, thereby apparently demonstrating the fact + that that period of life is a second childhood. </i> + </p> + <p> + It is certainly a very melancholy thing that all a man's faculties tend to + waste away as he grows old, and at a rate that increases in rapidity: but + still, this is a necessary, nay, a beneficial arrangement, as otherwise + death, for which it is a preparation, would be too hard to bear. So the + greatest boon that follows the attainment of extreme old age is euthanasia<i>,—an + easy death, not ushered in by disease, and free from all pain and + struggle.<a href="#linknote-1" name="linknoteref-1" id="noteref-1___"><small>1</small></a> + For let a man live as long as he may, he is never conscious of any moment + but the present, one and indivisible; and in those late years the mind + loses more every day by sheer forgetfulness than ever it gains anew. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-1" id="note-1__"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 1 (<a href="#linknoteref-1">return</a>)<br /> [ See Die Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. ch. 41, for a further description of this happy + end to life.] </i> + </p> + <p> + The main difference between youth and age will always be that youth looks + forward to life, and old age to death; and that while the one has a short + past and a long future before it, the case is just the opposite with the + other. It is quite true that when a man is old, to die is the only thing + that awaits him; while if he is young, he may expect to live; and the + question arises which of the two fates is the more hazardous, and if life + is not a matter which, on the whole, it is better to have behind one than + before? Does not the Preacher say: the day of death [is better] than the + day of one's birth<i>.<a href="#linknote-67" name="linknoteref-67" + id="noteref-67"><small>67</small></a> It is certainly a rash thing to wish + for long life;<a href="#linknote-68" name="linknoteref-68" id="noteref-68"><small>68</small></a> + for as the Spanish proverb has it, it means to see much evil,—</i>Quien + larga vida vive mucho mal vide<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-67" id="note-67"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 67 (<a href="#linknoteref-67">return</a>)<br /> [ Ecclesiastes vii. 1.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-68" id="note-68"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 68 (<a href="#linknoteref-68">return</a>)<br /> [ The life of man cannot, + strictly speaking, be called either long<i> or </i>short<i>, since it is + the ultimate standard by which duration of time in regard to all other + things is measured. </i> + </p> + <p> + In one of the Vedic Upanishads (Oupnekhat<i>, II.) </i>the natural length<i> + of human life is put down at one hundred years. And I believe this to be + right. I have observed, as a matter of fact, that it is only people who + exceed the age of ninety who attain </i>euthanasia<i>,—who die, that + is to say, of no disease, apoplexy or convulsion, and pass away without + agony of any sort; nay, who sometimes even show no pallor, but expire + generally in a sitting attitude, and often after a meal,—or, I may + say, simply cease to live rather than die. To come to one's end before the + age of ninety, means to die of disease, in other words, prematurely. </i> + </p> + <p> + Now the Old Testament (Psalms xc. 10) puts the limit of human life at + seventy, and if it is very long, at eighty years; and what is more + noticeable still, Herodotus (i. 32 and iii. 22) says the same thing. But + this is wrong; and the error is due simply to a rough and superficial + estimate of the results of daily experience. For if the natural length of + life were from seventy to eighty years, people would die, about that time, + of mere old age. Now this is certainly not the case. If they die then, + they die, like younger people, of disease<i>; and disease is something + abnormal. Therefore it is not natural to die at that age. It is only when + they are between ninety and a hundred that people die of old age; die, I + mean, without suffering from any disease, or showing any special signs of + their condition, such as a struggle, death-rattle, convulsion, pallor,—the + absence of all which constitutes </i>euthanasia<i>. The natural length of + human life is a hundred years; and in assigning that limit the Upanishads + are right once more.] </i> + </p> + <p> + A man's individual career is not, as Astrology wishes to make out, to be + predicted from observation of the planets; but the course of human life in + general, as far as the various periods of it are concerned, may be likened + to the succession of the planets: so that we may be said to pass under the + influence of each one of them in turn. + </p> + <p> + At ten, Mercury<i> is in the ascendant; and at that age, a youth, like + this planet, is characterized by extreme mobility within a narrow sphere, + where trifles have a great effect upon him; but under the guidance of so + crafty and eloquent a god, he easily makes great progress. </i>Venus<i> + begins her sway during his twentieth year, and then a man is wholly given + up to the love of women. At thirty, </i>Mars<i> comes to the front, and he + is now all energy and strength,—daring, pugnacious and arrogant. + </i> + </p> + <p> + When a man reaches the age of forty, he is under the rule of the four + Asteroids<i>; that is to say, his life has gained something in extension. + He is frugal; in other words, by the help of </i>Ceres<i>, he favors what + is useful; he has his own hearth, by the influence of </i>Vesta<i>; </i>Pallas<i> + has taught him that which is necessary for him to know; and his wife—his + </i>Juno<i>—rules as the mistress of his house. </i> + </p> + <p> + But at the age of fifty, Jupiter<i> is the dominant influence. At that + period a man has outlived most of his contemporaries, and he can feel + himself superior to the generation about him. He is still in the full + enjoyment of his strength, and rich in experience and knowledge; and if he + has any power and position of his own, he is endowed with authority over + all who stand in his immediate surroundings. He is no more inclined to + receive orders from others; he wants to take command himself. The work + most suitable to him now is to guide and rule within his own sphere. This + is the point where Jupiter culminates, and where the man of fifty years is + at his best. </i> + </p> + <p> + Then comes Saturn<i>, at about the age of sixty, a weight as of </i>lead<i>, + dull and slow:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + But old folks, many feign as they were dead; + Unwieldy, slow, heavy and pale as lead<i>. +Last of all, </i>Uranus<i>; or, as the saying is, a man goes to heaven. +</i></pre> + <p> + I cannot find a place for Neptune<i>, as this planet has been very + thoughtlessly named; because I may not call it as it should be called—</i>Eros<i>. + Otherwise I should point out how Beginning and End meet together, and how + closely and intimately Eros is connected with Death: how Orcus, or + Amenthes, as the Egyptians called him, is not only the receiver but the + giver of all things—[Greek: lambanon kai didous]. Death is the great + reservoir of Life. Everything comes from Orcus; everything that is alive + now was once there. Could we but understand the great trick by which that + is done, all would be clear! </i> + </p> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 10715 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34ad335 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #10715 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/10715) diff --git a/old/10715-8.txt b/old/10715-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..340d8d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10715-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4901 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Counsels and Maxims + From The Essays Of Arthur Schopenhauer + +Author: Arthur Schopenhauer + +Release Date: January 14, 2004 [EBook #10715] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COUNSELS AND MAXIMS *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Josephine Paolucci and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + +THE ESSAYS + +OF + +ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER + + +TRANSLATED BY + +T. BAILEY SAUNDERS, M.A. + + + + +COUNSELS AND MAXIMS. + + _Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est + très difficile de le trouver en nous, et impossible + de le trouver ailleurs_. + +CHAMFORT. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER + + INTRODUCTION + I. GENERAL RULES + II. OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES + III. OUR RELATION TO OTHERS + IV. WORLDLY FORTUNE + V. THE AGES OF LIFE + + + + +INTRODUCTION. + +If my object in these pages were to present a complete scheme of +counsels and maxims for the guidance of life, I should have to repeat +the numerous rules--some of them excellent--which have been drawn +up by thinkers of all ages, from Theognis and Solomon[1] down to La +Rochefoucauld; and, in so doing, I should inevitably entail upon the +reader a vast amount of well-worn commonplace. But the fact is that in +this work I make still less claim to exhaust my subject than in any +other of my writings. + +[Footnote 1: I refer to the proverbs and maxims ascribed, in the Old +Testament, to the king of that name.] + +An author who makes no claims to completeness must also, in a great +measure, abandon any attempt at systematic arrangement. For his double +loss in this respect, the reader may console himself by reflecting +that a complete and systematic treatment of such a subject as the +guidance of life could hardly fail to be a very wearisome business. +I have simply put down those of my thoughts which appear to be worth +communicating--thoughts which, as far as I know, have not been +uttered, or, at any rate, not just in the same form, by any one else; +so that my remarks may be taken as a supplement to what has been +already achieved in the immense field. + +However, by way of introducing some sort of order into the great +variety of matters upon which advice will be given in the following +pages, I shall distribute what I have to say under the following +heads: (1) general rules; (2) our relation to ourselves; (3) our +relation to others; and finally, (4) rules which concern our manner of +life and our worldly circumstances. I shall conclude with some remarks +on the changes which the various periods of life produce in us. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +GENERAL RULES.--SECTION 1. + + +The first and foremost rule for the wise conduct of life seems to me +to be contained in a view to which Aristotle parenthetically refers in +the _Nichomachean Ethics_:[1] [Greek: o phronimoz to alupon dioke e ou +to aedu] or, as it may be rendered, _not pleasure, but freedom from +pain, is what the wise man will aim at_. + +[Footnote 1: vii. (12) 12.] + +The truth of this remark turns upon the negative character of +happiness,--the fact that pleasure is only the negation of pain, and +that pain is the positive element in life. Though I have given a +detailed proof of this proposition in my chief work,[1] I may supply +one more illustration of it here, drawn from a circumstance of daily +occurrence. Suppose that, with the exception of some sore or painful +spot, we are physically in a sound and healthy condition: the sore of +this one spot, will completely absorb our attention, causing us to +lose the sense of general well-being, and destroying all our comfort +in life. In the same way, when all our affairs but one turn out as +we wish, the single instance in which our aims are frustrated is a +constant trouble to us, even though it be something quite trivial. We +think a great deal about it, and very little about those other and +more important matters in which we have been successful. In both these +cases what has met with resistance is _the will_; in the one case, as +it is objectified in the organism, in the other, as it presents +itself in the struggle of life; and in both, it is plain that the +satisfaction of the will consists in nothing else than that it meets +with no resistance. It is, therefore, a satisfaction which is not +directly felt; at most, we can become conscious of it only when we +reflect upon our condition. But that which checks or arrests the will +is something positive; it proclaims its own presence. All pleasure +consists in merely removing this check--in other words, in freeing us +from its action; and hence pleasure is a state which can never last +very long. + +[Footnote 1: _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_. Vol. I., p. 58.] + +This is the true basis of the above excellent rule quoted from +Aristotle, which bids us direct our aim, not toward securing what is +pleasurable and agreeable in life, but toward avoiding, as far as +possible, its innumerable evils. If this were not the right course to +take, that saying of Voltaire's, _Happiness is but a dream and sorrow +is real_, would be as false as it is, in fact, true. A man who desires +to make up the book of his life and determine where the balance of +happiness lies, must put down in his accounts, not the pleasures which +he has enjoyed, but the evils which he has escaped. That is the +true method of eudaemonology; for all eudaemonology must begin by +recognizing that its very name is a euphemism, and that _to live +happily_ only means _to live less unhappily_--to live a tolerable +life. There is no doubt that life is given us, not to be enjoyed, +but to be overcome--to be got over. There are numerous expressions +illustrating this--such as _degere vitam, vita defungi_; or +in Italian, _si scampa cosi_; or in German, _man muss suchen +durchzukommen; er wird schon durch die Welt kommen_, and so on. In old +age it is indeed a consolation to think that the work of life is over +and done with. The happiest lot is not to have experienced the keenest +delights or the greatest pleasures, but to have brought life to a +close without any very great pain, bodily or mental. To measure the +happiness of a life by its delights or pleasures, is to apply a false +standard. For pleasures are and remain something negative; that +they produce happiness is a delusion, cherished by envy to its own +punishment. Pain is felt to be something positive, and hence its +absence is the true standard of happiness. And if, over and above +freedom from pain, there is also an absence of boredom, the essential +conditions of earthly happiness are attained; for all else is +chimerical. + +It follows from this that a man should never try to purchase pleasure +at the cost of pain, or even at the risk of incurring it; to do so is +to pay what is positive and real, for what is negative and illusory; +while there is a net profit in sacrificing pleasure for the sake of +avoiding pain. In either case it is a matter of indifference whether +the pain follows the pleasure or precedes it. While it is a complete +inversion of the natural order to try and turn this scene of misery +into a garden of pleasure, to aim at joy and pleasure rather than +at the greatest possible freedom from pain--and yet how many do +it!--there is some wisdom in taking a gloomy view, in looking upon the +world as a kind of Hell, and in confining one's efforts to securing +a little room that shall not be exposed to the fire. The fool rushes +after the pleasures of life and finds himself their dupe; the wise man +avoids its evils; and even if, notwithstanding his precautions, he +falls into misfortunes, that is the fault of fate, not of his own +folly. As far as he is successful in his endeavors, he cannot be said +to have lived a life of illusion; for the evils which he shuns are +very real. Even if he goes too far out of his way to avoid evils, and +makes an unnecessary sacrifice of pleasure, he is, in reality, not the +worse off for that; for all pleasures are chimerical, and to mourn +for having lost any of them is a frivolous, and even ridiculous +proceeding. + +The failure to recognize this truth--a failure promoted by optimistic +ideas--is the source of much unhappiness. In moments free from pain, +our restless wishes present, as it were in a mirror, the image of a +happiness that has no counterpart in reality, seducing us to follow +it; in doing so we bring pain upon ourselves, and that is something +undeniably real. Afterwards, we come to look with regret upon that +lost state of painlessness; it is a paradise which we have gambled +away; it is no longer with us, and we long in vain to undo what has +been done. + +One might well fancy that these visions of wishes fulfilled were the +work of some evil spirit, conjured up in order to entice us away from +that painless state which forms our highest happiness. + +A careless youth may think that the world is meant to be enjoyed, as +though it were the abode of some real or positive happiness, which +only those fail to attain who are not clever enough to overcome the +difficulties that lie in the way. This false notion takes a stronger +hold on him when he comes to read poetry and romance, and to be +deceived by outward show--the hypocrisy that characterizes the +world from beginning to end; on which I shall have something to say +presently. The result is that his life is the more or less deliberate +pursuit of positive happiness; and happiness he takes to be equivalent +to a series of definite pleasures. In seeking for these pleasures he +encounters danger--a fact which should not be forgotten. He hunts for +game that does not exist; and so he ends by suffering some very +real and positive misfortune--pain, distress, sickness, loss, care, +poverty, shame, and all the thousand ills of life. Too late he +discovers the trick that has been played upon him. + +But if the rule I have mentioned is observed, and a plan of life is +adopted which proceeds by avoiding pain--in other words, by taking +measures of precaution against want, sickness, and distress in all its +forms, the aim is a real one, and something may be achieved which will +be great in proportion as the plan is not disturbed by striving after +the chimera of positive happiness. This agrees with the opinion +expressed by Goethe in the _Elective Affinities_, and there put into +the mouth of Mittler--the man who is always trying to make other +people happy: _To desire to get rid of an evil is a definite object, +but to desire a better fortune than one has is blind folly_. The same +truth is contained in that fine French proverb: _le mieux est l'ennemi +du bien_--leave well alone. And, as I have remarked in my chief +work,[1] this is the leading thought underlying the philosophical +system of the Cynics. For what was it led the Cynics to repudiate +pleasure in every form, if it was not the fact that pain is, in a +greater or less degree, always bound up with pleasure? To go out of +the way of pain seemed to them so much easier than to secure pleasure. +Deeply impressed as they were by the negative nature of pleasure and +the positive nature of pain, they consistently devoted all their +efforts to the avoidance of pain. The first step to that end was, in +their opinion, a complete and deliberate repudiation of pleasure, as +something which served only to entrap the victim in order that he +might be delivered over to pain. + +[Footnote 1: _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, vol. ii., ch. 16.] + +We are all born, as Schiller says, in Arcadia. In other words, we +come into the world full of claims to happiness and pleasure, and we +cherish the fond hope of making them good. But, as a rule, Fate soon +teaches us, in a rough and ready way that we really possess nothing at +all, but that everything in the world is at its command, in virtue of +an unassailable right, not only to all we have or acquire, to wife or +child, but even to our very limbs, our arms, legs, _eyes_ and ears, +nay, even to the nose in the middle of our face. And in any case, +after some little time, we learn by experience that happiness and +pleasure are a _fata morgana_, which, visible from afar, vanish as we +approach; that, on the other hand, suffering and pain are a reality, +which makes its presence felt without any intermediary, and for its +effect, stands in no need of illusion or the play of false hope. + +If the teaching of experience bears fruit in us, we soon give up the +pursuit of pleasure and happiness, and think much more about making +ourselves secure against the attacks of pain and suffering. We see +that the best the world has to offer is an existence free from pain--a +quiet, tolerable life; and we confine our claims to this, as to +something we can more surely hope to achieve. For the safest way of +not being very miserable is not to expect to be very happy. Merck, the +friend of Goethe's youth, was conscious of this truth when he +wrote: _It is the wretched way people have of setting up a claim to +happiness_--_and, that to, in a measure corresponding with their +desires_--_that ruins everything in this world. A man will make +progress if he can get rid of this claim,[1] and desire nothing but +what he sees before him_. Accordingly it is advisable to put very +moderate limits upon our expectations of pleasure, possessions, rank, +honor and so on; because it is just this striving and struggling to +be happy, to dazzle the world, to lead a life full of pleasure, which +entail great misfortune. It is prudent and wise, I say, to reduce +one's claims, if only for the reason that it is extremely easy to be +very unhappy; while to be very happy is not indeed difficult, but +quite impossible. With justice sings the poet of life's wisdom: + + _Auream quisquis mediocritatem + Diligit, tutus caret obsoleti + Sordibus tecti, caret invidenda + Sobrius aula. + Savius ventis agitatur ingens + Pinus: et celsae graviori casu + Decidunt turres; feriuntque summos + Fulgura monies.[2]_ + +--the golden mean is best--to live free from the squalor of a mean +abode, and yet not be a mark for envy. It is the tall pine which is +cruelly shaken by the wind, the highest summits that are struck in the +storm, and the lofty towers that fall so heavily. + +[Footnote 1: Letters to and from Merck.] + +[Footnote 2: Horace. Odes II. x.] + +He who has taken to heart the teaching of my philosophy--who knows, +therefore, that our whole existence is something which had better +not have been, and that to disown and disclaim it is the highest +wisdom--he will have no great expectations from anything or any +condition in life: he will spend passion upon nothing in the world, +nor lament over-much if he fails in any of his undertakings. He +will feel the deep truth of what Plato[1] says: [Greek: oute ti ton +anthropinon haxion on megalaes spondaes]--nothing in human affairs is +worth any great anxiety; or, as the Persian poet has it, + + _Though from thy grasp all worldly things should flee, + Grieve not for them, for they are nothing worth: + And though a world in thy possession be, + Joy not, for worthless are the things of earth. + Since to that better world 'tis given to thee + To pass, speed on, for this is nothing worth._[2] + +[Footnote 1: _Republic_, x. 604.] + +[Footnote 2: _Translator's Note_. From the Anvár-i Suhailí--_The +Lights of Canopus_--being the Persian version of the _Table of +Bidpai_. Translated by E.B. Eastwick, ch. iii. Story vi., p. 289.] + +The chief obstacle to our arriving at these salutary views is that +hypocrisy of the world to which I have already alluded--an hypocrisy +which should be early revealed to the young. Most of the glories of +the world are mere outward show, like the scenes on a stage: there +is nothing real about them. Ships festooned and hung with pennants, +firing of cannon, illuminations, beating of drums and blowing of +trumpets, shouting and applauding--these are all the outward sign, the +pretence and suggestion,--as it were the hieroglyphic,--of _joy_: but +just there, joy is, as a rule, not to be found; it is the only guest +who has declined to be present at the festival. Where this guest may +really be found, he comes generally without invitation; he is not +formerly announced, but slips in quietly by himself _sans facon_; +often making his appearance under the most unimportant and trivial +circumstances, and in the commonest company--anywhere, in short, but +where the society is brilliant and distinguished. Joy is like the gold +in the Australian mines--found only now and then, as it were, by the +caprice of chance, and according to no rule or law; oftenest in very +little grains, and very seldom in heaps. All that outward show which I +have described, is only an attempt to make people believe that it +is really joy which has come to the festival; and to produce this +impression upon the spectators is, in fact, the whole object of it. + +With _mourning_ it is just the same. That long funeral procession, +moving up so slowly; how melancholy it looks! what an endless row of +carriages! But look into them--they are all empty; the coachmen of the +whole town are the sole escort the dead man has to his grave. Eloquent +picture of the friendship and esteem of the world! This is the +falsehood, the hollowness, the hypocrisy of human affairs! + +Take another example--a roomful of guests in full dress, being +received with great ceremony. You could almost believe that this is +a noble and distinguished company; but, as a matter of fact, it is +compulsion, pain and boredom who are the real guests. For where many +are invited, it is a rabble--even if they all wear stars. Really good +society is everywhere of necessity very small. In brilliant festivals +and noisy entertainments, there is always, at bottom, a sense of +emptiness prevalent. A false tone is there: such gatherings are in +strange contrast with the misery and barrenness of our existence. The +contrast brings the true condition into greater relief. Still, these +gatherings are effective from the outside; and that is just their +purpose. Chamfort[1] makes the excellent remark that _society_--_les +cercles, les salons, ce qu'on appelle le monde_--is like a miserable +play, or a bad opera, without any interest in itself, but supported +for a time by mechanical aid, costumes and scenery. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Nicholas "Chamfort" (1741-94), a +French miscellaneous writer, whose brilliant conversation, power of +sarcasm, and epigrammic force, coupled with an extraordinary career, +render him one of the most interesting and remarkable men of his +time. Schopenhauer undoubtedly owed much to this writer, to whom he +constantly refers.] + +And so, too, with academies and chairs of philosophy. You have a kind +of sign-board hung out to show the apparent abode of _wisdom_: but +wisdom is another guest who declines the invitation; she is to be +found elsewhere. The chiming of bells, ecclesiastical millinery, +attitudes of devotion, insane antics--these are the pretence, the +false show of _piety_. And so on. Everything in the world is like a +hollow nut; there is little kernel anywhere, and when it does exist, +it is still more rare to find it in the shell. You may look for it +elsewhere, and find it, as a rule, only by chance. + +SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in regard to happiness, it is +necessary to ask, not what things please him, but what things trouble +him; and the more trivial these things are in themselves, the happier +the man will be. To be irritated by trifles, a man must be well off; +for in misfortunes trifles are unfelt. + +SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the happiness of life +upon a _broad foundation_--not to require a great many things in order +to be happy. For happiness on such a foundation is the most easily +undermined; it offers many more opportunities for accidents; and +accidents are always happening. The architecture of happiness follows +a plan in this respect just the opposite of that adopted in every +other case, where the broadest foundation offers the greatest +security. Accordingly, to reduce your claims to the lowest possible +degree, in comparison with your means,--of whatever kind these may +be--is the surest way of avoiding extreme misfortune. + +To make extensive preparations for life--no matter what form they +may take--is one of the greatest and commonest of follies. Such +preparations presuppose, in the first place, a long life, the full and +complete term of years appointed to man--and how few reach it! and +even if it be reached, it is still too short for all the plans that +have been made; for to carry them out requites more time than was +thought necessary at the beginning. And then how many mischances and +obstacles stand in the way! how seldom the goal is ever reached in +human affairs! + +And lastly, even though the goal should be reached, the changes which +Time works in us have been left out of the reckoning: we forget that +the capacity whether for achievement or for enjoyment does not last a +whole lifetime. So we often toil for things which are no longer suited +to us when we attain them; and again, the years we spend in preparing +for some work, unconsciously rob us of the power for carrying it out. + +How often it happens that a man is unable to enjoy the wealth which he +acquired at so much trouble and risk, and that the fruits of his +labor are reserved for others; or that he is incapable of filling the +position which he has won after so many years of toil and struggle. +Fortune has come too late for him; or, contrarily, he has come too +late for fortune,--when, for instance, he wants to achieve great +things, say, in art or literature: the popular taste has changed, it +may be; a new generation has grown up, which takes no interest in his +work; others have gone a shorter way and got the start of him. These +are the facts of life which Horace must have had in view, when he +lamented the uselessness of all advice:-- + + _quid eternis minorem + Consiliis animum fatigas?_[1] + +[Footnote 1: Odes II. xi.] + +The cause of this commonest of all follies is that optical illusion of +the mind from which everyone suffers, making life, at its beginning, +seem of long duration; and at its end, when one looks back over the +course of it, how short a time it seems! There is some advantage in +the illusion; but for it, no great work would ever be done. + +Our life is like a journey on which, as we advance, the landscape +takes a different view from that which it presented at first, +and changes again, as we come nearer. This is just what +happens--especially with our wishes. We often find something else, +nay, something better than what we are looking for; and what we look +for, we often find on a very different path from that on which we +began a vain search. Instead of finding, as we expected, pleasure, +happiness, joy, we get experience, insight, knowledge--a real and +permanent blessing, instead of a fleeting and illusory one. + +This is the thought that runs through _Wilkelm Meister_, like the bass +in a piece of music. In this work of Goethe's, we have a novel of the +_intellectual_ kind, and, therefore, superior to all others, even to +Sir Walter Scott's, which are, one and all, _ethical_; in other words, +they treat of human nature only from the side of the will. So, too, +in the _Zauberflöte_--that grotesque, but still significant, and even +hieroglyphic--the same thought is symbolized, but in great, coarse +lines, much in the way in which scenery is painted. Here the symbol +would be complete if Tamino were in the end to be cured of his desire +to possess Tainina, and received, in her stead, initiation into the +mysteries of the Temple of Wisdom. It is quite right for Papageno, his +necessary contrast, to succeed in getting his Papagena. + +Men of any worth or value soon come to see that they are in the hands +of Fate, and gratefully submit to be moulded by its teachings. They +recognize that the fruit of life is experience, and not happiness; +they become accustomed and content to exchange hope for insight; and, +in the end, they can say, with Petrarch, that all they care for is to +learn:-- + + _Altro diletto che 'mparar, non provo_. + +It may even be that they to some extent still follow their old wishes +and aims, trifling with them, as it were, for the sake of appearances; +all the while really and seriously looking for nothing but +instruction; a process which lends them an air of genius, a trait of +something contemplative and sublime. + +In their search for gold, the alchemists discovered other +things--gunpowder, china, medicines, the laws of nature. There is a +sense in which we are all alchemists. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.--SECTION 4. + + +The mason employed on the building of a house may be quite ignorant of +its general design; or at any rate, he may not keep it constantly in +mind. So it is with man: in working through the days and hours of his +life, he takes little thought of its character as a whole. + +If there is any merit or importance attaching to a man's career, if he +lays himself out carefully for some special work, it is all the more +necessary and advisable for him to turn his attention now and then +to its _plan_, that is to say, the miniature sketch of its general +outlines. Of course, to do that, he must have applied the maxim +[Greek: Gnothi seauton]; he must have made some little progress in the +art of understanding himself. He must know what is his real, chief, +and foremost object in life,--what it is that he most wants in order +to be happy; and then, after that, what occupies the second and third +place in his thoughts; he must find out what, on the whole, his +vocation really is--the part he has to play, his general relation to +the world. If he maps out important work for himself on great lines, +a glance at this miniature plan of his life will, more than anything +else stimulate, rouse and ennoble him, urge him on to action and keep +him from false paths. + +Again, just as the traveler, on reaching a height, gets a connected +view over the road he has taken, with its many turns and windings; so +it is only when we have completed a period in our life, or approach +the end of it altogether, that we recognize the true connection +between all our actions,--what it is we have achieved, what work we +have done. It is only then that we see the precise chain of cause and +effect, and the exact value of all our efforts. For as long as we are +actually engaged in the work of life, we always act in accordance with +the nature of our character, under the influence of motive, and within +the limits of our capacity,--in a word, from beginning to end, under +a law of _necessity_; at every moment we do just what appears to us +right and proper. It is only afterwards, when we come to look back at +the whole course of our life and its general result, that we see the +why and wherefore of it all. + +When we are actually doing some great deed, or creating some immortal +work, we are not conscious of it as such; we think only of satisfying +present aims, of fulfilling the intentions we happen to have at the +time, of doing the right thing at the moment. It is only when we +come to view our life as a connected whole that our character and +capacities show themselves in their true light; that we see how, in +particular instances, some happy inspiration, as it were, led us to +choose the only true path out of a thousand which might have brought +us to ruin. It was our genius that guided us, a force felt in the +affairs of the intellectual as in those of the world; and working by +its defect just in the same way in regard to evil and disaster. + +SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise conduct of life is to +preserve a proper proportion between our thought for the present and +our thought for the future; in order not to spoil the one by paying +over-great attention to the other. Many live too long in the +present--frivolous people, I mean; others, too much in the future, +ever anxious and full of care. It is seldom that a man holds the right +balance between the two extremes. Those who strive and hope and live +only in the future, always looking ahead and impatiently anticipating +what is coming, as something which will make them happy when they +get it, are, in spite of their very clever airs, exactly like those +donkeys one sees in Italy, whose pace may be hurried by fixing a stick +on their heads with a wisp of hay at the end of it; this is always +just in front of them, and they keep on trying to get it. Such people +are in a constant state of illusion as to their whole existence; they +go on living _ad interim_, until at last they die. + +Instead, therefore, of always thinking about our plans and anxiously +looking to the future, or of giving ourselves up to regret for the +past, we should never forget that the present is the only reality, the +only certainty; that the future almost always turns out contrary to +our expectations; that the past, too, was very different from what +we suppose it to have been. But the past and the future are, on the +whole, of less consequence than we think. Distance, which makes +objects look small to the outward eye, makes them look big to the eye +of thought. The present alone is true and actual; it is the only +time which possesses full reality, and our existence lies in it +exclusively. Therefore we should always be glad of it, and give it +the welcome it deserves, and enjoy every hour that is bearable by +its freedom from pain and annoyance with a full consciousness of its +value. We shall hardly be able to do this if we make a wry face over +the failure of our hopes in the past or over our anxiety for the +future. It is the height of folly to refuse the present hour of +happiness, or wantonly to spoil it by vexation at by-gones or +uneasiness about what is to come. There is a time, of course, for +forethought, nay, even for repentance; but when it is over let us +think of what is past as of something to which we have said farewell, +of necessity subduing our hearts-- + + [Greek: alla ta men protuchthai easomen achnumenoi per + tumhon eni staethessi philon damasntes hanankae],[1] + +and of the future as of that which lies beyond our power, in the lap +of the gods-- + +[Greek: all aetoi men tauta theon en gounasi keitai.][2] + +[Footnote 1: _Iliad_, xix, 65.] + +[Footnote 2: _Ibid_, xvii, 514] + +But in regard to the present let us remember Seneca's advice, and live +each day as if it were our whole life,--_singulas dies singulas vitas +puta_: let us make it as agreeable as possible, it is the only real +time we have. + +Only those evils which are sure to come at a definite date have +any right to disturb us; and how few there are which fulfill this +description. For evils are of two kinds; either they are possible +only, at most probable; or they are inevitable. Even in the case of +evils which are sure to happen, the time at which they will happen is +uncertain. A man who is always preparing for either class of evil will +not have a moment of peace left him. So, if we are not to lose all +comfort in life through the fear of evils, some of which are uncertain +in themselves, and others, in the time at which they will occur, we +should look upon the one kind as never likely to happen, and the other +as not likely to happen very soon. + +Now, the less our peace of mind is disturbed by fear, the more likely +it is to be agitated by desire and expectation. This is the true +meaning of that song of Goethe's which is such a favorite with +everyone: _Ich hab' mein' Sach' auf nichts gestellt_. It is only +after a man has got rid of all pretension, and taken refuge in mere +unembellished existence, that he is able to attain that peace of mind +which is the foundation of human happiness. Peace of mind! that is +something essential to any enjoyment of the present moment; and unless +its separate moments are enjoyed, there is an end of life's happiness +as a whole. We should always collect that _To-day_ comes only once, +and never returns. We fancy that it will come again to-morrow; but +_To-morrow_ is another day, which, in its turn, comes once only. +We are apt to forget that every day is an integral, and therefore +irreplaceable portion of life, and to look upon life as though it +were a collective idea or name which does not suffer if one of the +individuals it covers is destroyed. + +We should be more likely to appreciate and enjoy the present, if, +in those good days when we are well and strong, we did not fail to +reflect how, in sickness and sorrow, every past hour that was free +from pain and privation seemed in our memory so infinitely to be +envied--as it were, a lost paradise, or some one who was only then +seen to have acted as a friend. But we live through our days of +happiness without noticing them; it is only when evil comes upon us +that we wish them back. A thousand gay and pleasant hours are wasted +in ill-humor; we let them slip by unenjoyed, and sigh for them in vain +when the sky is overcast. Those present moments that are bearable, be +they never so trite and common,--passed by in indifference, or, it may +be, impatiently pushed away,--those are the moments we should honor; +never failing to remember that the ebbing tide is even how hurrying +them into the past, where memory will store them transfigured and +shining with an imperishable light,--in some after-time, and above +all, when our days are evil, to raise the veil and present them as the +object of our fondest regret. + +SECTION 6. _Limitations always make for happiness_. We are happy in +proportion as our range of vision, our sphere of work, our points of +contact with the world, are restricted and circumscribed. We are more +likely to feel worried and anxious if these limits are wide; for +it means that our cares, desires and terrors are increased and +intensified. That is why the blind are not so unhappy as we might be +inclined to suppose; otherwise there would not be that gentle and +almost serene expression of peace in their faces. + +Another reason why limitation makes for happiness is that the second +half of life proves even more dreary that the first. As the years wear +on, the horizon of our aims and our points of contact with the world +become more extended. In childhood our horizon is limited to +the narrowest sphere about us; in youth there is already a very +considerable widening of our view; in manhood it comprises the whole +range of our activity, often stretching out over a very distant +sphere,--the care, for instance, of a State or a nation; in old age it +embraces posterity. + +But even in the affairs of the intellect, limitation is necessary if +we are to be happy. For the less the will is excited, the less we +suffer. We have seen that suffering is something positive, and that +happiness is only a negative condition. To limit the sphere of outward +activity is to relieve the will of external stimulus: to limit the +sphere of our intellectual efforts is to relieve the will of internal +sources of excitement. This latter kind of limitation is attended by +the disadvantage that it opens the door to boredom, which is a direct +source of countless sufferings; for to banish boredom, a man will +have recourse to any means that may be handy--dissipation, society, +extravagance, gaming, and drinking, and the like, which in their turn +bring mischief, ruin and misery in their train. _Difficiles in otio +quies_--it is difficult to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. That +limitation in the sphere of outward activity is conducive, nay, even +necessary to human happiness, such as it is, may be seen in the fact +that the only kind of poetry which depicts men in a happy state of +life--Idyllic poetry, I mean,--always aims, as an intrinsic part of +its treatment, at representing them in very simple and restricted +circumstances. It is this feeling, too, which is at the bottom of the +pleasure we take in what are called _genre_ pictures. + +_Simplicity_, therefore, as far as it can be attained, and even +_monotony_, in our manner of life, if it does not mean that we +are bored, will contribute to happiness; just because, under such +circumstances, life, and consequently the burden which is the +essential concomitant of life, will be least felt. Our existence +will glide on peacefully like a stream which no waves or whirlpools +disturb. + +SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a painful state depends, +ultimately, upon the kind of matter that pervades and engrosses our +consciousness. In this respect, purely intellectual occupation, for +the mind that is capable of it, will, as a rule, do much more in the +way of happiness than any form of practical life, with its constant +alternations of success and failure, and all the shocks and torments +it produces. But it must be confessed that for such occupation a +pre-eminent amount of intellectual capacity is necessary. And in this +connection it may be noted that, just as a life devoted to outward +activity will distract and divert a man from study, and also deprive +him of that quiet concentration of mind which is necessary for such +work; so, on the other hand, a long course of thought will make +him more or less unfit for the noisy pursuits of real life. It +is advisable, therefore, to suspend mental work for a while, if +circumstances happen which demand any degree of energy in affairs of a +practical nature. + +SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely prudent and discreet, +and to draw from experience all the instruction it contains, it +is requisite to be constantly thinking back,--to make a kind +of recapitulation of what we have done, of our impressions and +sensations, to compare our former with our present judgments--what +we set before us and struggle to achieve, with the actual result and +satisfaction we have obtained. To do this is to get a repetition of +the private lessons of experience,--lessons which are given to every +one. + +Experience of the world may be looked upon as a kind of text, to which +reflection and knowledge form the commentary. Where there is great +deal of reflection and intellectual knowledge, and very little +experience, the result is like those books which have on each page two +lines of text to forty lines of commentary. A great deal of experience +with little reflection and scant knowledge, gives us books like those +of the _editio Bipontina_[1] where there are no notes and much that is +unintelligible. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. A series of Greek, Latin and French +classics published at Zweibräcken in the Palatinate, from and after +the year 1779. Cf. Butter, _Ueber die Bipontiner und die editiones +Bipontinae_.] + +The advice here given is on a par with a rule recommended by +Pythagoras,--to review, every night before going to sleep, what we +have done during the day. To live at random, in the hurly-burly of +business or pleasure, without ever reflecting upon the past,--to go +on, as it were, pulling cotton off the reel of life,--is to have no +clear idea of what we are about; and a man who lives in this state +will have chaos in his emotions and certain confusion in his thoughts; +as is soon manifest by the abrupt and fragmentary character of his +conversation, which becomes a kind of mincemeat. A man will be all the +more exposed to this fate in proportion as he lives a restless life +in the world, amid a crowd of various impressions and with a +correspondingly small amount of activity on the part of his own mind. + +And in this connection it will be in place to observe that, when +events and circumstances which have influenced us pass away in the +course of time, we are unable to bring back and renew the particular +mood or state of feeling which they aroused in us: but we can remember +what we were led to say and do in regard to them; and thus form, as it +were, the result, expression and measure of those events. We should, +therefore, be careful to preserve the memory of our thoughts at +important points in our life; and herein lies the great advantage of +keeping a journal. + +SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in all to oneself, to +want for nothing, to be able to say _omnia mea mecum porto_--that is +assuredly the chief qualification for happiness. Hence Aristotle's +remark, [Greek: hae eudaimonia ton autarchon esti][1]--to be happy +means to be self-sufficient--cannot be too often repeated. It is, +at bottom, the same thought as is present in the very well-turned +sentence from Chamfort: + +_Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est très difficile de le trouver +en nous, et impossible de le trouver ailleurs_. + +[Footnote 1: _Eudem. Eth_. VII. ii. 37.] + +For while a man cannot reckon with certainty upon anyone but himself, +the burdens and disadvantages, the dangers and annoyances, which arise +from having to do with others, are not only countless but unavoidable. + +There is no more mistaken path to happiness than worldliness, revelry, +_high life_: for the whole object of it is to transform our miserable +existence into a succession of joys, delights and pleasures,--a +process which cannot fail to result in disappointment and delusion; +on a par, in this respect, with its _obligato_ accompaniment, the +interchange of lies.[1] + +[Footnote 1: As our body is concealed by the clothes we wear, so our +mind is veiled in lies. The veil is always there, and it is only +through it that we can sometimes guess at what a man really thinks; +just as from his clothes we arrive at the general shape of his body.] + +All society necessarily involves, as the first condition of its +existence, mutual accommodation and restraint upon the part of its +members. This means that the larger it is, the more insipid will be +its tone. A man can be _himself_ only so long as he is alone; and if +he does not love solitude, he will not love freedom; for it is only +when he is alone that he is really free. Constraint is always present +in society, like a companion of whom there is no riddance; and in +proportion to the greatness of a man's individuality, it will be hard +for him to bear the sacrifices which all intercourse with others +demands, Solitude will be welcomed or endured or avoided, according as +a man's personal value is large or small,--the wretch feeling, when +he is alone, the whole burden of his misery; the great intellect +delighting in its greatness; and everyone, in short, being just what +he is. + +Further, if a man stands high in Nature's lists, it is natural and +inevitable that he should feel solitary. It will be an advantage to +him if his surroundings do not interfere with this feeling; for if he +has to see a great deal of other people who are not of like character +with himself, they will exercise a disturbing influence upon him, +adverse to his peace of mind; they will rob him, in fact, of himself, +and give him nothing to compensate for the loss. + +But while Nature sets very wide differences between man and man in +respect both of morality and of intellect, society disregards and +effaces them; or, rather, it sets up artificial differences in +their stead,--gradations of rank and position, which are very often +diametrically opposed to those which Nature establishes. The result of +this arrangement is to elevate those whom Nature has placed low, +and to depress the few who stand high. These latter, then, usually +withdraw from society, where, as soon as it is at all numerous, +vulgarity reigns supreme. + +What offends a great intellect in society is the equality of rights, +leading to equality of pretensions, which everyone enjoys; while at +the same time, inequality of capacity means a corresponding disparity +of social power. So-called _good society_ recognizes every kind of +claim but that of intellect, which is a contraband article; and people +are expected to exhibit an unlimited amount of patience towards every +form of folly and stupidity, perversity and dullness; whilst personal +merit has to beg pardon, as it were, for being present, or else +conceal itself altogether. Intellectual superiority offends by its +very existence, without any desire to do so. + +The worst of what is called good society is not only that it offers us +the companionship of people who are unable to win either our praise or +our affection, but that it does not allow of our being that which we +naturally are; it compels us, for the sake of harmony, to shrivel up, +or even alter our shape altogether. Intellectual conversation, whether +grave or humorous, is only fit for intellectual society; it is +downright abhorrent to ordinary people, to please whom it is +absolutely necessary to be commonplace and dull. This demands an act +of severe self-denial; we have to forfeit three-fourths of ourselves +in order to become like other people. No doubt their company may be +set down against our loss in this respect; but the more a man is +worth, the more he will find that what he gains does not cover what he +loses, and that the balance is on the debit side of the account; for +the people with whom he deals are generally bankrupt,--that is to say, +there is nothing to be got from their society which can compensate +either for its boredom, annoyance and disagreeableness, or for the +self-denial which it renders necessary. Accordingly, most society is +so constituted as to offer a good profit to anyone who will exchange +it for solitude. + +Nor is this all. By way of providing a substitute for real--I mean +intellectual--superiority, which is seldom to be met with, and +intolerable when it is found, society has capriciously adopted a false +kind of superiority, conventional in its character, and resting upon +arbitrary principles,--a tradition, as it were, handed down in the +higher circles, and, like a password, subject to alteration; I refer +to _bon-ton_ fashion. Whenever this kind of superiority comes into +collision with the real kind, its weakness is manifest. Moreover, the +presence of _good tone_ means the absence of _good sense_. + +No man can be in _perfect accord_ with any one but himself--not even +with a friend or the partner of his life; differences of individuality +and temperament are always bringing in some degree of discord, though +it may be a very slight one. That genuine, profound peace of mind, +that perfect tranquillity of soul, which, next to health, is the +highest blessing the earth can give, is to be attained only in +solitude, and, as a permanent mood, only in complete retirement; and +then, if there is anything great and rich in the man's own self, his +way of life is the happiest that may be found in this wretched world. + +Let me speak plainly. However close the bond of friendship, love, +marriage--a man, ultimately, looks to himself, to his own welfare +alone; at most, to his child's too. The less necessity there is for +you to come into contact with mankind in general, in the relations +whether of business or of personal intimacy, the better off you are. +Loneliness and solitude have their evils, it is true; but if you +cannot feel them all at once, you can at least see where they lie; on +the other hand, society is _insidious_ in this respect; as in offering +you what appears to be the pastime of pleasing social intercourse, it +works great and often irreparable mischief. The young should early be +trained to bear being left alone; for it is a source of happiness and +peace of mind. + +It follows from this that a man is best off if he be thrown upon his +own resources and can be all in all to himself; and Cicero goes so far +as to say that a man who is in this condition cannot fail to be very +happy--_nemo potest non beatissimus esse qui est totus aptus ex sese, +quique in se uno ponit omnia._[1] The more a man has in himself, the +less others can be to him. The feeling of self-sufficiency! it is that +which restrains those whose personal value is in itself great riches, +from such considerable sacrifices as are demanded by intercourse with +the world, let alone, then, from actually practicing self-denial by +going out of their way to seek it. Ordinary people are sociable and +complaisant just from the very opposite feeling;--to bear others' +company is easier for them than to bear their own. Moreover, respect +is not paid in this world to that which has real merit; it is reserved +for that which has none. So retirement is at once a proof and a result +of being distinguished by the possession of meritorious qualities. It +will therefore show real wisdom on the part of any one who is worth +anything in himself, to limit his requirements as may be necessary, in +order to preserve or extend his freedom, and,--since a man must come +into some relations with his fellow-men--to admit them to his intimacy +as little as possible. + +[Footnote 1: _Paradoxa Stoidorum_: II.] + +I have said that people are rendered sociable by their ability to +endure solitude, that is to say, their own society. They become +sick of themselves. It is this vacuity of soul which drives them to +intercourse with others,--to travels in foreign countries. Their mind +is wanting in elasticity; it has no movement of its own, and so they +try to give it some,--by drink, for instance. How much drunkenness +is due to this cause alone! They are always looking for some form of +excitement, of the strongest kind they can bear--the excitement of +being with people of like nature with themselves; and if they fail +in this, their mind sinks by its own weight, and they fall into a +grievous lethargy.[1] Such people, it may be said, possess only a +small fraction of humanity in themselves; and it requires a great many +of them put together to make up a fair amount of it,--to attain any +degree of consciousness as men. A man, in the full sense of the +word,--a man _par excellence_--does not represent a fraction, but a +whole number: he is complete in himself. + +[Footnote 1: It is a well-known fact, that we can more easily bear up +under evils which fall upon a great many people besides ourselves. +As boredom seems to be an evil of this kind, people band together to +offer it a common resistance. The love of life is at bottom only the +fear of death; and, in the same way, the social impulse does not rest +directly upon the love of society, but upon the fear of solitude; it +is not alone the charm of being in others' company that people seek, +it is the dreary oppression of being alone--the monotony of their own +consciousness--that they would avoid. They will do anything to escape +it,--even tolerate bad companions, and put up with the feeling of +constraint which all society involves, in this case a very burdensome +one. But if aversion to such society conquers the aversion to being +alone, they become accustomed to solitude and hardened to its +immediate effects. They no longer find solitude to be such a very bad +thing, and settle down comfortably to it without any hankering after +society;--and this, partly because it is only indirectly that they +need others' company, and partly because they have become accustomed +to the benefits of being alone.] + +Ordinary society is, in this respect, very like the kind of music to +be obtained from an orchestra composed of Russian horns. Each horn has +only one note; and the music is produced by each note coming in just +at the right moment. In the monotonous sound of a single horn, you +have a precise illustration of the effect of most people's minds. How +often there seems to be only one thought there! and no room for any +other. It is easy to see why people are so bored; and also why they +are sociable, why they like to go about in crowds--why mankind is so +_gregarious_. It is the monotony of his own nature that makes a man +find solitude intolerable. _Omnis stultitia laborat fastidio sui_: +folly is truly its own burden. Put a great many men together, and you +may get some result--some music from your horns! + +A man of intellect is like an artist who gives a concert without any +help from anyone else, playing on a single instrument--a piano, say, +which is a little orchestra in itself. Such a man is a little world in +himself; and the effect produced by various instruments together, he +produces single-handed, in the unity of his own consciousness. Like +the piano, he has no place in a symphony: he is a soloist and performs +by himself,--in solitude, it may be; or, if in company with other +instruments, only as principal; or for setting the tone, as in +singing. However, those who are fond of society from time to time +may profit by this simile, and lay it down as a general rule that +deficiency of quality in those we meet may be to some extent +compensated by an increase in quantity. One man's company may be quite +enough, if he is clever; but where you have only ordinary people to +deal with, it is advisable to have a great many of them, so that +some advantage may accrue by letting them all work together,--on the +analogy of the horns; and may Heaven grant you patience for your task! + +That mental vacuity and barrenness of soul to which I have alluded, is +responsible for another misfortune. When men of the better class form +a society for promoting some noble or ideal aim, the result almost +always is that the innumerable mob of humanity comes crowding in too, +as it always does everywhere, like vermin--their object being to try +and get rid of boredom, or some other defect of their nature; and +anything that will effect that, they seize upon at once, without the +slightest discrimination. Some of them will slip into that society, +or push themselves in, and then either soon destroy it altogether, or +alter it so much that in the end it comes to have a purpose the exact +opposite of that which it had at first. + +This is not the only point of view from which the social impulse may +be regarded. On cold days people manage to get some warmth by crowding +together; and you can warm your mind in the same way--by bringing +it into contact with others. But a man who has a great deal of +intellectual warmth in himself will stand in no need of such +resources. I have written a little fable illustrating this: it may be +found elsewhere.[1] As a general rule, it may be said that a man's +sociability stands very nearly in inverse ratio to his intellectual +value: to say that "so and so" is very unsociable, is almost +tantamount to saying that he is a man of great capacity. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. The passage to which Schopenhauer +refers is _Parerga_: vol. ii. § 413 (4th edition). The fable is of +certain porcupines, who huddled together for warmth on a cold day; +but as they began to prick one another with their quills, they were +obliged to disperse. However the cold drove them together again, when +just the same thing happened. At last, after many turns of huddling +and dispersing, they discovered that they would be best off by +remaining at a little distance from one another. In the same way, +the need of society drives the human porcupines together--only to be +mutually repelled by the many prickly and disagreeable qualities of +their nature. The moderate distance which they at last discover to be +the only tolerable condition of intercourse, is the code of politeness +and fine manners; and those who transgress it are roughly told--in +the English phrase--_to keep their distance_. By this arrangement the +mutual need of warmth is only very moderately satisfied,--but then +people do not get pricked. A man who has some heat in himself prefers +to remain outside, where he will neither prick other people nor get +pricked himself.] + +Solitude is doubly advantageous to such a man. Firstly, it allows +him to be with himself, and, secondly, it prevents him being with +others--an advantage of great moment; for how much constraint, +annoyance, and even danger there is in all intercourse with the world. +_Tout notre mal_, says La Bruyère, _vient de ne pouvoir être seul_. It +is really a very risky, nay, a fatal thing, to be sociable; because +it means contact with natures, the great majority of which are bad +morally, and dull or perverse, intellectually. To be unsociable is not +to care about such people; and to have enough in oneself to dispense +with the necessity of their company is a great piece of good fortune; +because almost all our sufferings spring from having to do with other +people; and that destroys the peace of mind, which, as I have said, +comes next after health in the elements of happiness. Peace of mind +is impossible without a considerable amount of solitude. The Cynics +renounced all private property in order to attain the bliss of having +nothing to trouble them; and to renounce society with the same object +is the wisest thing a man can do. Bernardin de Saint Pierre has the +very excellent and pertinent remark that to be sparing in regard +to food is a means of health; in regard to society, a means of +tranquillity--_la diète des ailmens nous rend la santé du corps, et +celle des hommes la tranquillité de l'âme._ To be soon on friendly, or +even affectionate, terms with solitude is like winning a gold mine; +but this is not something which everybody can do. The prime reason for +social intercourse is mutual need; and as soon as that is satisfied, +boredom drives people together once more. If it were not for these two +reasons, a man would probably elect to remain alone; if only because +solitude is the sole condition of life which gives full play to +that feeling of exclusive importance which every man has in his own +eyes,--as if he were the only person in the world! a feeling which, +in the throng and press of real life, soon shrivels up to nothing, +getting, at every step, a painful _démenti_. From this point of view +it may be said that solitude is the original and natural state of man, +where, like another Adam, he is as happy as his nature will allow. + +But still, had Adam no father or mother? There is another sense in +which solitude is not the natural state; for, at his entrance into the +world, a man finds himself with parents, brothers, sisters, that is to +say, in society, and not alone. Accordingly it cannot be said that the +love of solitude is an original characteristic of human nature; it is +rather the result of experience and reflection, and these in their +turn depend upon the development of intellectual power, and increase +with the years. + +Speaking generally, sociability stands in inverse ratio with age. A +little child raises a piteous cry of fright if it is left alone for +only a few minutes; and later on, to be shut up by itself is a great +punishment. Young people soon get on very friendly terms with one +another; it is only the few among them of any nobility of mind who are +glad now and then to be alone;--but to spend the whole day thus would +be disagreeable. A grown-up man can easily do it; it is little trouble +to him to be much alone, and it becomes less and less trouble as he +advances in years. An old man who has outlived all his friends, and is +either indifferent or dead to the pleasures of life, is in his proper +element in solitude; and in individual cases the special tendency +to retirement and seclusion will always be in direct proportion to +intellectual capacity. + +For this tendency is not, as I have said, a purely natural one; it +does not come into existence as a direct need of human nature; it is +rather the effect of the experience we go through, the product +of reflection upon what our needs really are; proceeding, more +especially, from the insight we attain into the wretched stuff of +which most people are made, whether you look at their morals or their +intellects. The worst of it all is that, in the individual, moral and +intellectual shortcomings are closely connected and play into each +other's hands, so that all manner of disagreeable results are +obtained, which make intercourse with most people not only unpleasant +but intolerable. Hence, though the world contains many things which +are thoroughly bad, the worst thing in it is society. Even Voltaire, +that sociable Frenchman, was obliged to admit that there are +everywhere crowds of people not worth talking to: _la terre est +couverte de gens qui ne méritent pas qu'on leur parle_. And Petrarch +gives a similar reason for wishing to be alone--that tender spirit! so +strong and constant in his love of seclusion. The streams, the plains +and woods know well, he says, how he has tried to escape the perverse +and stupid people who have missed the way to heaven:-- + + _Cercato ho sempre solitaria vita + (Le rive il sanno, e le campagne e i boschi) + Per fuggir quest' ingegni storti e loschi + Che la strada del ciel' hanno smarrita_. + +He pursues the same strain in that delightful book of his, _DeVita +Solitaria_, which seems to have given Zimmerman the idea of his +celebrated work on _Solitude_. It is the secondary and indirect +character of the love of seclusion to which Chamfort alludes in the +following passage, couched in his sarcastic vein: _On dit quelquefois +d'un homme qui vit seul, il n'aime pas la société. C'est souvent +comme si on disait d'un homme qu'il n'aime pas la promenade, sous le +pretexte qu'il ne se promène pas volontiers le soir dans le forêt de +Bondy_. + +You will find a similar sentiment expressed by the Persian poet Sadi, +in his _Garden of Roses. Since that time_, he says, _we have taken +leave of society, preferring the path of seclusion; for there is +safety in solitude_. Angelus Silesius,[1] a very gentle and Christian +writer, confesses to the same feeling, in his own mythical language. +Herod, he says, is the common enemy; and when, as with Joseph, God +warns us of danger, we fly from the world to solitude, from Bethlehem +to Egypt; or else suffering and death await us!-- + + _Herodes ist ein Feind; der Joseph der Verstand, + Dem machte Gott die Gefahr im Traum (in Geist) bekannt; + Die Welt ist Bethlehem, Aegypten Einsamkeit, + Fleuch, meine Seele! fleuch, sonst stirbest du vor Leid_. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Angelus Silesius, pseudonym for +Johannes Scheffler, a physician and mystic poet of the seventeenth +century (1624-77).] + +Giordano Bruno also declares himself a friend of seclusion. _Tanti +uomini_, he says, _che in terra hanno voluto gustare vita +celeste, dissero con una voce, "ecce elongavi fugiens et mansi in +solitudine_"--those who in this world have desired a foretaste of the +divine life, have always proclaimed with one voice: + + _Lo! then would I wander far off; + I would lodge in the wilderness._[1] + +[Footnote 1: Psalms, lv. 7.] + +And in the work from which I have already quoted, Sadi says of +himself: _In disgust with my friends at Damascus, I withdrew into +the desert about Jerusalem, to seek the society of the beasts of the +field_. In short, the same thing has been said by all whom Prometheus +has formed out of better clay. What pleasure could they find in the +company of people with whom their only common ground is just what is +lowest and least noble in their own nature--the part of them that is +commonplace, trivial and vulgar? What do they want with people who +cannot rise to a higher level, and for whom nothing remains but to +drag others down to theirs? for this is what they aim at. It is an +aristocratic feeling that is at the bottom of this propensity to +seclusion and solitude. + +Rascals are always sociable--more's the pity! and the chief sign that +a man has any nobility in his character is the little pleasure he +takes in others' company. He prefers solitude more and more, and, in +course of time, comes to see that, with few exceptions, the world +offers no choice beyond solitude on one side and vulgarity on the +other. This may sound a hard thing to say; but even Angelus Silesius, +with all his Christian feelings of gentleness and love, was obliged to +admit the truth of it. However painful solitude may be, he says, be +careful not to be vulgar; for then you may find a desert everywhere:-- + + _Die Einsamkeit ist noth: doch sei nur nicht gemein, + So kannst du überall in einer Wüste sein_. + +It is natural for great minds--the true teachers of humanity--to care +little about the constant company of others; just as little as the +schoolmaster cares for joining in the gambols of the noisy crowd of +boys which surround him. The mission of these great minds is to guide +mankind over the sea of error to the haven of truth--to draw it forth +from the dark abysses of a barbarous vulgarity up into the light of +culture and refinement. Men of great intellect live in the world +without really belonging to it; and so, from their earliest years, +they feel that there is a perceptible difference between them and +other people. But it is only gradually, with the lapse of years, +that they come to a clear understanding of their position. Their +intellectual isolation is then reinforced by actual seclusion in their +manner of life; they let no one approach who is not in some degree +emancipated from the prevailing vulgarity. + +From what has been said it is obvious that the love of solitude is +not a direct, original impulse in human nature, but rather something +secondary and of gradual growth. It is the more distinguishing feature +of nobler minds, developed not without some conquest of natural +desires, and now and then in actual opposition to the promptings of +Mephistopheles--bidding you exchange a morose and soul-destroying +solitude for life amongst men, for society; even the worst, he says, +will give a sense of human fellowship:-- + + _Hör' auf mit deinem Gram zu spielen, + Der, wie ein Geier, dir am Leben frisst: + Die schlechteste Gesellschaft lässt dich fühlen + Dass du ein Mensch mit Menschen bist.[1]_ + +[Footnote 1: Goethe's _Faust_, Part I., 1281-5.] + +To be alone is the fate of all great minds--a fate deplored at times, +but still always chosen as the less grievous of two evils. As +the years increase, it always becomes easier to say, Dare to be +wise--_sapere aude_. And after sixty, the inclination to be alone +grows into a kind of real, natural instinct; for at that age +everything combines in favor of it. The strongest impulse--the love of +woman's society--has little or no effect; it is the sexless condition +of old age which lays the foundation of a certain self-sufficiency, +and that gradually absorbs all desire for others' company. A thousand +illusions and follies are overcome; the active years of life are +in most cases gone; a man has no more expectations or plans or +intentions. The generation to which he belonged has passed away, and a +new race has sprung up which looks upon him as essentially outside its +sphere of activity. And then the years pass more quickly as we become +older, and we want to devote our remaining time to the intellectual +rather than to the practical side of life. For, provided that the mind +retains its faculties, the amount of knowledge and experience we have +acquired, together with the facility we have gained in the use of our +powers, makes it then more than ever easy and interesting to us to +pursue the study of any subject. A thousand things become clear which +were formerly enveloped in obscurity, and results are obtained which +give a feeling of difficulties overcome. From long experience of men, +we cease to expect much from them; we find that, on the whole, people +do not gain by a nearer acquaintance; and that--apart from a few rare +and fortunate exceptions--we have come across none but defective +specimens of human nature which it is advisable to leave in peace. +We are no more subject to the ordinary illusions of life; and as, in +individual instances, we soon see what a man is made of, we seldom +feel any inclination to come into closer relations with him. Finally, +isolation--our own society--has become a habit, as it were a second +nature to us, more especially if we have been on friendly terms with +it from our youth up. The love of solitude which was formerly indulged +only at the expense of our desire for society, has now come to be the +simple quality of our natural disposition--the element proper to our +life, as water to a fish. This is why anyone who possesses a unique +individuality--unlike others and therefore necessarily isolated--feels +that, as he becomes older, his position is no longer so burdensome as +when he was young. + +For, as a matter of fact, this very genuine privilege of old age is +one which can be enjoyed only if a man is possessed of a certain +amount of intellect; it will be appreciated most of all where there is +real mental power; but in some degree by every one. It is only people +of very barren and vulgar nature who will be just as sociable in their +old age as they were in their youth. But then they become troublesome +to a society to which they are no longer suited, and, at most, manage +to be tolerated; whereas, they were formerly in great request. + +There is another aspect of this inverse proportion between age and +sociability--the way in which it conduces to education. The younger +that people are, the more in every respect they have to learn; and it +is just in youth that Nature provides a system of mutual education, +so that mere intercourse with others, at that time of life, carries +instruction with it. Human society, from this point of view, resembles +a huge academy of learning, on the Bell and Lancaster system, opposed +to the system of education by means of books and schools, as something +artificial and contrary to the institutions of Nature. It is therefore +a very suitable arrangement that, in his young days, a man should be +a very diligent student at the place of learning provided by Nature +herself. + +But there is nothing in life which has not some drawback--_nihil est +ab omni parte beatum_, as Horace says; or, in the words of an Indian +proverb, _no lotus without a stalk_. Seclusion, which has so many +advantages, has also its little annoyances and drawbacks, which are +small, however, in comparison with those of society; hence anyone who +is worth much in himself will get on better without other people than +with them. But amongst the disadvantages of seclusion there is one +which is not so easy to see as the rest. It is this: when people +remain indoors all day, they become physically very sensitive to +atmospheric changes, so that every little draught is enough to make +them ill; so with our temper; a long course of seclusion makes it so +sensitive that the most trivial incidents, words, or even looks, are +sufficient to disturb or to vex and offend us--little things which are +unnoticed by those who live in the turmoil of life. + +When you find human society disagreeable and feel yourself justified +in flying to solitude, you can be so constituted as to be unable to +bear the depression of it for any length of time, which will probably +be the case if you are young. Let me advise you, then, to form the +habit of taking some of your solitude with you into society, to learn +to be to some extent alone even though you are in company; not to say +at once what you think, and, on the other hand, not to attach too +precise a meaning to what others say; rather, not to expect much of +them, either morally or intellectually, and to strengthen yourself in +the feeling of indifference to their opinion, which is the surest way +of always practicing a praiseworthy toleration. If you do that, you +will not live so much with other people, though you may appear to move +amongst them: your relation to them will be of a purely objective +character. This precaution will keep you from too close contact with +society, and therefore secure you against being contaminated or even +outraged by it.[1] Society is in this respect like a fire--the wise +man warming himself at a proper distance from it; not coming too +close, like the fool, who, on getting scorched, runs away and shivers +in solitude, loud in his complaint that the fire burns. + +[Footnote 1: This restricted, or, as it were, entrenched kind of +sociability has been dramatically illustrated in a play--well worth +reading--of Moratin's, entitled _El Café o sea la Comedia Nuova_ (The +Cafe or the New Comedy), chiefly by one of the characters, Don Pedro +and especially in the second and third scenes of the first act.] + +SECTION 10. _Envy_ is natural to man; and still, it is at once a vice +and a source of misery.[1] We should treat it as the enemy of our +happiness, and stifle it like an evil thought. This is the advice +given by Seneca; as he well puts it, we shall be pleased with what we +have, if we avoid the self-torture of comparing our own lot with +some other and happier one--_nostra nos sine comparatione delectent; +nunquam erit felix quem torquebit felicior.[2]_ And again, _quum +adspexeris quot te antecedent, cogita quot sequantur_[3]--if a great +many people appear to be better off than yourself, think how many +there are in a worse position. It is a fact that if real calamity +comes upon us, the most effective consolation--though it springs from +the same source as envy--is just the thought of greater misfortunes +than ours; and the next best is the society of those who are in the +same luck as we--the partners of our sorrows. + +[Footnote 1: Envy shows how unhappy people are; and their constant +attention to what others do and leave undone, how much they are +bored.] + +[Footnote 2: _De Ira_: iii., 30.] + +[Footnote 3: Epist. xv.] + +So much for the envy which we may feel towards others. As regards the +envy which we may excite in them, it should always be remembered that +no form of hatred is so implacable as the hatred that comes from envy; +and therefore we should always carefully refrain from doing anything +to rouse it; nay, as with many another form of vice, it is better +altogether to renounce any pleasure there may be in it, because of the +serious nature of its consequences. + +Aristocracies are of three kinds: (1) of birth and rank; (2) +of wealth; and (3) of intellect. The last is really the most +distinguished of the three, and its claim to occupy the first position +comes to be recognized, if it is only allowed time to work. So eminent +a king as Frederick the Great admitted it--_les âmes privilegiées +rangent à l'égal des souverains_, as he said to his chamberlain, when +the latter expressed his surprise that Voltaire should have a seat +at the table reserved for kings and princes, whilst ministers and +generals were relegated to the chamberlain's. + +Every one of these aristocracies is surrounded by a host of envious +persons. If you belong to one of them, they will be secretly +embittered against you; and unless they are restrained by fear, they +will always be anxious to let you understand that _you are no better +than they_. It is by their anxiety to let you know this, that they +betray how greatly they are conscious that the opposite is the truth. + +The line of conduct to be pursued if you are exposed to envy, is to +keep the envious persons at a distance, and, as far as possible, avoid +all contact with them, so that there may be a wide gulf fixed between +you and them; if this cannot be done, to bear their attacks with the +greatest composure. In the latter case, the very thing that provokes +the attack will also neutralize it. This is what appears to be +generally done. + +The members of one of these aristocracies usually get on very well +with those of another, and there is no call for envy between them, +because their several privileges effect an equipoise. + +SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated consideration to any plan before +you proceed to carry it out; and even after you have thoroughly turned +it over in your mind, make some concession to the incompetency of +human judgment; for it may always happen that circumstances which +cannot be investigated or foreseen, will come in and upset the whole +of your calculation. This is a reflection that will always influence +the negative side of the balance--a kind of warning to refrain from +unnecessary action in matters of importance--_quieta non movere._ But +having once made up your mind and begun your work, you must let it +run its course and abide the result--not worry yourself by fresh +reflections on what is already accomplished, or by a renewal of your +scruples on the score of possible danger: free your mind from the +subject altogether, and refuse to go into it again, secure in the +thought that you gave it mature attention at the proper time. This is +the same advice as is given by an Italian proverb--_legala bene e poi +lascia la andare_--which Goethe has translated thus: See well to your +girths, and then ride on boldly.[1] + +[Footnote 1: It may be observed, in passing, that a great many of +the maxims which Goethe puts under the head of _Proverbial_, are +translations from the Italian.] + +And if, notwithstanding that, you fail, it is because human affairs +are the sport of chance and error. Socrates, the wisest of men, needed +the warning voice of his good genius, or [Greek: daimonion], to enable +him to do what was right in regard to his own personal affairs, or at +any rate, to avoid mistakes; which argues that the human intellect is +incompetent for the purpose. There is a saying--which is reported to +have originated with one of the Popes--that when misfortune happens to +us, the blame of it, at least in some degree, attaches to ourselves. +If this is not true absolutely and in every instance, it is certainly +true in the great majority of cases. It even looks as if this truth +had a great deal to do with the effort people make as far as possible +to conceal their misfortunes, and to put the best face they can upon +them, for fear lest their misfortunes may show how much they are to +blame. + +SECTION 12. + +In the case of a misfortune which has already happened and therefore +cannot be altered, you should not allow yourself to think that it +might have been otherwise; still less, that it might have been avoided +by such and such means; for reflections of this kind will only add +to your distress and make it intolerable, so that you will become a +tormentor to yourself--[Greek: heautontimoroumeaeos]. It is better to +follow the example of King David; who, as long as his son lay on the +bed of sickness, assailed Jehovah with unceasing supplications and +entreaties for his recovery; but when he was dead, snapped his fingers +and thought no more of it. If you are not light-hearted enough for +that, you can take refuge in fatalism, and have the great truth +revealed to you that everything which happens is the result of +necessity, and therefore inevitable. + +However good this advice may be, it is one-sided and partial. In +relieving and quieting us for the moment, it is no doubt effective +enough; but when our misfortunes have resulted--as is usually the +case--from our own carelessness or folly, or, at any rate, partly by +our own fault, it is a good thing to consider how they might have +been avoided, and to consider it often in spite of its being a tender +subject--a salutary form of self-discipline, which will make us wiser +and better men for the future. If we have made obvious mistakes, we +should not try, as we generally do, to gloss them over, or to find +something to excuse or extenuate them; we should admit to ourselves +that we have committed faults, and open our eyes wide to all their +enormity, in order that we may firmly resolve to avoid them in time to +come. To be sure, that means a great deal of self-inflicted pain, in +the shape of discontent, but it should be remembered that to spare +the rod is to spoil the child--[Greek: ho mae dareis anthropos ou +paideuetai].[1] + +[Footnote 1: Menander. Monost: 422.] + +SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or woe, we should be +careful not to let our imagination run away with us, and build no +castles in the air. In the first place, they are expensive to build, +because we have to pull them down again immediately, and that is +a source of grief. We should be still more on our guard against +distressing our hearts by depicting possible misfortunes. If these +were misfortunes of a purely imaginary kind, or very remote and +unlikely, we should at once see, on awaking from our dream, that the +whole thing was mere illusion; we should rejoice all the more in +a reality better than our dreams, or at most, be warned against +misfortunes which, though very remote, were still possible. These, +however, are not the sort of playthings in which imagination delights; +it is only in idle hours that we build castles in the air, and they +are always of a pleasing description. The matter which goes to form +gloomy dreams are mischances which to some extent really threaten us, +though it be from some distance; imagination makes us look larger and +nearer and more terrible than they are in reality. This is a kind of +dream which cannot be so readily shaken off on awaking as a pleasant +one; for a pleasant dream is soon dispelled by reality, leaving, at +most, a feeble hope lying in the lap of possibility. Once we have +abandoned ourselves to a fit of the blues, visions are conjured up +which do not so easily vanish again; for it is always just possible +that the visions may be realized. But we are not always able to +estimate the exact degree of possibility: possibility may easily +pass into probability; and thus we deliver ourselves up to torture. +Therefore we should be careful not to be over-anxious on any +matter affecting our weal or our woe, not to carry our anxiety to +unreasonable or injudicious limits; but coolly and dispassionately to +deliberate upon the matter, as though it were an abstract question +which did not touch us in particular. We should give no play to +imagination here; for imagination is not judgment--it only conjures up +visions, inducing an unprofitable and often very painful mood. + +The rule on which I am here insisting should be most carefully +observed towards evening. For as darkness makes us timid and apt to +see terrifying shapes everywhere, there is something similar in the +effect of indistinct thought; and uncertainty always brings with it a +sense of danger. Hence, towards evening, when our powers of thought +and judgment are relaxed,--at the hour, as it were, of subjective +darkness,--the intellect becomes tired, easily confused, and unable +to get at the bottom of things; and if, in that state, we meditate +on matters of personal interest to ourselves, they soon assume a +dangerous and terrifying aspect. This is mostly the case at night, +when we are in bed; for then the mind is fully relaxed, and the power +of judgment quite unequal to its duties; but imagination is still +awake. Night gives a black look to everything, whatever it may be. +This is why our thoughts, just before we go to sleep, or as we lie +awake through the hours of the night, are usually such confusions and +perversions of facts as dreams themselves; and when our thoughts at +that time are concentrated upon our own concerns, they are generally +as black and monstrous as possible. In the morning all such nightmares +vanish like dreams: as the Spanish proverb has it, _noche tinta, +bianco el dia_--the night is colored, the day is white. But even +towards nightfall, as soon as the candles are lit, the mind, like the +eye, no longer sees things so clearly as by day: it is a time unsuited +to serious meditation, especially on unpleasant subjects. The morning +is the proper time for that--as indeed for all efforts without +exception, whether mental or bodily. For the morning is the youth of +the day, when everything is bright, fresh, and easy of attainment; +we feel strong then, and all our faculties are completely at our +disposal. Do not shorten the morning by getting up late, or waste it +in unworthy occupations or in talk; look upon it as the quintessence +of life, as to a certain extent sacred. Evening is like old age: we +are languid, talkative, silly. Each day is a little life: every waking +and rising a little birth, every fresh morning a little youth, every +going to rest and sleep a little death. + +But condition of health, sleep, nourishment, temperature, weather, +surroundings, and much else that is purely external, have, in general, +an important influence upon our mood and therefore upon our thoughts. +Hence both our view of any matter and our capacity for any work are +very much subject to time and place. So it is best to profit by a good +mood--for how seldom it comes!-- + + _Nehmt die gute Stimmung wahr, + Denn sie kommt so selten_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Goethe.] + +We are not always able to form new ideas about; our surroundings, or +to command original thoughts: they come if they will, and when they +will. And so, too, we cannot always succeed in completely considering +some personal matter at the precise time at which we have determined +beforehand to consider it, and just when we set ourselves to do +so. For the peculiar train of thought which is favorable to it may +suddenly become active without any special call being made upon +it, and we may then follow it up with keen interest. In this way +reflection, too, chooses its own time. + +This reining-in of the imagination which I am recommending, will also +forbid us to summon up the memory of the past misfortune, to paint +a dark picture of the injustice or harm that has been done us, the +losses we have sustained, the insults, slights and annoyances to which +we have been exposed: for to do that is to rouse into fresh life all +those hateful passions long laid asleep--the anger and resentment +which disturb and pollute our nature. In an excellent parable, +Proclus, the Neoplatonist, points out how in every town the mob dwells +side by side with those who are rich and distinguished: so, too, in +every man, be he never so noble and dignified, there is, in the depth +of his nature, a mob of low and vulgar desires which constitute him an +animal. It will not do to let this mob revolt or even so much as peep +forth from its hiding-place; it is hideous of mien, and its rebel +leaders are those flights of imagination which I have been describing. +The smallest annoyance, whether it comes from our fellow-men or from +the things around us, may swell up into a monster of dreadful aspect, +putting us at our wits' end--and all because we go on brooding over +our troubles and painting them in the most glaring colors and on the +largest scale. It is much better to take a very calm and prosaic view +of what is disagreeable; for that is the easiest way of bearing it. + +If you hold small objects close to your eyes, you limit your field of +vision and shut out the world. And, in the same way, the people or the +things which stand nearest, even though they are of the very smallest +consequence, are apt to claim an amount of attention much beyond +their due, occupying us disagreeably, and leaving no room for serious +thoughts and affairs of importance. We ought to work against this +tendency. + +SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not belong to us is very apt +to raise the thought: _Ah, if that were only mine_! making us sensible +of our privation. Instead of that we should do better by more +frequently putting to ourselves the opposite case: _Ah, if that were +not mine_. What I mean is that we should sometimes try to look upon +our possessions in the light in which they would appear if we had lost +them; whatever they may be, property, health, friends, a wife or child +or someone else we love, our horse or our dog--it is usually only when +we have lost them that we begin to find out their value. But if we +come to look at things in the way I recommend, we shall be doubly the +gainers; we shall at once get more pleasure out of them than we did +before, and we shall do everything in our power to prevent the loss +of them; for instance, by not risking our property, or angering our +friends, or exposing our wives to temptation, or being careless about +our children's health, and so on. + +We often try to banish the gloom and despondency of the present by +speculating upon our chances of success in the future; a process which +leads us to invent a great many chimerical hopes. Every one of them +contains the germ of illusion, and disappointment is inevitable when +our hopes are shattered by the hard facts of life. + +It is less hurtful to take the chances of misfortune as a theme for +speculation; because, in doing so, we provide ourselves at once with +measures of precaution against it, and a pleasant surprise when it +fails to make its appearance. Is it not a fact that we always feel a +marked improvement in our spirits when we begin to get over a period +of anxiety? I may go further and say that there is some use in +occasionally looking upon terrible misfortunes--such as might happen +to us--as though they had actually happened, for then the trivial +reverses which subsequently come in reality, are much easier to +bear. It is a source of consolation to look back upon those great +misfortunes which never happened. But in following out this rule, +care must be taken not to neglect what I have said in the preceding +section. + +SECTION 15. The things which engage our attention--whether they are +matters of business or ordinary events--are of such diverse kinds, +that, if taken quite separately and in no fixed order or relation, +they present a medley of the most glaring contrasts, with nothing in +common, except that they one and all affect us in particular. There +must be a corresponding abruptness in the thoughts and anxieties which +these various matters arouse in us, if our thoughts are to be in +keeping with their various subjects. Therefore, in setting about +anything, the first step is to withdraw our attention from everything +else: this will enable us to attend to each matter at its own time, +and to enjoy or put up with it, quite apart from any thought of our +remaining interests. Our thoughts must be arranged, as it were, in +little drawers, so that we may open one without disturbing any of the +others. + +In this way we can keep the heavy burden of anxiety from weighing upon +us so much as to spoil the little pleasures of the present, or from +robbing us of our rest; otherwise the consideration of one matter will +interfere with every other, and attention to some important business +may lead us to neglect many affairs which happen to be of less moment. +It is most important for everyone who is capable of higher and nobler +thoughts to keep their mind from being so completely engrossed with +private affairs and vulgar troubles as to let them take up all his +attention and crowd out worthier matter; for that is, in a very real +sense, to lose sight of the true end of life--_propter vitam vivendi +perdere causas_. + +Of course for this--as for so much else--self-control is necessary; +without it, we cannot manage ourselves in the way I have described. +And self-control may not appear so very difficult, if we consider that +every man has to submit to a great deal of very severe control on the +part of his surroundings, and that without it no form of existence +is possible. Further, a little self-control at the right moment may +prevent much subsequent compulsion at the hands of others; just as a +very small section of a circle close to the centre may correspond to +a part near the circumference a hundred times as large. Nothing +will protect us from external compulsion so much as the control of +ourselves; and, as Seneca says, to submit yourself to reason is +the way to make everything else submit to you--_si tibi vis omnia +subjicere, te subjice rationi_. Self-control, too, is something which +we have in our own power; and if the worst comes to the worst, and it +touches us in a very sensitive part, we can always relax its severity. +But other people will pay no regard to our feelings, if they have +to use compulsion, and we shall be treated without pity or mercy. +Therefore it will be prudent to anticipate compulsion by self-control. + +SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, curb our desires, +moderate our anger, always remembering that an individual can attain +only an infinitesimal share in anything that is worth having; and +that, on the other hand, everyone must incur many of the ills of life; +in a word, we must bear and forbear--_abstinere et sustinere_; and +if we fail to observe this rule, no position of wealth or power will +prevent us from feeling wretched. This is what Horace means when he +recommends us to study carefully and inquire diligently what will +best promote a tranquil life--not to be always agitated by fruitless +desires and fears and hopes for things, which, after all, are not +worth very much:-- + + _Inter cuncta leges et percontabere doctos + Qua ratione queas traducere leniter aevum; + Ne te semper inops agitet vexetque cupido, + Ne pavor, et rerum mediocriter utilium spes.[1]_ + +[Footnote 1: Epist. I. xviii. 97.] + +SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says Aristotle; and he is +obviously right. We exist, physically, because our organism is the +seat of constant motion; and if we are to exist intellectually, it can +only be by means of continual occupation--no matter with what so long +as it is some form of practical or mental activity. You may see that +this is so by the way in which people who have no work or nothing to +think about, immediately begin to beat the devil's tattoo with their +knuckles or a stick or anything that comes handy. The truth is, that +our nature is essentially _restless_ in its character: we very soon +get tired of having nothing to do; it is intolerable boredom. This +impulse to activity should be regulated, and some sort of method +introduced into it, which of itself will enhance the satisfaction we +obtain. Activity!--doing something, if possible creating something, at +any rate learning something--how fortunate it is that men cannot exist +without that! A man wants to use his strength, to see, if he can, what +effect it will produce; and he will get the most complete satisfaction +of this desire if he can make or construct something--be it a book or +a basket. There is a direct pleasure in seeing work grow under one's +hands day by day, until at last it is finished. This is the pleasure +attaching to a work of art or a manuscript, or even mere manual labor; +and, of course, the higher the work, the greater pleasure it will +give. + +From this point of view, those are happiest of all who are conscious +of the power to produce great works animated by some significant +purpose: it gives a higher kind of interest--a sort of rare flavor--to +the whole of their life, which, by its absence from the life of the +ordinary man, makes it, in comparison, something very insipid. For +richly endowed natures, life and the world have a special interest +beyond the mere everyday personal interest which so many others share; +and something higher than that--a formal interest. It is from life and +the world that they get the material for their works; and as soon +as they are freed from the pressure of personal needs, it is to +the diligent collection of material that they devote their whole +existence. So with their intellect: it is to some extent of a two-fold +character, and devoted partly to the ordinary affairs of every +day--those matters of will which are common to them and the rest of +mankind, and partly to their peculiar work--the pure and objective +contemplation of existence. And while, on the stage of the world, most +men play their little part and then pass away, the genius lives a +double life, at once an actor and a spectator. + +Let everyone, then, do something, according to the measure of his +capacities. To have no regular work, no set sphere of activity--what a +miserable thing it is! How often long travels undertaken for pleasure +make a man downright unhappy; because the absence of anything that can +be called occupation forces him, as it were, out of his right element. +Effort, struggles with difficulties! that is as natural to a man as +grubbing in the ground is to a mole. To have all his wants satisfied +is something intolerable--the feeling of stagnation which comes +from pleasures that last too long. To overcome difficulties is +to experience the full delight of existence, no matter where the +obstacles are encountered; whether in the affairs of life, in commerce +or business; or in mental effort--the spirit of inquiry that tries +to master its subject. There is always something pleasurable in the +struggle and the victory. And if a man has no opportunity to excite +himself, he will do what he can to create one, and according to his +individual bent, he will hunt or play Cup and Ball: or led on by this +unsuspected element in his nature, he will pick a quarrel with some +one, or hatch a plot or intrigue, or take to swindling and rascally +courses generally--all to put an end to a state of repose which is +intolerable. As I have remarked, _difficilis in otio quies_--it is +difficult to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. + +SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by the phantoms of his +imagination. This is not the same thing as to submit to the guidance +of ideas clearly thought out: and yet these are rules of life which +most people pervert. If you examine closely into the circumstances +which, in any deliberation, ultimately turn the scale in favor of +some particular course, you will generally find that the decision is +influenced, not by any clear arrangement of ideas leading to a formal +judgment, but by some fanciful picture which seems to stand for one of +the alternatives in question. + +In one of Voltaire's or Diderot's romances,--I forget the precise +reference,--the hero, standing like a young Hercules at the parting +of ways, can see no other representation of Virtue than his old tutor +holding a snuff-box in his left hand, from which he takes a pinch +and moralizes; whilst Vice appears in the shape of his mother's +chambermaid. It is in youth, more especially, that the goal of our +efforts comes to be a fanciful picture of happiness, which continues +to hover before our eyes sometimes for half and even for the whole of +our life--a sort of mocking spirit; for when we think our dream is to +be realized, the picture fades away, leaving us the knowledge that +nothing of what it promised is actually accomplished. How often this +is so with the visions of domesticity--the detailed picture of what +our home will be like; or, of life among our fellow-citizens or in +society; or, again, of living in the country--the kind of house we +shall have, its surroundings, the marks of honor and respect that will +be paid to us, and so on,--whatever our hobby may be; _chaque fou a +sa marotte_. It is often the same, too, with our dreams about one we +love. And this is all quite natural; for the visions we conjure up +affect us directly, as though they were real objects; and so they +exercise a more immediate influence upon our will than an abstract +idea, which gives merely a vague, general outline, devoid of details; +and the details are just the real part of it. We can be only +indirectly affected by an abstract idea, and yet it is the abstract +idea alone which will do as much as it promises; and it is the +function of education to teach us to put our trust in it. Of course +the abstract idea must be occasionally explained--paraphrased, as it +were--by the aid of pictures; but discreetly, _cum grano salis_. + +SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a special case of the +more general maxim, that a man should never let himself be mastered +by the impressions of the moment, or indeed by outward appearances at +all, which are incomparably more powerful in their effects than the +mere play of thought or a train of ideas; not because these momentary +impressions are rich in virtue of the data they supply,--it is often +just the contrary,--but because they are something palpable to the +senses and direct in their working; they forcibly invade our mind, +disturbing our repose and shattering our resolutions. + +It is easy to understand that the thing which lies before our very +eyes will produce the whole of its effect at once, but that time and +leisure are necessary for the working of thought and the appreciation +of argument, as it is impossible to think of everything at one and the +same moment. This is why we are so allured by pleasure, in spite of +all our determination to resist it; or so much annoyed by a criticism, +even though we know that its author it totally incompetent to +judge; or so irritated by an insult, though it comes from some very +contemptible quarter. In the same way, to mention no other instances, +ten reasons for thinking that there is no danger may be outweighed by +one mistaken notion that it is actually at hand. All this shows the +radical unreason of human nature. Women frequently succumb altogether +to this predominating influence of present impressions, and there are +few men so overweighted with reason as to escape suffering from a +similar cause. + +If it is impossible to resist the effects of some external influence +by the mere play of thought, the best thing to do is to neutralize it +by some contrary influence; for example, the effect of an insult may +be overcome by seeking the society of those who have a good opinion of +us; and the unpleasant sensation of imminent danger may be avoided by +fixing our attention on the means of warding it off. + +Leibnitz[1] tells of an Italian who managed to bear up under the +tortures of the rack by never for a moment ceasing to think of the +gallows which would have awaited him, had he revealed his secret; he +kept on crying out: _I see it! I see it_!--afterwards explaining that +this was part of his plan. + +[Footnote 1: _Nouveaux Essais_. Liv. I. ch. 2. Sec. 11.] + +It is from some such reason as this, that we find it so difficult to +stand alone in a matter of opinion,--not to be made irresolute by the +fact that everyone else disagrees with us and acts accordingly, even +though we are quite sure that they are in the wrong. Take the case of +a fugitive king who is trying to avoid capture; how much consolation +he must find in the ceremonious and submissive attitude of a faithful +follower, exhibited secretly so as not to betray his master's strict +_incognito_; it must be almost necessary to prevent him doubting his +own existence. + +SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I have insisted upon the +great value of _health_ as the chief and most important element in +happiness. Let me emphasize and confirm what I have there said by +giving a few general rules as to its preservation. + +The way to harden the body is to impose a great deal of labor and +effort upon it in the days of good health,--to exercise it, both as a +whole and in its several parts, and to habituate it to withstand all +kinds of noxious influences. But on the appearance of an illness or +disorder, either in the body as a whole or in many of its parts, a +contrary course should be taken, and every means used to nurse the +body, or the part of it which is affected, and to spare it any effort; +for what is ailing and debilitated cannot be hardened. + +The muscles may be strengthened by a vigorous use of them; but not so +the nerves; they are weakened by it. Therefore, while exercising the +muscles in every way that is suitable, care should be taken to spare +the nerves as much as possible. The eyes, for instance, should be +protected from too strong a light,--especially when it is reflected +light,--from any straining of them in the dark, or from the +long-continued examination of minute objects; and the ears from too +loud sounds. Above all, the brain should never be forced, or used too +much, or at the wrong time; let it have a rest during digestion; for +then the same vital energy which forms thoughts in the brain has a +great deal of work to do elsewhere,--I mean in the digestive organs, +where it prepares chyme and chyle. For similar reasons, the brain +should never be used during, or immediately after, violent muscular +exercise. For the motor nerves are in this respect on a par with the +sensory nerves; the pain felt when a limb is wounded has its seat in +the brain; and, in the same way, it is not really our legs and arms +which work and move,--it is the brain, or, more strictly, that part of +it which, through the medium of the spine, excites the nerves in the +limbs and sets them in motion. Accordingly, when our arms and legs +feel tired, the true seat of this feeling is in the brain. This is why +it is only in connection with those muscles which are set in motion +consciously and voluntarily,--in other words, depend for their action +upon the brain,--that any feeling of fatigue can arise; this is not +the case with those muscles which work involuntarily, like the heart. +It is obvious, then, that injury is done to the brain if violent +muscular exercise and intellectual exertion are forced upon it at the +same moment, or at very short intervals. + +What I say stands in no contradiction with the fact that at the +beginning of a walk, or at any period of a short stroll, there often +comes a feeling of enhanced intellectual vigor. The parts of the brain +that come into play have had no time to become tired; and besides, +slight muscular exercise conduces to activity of the respiratory +organs, and causes a purer and more oxydated supply of arterial blood +to mount to the brain. + +It is most important to allow the brain the full measure of sleep +which is required to restore it; for sleep is to a man's whole nature +what winding up is to a clock.[1] This measure will vary directly with +the development and activity of the brain; to overstep the measure is +mere waste of time, because if that is done, sleep gains only so much +in length as it loses in depth.[2] + +[Footnote 1: _Of. Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, 4th Edition. Bk. +II. pp. 236-40.] + +[Footnote: 2: _Cf. loc: cit_: p. 275. Sleep is a morsel of death +borrowed to keep up and renew the part of life which is exhausted by +the day--_le sommeil est un emprunt fait à la mort_. Or it might be +said that sleep is the interest we have to pay on the capital which is +called in at death; and the higher the rate of interest and the +more regularly it is paid, the further the date of redemption is +postponed.] + +It should be clearly understood that thought is nothing but the +organic function of the brain; and it has to obey the same laws in +regard to exertion and repose as any other organic function. The brain +can be ruined by overstrain, just like the eyes. As the function of +the stomach is to digest, so it is that of the brain to think. The +notion of a _soul_,--as something elementary and immaterial, merely +lodging in the brain and needing nothing at all for the performance +of its essential function, which consists in always and unweariedly +_thinking_--has undoubtedly driven many people to foolish practices, +leading to a deadening of the intellectual powers; Frederick the +Great, even, once tried to form the habit of doing without sleep +altogether. It would be well if professors of philosophy refrained +from giving currency to a notion which is attended by practical +results of a pernicious character; but then this is just what +professorial philosophy does, in its old-womanish endeavor to keep on +good terms with the catechism. A man should accustom himself to +view his intellectual capacities in no other light than that of +physiological functions, and to manage them accordingly--nursing or +exercising them as the case may be; remembering that every kind of +physical suffering, malady or disorder, in whatever part of the body +it occurs, has its effect upon the mind. The best advice that I know +on this subject is given by Cabanis in his _Rapports du physique et du +moral de l'homme_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. The work to which Schopenhauer +here refers is a series of essays by Cabanis, a French philosopher +(1757-1808), treating of mental and moral phenomena on a physiological +basis. In his later days, Cabanis completely abandoned his +materialistic standpoint.] + +Through neglect of this rule, many men of genius and great scholars +have become weak-minded and childish, or even gone quite mad, as they +grew old. To take no other instances, there can be no doubt that the +celebrated English poets of the early part of this century, Scott, +Wordsworth, Southey, became intellectually dull and incapable towards +the end of their days, nay, soon after passing their sixtieth year; +and that their imbecility can be traced to the fact that, at that +period of life, they were all led on? by the promise of high pay, to +treat literature as a trade and to write for money. This seduced them +into an unnatural abuse of their intellectual powers; and a man who +puts his Pegasus into harness, and urges on his Muse with the whip, +will have to pay a penalty similar to that which is exacted by the +abuse of other kinds of power. + +And even in the case of Kant, I suspect that the second childhood of +his last four years was due to overwork in later life, and after he +had succeeded in becoming a famous man. + +Every month of the year has its own peculiar and direct influence upon +health and bodily condition generally; nay, even upon the state of the +mind. It is an influence dependent upon the weather. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.--SECTION 21. + + +In making his way through life, a man will find it useful to be ready +and able to do two things: to look ahead and to overlook: the one +will protect him from loss and injury, the other from disputes and +squabbles. + +No one who has to live amongst men should absolutely discard any +person who has his due place in the order of nature, even though he is +very wicked or contemptible or ridiculous. He must accept him as an +unalterable fact--unalterable, because the necessary outcome of an +eternal, fundamental principle; and in bad cases he should +remember the words of Mephistopheles: _es muss auch solche Käuze +geben[1]_--there must be fools and rogues in the world. If he acts +otherwise, he will be committing an injustice, and giving a challenge +of life and death to the man he discards. No one can alter his +own peculiar individuality, his moral character, his intellectual +capacity, his temperament or physique; and if we go so far as to +condemn a man from every point of view, there will be nothing left him +but to engage us in deadly conflict; for we are practically allowing +him the right to exist only on condition that he becomes another +man--which is impossible; his nature forbids it. + +[Footnote 1: Goethe's _Faust_, Part I.] + +So if you have to live amongst men, you must allow everyone the right +to exist in accordance with the character he has, whatever it turns +out to be: and all you should strive to do is to make use of this +character in such a way as its kind and nature permit, rather than to +hope for any alteration in it, or to condemn it off-hand for what it +is. This is the true sense of the maxim--Live and let live. That, +however, is a task which is difficult in proportion as it is right; +and he is a happy man who can once for all avoid having to do with a +great many of his fellow creatures. + +The art of putting up with people may be learned by practicing +patience on inanimate objects, which, in virtue of some mechanical +or general physical necessity, oppose a stubborn resistance to our +freedom of action--a form of patience which is required every day. +The patience thus gained may be applied to our dealings with men, +by accustoming ourselves to regard their opposition, wherever we +encounter it, as the inevitable outcome of their nature, which sets +itself up against us in virtue of the same rigid law of necessity as +governs the resistance of inanimate objects. To become indignant at +their conduct is as foolish as to be angry with a stone because it +rolls into your path. And with many people the wisest thing you can +do, is to resolve to make use of those whom you cannot alter. + +SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how quickly similarity, +or difference of mind and disposition, makes itself felt between one +man and another as soon as they begin to talk: every little trifle +shows it. When two people of totally different natures are conversing, +almost everything said by the one will, in a greater or less degree, +displease the other, and in many cases produce positive annoyance; +even though the conversation turn upon the most out-of-the-way +subject, or one in which neither of the parties has any real interest. +People of similar nature, on the other hand, immediately come to feel +a kind of general agreement; and if they are cast very much in the +same mould, complete harmony or even unison will flow from their +intercourse. + +This explain two circumstances. First of all, it shows why it is that +common, ordinary people are so sociable and find good company wherever +they go. Ah! those good, dear, brave people. It is just the contrary +with those who are not of the common run; and the less they are so, +the more unsociable they become; so that if, in their isolation, they +chance to come across some one in whose nature they can find even +a single sympathetic chord, be it never so minute, they show +extraordinary pleasure in his society. For one man can be to another +only so much as the other is to him. Great minds are like eagles, and +build their nest in some lofty solitude. + +Secondly, we are enabled to understand how it is that people of like +disposition so quickly get on with one another, as though they were +drawn together by magnetic force--kindred souls greeting each other +from afar. Of course the most frequent opportunity of observing this +is afforded by people of vulgar tastes and inferior intellect, but +only because their name is legion; while those who are better off in +this respect and of a rarer nature, are not often to be met with: they +are called rare because you can seldom find them. + +Take the case of a large number of people who have formed themselves +into a league for the purpose of carrying out some practical object; +if there be two rascals among them, they will recognize each other as +readily as if they bore a similar badge, and will at once conspire +for some misfeasance or treachery. In the same way, if you can +imagine--_per impossible_--a large company of very intelligent and +clever people, amongst whom there are only two blockheads, these two +will be sure to be drawn together by a feeling of sympathy, and each +of them will very soon secretly rejoice at having found at least one +intelligent person in the whole company. It is really quite curious +to see how two such men, especially if they are morally and +intellectually of an inferior type, will recognize each other at first +sight; with what zeal they will strive to become intimate; how affably +and cheerily they will run to greet each other, just as though they +were old friends;--it is all so striking that one is tempted to +embrace the Buddhist doctrine of metempsychosis and presume that they +were on familiar terms in some former state of existence. + +Still, in spite of all this general agreement, men are kept apart who +might come together; or, in some cases, a passing discord springs up +between them. This is due to diversity of mood. You will hardly +ever see two people exactly in the same frame of mind; for that is +something which varies with their condition of life, occupation, +surroundings, health, the train of thought they are in at the moment, +and so on. These differences give rise to discord between persons of +the most harmonious disposition. To correct the balance properly, so +as to remove the disturbance--to introduce, as it were, a uniform +temperature,--is a work demanding a very high degree of culture. The +extent to which uniformity of mood is productive of good-fellowship +may be measured by its effects upon a large company. When, for +instance, a great many people are gathered together and presented with +some objective interest which works upon all alike and influences them +in a similar way, no matter what it be--a common danger or hope, some +great news, a spectacle, a play, a piece of music, or anything of that +kind--you will find them roused to a mutual expression of thought, +and a display of sincere interest. There will be a general feeling +of pleasure amongst them; for that which attracts their attention +produces a unity of mood by overpowering all private and personal +interests. + +And in default of some objective interest of the kind I have +mentioned, recourse is usually had to something subjective. A bottle +of wine is not an uncommon means of introducing a mutual feeling of +fellowship; and even tea and coffee are used for a like end. + +The discord which so easily finds its way into all society as an +effect of the different moods in which people happen to be for the +moment, also in part explains why it is that memory always idealizes, +and sometimes almost transfigures, the attitude we have taken up at +any period of the past--a change due to our inability to remember all +the fleeting influences which disturbed us on any given occasion. +Memory is in this respect like the lens of a _camera obscura_: it +contracts everything within its range, and so produces a much finer +picture than the actual landscape affords. And, in the case of a man, +absence always goes some way towards securing this advantageous light; +for though the idealizing tendency of the memory requires times to +complete its work, it begins it at once. Hence it is a prudent thing +to see your friends and acquaintances only at considerable intervals +of time; and on meeting them again, you will observe that memory has +been at work. + +SECTION 23. No man can see _over his own height._ Let me explain what +I mean. + +You cannot see in another man any more than you have in yourself; and +your own intelligence strictly determines the extent to which he comes +within its grasp. If your intelligence is of a very low order, mental +qualities in another, even though they be of the highest kind, +will have no effect at all upon you; you will see nothing in their +possessor except the meanest side of his individuality--in other +words, just those parts of his character and disposition which are +weak and defective. Your whole estimate of the man will be confined to +his defects, and his higher mental qualities will no more exist for +you than colors exist for those who cannot see. + +Intellect is invisible to the man who has none. In any attempt to +criticise another's work, the range of knowledge possessed by the +critic is as essential a part of his verdict as the claims of the work +itself. + +Hence intercourse with others involves a process of leveling down. The +qualities which are present in one man, and absent in another, cannot +come into play when they meet; and the self-sacrifice which this +entails upon one of the parties, calls forth no recognition from the +other. + +Consider how sordid, how stupid, in a word, how _vulgar_ most men +are, and you will see that it is impossible to talk to them without +becoming vulgar yourself for the time being. Vulgarity is in this +respect like electricity; it is easily distributed. You will then +fully appreciate the truth and propriety of the expression, _to make +yourself cheap_; and you will be glad to avoid the society of people +whose only possible point of contact with you is just that part of +your nature of which you have least reason to be proud. So you will +see that, in dealing with fools and blockheads, there is only one way +of showing your intelligence--by having nothing to do with them. That +means, of course, that when you go into society, you may now and then +feel like a good dancer who gets an invitation to a ball, and on +arriving, finds that everyone is lame:--with whom is he to dance? + +SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man--and he is one in a +hundred--who, when he is waiting or sitting unoccupied, refrains from +rattling or beating time with anything that happens to be handy,--his +stick, or knife and fork, or whatever else it may be. The probability +is that he is thinking of something. + +With a large number of people, it is quite evident that their power of +sight completely dominates over their power of thought; they seem to +be conscious of existence only when they are making a noise; unless +indeed they happen to be smoking, for this serves a similar end. It is +for the same reason that they never fail to be all eyes and ears for +what is going on around them. + +SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking remark that it is +difficult to feel deep veneration and great affection for one and the +same person. If this is so, we shall have to choose whether it is +veneration or love that we want from our fellow-men. + +Their love is always selfish, though in very different ways; and the +means used to gain it are not always of a kind to make us proud. A +man is loved by others mainly in the degree in which he moderates +his claim on their good feeling and intelligence: but he must act +genuinely in the matter and without dissimulation--not merely out of +forbearance, which is at bottom a kind of contempt. This calls to mind +a very true observation of Helvetius[1]: _the amount of intellect +necessary to please us, is a most accurate measure of the amount of +intellect we have ourselves_. With these remarks as premises, it is +easy to draw the conclusion. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Helvetius, Claude-Adrien (1715-71), +a French philosophical writer much esteemed by Schopenhauer. His chief +work, _De l'Esprit_, excited great interest and opposition at the +time of its publication, on account of the author's pronounced +materialism.] + +Now with veneration the case is just the opposite; it is wrung from +men reluctantly, and for that very reason mostly concealed. Hence, as +compared with love, veneration gives more real satisfaction; for it is +connected with personal value, and the same is not directly true +of love, which is subjective in its nature, whilst veneration is +objective. To be sure, it is more useful to be loved than to be +venerated. + +SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly subjective that nothing really +interests them but themselves. They always think of their own case +as soon as ever any remark is made, and their whole attention is +engrossed and absorbed by the merest chance reference to anything +which affects them personally, be it never so remote: with the result +that they have no power left for forming an objective view of things, +should the conversation take that turn; neither can they admit any +validity in arguments which tell against their interest or their +vanity. Hence their attention is easily distracted. They are so +readily offended, insulted or annoyed, that in discussing any +impersonal matter with them, no care is too great to avoid letting +your remarks bear the slightest possible reference to the very worthy +and sensitive individuals whom you have before you; for anything you +may say will perhaps hurt their feelings. People really care about +nothing that does not affect them personally. True and striking +observations, fine, subtle and witty things are lost upon them: they +cannot understand or feel them. But anything that disturbs their petty +vanity in the most remote and indirect way, or reflects prejudicially +upon their exceedingly precious selves--to that, they are most +tenderly sensitive. In this respect they are like the little dog whose +toes you are so apt to tread upon inadvertently--you know it by the +shrill bark it sets up: or, again, they resemble a sick man covered +with sores and boils, with whom the greatest care must be taken to +avoid unnecessary handling. And in some people this feeling reaches +such a pass that, if they are talking with anyone, and he exhibits, or +does not sufficiently conceal, his intelligence and discernment, they +look upon it as a downright insult; although for the moment they hide +their ill will, and the unsuspecting author of it afterwards ruminates +in vain upon their conduct, and racks his brain to discover what he +could possibly have done to excite their malice and hatred. + +But it is just as easy to flatter and win them over; and this is why +their judgment is usually corrupt, and why their opinions are swayed, +not by what is really true and right, but by the favor of the party or +class to which they belong. And the ultimate reason of it all is, that +in such people force of will greatly predominates over knowledge; and +hence their meagre intellect is wholly given up to the service of the +will, and can never free itself from that service for a moment. + +Astrology furnishes a magnificent proof of this miserable subjective +tendency in men, which leads them to see everything only as bearing +upon themselves, and to think of nothing that is not straightway made +into a personal matter. The aim of astrology is to bring the motions +of the celestial bodies into relation with the wretched _Ego_ and to +establish a connection between a comet in the sky and squabbles and +rascalities on earth.[1] + +[Footnote 1: See, for instance, Stobasus, _Eclog. I_. xxii. 9.] + +SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, whether in public or +in society, or in books, and well received--or, at any rate, not +refuted--that that is no reason why you should despair or think there +the matter will rest. You should comfort yourself with the reflection +that the question will be afterwards gradually subjected to +examination; light will be thrown upon it; it will be thought over, +considered, discussed, and generally in the end the correct view will +be reached; so that, after a time--the length of which will depend +upon the difficulty of the subject--everyone will come to understand +that which a clear head saw at once. + +In the meantime, of course, you must have patience. He who can see +truly in the midst of general infatuation is like a man whose watch +keeps good time, when all clocks in the town in which he lives are +wrong. He alone knows the right time; but what use is that to him? +for everyone goes by the clocks which speak false, not even excepting +those who know that his watch is the only one that is right. + +SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if you spoil them, they +become naughty. + +Therefore it is well not to be too indulgent or charitable with +anyone. You may take it as a general rule that you will not lose a +friend by refusing him a loan, but that you are very likely to do +so by granting it; and, for similar reasons, you will not readily +alienate people by being somewhat proud and careless in your +behaviour; but if you are very kind and complaisant towards them, you +will often make them arrogant and intolerable, and so a breach will +ensue. + +There is one thing that, more than any other, throws people absolutely +off their balance--the thought that you are dependent upon them. This +is sure to produce an insolent and domineering manner towards you. +There are some people, indeed, who become rude if you enter into any +kind of relation with them; for instance, if you have occasion to +converse with them frequently upon confidential matters, they soon +come to fancy that they can take liberties with you, and so they try +and transgress the laws of politeness. This is why there are so few +with whom you care to become more intimate, and why you should avoid +familiarity with vulgar people. If a man comes to think that I am more +dependent upon him than he is upon me, he at once feels as though I +had stolen something from him; and his endeavor will be to have his +vengeance and get it back. The only way to attain superiority in +dealing with men, is to let it be seen that you are independent of +them. + +And in this view it is advisable to let everyone of your +acquaintance--whether man or woman--feel now and then that you +could very well dispense with their company. This will consolidate +friendship. Nay, with most people there will be no harm in +occasionally mixing a grain of disdain with your treatment of them; +that will make them value your friendship all the more. _Chi non +istima vien stimato_, as a subtle Italian proverb has it--to disregard +is to win regard. But if we really think very highly of a person, we +should conceal it from him like a crime. This is not a very gratifying +thing to do, but it is right. Why, a dog will not bear being treated +too kindly, let alone a man! + +SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of noble character and +great mental gifts betray a strange lack of worldly wisdom and a +deficiency in the knowledge of men, more especially when they are +young; with the result that it is easy to deceive or mislead them; and +that, on the other hand, natures of the commoner sort are more ready +and successful in making their way in the world. + +The reason of this is that, when a man has little or no experience, +he must judge by his own antecedent notions; and in matters demanding +judgment, an antecedent notion is never on the same level as +experience. For, with the commoner sort of people, an antecedent +notion means just their own selfish point of view. This is not the +case with those whose mind and character are above the ordinary; for +it is precisely in this respect--their unselfishness--that they differ +from the rest of mankind; and as they judge other people's thoughts +and actions by their own high standard, the result does not always +tally with their calculation. + +But if, in the end, a man of noble character comes to see, as the +effect of his own experience, or by the lessons he learns from others, +what it is that may be expected of men in general,--namely, that +five-sixths of them are morally and intellectually so constituted +that, if circumstances do not place you in relation with them, you had +better get out of their way and keep as far as possible from having +anything to do with them,--still, he will scarcely ever attain an +adequate notion of their wretchedly mean and shabby nature: all his +life long he will have to be extending and adding to the inferior +estimate he forms of them; and in the meantime he will commit a great +many mistakes and do himself harm. + +Then, again, after he has really taken to heart the lessons that have +been taught him, it will occasionally happen that, when he is in the +society of people whom he does not know, he will be surprised to +find how thoroughly reasonable they all appear to be, both in their +conversation and in their demeanor--in fact, quite honest, sincere, +virtuous and trustworthy people, and at the same time shrewd and +clever. + +But that ought not to perplex him. Nature is not like those bad +poets, who, in setting a fool or a knave before us, do their work so +clumsily, and with such evident design, that you might almost +fancy you saw the poet standing behind each of his characters, and +continually disavowing their sentiments, and telling you in a tone of +warning: _This is a knave; that is a fool; do not mind what he says_. +But Nature goes to work like Shakespeare and Goethe, poets who +make every one of their characters--even if it is the devil +himself!--appear to be quite in the right for the moment that they +come before us in their several parts; the characters are described so +objectively that they excite our interest and compel us to sympathize +with their point of view; for, like the works of Nature, every one +of these characters is evolved as the result of some hidden law +or principle, which makes all they say and do appear natural and +therefore necessary. And you will always be the prey or the plaything +of the devils and fools in this world, if you expect to see them going +about with horns or jangling their bells. + +And it should be borne in mind that, in their intercourse with others, +people are like the moon, or like hunchbacks; they show you only one +of their sides. Every man has an innate talent for mimicry,--for +making a mask out of his physiognomy, so that he can always look as +if he really were what he pretends to be; and since he makes his +calculations always within the lines of his individual nature, the +appearance he puts on suits him to a nicety, and its effect is +extremely deceptive. He dons his mask whenever his object is to +flatter himself into some one's good opinion; and you may pay just as +much attention to it as if it were made of wax or cardboard, never +forgetting that excellent Italian proverb: _non é si tristo cane che +non meni la coda_,--there is no dog so bad but that he will wag his +tail. + +In any case it is well to take care not to form a highly favorable +opinion of a person whose acquaintance you have only recently made, +for otherwise you are very likely to be disappointed; and then you +will be ashamed of yourself and perhaps even suffer some injury. +And while I am on the subject, there is another fact that deserves +mention. It is this. A man shows his character just in the way in +which he deals with trifles,--for then he is off his guard. This will +often afford a good opportunity of observing the boundless egoism of +man's nature, and his total lack of consideration for others; and +if these defects show themselves in small things, or merely in his +general demeanor, you will find that they also underlie his action in +matters of importance, although he may disguise the fact. This is an +opportunity which should not be missed. If in the little affairs of +every day,--the trifles of life, those matters to which the rule _de +minimis non_ applies,--a man is inconsiderate and seeks only what is +advantageous or convenient to himself, to the prejudice of others' +rights; if he appropriates to himself that which belongs to all alike, +you may be sure there is no justice in his heart, and that he would be +a scoundrel on a wholesale scale, only that law and compulsion bind +his hands. Do not trust him beyond your door. He who is not afraid +to break the laws of his own private circle, will break those of the +State when he can do so with impunity. + +If the average man were so constituted that the good in him outweighed +the bad, it would be more advisable to rely upon his sense of justice, +fairness, gratitude, fidelity, love or compassion, than to work upon +his fears; but as the contrary is the case, and it is the bad that +outweighs the good, the opposite course is the more prudent one. + +If any person with whom we are associated or have to do, exhibits +unpleasant or annoying qualities, we have only to ask ourselves +whether or not this person is of so much value to us that we can put +up with frequent and repeated exhibitions of the same qualities in a +somewhat aggravated form.[1] In case of an affirmative answer to this +question, there will not be much to be said, because talking is very +little use. We must let the matter pass, with or without some notice; +but we should nevertheless remember that we are thereby exposing +ourselves to a repetition of the offence. If the answer is in the +negative, we must break with our worthy friend at once and forever; or +in the case of a servant, dismiss him. For he will inevitably repeat +the offence, or do something tantamount to it, should the occasion +return, even though for the moment he is deep and sincere in his +assurances of the contrary. There is nothing, absolutely nothing, +that a man cannot forget,--but not _himself, his own character_. For +character is incorrigible; because all a man's actions emanate from an +inward principle, in virtue of which he must always do the same thing +under like circumstances; and he cannot do otherwise. Let me refer to +my prize essay on the so-called _Freedom of the Will_, the perusal +of which will dissipate any delusions the reader may have on this +subject. + +[Footnote 1: To _forgive and forget_ means to throw away dearly bought +experience.] + +To become reconciled to a friend with whom you have broken, is a form +of weakness; and you pay the penalty of it when he takes the first +opportunity of doing precisely the very thing which brought about +the breach; nay, he does it the more boldly, because he is secretly +conscious that you cannot get on without him. This is also applicable +to servants whom you have dismissed, and then taken into your service +again. + +For the same reason, you should just as little expect people to +continue to act in a similar way under altered circumstances. The +truth is that men alter their demeanor and sentiments just as fast as +their interest changes; and their resign in this respect is a bill +drawn for short payment that the man must be still more short-sighted +who accepts the bill without protesting it. Accordingly, suppose you +want to know how a man will behave in an office into which you think +of putting him; you should not build upon expectations, on his +promises or assurances. For, even allowing that he is quite sincere, +he is speaking about a matter of which he has no knowledge. The only +way to calculate how he will behave, is to consider the circumstances +in which he will be placed, and the extent to which they will conflict +with his character. + +If you wish to get a clear and profound insight--and it is very +needful--into the true but melancholy elements of which most men are +made, you will find in a very instructive thing to take the way they +behave in the pages of literature as a commentary to their doings in +practical life, and _vice versa._ The experience thus gained will be +very useful in avoiding wrong ideas, whether about yourself or about +others. But if you come across any special trait of meanness or +stupidity--in life or in literature,--you must be careful not to let +it annoy or distress you, but to look upon it merely as an addition to +your knowledge--a new fact to be considered in studying the character +of humanity. Your attitude towards it will be that of the mineralogist +who stumbles upon a very characteristic specimen of a mineral. + +Of course there are some facts which are very exceptional, and it is +difficult to understand how they arise, and how it is that there come +to be such enormous differences between man and man; but, in general, +what was said long ago is quite true, and the world is in a very bad +way. In savage countries they eat one another, in civilized they +deceive one another; and that is what people call the way of the +world! What are States and all the elaborate systems of political +machinery, and the rule of force, whether in home or in foreign +affairs,--what are they but barriers against the boundless iniquity +of mankind? Does not all history show that whenever a king is firmly +planted on a throne, and his people reach some degree of prosperity, +he uses it to lead his army, like a band of robbers, against adjoining +countries? Are not almost all wars ultimately undertaken for purposes +of plunder? In the most remote antiquity, and to some extent also in +the Middle Ages, the conquered became slaves,--in other words, they +had to work for those who conquered them; and where is the difference +between that and paying war-taxes, which represent the product of our +previous work? + +All war, says Voltaire, is a matter of robbery; and the Germans should +take that as a warning. + +SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be left entirely to +himself, to go his own ways; everyone needs to be guided by a +preconceived plan, and to follow certain general rules. But if this is +carried too far, and a man tries to take on a character which is not +natural or innate in him, but it artificially acquired and evolved +merely by a process of reasoning, he will very soon discover that +Nature cannot be forced, and that if you drive it out, it will return +despite your efforts:-- + +_Naturam expelles furca, tamen usque recurret_. + +To understand a rule governing conduct towards others, even to +discover it for oneself and to express it neatly, is easy enough; and +still, very soon afterwards, the rule may be broken in practice. But +that is no reason for despair; and you need not fancy that as it is +impossible to regulate your life in accordance with abstract ideas +and maxims, it is better to live just as you please. Here, as in all +theoretical instruction that aims at a practical result, the first +thing to do is to understand the rule; the second thing is to learn +the practice of it. The theory may be understand at once by an effort +of reason, and yet the practice of it acquired only in course of time. + +A pupil may lean the various notes on an instrument of music, or the +different position in fencing; and when he makes a mistake, as he +is sure to do, however hard he tries, he is apt to think it will be +impossible to observe the rules, when he is set to read music at sight +or challenged to a furious duel. But for all that, gradual practice +makes him perfect, through a long series of slips, blunders and fresh +efforts. It is just the same in other things; in learning to write and +speak Latin, a man will forget the grammatical rules; it is only +by long practice that a blockhead turns into a courtier, that a +passionate man becomes shrewd and worldly-wise, or a frank person +reserved, or a noble person ironical. But though self-discipline of +this kind is the result of long habit, it always works by a sort of +external compulsion, which Nature never ceases to resist and sometimes +unexpectedly overcomes. The difference between action in accordance +with abstract principles, and action as the result of original, +innate tendency, is the same as that between a work of art, say a +watch--where form and movement are impressed upon shapeless and inert +matter--and a living organism, where form and matter are one, and each +is inseparable from the other. + +There is a maxim attributed to the Emperor Napoleon, which expresses +this relation between acquired and innate character, and confirms what +I have said: _everything that is unnatural is imperfect_;--a rule of +universal application, whether in the physical or in the moral sphere. +The only exception I can think of to this rule is aventurine,[1] a +substance known to mineralogists, which in its natural state cannot +compare with the artificial preparation of it. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Aventurine is a rare kind of quartz; +and the same name is given to a brownish-colored glass much resembling +it, which is manufactured at Murano. It is so called from the fact +that the glass was discovered by chance _(arventura)_.] + +And in this connection let me utter a word of protest against any and +every form of _affectation_. It always arouses contempt; in the first +place, because it argues deception, and the deception is cowardly, +for it is based on fear; and, secondly, it argues self-condemnation, +because it means that a man is trying to appear what he is not, and +therefore something which he things better than he actually is. To +affect a quality, and to plume yourself upon it, is just to confess +that you have not got it. Whether it is courage, or learning, or +intellect, or wit, or success with women, or riches, or social +position, or whatever else it may be that a man boasts of, you may +conclude by his boasting about it that that is precisely the direction +in which he is rather weak; for if a man really possesses any faculty +to the full, it will not occur to him to make a great show of +affecting it; he is quite content to know that he has it. That is the +application of the Spanish proverb: _herradura que chacolotea clavo le +falta_--a clattering hoof means a nail gone. To be sure, as I said at +first, no man ought to let the reins go quite loose, and show himself +just as he is; for there are many evil and bestial sides to our nature +which require to be hidden away out of sight; and this justifies the +negative attitude of dissimulation, but it does not justify a +positive feigning of qualities which are not there. It should also be +remembered that affectation is recognized at once, even before it is +clear what it is that is being affected. And, finally, affectation +cannot last very long, and one day the mask will fall off. _Nemo +potest personam diu ferre fictam_, says Seneca;[1] _ficta cito in +naturam suam recidunt_--no one can persevere long in a fictitious +character; for nature will soon reassert itself. + +[Footnote 1: _De Clementia, I_. 1.] + +SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own body without knowing it, +but he soon feels the weight of any other, if he tries to move it; in +the same way, a man can see other people's shortcoming's and vices, +but he is blind to his own. This arrangement has one advantage: it +turns other people into a kind of mirror, in which a man can see +clearly everything that is vicious, faulty, ill-bred and loathsome in +his own nature; only, it is generally the old story of the dog barking +at is own image; it is himself that he sees and not another dog, as he +fancies. + +He who criticises others, works at the reformation of himself. Those +who form the secret habit of scrutinizing other people's general +behavior, and passing severe judgment upon what they do and leave +undone, thereby improve themselves, and work out their own perfection: +for they will have sufficient sense of justice, or at any rate enough +pride and vanity, to avoid in their own case that which they condemn +so harshly elsewhere. But tolerant people are just the opposite, +and claim for themselves the same indulgence that they extend to +others--_hanc veniam damus petimusque vicissim_. It is all very well +for the Bible to talk about the mote in another's eye and the beam in +one's own. The nature of the eye is to look not at itself but at other +things; and therefore to observe and blame faults in another is a +very suitable way of becoming conscious of one's own. We require a +looking-glass for the due dressing of our morals. + +The same rule applies in the case of style and fine writing. If, +instead of condemning, you applaud some new folly in these matters, +you will imitate it. That is just why literary follies have such vogue +in Germany. The Germans are a very tolerant people--everybody can see +that! Their maxim is--_Hanc veniam damns petimusque vicissim._ + +SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble character fancies that +the relations prevailing amongst mankind, and the alliances to which +these relations lead, are at bottom and essentially, _ideal_ in their +nature; that is to say, that they rest upon similarity of disposition +or sentiment, or taste, or intellectual power, and so on. + +But, later on, he finds out that it is a _real_ foundation which +underlies these alliances; that they are based upon some _material_ +interest. This is the true foundation of almost all alliances: nay, +most men have no notion of an alliance resting upon any other basis. +Accordingly we find that a man is always measured by the office he +holds, or by his occupation, nationality, or family relations--in a +word, by the position and character which have been assigned him +in the conventional arrangements of life, where he is ticketed and +treated as so much goods. Reference to what he is in himself, as a +man--to the measure of his own personal qualities--is never made +unless for convenience' sake: and so that view of a man is something +exceptional, to be set aside and ignored, the moment that anyone finds +it disagreeable; and this is what usually happens. But the more of +personal worth a man has, the less pleasure he will take in these +conventional arrangements; and he will try to withdraw from the sphere +in which they apply. The reason why these arrangements exist at all, +is simply that in this world of ours misery and need are the chief +features: therefore it is everywhere the essential and paramount +business of life to devise the means of alleviating them. + +SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the world instead of real +coin, so, is the place of true esteem and genuine friendship, you have +the outward appearance of it--a mimic show made to look as much like +the real thing as possible. + +On the other hand, it may be asked whether there are any people who +really deserve the true coin. For my own part, I should certainly pay +more respect to an honest dog wagging his tail than to a hundred such +demonstrations of human regard. + +True and genuine friendship presupposes a strong sympathy with the +weal and woe of another--purely objective in its character and quite +disinterested; and this in its turn means an absolute identification +of self with the object of friendship. The egoism of human nature is +so strongly antagonistic to any such sympathy, that true friendship +belongs to that class of things--the sea-serpent, for instance,--with +regard to which no one knows whether they are fabulous or really exist +somewhere or other. + +Still, in many cases, there is a grain of true and genuine friendship +in the relation of man to man, though generally, of course, some +secret personal interest is at the bottom of them--some one among the +many forms that selfishness can take. But in a world where all is +imperfect, this grain of true feeling is such an ennobling influence +that it gives some warrant for calling those relations by the name of +friendship, for they stand far above the ordinary friendships that +prevail amongst mankind. The latter are so constituted that, were you +to hear how your dear friends speak of you behind your back, you would +never say another word to them. + +Apart from the case where it would be a real help to you if your +friend were to make some great sacrifice to serve you, there is no +better means of testing the genuineness of his feelings than the way +in which he receives the news of a misfortune that has just happened +to you. At that moment the expression of his features will either show +that his one thought is that of true and sincere sympathy for you; or +else the absolute composure of his countenance, or the passing trace +of something other than sympathy, will confirm the well-known maxim +of La Rochefoucauld: _Dans l'adversite de nos meilleurs amis, nous +trouvons toujours quelque chose qui ne nous deplait pas_. Indeed, at +such a moment, the ordinary so-called friend will find it hard to +suppress the signs of a slight smile of pleasure. There are few ways +by which you can make more certain of putting people into a good humor +than by telling them of some trouble that has recently befallen you, +or by unreservedly disclosing some personal weakness of yours. How +characteristic this is of humanity! + +Distance and long absence are always prejudicial to friendship, +however disinclined a man may be to admit. Our regard for people whom +we do not see--even though they be our dearest friends--gradually +dries up in the course of years, and they become abstract notions; +so that our interest in them grows to be more and more +intellectual,--nay, it is kept up only as a kind of tradition; whilst +we retain a lively and deep interest in those who are constantly +before our eyes, even if they be only pet animals. This shows how +much men are limited by their senses, and how true is the remark that +Goethe makes in _Tasso_ about the dominant influence of the present +moment:-- + + _Die Gegenwart ist eine mächtige Göttin_[1] + +[Footnote 1: Act iv., se. 4.] + +_Friends of the house_ are very rightly so called; because they are +friends of the house rather than of its master; in other words, they +are more like cats than dogs. + +Your friends will tell you that they are sincere; your enemies are +really so. Let your enemies' censure be like a bitter medicine, to be +used as a means of self-knowledge. + +A friend in need, as the saying goes, is rare. Nay, it is just the +contrary; no sooner have you made a friend than he is in need, and +asks for a loan. + +SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in the ways of the +world, if he imagines that he can make himself popular in society by +exhibiting intelligence and discernment. With the immense majority +of people, such qualities excite hatred and resentment, which are +rendered all the harder to bear by the fact that people are obliged to +suppress--even from themselves--the real reason of their anger. + +What actually takes place is this. A man feels and perceives that the +person with whom he is conversing is intellectually very much his +superior.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. _Welt als Wills und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. p. 256 (4th +Edit.), where I quote from Dr. Johnson, and from Merck, the friend +of Goethe's youth. The former says: _There is nothing by which a man +exasperates most people more, than by displaying a superior ability of +brilliancy in conversation. They seem pleased at the time, but their +envy makes them curse him at their hearts._ (Boswells _Life of +Johnson_ aetat: 74).] + +He thereupon secretly and half unconsciously concludes that his +interlocutor must form a proportionately low and limited estimate of +his abilities. That is a method of reasoning--an enthymeme--which +rouses the bitterest feelings of sullen and rancorous hatred. And so +Gracian is quite right in saying that the only way to win affection +from people is to show the most animal-like simplicity of +demeanor--_para ser bien quisto, el unico medio vestirse la piel del +mas simple de los brutos_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Balthazar Graeian, _Oraculo manual, +y arte de prudencia_, 240. Gracian (1584-1658) was a Spanish prose +writer and Jesuit, whose works deal chiefly with the observation +of character in the various phenomena of life. Schopenhauer, among +others, had a great admiration for his worldly philosophy, and +translated his _Oraculo manual_--a system of rules for the conduct of +life--into German. The same book was translated into English towards +the close of the seventeenth century.] + +To show your intelligence and discernment is only an indirect way of +reproaching other people for being dull and incapable. And besides, it +is natural for a vulgar man to be violently agitated by the sight of +opposition in any form; and in this case envy comes in as the secret +cause of his hostility. For it is a matter of daily observation that +people take the greatest pleasure in that which satisfies their +vanity; and vanity cannot be satisfied without comparison with others. +Now, there is nothing of which a man is prouder than of intellectual +ability, for it is this that gives him his commanding place in the +animal world. It is an exceedingly rash thing to let any one see that +you are decidedly superior to him in this respect, and to let other +people see it too; because he will then thirst for vengeance, and +generally look about for an opportunity of taking it by means of +insult, because this is to pass from the sphere of _intellect_ to +that of _will_--and there, all are on an equal footing as regards the +feeling of hostility. Hence, while rank and riches may always reckon +upon deferential treatment in society, that is something which +intellectual ability can never expect; to be ignored is the greatest +favor shown to it; and if people notice it at all, it is because they +regard it as a piece of impertinence, or else as something to which +its possessor has no legitimate right, and upon which he dares to +pride himself; and in retaliation and revenge for his conduct, people +secretly try and humiliate him in some other way; and if they wait to +do this, it is only for a fitting opportunity. A man may be as humble +as possible in his demeanor, and yet hardly ever get people to +overlook his crime in standing intellectually above them. In the +_Garden of Roses_, Sadi makes the remark:--_You should know that +foolish people are a hundredfold more averse to meeting the wise than +the wise are indisposed for the company of the foolish_. + +On the other hand, it is a real recommendation to be stupid. For just +as warmth is agreeable to the body, so it does the mind good to feel +its superiority; and a man will seek company likely to give him this +feeling, as instinctively as he will approach the fireplace or walk +in the sun if he wants to get warm. But this means that he will be +disliked on account of his superiority; and if a man is to be liked, +he must really be inferior in point of intellect; and the same thing +holds good of a woman in point of beauty. To give proof of real and +unfeigned inferiority to some of the people you meet--that is a very +difficult business indeed! + +Consider how kindly and heartily a girl who is passably pretty will +welcome one who is downright ugly. Physical advantages are not thought +so much of in the case of man, though I suppose you would rather a +little man sat next to you than one who was bigger than yourself. This +is why, amongst men, it is the dull and ignorant, and amongst women, +the ugly, who are always popular and in request.[1] It is likely to +be said of such people that they are extremely good-natured, because +every one wants to find a pretext for caring about them--a pretext +which will blind both himself and other people to the real reason why +he likes them. This is also why mental superiority of any sort always +tends to isolate its possessor; people run away from him out of +pure hatred, and say all manner of bad things about him by way of +justifying their action. Beauty, in the case of women, has a similar +effect: very pretty girls have no friends of their own sex, and they +even find it hard to get another girl to keep them company. A handsome +woman should always avoid applying for a position as companion, +because the moment she enters the room, her prospective mistress will +scowl at her beauty, as a piece of folly with which, both for her own +and for her daughter's sake, she can very well dispense. But if the +girl has advantages of rank, the case is very different; because rank, +unlike personal qualities which work by the force of mere contrast, +produces its effect by a process of reflection; much in the same +way as the particular hue of a person's complexion depends upon the +prevailing tone of his immediate surroundings. + +[Footnote 1: If you desire to get on in the world, friends and +acquaintances are by far the best passport to fortune. The possession +of a great deal of ability makes a man proud, and therefore not apt to +flatter those who have very little, and from whom, on that account, +the possession of great ability should be carefully concealed. The +consciousness of small intellectual power has just the opposite +effect, and is very compatible with a humble, affable and +companionable nature, and with respect for what is mean and wretched. +This is why an inferior sort of man has so many friends to befriend +and encourage him. + +These remarks are applicable not only to advancement in political +life, but to all competition for places of honor and dignity, nay, +even for reputation in the world of science, literature and art. In +learned societies, for example, mediocrity--that very acceptable +quality--is always to the fore, whilst merit meets with tardy +recognition, or with none at all. So it is in everything.] + +SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often consists in great measure +of pure laziness, selfishness and vanity on our own part: I say +_laziness_, because, instead of making inquiries ourselves, and +exercising an active care, we prefer to trust others; _selfishness_, +because we are led to confide in people by the pressure of our own +affairs; and _vanity_, when we ask confidence for a matter on which we +rather pride ourselves. And yet, for all that, we expect people to be +true to the trust we repose in them. + +But we ought not to become angry if people put no trust in us: because +that really means that they pay honesty the sincere compliment of +regarding it as a very rare thing,--so rare, indeed, as to leave us in +doubt whether its existence is not merely fabulous. + +SECTION 36. _Politeness_,--which the Chinese hold to be a cardinal +virtue,--is based upon two considerations of policy. I have explained +one of these considerations in my _Ethics_; the other is as +follows:--Politeness is a tacit agreement that people's miserable +defects, whether moral or intellectual, shall on either side be +ignored and not made the subject of reproach; and since these defects +are thus rendered somewhat less obtrusive, the result is mutually +advantageous.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--In the passage referred to +_(Grundlage der Moral_, collected works, Vol. IV., pp. 187 and 198), +Schopenhauer explains politeness as a conventional and systematic +attempt to mask the egoism of human nature in the small affairs of +life,--an egoism so repulsive that some such device is necessary for +the purpose of concealing its ugliness. The relation which politeness +bears to the true love of one's neighbor is analogous to that existing +between justice as an affair of legality, and justice as the real +integrity of the heart.] + +It is a wise thing to be polite; consequently, it is a stupid thing +to be rude. To make enemies by unnecessary and willful incivility, +is just as insane a proceeding as to set your house on fire. For +politeness is like a counter--an avowedly false coin, with which it is +foolish to be stingy. A sensible man will be generous in the use +of it. It is customary in every country to end a letter with +the words:--_your most obedient servant_--_votre très-humble +serviteur_--_suo devotissimo servo_. (The Germans are the only people +who suppress the word _servant_--_Diener_--because, of course, it is +not true!) However, to carry politeness to such an extent as to damage +your prospects, is like giving money where only counters are expected. + +Wax, a substance naturally hard and brittle, can be made soft by the +application of a little warmth, so that it will take any shape you +please. In the same way, by being polite and friendly, you can make +people pliable and obliging, even though they are apt to be crabbed +and malevolent. Hence politeness is to human nature what warmth is to +wax. + +Of course, it is no easy matter to be polite; in so far, I mean, as it +requires us to show great respect for everybody, whereas most people +deserve none at all; and again in so far as it demands that we should +feign the most lively interest in people, when we must be very glad +that we have nothing to do with them. To combine politeness with pride +is a masterpiece of wisdom. + +We should be much less ready to lose our temper over an +insult,--which, in the strict sense of the word, means that we have +not been treated with respect,--if, on the one hand, we have not such +an exaggerated estimate of our value and dignity--that is to say, if +we were not so immensely proud of ourselves; and, on the other hand, +if we had arrived at any clear notion of the judgment which, in his +heart, one man generally passes upon another. If most people resent +the slightest hint that any blame attaches to them, you may imagine +their feelings if they were to overhear what their acquaintance say +about them. You should never lose sight of the fact that ordinary +politeness is only a grinning mask: if it shifts its place a little, +or is removed for a moment, there is no use raising a hue and cry. +When a man is downright rude, it is as though he had taken off all his +clothes, and stood before you in _puris naturalibus_. Like most men in +this condition, he does not present a very attractive appearance. + +SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a model for what you +should do or leave undone; because position and circumstances are in +no two cases alike, and difference of character gives a peculiar, +individual tone to what a man does. Hence _duo cum faciunt idem, non +est idem_--two persons may do the same thing with a different result. +A man should act in accordance with his own character, as soon as he +has carefully deliberated on what he is about to do. + +The outcome of this is that _originality_ cannot be dispensed with in +practical matters: otherwise, what a man does will not accord with +what he is. + +SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for though you reached the +age of Methuselah, you would never have done setting him right upon +all the absurd things that he believes. + +It is also well to avoid correcting people's mistakes in conversation, +however good your intentions may be; for it is easy to offend people, +and difficult, if not impossible, to mend them. + +If you feel irritated by the absurd remarks of two people whose +conversation you happen to overhear, you should imagine that you are +listening to a dialogue of two fools in a comedy. _Probatum est._ + +The man who comes into the world with the notion that he is really +going to instruct in matters of the highest importance, may thank his +stars if he escapes with a whole skin. + +SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be accepted, express it +coolly and without passion. All violence has its seat in the _will_; +and so, if your judgment is expressed with vehemence, people will +consider it an effort of will, and not the outcome of knowledge, which +is in its nature cold and unimpassioned. Since the will is the primary +and radical element in human nature, and _intellect_ merely supervenes +as something secondary, people are more likely to believe that the +opinion you express with so much vehemence is due to the excited state +of your will, rather than that the excitement of the will comes only +from the ardent nature of your opinion. + +SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in praising yourself, +you should never be seduced into doing so. For vanity is so very +common, and merit so very uncommon, that even if a man appears to be +praising himself, though very indirectly, people will be ready to lay +a hundred to one that he is talking out of pure vanity, and that he +has not sense enough to see what a fool he is making of himself. + +Still, for all that, there may be some truth in Bacon's remark that, +as in the case of calumny, if you throw enough dirt, some of it will +stick, so it it also in regard to self-praise; with the conclusion +that self-praise, in small doses, is to be recommended.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Schopenhauer alludes to the +following passage in Bacon's _De Augmentis Scientiarum_, Bk. viii., +ch. 2: _Sicut enim dici solet de calumnia_, audacter calumniare, +semper aliquid haeret; _sic dici potest de jactantia, (nisi plane +deformis fuerit et ridicula_), audacter te vendita, semper aliquid +haeret. _Haerebit certe apud populum, licet prudentiores subrideant. +Itaque existimatio parta apud plurimos paucorum fastidium abunde +compensabit._] + +SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a person is telling you +a lie, look as though you believed every word he said. This will give +him courage to go on; he will become more vehement in his assertions, +and in the end betray himself. + +Again, if you perceive that a person is trying to conceal something +from you, but with only partial success, look as though you did not +believe him, This opposition on your part will provoke him into +leading out his reserve of truth and bringing the whole force of it to +bear upon your incredulity. + +SECTION 42. You should regard all your private affairs as secrets, +and, in respect of them, treat your acquaintances, even though you +are on good terms with them, as perfect strangers, letting them know +nothing more than they can see for themselves. For in course of time, +and under altered circumstances, you may find it a disadvantage that +they know even the most harmless things about you. + +And, as a general rule, it is more advisable to show your intelligence +by saying nothing than by speaking out; for silence is a matter +of prudence, whilst speech has something in it of vanity. The +opportunities for displaying the one or the other quality occur +equally often; but the fleeting satisfaction afforded by speech is +often preferred to the permanent advantage secured by silence. + +The feeling of relief which lively people experience in speaking aloud +when no one is listening, should not be indulged, lest it grow into a +habit; for in this way thought establishes such very friendly terms +with speech, that conversation is apt to become a process of thinking +aloud. Prudence exacts that a wide gulf should be fixed between what +we think and what we say. + +At times we fancy that people are utterly unable to believe in the +truth of some statement affecting us personally, whereas it never +occurs to them to doubt it; but if we give them the slightest +opportunity of doubting it, they find it absolutely impossible +to believe it any more. We often betray ourselves into revealing +something, simply because we suppose that people cannot help noticing +it,--just as a man will throw himself down from a great height because +he loses his head, in other words, because he fancies that he cannot +retain a firm footing any longer; the torment of his position is so +great, that he thinks it better to put an end to it at once. This is +the kind of insanity which is called _acrophobia_. + +But it should not be forgotten how clever people are in regard +to affairs which do not concern them, even though they show no +particularly sign of acuteness in other matters. This is a kind of +algebra in which people are very proficient: give them a single fact +to go upon, and they will solve the most complicated problems. So, +if you wish to relate some event that happened long ago, without +mentioning any names, or otherwise indicating the persons to whom you +refer, you should be very careful not to introduce into your narrative +anything that might point, however distantly, to some definite fact, +whether it is a particular locality, or a date, or the name of some +one who was only to a small extent implicated, or anything else that +was even remotely connected with the event; for that at once gives +people something positive to go upon, and by the aid of their talent +for this sort of algebra, they will discover all the rest. Their +curiosity in these matters becomes a kind of enthusiasm: their will +spurs on their intellect, and drives it forward to the attainment +of the most remote results. For however unsusceptible and different +people may be to general and universal truths, they are very ardent in +the matter of particular details. + +In keeping with what I have said, it will be found that all those +who profess to give instructions in the wisdom of life are specially +urgent in commending the practice of silence, and assign manifold +reasons why it should be observed; so it is not necessary for me to +enlarge upon the subject any further. However, I may just add one or +two little known Arabian proverbs, which occur to me as peculiarly +appropriate:-- + +_Do not tell a friend anything that you would conceal from an enemy_. + +_A secret is in my custody, if I keep it; but should it escape me, it +is I who am the prisoner_. + +_The tree of silence bears the fruit of peace_. + +SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much advantage as when you have +been cheated out of it; for at one stroke you have purchased prudence. + +SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be felt for anyone. But +carefully observe and remember the manner in which a man conducts +himself, so that you may take the measure of his value,--at any +rate in regard to yourself,--and regulate your bearing towards +him accordingly; never losing sight of the fact that character +is unalterable, and that to forget the bad features in a man's +disposition is like throwing away hard-won money. Thus you will +protect yourself against the results of unwise intimacy and foolish +friendship. + +_Give way neither to love nor to hate_, is one-half of worldly wisdom: +_say nothing and believe nothing_, the other half. Truly, a world +where there is need of such rules as this and the following, is one +upon which a man may well turn his back. + +SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to show your hatred by +what you say or by the way you look, is an unnecessary +proceeding--dangerous, foolish, ridiculous, and vulgar. + +Anger and hatred should never be shown otherwise than in what you do; +and feelings will be all the more effective in action, in so far +as you avoid the exhibition of them in any other way. It is only +cold-blooded animals whose bite is poisonous. + +SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your words--_parler sans +accent_--is an old rule with those who are wise in the world's ways. +It means that you should leave other people to discover what it is +that you have said; and as their minds are slow, you can make your +escape in time. On the other hand, to emphasize your meaning--_parler +avec accent_--is to address their feelings; and the result is always +the opposite of what you expect. If you are polite enough in your +manner and courteous in your tone there are many people whom you may +abuse outright, and yet run no immediate risk of offending them. + + + + +CHAPTER IV, + +WORLDLY FORTUNE.--SECTION 47. + + +However varied the forms that human destiny may take, the same +elements are always present; and so life is everywhere much of a +piece, whether it passed in the cottage or in the palace, in the +barrack or in the cloister. Alter the circumstance as much as you +please! point to strange adventures, successes, failures! life is like +a sweet-shop, where there is a great variety of things, odd in shape +and diverse in color--one and all made from the same paste. And when +men speak of some one's success, the lot of the man who has failed is +not so very different as it seems. The inequalities in the world are +like the combinations in a kaleidoscope; at every turn a fresh picture +strikes the eye; and yet, in reality, you see only the same bits of +glass as you saw before. + +SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, that there are three +great powers in the world; _Sagacity, Strength_, and _Luck_,--[Greek: +sunetos, kratos, tuchu.] I think the last is the most efficacious. + +A man's life is like the voyage of a ship, where luck--_secunda aut +adversa fortuna_--acts the part of the wind, and speeds the vessel on +its way or drives it far out of its course. All that the man can do +for himself is of little avail; like the rudder, which, if worked hard +and continuously, may help in the navigation of the ship; and yet all +may be lost again by a sudden squall. But if the wind is only in the +right quarter, the ship will sail on so as not to need any steering. +The power of luck is nowhere better expressed than in a certain +Spanish proverb: _Da Ventura a tu hijo, y echa lo en el mar_--give +your son luck and throw him into the sea. + +Still, chance, it may be said, is a malignant power, and as little +as possible should be left to its agency. And yet where is there any +giver who, in dispensing gifts, tells us quite clearly that we have no +right to them, and that we owe them not to any merit on our part, +but wholly to the goodness and grace of the giver--at the same time +allowing us to cherish the joyful hope of receiving, in all humility, +further undeserved gifts from the same hands--where is there any giver +like that, unless it be _Chance_? who understands the kingly art of +showing the recipient that all merit is powerless and unavailing +against the royal grace and favor. + +On looking back over the course of his life,--that _labyrinthine way +of error_,--a man must see many points where luck failed him and +misfortune came; and then it is easy to carry self-reproach to an +unjust excess. For the course of a man's life is in no wise entirely +of his own making; it is the product of two factors--the series of +things that happened, and his own resolves in regard to them, and +these two are constantly interacting upon and modifying each other. +And besides these, another influence is at work in the very limited +extent of a man's horizon, whether it is that he cannot see very far +ahead in respect of the plans he will adopt, or that he is still less +able to predict the course of future events: his knowledge is strictly +confined to present plans and present events. Hence, as long as a +man's goal is far off, he cannot steer straight for it; he must be +content to make a course that is approximately right; and in following +the direction in which he thinks he ought to go, he will often have +occasion to tack. + +All that a man can do is to form such resolves as from time to time +accord with the circumstances in which he is placed, in the hope of +thus managing to advance a step nearer towards the final goal. It is +usually the case that the position in which we stand, and the object +at which we aim, resemble two tendencies working with dissimilar +strength in different directions; and the course of our life is +represented by their diagonal, or resultant force. + +Terence makes the remark that life is like a game at dice, where if +the number that turns up is not precisely the one you want, you can +still contrive to use it equally:--_in vita est hominum quasi cum +ludas tesseris; si illud quod maxime opus est jactu non cadit, illud +quod cecidit forte, id arte ut corrigas_.[1] Or, to put the matter +more shortly, life is a game of cards, when the cards are shuffled and +dealt by fate. But for my present purpose, the most suitable simile +would be that of a game of chess, where the plan we determined to +follow is conditioned by the play of our rival,--in life, by the +caprice of fate. We are compelled to modify our tactics, often to such +an extent that, as we carry them out, hardly a single feature of the +original plan can be recognized. + +[Footnote 1: He seems to have been referring to a game something like +backgammon.] + +But above and beyond all this, there is another influence that makes +itself felt in our lives. It is a trite saying--only too frequently +true--that we are often more foolish than we think. On the other hand, +we are often wiser than we fancy ourselves to be. This, however, is a +discovery which only those can make, of whom it is really true; and it +takes them a long time to make it. Our brains are not the wisest +part of us. In the great moments of life, when a man decides upon +an important step, his action is directed not so much by any clear +knowledge of the right thing to do, as by an inner impulse--you may +almost call it an instinct--proceeding from the deepest foundations of +his being. If, later on, he attempts to criticise his action by the +light of hard and fast ideas of what is right in the abstract--those +unprofitable ideas which are learnt by rote, or, it may be, borrowed +from other people; if he begins to apply general rules, the principles +which have guided others, to his own case, without sufficiently +weighing the maxim that one man's meat is another's poison, then he +will run great risk of doing himself an injustice. The result will +show where the right course lay. It is only when a man has reached +the happy age of wisdom that he is capable of just judgment in regard +either to his own actions or to those of others. + +It may be that this impulse or instinct is the unconscious effect of a +kind of prophetic dream which is forgotten when we awake--lending +our life a uniformity of tone, a dramatic unity, such as could never +result from the unstable moments of consciousness, when we are so +easily led into error, so liable to strike a false note. It is in +virtue of some such prophetic dream that a man feels himself called to +great achievements in a special sphere, and works in that direction +from his youth up out of an inner and secret feeling that that is his +true path, just as by a similar instinct the bee is led to build up +its cells in the comb. This is the impulse which Balthazar Gracian +calls _la gran sindéresis_[1]--the great power of moral discernment: +it is something that a man instinctively feels to be his salvation +without which he were lost. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--This obscure word appears to be +derived from the Greek _sugtaereo_ (N.T. and Polyb.) meaning "to +observe strictly." It occurs in _The Doctor and Student_, a series of +dialogues between a doctor of divinity and a student on the laws of +England, first published in 1518; and is there (Dialog. I. ch. 13) +explained as "a natural power of the soule, set in the highest part +thereof, moving and stirring it to good, and abhoring evil." This +passage is copied into Milton's Commonplace Book, edit. _Horwood_, § +79. The word is also found in the Dictionary of the Spanish Academy +(vol. vi. of the year 1739) in the sense of an innate discernment +of moral principles, where a quotation is given from Madre Maria de +Jesus, abbess of the convent of the Conception at Agreda, a mystical +writer of the seventeenth century, frequently consulted by Philip +IV.,--and again in the Bolognese Dictionary of 1824, with a similar +meaning, illustrated from the writings of Salvini (1653-1729). For +these references I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Norman Maccoll.] + +To act in accordance with abstract principles is a difficult matter, +and a great deal of practice will be required before you can be even +occasionally successful; it of tens happens that the principles do not +fit in with your particular case. But every man has certain innate +_concrete principles_--a part, as it were, of the very blood that +flows in his veins, the sum or result, in fact, of all his thoughts, +feelings and volitions. Usually he has no knowledge of them in any +abstract form; it is only when he looks back upon the course his life +has taken, that he becomes aware of having been always led on by +them--as though they formed an invisible clue which he had followed +unawares. + +SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and that all things are +in their nature fleeting--these are truths that should never be +forgotten. Hence, in whatever case you may be, it is well to picture +to yourself the opposite: in prosperity, to be mindful of misfortune; +in friendship, of enmity; in good weather, of days when the sky is +overcast; in love, of hatred; in moments of trust, to imagine the +betrayal that will make you regret your confidence; and so, too, when +you are in evil plight, to have a lively sense of happier times--what +a lasting source of true worldly wisdom were there! We should then +always reflect, and not be so very easily deceived; because, in +general, we should anticipate the very changes that the years will +bring. + +Perhaps in no form of knowledge is personal experience so +indispensable as in learning to see that all things are unstable and +transitory in this world. There is nothing that, in its own place and +for the time it lasts, is not a product of necessity, and therefore +capable of being fully justified; and it is this fact that makes +circumstances of every year, every month, even of every day, seem as +though they might maintain their right to last to all eternity. But we +know that this can never be the case, and that in a world where all is +fleeting, change alone endures. He is a prudent man who is not only +undeceived by apparent stability, but is able to forecast the lines +upon which movement will take place.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Chance_ plays so great a part in all human affairs that +when a man tries to ward off a remote danger by present sacrifice, the +danger often vanishes under some new and unforeseen development of +events; and then the sacrifice, in addition to being a complete loss, +brings about such an altered state of things as to be in itself a +source of positive danger in the face of this new development. In +taking measures of precaution, then, it is well not to look too far +ahead, but to reckon with chance; and often to oppose a courageous +front to a danger, in the hope that, like many a dark thunder-cloud, +it may pass away without breaking.] + +But people generally think that present circumstances will last, and +that matters will go on in the future as they have clone in the past. +Their mistakes arises from the fact that they do not understand the +cause of the things they see--causes which, unlike the effects they +produce, contain in themselves the germ of future change. The +effects are all that people know, and they hold fast to them on the +supposition that those unknown causes, which were sufficient to bring +them about, will also be able to maintain them as they are. This is a +very common error; and the fact that it is common is not without its +advantage, for it means that people always err in unison; and hence +the calamity which results from the error affects all alike, and is +therefore easy to bear; whereas, if a philosopher makes a mistake, he +is alone in his error, and so at a double disadvantage.[1] + +[Footnote 1: I may remark, parenthetically, that all this is a +confirmation of the principle laid down in _Die Welt als Wille und +Vorstellung_ (Bk. I. p. 94: 4th edit.), that error always consists in +making _a wrong inference_, that is, in ascribing a given effect to +something that did not cause it.] + +But in saying that we should anticipate the effects of time, I mean +that we should mentally forecast what they are likely to be; I do +not mean that we should practically forestall them, by demanding the +immediate performance of promises which time alone can fulfill. The +man who makes his demand will find out that there is no worse or more +exacting usurer than Time; and that, if you compel Time to give money +in advance, you will have to pay a rate of interest more ruinous than +any Jew would require. It is possible, for instance, to make a tree +burst forth into leaf, blossom, or even bear fruit within a few days, +by the application of unslaked lime and artificial heat; but after +that the tree will wither away. So a young man may abuse his +strength--it may be only for a few weeks--by trying to do at nineteen +what he could easily manage at thirty, and Time may give him the loan +for which he asks; but the interest he will have to pay comes out of +the strength of his later years; nay, it is part of his very life +itself. + +There are some kinds of illness in which entire restoration to health +is possible only by letting the complaint run its natural course; +after which it disappears without leaving any trace of its existence. +But if the sufferer is very impatient, and, while he is still +affected, insists that he is completely well, in this case, too, +Time will grant the loan, and the complaint may be shaken off; but +life-long weakness and chronic mischief will be the interest paid upon +it. + +Again, in time of war or general disturbance, a man may require ready +money at once, and have to sell out his investments in land or consols +for a third or even a still smaller fraction of the sum he would have +received from them, if he could have waited for the market to right +itself, which would have happened in due course; but he compels Time +to grant him a loan, and his loss is the interest he has to pay. Or +perhaps he wants to go on a long journey and requires the money: in +one or two years he could lay by a sufficient sum out of his income, +but he cannot afford to wait; and so he either borrows it or deducts +it from his capital; in other words, he gets Time to lend him the +money in advance. The interest he pays is a disordered state of his +accounts, and permanent and increasing deficits, which he can never +make good. + +Such is Time's usury; and all who cannot wait are its victims. There +is no more thriftless proceeding than to try and mend the measured +pace of Time. Be careful, then, not to become its debtor. + +SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you will have very many +opportunities of recognizing a characteristic difference between +ordinary people of prudence and discretion. In estimating the +possibility of danger in connection with any undertaking, an ordinary +man will confine his inquiries to the kind of risk that has already +attended such undertakings in the past; whereas a prudent person will +look ahead, and consider everything that might possibly happen in the +future, having regard to a certain Spanish maxim: _lo que no acaece en +un ano, acaece en un rato_--a thing may not happen in a year, and yet +may happen within two minutes. + +The difference in question is, of course, quite natural; for it +requires some amount of discernment to calculate possibilities; but +a man need only have his senses about him to see what has already +happened. + +Do not omit to sacrifice to evil spirits. What I mean is, that a man +should not hesitate about spending time, trouble, and money, or giving +up his comfort, or restricting his aims and denying himself, if he +can thereby shut the door on the possibility of misfortune. The most +terrible misfortunes are also the most improbable and remote--the +least likely to occur. The rule I am giving is best exemplified in +the practice of insurance,--a public sacrifice made on the altar of +anxiety. Therefore take out your policy of insurance! + +SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not give way to great +rejoicings or great lamentations; partly because all things are full +of change, and your fortune may turn at any moment; partly because men +are so apt to be deceived in their judgment as to what is good or bad +for them. + +Almost every one in his turn has lamented over something which +afterwards turned out to be the very best thing for him that could +have happened--or rejoiced at an event which became the source of his +greatest sufferings. The right state of mind has been finely portrayed +by Shakespeare: + +_I have felt so many quirks of joy and grief That the first face of +neither, on the start, Can woman me unto't_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _All's Well that Ends Well, Act. ii. Sc. 2_.] + +And, in general, it may be said that, if a man takes misfortunes +quietly, it is because he knows that very many dreadful things may +happen in the course of life; and so he looks upon the trouble of the +moment as only a very small part of that which might come. This is +the Stoic temper--never to be unmindful of the sad fate of +humanity--_condicionis humanoe oblitus_; but always to remember that +our existence is full of woe and misery: and that the ills to which we +are exposed are innumerable. Wherever he be, a man need only cast a +look around, to revive the sense of human misery: there before his +eyes he can see mankind struggling and floundering in torment,--all +for the sake of a wretched existence, barren and unprofitable! + +If he remembers this, a man will not expect very much from life, but +learn to accommodate himself to a world where all is relative and no +perfect state exists;--always looking misfortune in the face, and if +he cannot avoid it, meeting it with courage. + +It should never be forgotten that misfortune, be it great or small, is +the element in which we live. But that is no reason why a man should +indulge in fretful complaints, and, like Beresford,[1] pull a long +face over the _Miseries of Human Life_,--and not a single hour is free +from them; or still less, call upon the Deity at every flea-bite--_in +pulicis morsu Deum invocare_. Our aim should be to look well about us, +to ward off misfortune by going to meet it, to attain such perfection +and refinement in averting the disagreeable things of life,--whether +they come from our fellow-men or from the physical world,--that, like +a clever fox, we may slip out of the way of every mishap, great or +small; remembering that a mishap is generally only our own awkwardness +in disguise. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Rev. James Beresford (1764-1840), +miscellaneous writer. The full title of this, his chief work, is "The +Miseries of Human Life; or the last groans of Timothy Testy and Samuel +Sensitive, with a few supplementary sighs from Mrs. Testy."] + +The main reason why misfortune falls less heavily upon us, if we have +looked upon its occurrence as not impossible, and, as the saying is, +prepared ourselves for it, may be this: if, before this misfortune +comes, we have quietly thought over it as something which may or may +not happen, the whole of its extent and range is known to us, and we +can, at least, determine how far it will affect us; so that, if it +really arrives, it does not depress us unduly--its weight is not felt +to be greater than it actually is. But if no preparation has been +made to meet it, and it comes unexpectedly, the mind is in a state of +terror for the moment and unable to measure the full extent of the +calamity; it seems so far-reaching in its effects that the victim +might well think there was no limit to them; in any case, its range is +exaggerated. In the same way, darkness and uncertainty always increase +the sense of danger. And, of course, if we have thought over the +possibility of misfortune, we have also at the same time considered +the sources to which we shall look for help and consolation; or, at +any rate, we have accustomed ourselves to the idea of it. + +There is nothing that better fits us to endure the misfortunes of +life with composure, than to know for certain that _everything +that happens--from the smallest up to the greatest facts of +existence--happens of necessity._[1] A man soon accommodates himself +to the inevitable--to something that must be; and if he knows that +nothing can happen except of necessity, he will see that things cannot +be other that they are, and that even the strangest chances in the +world are just as much a product of necessity as phenomena which obey +well-known rules and turn out exactly in accordance with expectation. +Let me here refer to what I have said elsewhere on the soothing effect +of the knowledge that all things are inevitable and a product of +necessity.[2] + +[Footnote 1: This is a truth which I have firmly established in my +prize-essay on the _Freedom of the Will_, where the reader will find a +detailed explanation of the grounds on which it rests. Cf. especially +p. 60. [Schopenhauer's Works, 4th Edit., vol. iv.--_Tr_.]] + +[Footnote 2: Cf. _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. I. p. 361 (4th +edit.).] + +If a man is steeped in the knowledge of this truth, he will, first of +all, do what he can, and then readily endure what he must. + +We may regard the petty vexations of life that are constantly +happening, as designed to keep us in practice for bearing great +misfortunes, so that we may not become completely enervated by a +career of prosperity. A man should be as Siegfried, armed _cap-à-pie_, +towards the small troubles of every day--those little differences we +have with our fellow-men, insignificant disputes, unbecoming conduct +in other people, petty gossip, and many other similar annoyances of +life; he should not feel them at all, much less take them to heart and +brood over them, but hold them at arm's length and push them out of +his way, like stones that lie in the road, and upon no account think +about them and give them a place in his reflections. + +SECTION 52. What people commonly call _Fate_ is, as a general rule, +nothing but their own stupid and foolish conduct. There is a fine +passage in Homer,[1] illustrating the truth of this remark, where +the poet praises [GREEK: maetis]--shrewd council; and his advice +is worthy of all attention. For if wickedness is atoned for only in +another world, stupidity gets its reward here--although, now and then, +mercy may be shown to the offender. + +[Footnote 1: _Iliad_, xxiii. 313, sqq.] + +It is not ferocity but cunning that strikes fear into the heart +and forebodes danger; so true it is that the human brain is a more +terrible weapon than the lion's paw. + +The most finished man of the world would be one who was never +irresolute and never in a hurry. + +SECTION 53. _Courage_ comes next to prudence as a quality of mind very +essential to happiness. It is quite true that no one can endow himself +with either, since a man inherits prudence from his mother and courage +from his father; still, if he has these qualities, he can do much to +develop them by means of resolute exercise. + +In this world, _where the game is played with loaded dice_, a man must +have a temper of iron, with armor proof to the blows of fate, and +weapons to make his way against men. Life is one long battle; we have +to fight at every step; and Voltaire very rightly says that if we +succeed, it is at the point of the sword, and that we die with the +weapon in our hand--on _ne réussit dans ce monde qua la pointe de +l'épee, et on meurt les armes à la main_. It is a cowardly soul that +shrinks or grows faint and despondent as soon as the storm begins to +gather, or even when the first cloud appears on the horizon. Our motto +should be _No Surrender_; and far from yielding to the ills of life, +let us take fresh courage from misfortune:-- + +_Tu ne cede malis sed contra audentior ito_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Virgil, _Aeneid_, vi. 95.] + +As long as the issue of any matter fraught with peril is still in +doubt, and there is yet some possibility left that all may come right, +no one should ever tremble or think of anything but resistance,--just +as a man should not despair of the weather if he can see a bit of blue +sky anywhere. Let our attitude be such that we should not quake even +if the world fell in ruins about us:-- + + _Si fractus illabatur orbis + Impavidum ferient ruinae_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Horace, Odes iii. 3.] + +Our whole life itself--let alone its blessings--would not be worth +such a cowardly trembling and shrinking of the heart. Therefore, let +us face life courageously and show a firm front to every ill:-- + +_Quocirca vivite fortes Fortiaque adversis opponite pectora rebus_. + +Still, it is possible for courage to be carried to an excess and to +degenerate into rashness. It may even be said that some amount of fear +is necessary, if we are to exist at all in the world, and cowardice +is only the exaggerated form of it. This truth has been very well +expressed by Bacon, in his account of _Terror Panicus_; and the +etymological account which he gives of its meaning, is very superior +to the ancient explanation preserved for us by Plutarch.[1] He +connects the expression with _Pan_ the personification of Nature;[2] +and observes that fear is innate in every living thing, and, in fact, +tends to its preservation, but that it is apt to come into play +without due cause, and that man is especially exposed to it. The chief +feature of this _Panie Terror_ is that there is no clear notion of any +definite danger bound up with it; that it presumes rather than knows +that danger exists; and that, in case of need, it pleads fright itself +as the reason for being afraid. + +[Footnote 1: _De Iside et Osiride_ ch. 14.] + +[Footnote 2: _De Sapientia Veterum_, C. 6. _Natura enim rerum omnibus +viventibus indidit mentum ac formidinem, vitae atque essentiae suae +conservatricem, ac mala ingruentia vitantem et depellentem. Verumtamen +eaden natura modum tenere nescia est: sed timoribus salutaribus semper +vanos et innanes admiscet; adeo ut omnia (si intus conspici darentur) +Panicis terroribus plenissima sint praesertim humana_.] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE AGES OF LIFE. + + +There is a very fine saying of Voltaire's to the effect that every age +of life has its own peculiar mental character, and that a man will +feel completely unhappy if his mind is not in accordance with his +years:-- + + _Qui n'a pas l'esprit de son âge, + De son âge atout le malheur_. + +It will, therefore, be a fitting close to our speculations upon the +nature of happiness, if we glance at the chances which the various +periods of life produce in us. + +Our whole life long it is _the present_, and the present alone, that +we actually possess: the only difference is that at the beginning of +life we look forward to a long future, and that towards the end we +look back upon a long past; also that our temperament, but not our +character, undergoes certain well-known changes, which make _the +present_ wear a different color at each period of life. + +I have elsewhere stated that in childhood we are more given to using +our _intellect_ than our _will_; and I have explained why this is +so.[1] It is just for this reason that the first quarter of life is so +happy: as we look back upon it in after years, it seems a sort of lost +paradise. In childhood our relations with others are limited, our +wants are few,--in a word, there is little stimulus for the will; +and so our chief concern is the extension of our knowledge. The +intellect--like the brain, which attains its full size in the seventh +year,[2] is developed early, though it takes time to mature; and it +explores the whole world of its surroundings in its constant search +for nutriment: it is then that existence is in itself an ever fresh +delight, and all things sparkle with the charm of novelty. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Schopenhauer refers to _Die Welt +als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. c, 31, p. 451 (4th edit.), where +he explains that this is due to the fact that at that period of life +the brain and nervous system are much more developed than any other +part of the organism.] + +[Footnote 2: _Translator's Note_.--This statement is not quite +correct. The weight of the brain increases rapidly up to the seventh +year, more slowly between the sixteenth and the twentieth year, still +more slowly till between thirty and forty years of age, when it +attains its maximum. At each decennial period after this, it is +supposed to decrease in weight on the average, an ounce for every ten +years.] + +This is why the years of childhood are like a long poem. For the +function of poetry, as of all art, is to grasp the _Idea_--in the +Platonic sense; in other words, to apprehend a particular object in +such a way as to perceive its essential nature, the characteristics +it has in common with all other objects of the same kind; so that +a single object appears as the representative of a class, and the +results of one experience hold good for a thousand. + +It may be thought that my remarks are opposed to fact, and that the +child is never occupied with anything beyond the individual objects or +events which are presented to it from time to time, and then only in +so far as they interest and excite its will for the moment; but this +is not really the case. In those early years, life--in the full +meaning of the word, is something so new and fresh, and its sensations +are so keen and unblunted by repetition, that, in the midst of all its +pursuits and without any clear consciousness of what it is doing, +the child is always silently occupied in grasping the nature of life +itself,--in arriving at its fundamental character and general outline +by means of separate scenes and experiences; or, to use Spinoza's +phraseology, the child is learning to see the things and persons +about it _sub specie aeternitatis_,--as particular manifestations of +universal law. + +The younger we are, then, the more does every individual object +represent for us the whole class to which it belongs; but as the years +increase, this becomes less and less the case. That is the reason why +youthful impressions are so different from those of old age. And that +it also why the slight knowledge and experience gained in childhood +and youth afterwards come to stand as the permanent rubric, or +heading, for all the knowledge acquired in later life,--those early +forms of knowledge passing into categories, as it were, under which +the results of subsequent experience are classified; though a clear +consciousness of what is being done, does not always attend upon the +process. + +In this way the earliest years of a man's life lay the foundation of +his view of the world, whether it be shallow or deep; and although +this view may be extended and perfected later on, it is not materially +altered. It is an effect of this purely objective and therefore +poetical view of the world,--essential to the period of childhood +and promoted by the as yet undeveloped state of the volitional +energy--that, as children, we are concerned much more with the +acquisition of pure knowledge than with exercising the power of will. +Hence that grave, fixed look observable in so many children, of which +Raphael makes such a happy use in his depiction of cherubs, especially +in the picture of the _Sistine Madonna_. The years of childhood are +thus rendered so full of bliss that the memory of them is always +coupled with longing and regret. + +While we thus eagerly apply ourselves to learning the outward aspect +of things, as the primitive method of understanding the objects about +us, education aims at instilling into us _ideas_. But ideas furnish no +information as to the real and essential nature of objects, which, as +the foundation and true content of all knowledge, can be reached only +by the process called _intuition_. This is a kind of knowledge which +can in no wise be instilled into us from without; we must arrive at it +by and for ourselves. + +Hence a man's intellectual as well as his moral qualities proceed +from the depths of his own nature, and are not the result of external +influences; and no educational scheme--of Pestalozzi, or of any one +else--can turn a born simpleton into a man of sense. The thing is +impossible! He was born a simpleton, and a simpleton he will die. + +It is the depth and intensity of this early intuitive knowledge of the +external world that explain why the experiences of childhood take such +a firm hold on the memory. When we were young, we were completely +absorbed in our immediate surroundings; there was nothing to distract +our attention from them; we looked upon the objects about us as though +they were the only ones of their kind, as though, indeed, nothing else +existed at all. Later on, when we come to find out how many things +there are in the world, this primitive state of mind vanishes, and +with it our patience. + +I have said elsewhere[1] that the world, considered as _object_,--in +other words, as it is _presented_ to us objectively,--wears in +general a pleasing aspect; but that in the world, considered as +_subject_,--that is, in regard to its inner nature, which is +_will_,--pain and trouble predominate. I may be allowed to express the +matter, briefly, thus: _the world is glorious to look at, but dreadful +in reality_. + +[Footnote 1: _Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. c. 31, p. +426-7 (4th Edit.), to which the reader is referred for a detailed +explanation of my meaning.] + +Accordingly, we find that, in the years of childhood, the world is +much better known to us on its outer or objective side, namely, as the +presentation of will, than on the side of its inner nature, namely, as +the will itself. Since the objective side wears a pleasing aspect, and +the inner or subjective side, with its tale of horror, remains as yet +unknown, the youth, as his intelligence develops, takes all the forms +of beauty that he sees, in nature and in art, for so many objects of +blissful existence; they are so beautiful to the outward eye that, on +their inner side, they must, he thinks, be much more beautiful still. +So the world lies before him like another Eden; and this is the +Arcadia in which we are all born. + +A little later, this state of mind gives birth to a thirst for real +life--the impulse to do and suffer--which drives a man forth into +the hurly-burly of the world. There he learns the other side of +existence--the inner side, the will, which is thwarted at every step. +Then comes the great period of disillusion, a period of very gradual +growth; but once it has fairly begun, a man will tell you that he has +got over all his false notions--_l'âge des illusions est passé_; and +yet the process is only beginning, and it goes on extending its sway +and applying more and more to the whole of life. + +So it may be said that in childhood, life looks like the scenery in +a theatre, as you view it from a distance; and that in old age it is +like the same scenery when you come up quite close to it. + +And, lastly, there is another circumstance that contributes to the +happiness of childhood. As spring commences, the young leaves on the +trees are similar in color and much the same in shape; and in the +first years of life we all resemble one another and harmonize very +well. But with puberty divergence begins; and, like the radii of a +circle, we go further and further apart. + +The period of youth, which forms the remainder of this earlier half of +our existence--and how many advantages it has over the later half!--is +troubled and made miserable by the pursuit of happiness, as though +there were no doubt that it can be met with somewhere in life,--a hope +that always ends in failure and leads to discontent. An illusory +image of some vague future bliss--born of a dream and shaped by +fancy--floats before our eyes; and we search for the reality in +vain. So it is that the young man is generally dissatisfied with the +position in which he finds himself, whatever it may be; he ascribes +his disappointment solely to the state of things that meets him on +his first introduction to life, when he had expected something very +different; whereas it is only the vanity and wretchedness of human +life everywhere that he is now for the first time experiencing. + +It would be a great advantage to a young man if his early training +could eradicate the idea that the world has a great deal to offer him. +But the usual result of education is to strengthen this delusion; and +our first ideas of life are generally taken from fiction rather than +from fact. + +In the bright dawn of our youthful days, the poetry of life spreads +out a gorgeous vision before us, and we torture ourselves by longing +to see it realized. We might as well wish to grasp the rainbow! The +youth expects his career to be like an interesting romance; and there +lies the germ of that disappointment which I have been describing.[1] +What lends a charm to all these visions is just the fact that they are +visionary and not real, and that in contemplating them we are in the +sphere of pure knowledge, which is sufficient in itself and free from +the noise and struggle of life. To try and realize those visions is +to make them an object of _will_--a process which always involves +pain.[2] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. loc. cit., p. 428.] + +[Footnote 2: Let me refer the reader, if he is interested in the +subject, to the volume already cited, chapter 37.] + +If the chief feature of the earlier half of life is a never-satisfied +longing after happiness, the later half is characterized by the dread +of misfortune. For, as we advance in years, it becomes in a greater or +less degree clear that all happiness is chimerical in its nature, +and that pain alone is real. Accordingly, in later years, we, or, at +least, the more prudent amongst us, are more intent upon eliminating +what is painful from our lives and making our position secure, than on +the pursuit of positive pleasure. I may observe, by the way, that in +old age, we are better able to prevent misfortunes from coming, and in +youth better able to bear them when they come. + +In my young days, I was always pleased to hear a ring at my door: ah! +thought I, now for something pleasant. But in later life my feelings +on such occasions were rather akin to dismay than to pleasure: heaven +help me! thought I, what am I to do? A similar revulsion of feeling in +regard to the world of men takes place in all persons of any talent +or distinction. For that very reason they cannot be said properly to +belong to the world; in a greater or less degree, according to the +extent of their superiority, they stand alone. In their youth they +have a sense of being abandoned by the world; but later on, they feel +as though they had escaped it. The earlier feeling is an unpleasant +one, and rests upon ignorance; the second is pleasurable--for in the +meantime they have come to know what the world is. + +The consequence of this is that, as compared with the earlier, the +later half of life, like the second part of a musical period, has less +of passionate longing and more restfulness about it. And why is this +the case Simply because, in youth, a man fancies that there is a +prodigious amount of happiness and pleasure to be had in the world, +only that it is difficult to come by it; whereas, when he becomes +old, he knows that there is nothing of the kind; he makes his mind +completely at ease on the matter, enjoys the present hour as well as +he can, and even takes a pleasure in trifles. + +The chief result gained by experience of life is _clearness of view_. +This is what distinguishes the man of mature age, and makes the world +wear such a different aspect from that which it presented in his youth +or boyhood. It is only then that he sees things quite plain, and takes +them for that which they really are: while in earlier years he saw a +phantom-world, put together out of the whims and crotchets of his own +mind, inherited prejudice and strange delusion: the real world was +hidden from him, or the vision of it distorted. The first thing +that experience finds to do is to free us from the phantoms of the +brain--those false notions that have been put into us in youth. + +To prevent their entrance at all would, of course, be the best form of +education, even though it were only negative in aim: but it would be a +task full of difficulty. At first the child's horizon would have to be +limited as much as possible, and yet within that limited sphere none +but clear and correct notions would have to be given; only after the +child had properly appreciated everything within it, might the sphere +be gradually enlarged; care being always taken that nothing was left +obscure, or half or wrongly understood. The consequence of this +training would be that the child's notions of men and things would +always be limited and simple in their character; but, on the other +hand, they would be clear and correct, and only need to be extended, +not to be rectified. The same line might be pursued on into the period +of youth. This method of education would lay special stress upon the +prohibition of novel reading; and the place of novels would be taken +by suitable biographical literature--the life of Franklin, for +instance, or Moritz' _Anton Reiser_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Moritz was a miscellaneous writer +of the last century (1757-93). His _Anton Reiser_, composed in the +form of a novel, is practically an autobiography.] + +In our early days we fancy that the leading events in our life, and +the persons who are going to play an important part in it, will make +their entrance to the sound of drums and trumpets; but when, in old +age, we look back, we find that they all came in quite quietly, +slipped in, as it were, by the side-door, almost unnoticed. + +From the point of view we have been taking up until now, life may be +compared to a piece of embroidery, of which, during the first half of +his time, a man gets a sight of the right side, and during the second +half, of the wrong. The wrong side is not so pretty as the right, but +it is more instructive; it shows the way in which the threads have +been worked together. + +Intellectual superiority, even if it is of the highest kind, will not +secure for a man a preponderating place in conversation until after he +is forty years of age. For age and experience, though they can never +be a substitute for intellectual talent, may far outweigh it; and even +in a person of the meanest capacity, they give a certain counterpoise +to the power of an extremely intellectual man, so long as the latter +is young. Of course I allude here to personal superiority, not to the +place a man may gain by his works. + +And on passing his fortieth year, any man of the slightest power of +mind--any man, that is, who has more than the sorry share of intellect +with which Nature has endowed five-sixths of mankind--will hardly fail +to show some trace of misanthropy. For, as is natural, he has by that +time inferred other people's character from an examination of his own; +with the result that he has been gradually disappointed to find that +in the qualities of the head or in those of the heart--and usually in +both--he reaches a level to which they do not attain; so he gladly +avoids having anything more to do with them. For it may be said, in +general, that every man will love or hate solitude--in other Words, +his own society--just in proportion as he is worth anything in +himself. Kant has some remarks upon this kind of misanthropy in his +_Critique of the Faculty of Judgment_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Kritik der Urtheilskraft_, Part I, §29, Note ad fin.] + +In a young man, it is a bad sign, as well from an intellectual as from +a moral point of view, if he is precocious in understanding the ways +of the world, and in adapting himself to its pursuits; if he at once +knows how to deal with men, and enters upon life, as it were, fully +prepared. It argues a vulgar nature. On the other hand, to be +surprised and astonished at the way people act, and to be clumsy and +cross-grained in having to do with them, indicates a character of the +nobler sort. + +The cheerfulness and vivacity of youth are partly due to the fact +that, when we are ascending the hill of life, death is not visible: it +lies down at the bottom of the other side. But once we have crossed +the top of the hill, death comes in view--death--which, until then, +was known to us only by hearsay. This makes our spirits droop, for at +the same time we begin to feel that our vital powers are on the ebb. +A grave seriousness now takes the place of that early extravagance of +spirit; and the change is noticeable even in the expression of a man's +face. As long as we are young, people may tell us what they please! we +look upon life as endless and use our time recklessly; but the older +we become, the more we practice economy. For towards the close of +life, every day we live gives us the same kind of sensation as the +criminal experiences at every step on his way to be tried. + +From the standpoint of youth, life seems to stretch away into an +endless future; from the standpoint of old age, to go back but a +little way into the past; so that, at the beginning, life presents us +with a picture in which the objects appear a great way off, as though +we had reversed our telescope; while in the end everything seems so +close. To see how short life is, a man must have grown old, that is to +say, he must have lived long. + +On the other hand, as the years increase, things look smaller, one and +all; and Life, which had so firm and stable a base in the days of our +youth, now seems nothing but a rapid flight of moments, every one of +them illusory: we have come to see that the whole world is vanity! + +Time itself seems to go at a much slower pace when we are young; so +that not only is the first quarter of life the happiest, it is also +the longest of all; it leaves more memories behind it. If a man were +put to it, he could tell you more out of the first quarter of his life +than out of two of the remaining periods. Nay, in the spring of +life, as in the spring of the year, the days reach a length that is +positively tiresome; but in the autumn, whether of the year or of +life, though they are short, they are more genial and uniform. + +But why is it that to an old man his past life appears so short? For +this reason: his memory is short; and so he fancies that his life has +been short too. He no longer remembers the insignificant parts of it, +and much that was unpleasant is now forgotten; how little, then, +there is left! For, in general, a man's memory is as imperfect as his +intellect; and he must make a practice of reflecting upon the lessons +he has learned and the events he has experienced, if he does not want +them both to sink gradually into the gulf of oblivion. Now, we are +unaccustomed to reflect upon matters of no importance, or, as a rule, +upon things that we have found disagreeable, and yet that is necessary +if the memory of them is to be preserved. But the class of things that +may be called insignificant is continually receiving fresh additions: +much that wears an air of importance at first, gradually becomes of no +consequence at all from the fact of its frequent repetition; so that +in the end we actually lose count of the number of times it happens. +Hence we are better able to remember the events of our early than of +our later years. The longer we live, the fewer are the things that +we can call important or significant enough to deserve further +consideration, and by this alone can they be fixed in the memory; in +other words, they are forgotten as soon as they are past. Thus it is +that time runs on, leaving always fewer traces of its passage. + +Further, if disagreeable things have happened to us, we do not care +to ruminate upon them, least of all when they touch our vanity, as is +usually the case; for few misfortunes fall upon us for which we can +be held entirely blameless. So people are very ready to forget many +things that are disagreeable, as well as many that are unimportant. + +It is from this double cause that our memory is so short; and a man's +recollection of what has happened always becomes proportionately +shorter, the more things that have occupied him in life. The things +we did in years gone by, the events that happened long ago, are like +those objects on the coast which, to the seafarer on his outward +voyage, become smaller every minute, more unrecognizable and harder to +distinguish. + +Again, it sometimes happens that memory and imagination will call up +some long past scene as vividly as if it had occurred only yesterday; +so that the event in question seems to stand very near to the present +time. The reason of this is that it is impossible to call up all the +intervening period in the same vivid way, as there is no one figure +pervading it which can be taken in at a glance; and besides, most of +the things that happened in that period are forgotten, and all that +remains of it is the general knowledge that we have lived through +it--a mere notion of abstract existence, not a direct vision of some +particular experience. It is this that causes some single event +of long ago to appear as though it took place but yesterday: the +intervening time vanishes, and the whole of life looks incredibly +short. Nay, there are occasional moments in old age when we can +scarcely believe that we are so advanced in years, or that the long +past lying behind us has had any real existence--a feeling which is +mainly due to the circumstance that the present always seems fixed and +immovable as we look at it. These and similar mental phenomena are +ultimately to be traced to the fact that it is not our nature in +itself, but only the outward presentation of it, that lies in time, +and that the present is the point of contact between the world as +subject and the world as object.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--By this remark Schopenhauer means +that _will_, which, as he argues, forms the inner reality underlying +all the phenomena of life and nature, is not in itself affected +by time; but that, on the other hand, time is necessary for the +objectification of the will, for the will as presented in the passing +phenomena of the world. Time is thus definable as the condition of +change, and the present time as the only point of contact between +reality and appearance.] + +Again, why is it that in youth we can see no end to the years that +seem to lie before us? Because we are obliged to find room for all +the things we hope to attain in life. We cram the years so full of +projects that if we were to try and carry them all out, death would +come prematurely though we reached the age of Methuselah. + +Another reason why life looks so long when we are young, is that we +are apt to measure its length by the few years we have already +lived. In those early years things are new to us, and so they appear +important; we dwell upon them after they have happened and often call +them to mind; and thus in youth life seems replete with incident, and +therefore of long duration. + +Sometimes we credit ourselves with a longing to be in some distant +spot, whereas, in truth, we are only longing to have the time back +again which we spent there--days when we were younger and fresher than +we are now. In those moments Time mocks us by wearing the mask of +space; and if we travel to the spot, we can see how much we have been +deceived. + +There are two ways of reaching a great age, both of which presuppose +a sound constitution as a _conditio sine quâ non_. They may be +illustrated by two lamps, one of which burns a long time with very +little oil, because it has a very thin wick; and the other just as +long, though it has a very thick one, because there is plenty of oil +to feed it. Here, the oil is the vital energy, and the difference in +the wick is the manifold way in which the vital energy is used. + +Up to our thirty-sixth year, we may be compared, in respect of the way +in which we use our vital energy, to people who live on the interest +of their money: what they spend to-day, they have again to-morrow. But +from the age of thirty-six onwards, our position is like that of the +investor who begins to entrench upon his capital. At first he hardly +notices any difference at all, as the greater part of his expenses is +covered by the interest of his securities; and if the deficit is +but slight, he pays no attention to it. But the deficit goes on +increasing, until he awakes to the fact that it is becoming more +serious every day: his position becomes less and less secure, and he +feels himself growing poorer and poorer, while he has no expectation +of this drain upon his resources coming to an end. His fall from +wealth to poverty becomes faster every moment--like the fall of a +solid body in space, until at last he has absolutely nothing left. +A man is truly in a woeful plight if both the terms of this +comparison--his vital energy and his wealth--really begin to melt away +at one and the same time. It is the dread of this calamity that makes +love of possession increase with age. + +On the other hand, at the beginning of life, in the years before we +attain majority, and for some little time afterwards--the state of our +vital energy puts us on a level with those who each year lay by a part +of their interest and add it to their capital: in other words, not +only does their interest come in regularly, but the capital is +constantly receiving additions. This happy condition of affairs is +sometimes brought about--with health as with money--under the watchful +care of some honest guardian. O happy youth, and sad old age! + +Nevertheless, a man should economize his strength even when he is +young. Aristotle[1] observes that amongst those who were victors at +Olympia only two or three gained a prize at two different periods, +once in boyhood and then again when they came to be men; and the +reason of this was that the premature efforts which the training +involved, so completely exhausted their powers that they failed to +last on into manhood. As this is true of muscular, so it is still more +true of nervous energy, of which all intellectual achievements are the +manifestation. Hence, those infant prodigies--_ingenia praecoda_--the +fruit of a hot-house education, who surprise us by their cleverness as +children, afterwards turn out very ordinary folk. Nay, the manner in +which boys are forced into an early acquaintance with the ancient +tongues may, perhaps, be to blame for the dullness and lack of +judgment which distinguish so many learned persons. + +[Footnote 1: _Politics_.] + +I have said that almost every man's character seems to be specially +suited to some one period of life, so that on reaching it the man is +at his best. Some people are charming so long as they are young, and +afterwards there is nothing attractive about them; others are vigorous +and active in manhood, and then lose all the value they possess as +they advance in years; many appear to best advantage in old age, when +their character assumes a gentler tone, as becomes men who have seen +the world and take life easily. This is often the case with the +French. + +This peculiarity must be due to the fact that the man's character +has something in it akin to the qualities of youth or manhood or old +age--something which accords with one or another of these periods of +life, or perhaps acts as a corrective to its special failings. + +The mariner observes the progress he makes only by the way in which +objects on the coast fade away into the distance and apparently +decrease in size. In the same way a man becomes conscious that he is +advancing in years when he finds that people older than himself begin +to seem young to him. + +It has already been remarked that the older a man becomes, the +fewer are the traces left in his mind by all that he sees, does or +experiences, and the cause of this has been explained. There is thus +a sense in which it may be said that it is only in youth that a man +lives with a full degree of consciousness, and that he is only half +alive when he is old. As the years advance, his consciousness of what +goes on about him dwindles, and the things of life hurry by without +making any impression upon him, just as none is made by a work of art +seen for the thousandth time. A man does what his hand finds to do, +and afterwards he does not know whether he has done it or not. + +As life becomes more and more unconscious, the nearer it approaches +the point at which all consciousness ceases, the course of time +itself seems to increase in rapidity. In childhood all the things and +circumstances of life are novel; and that is sufficient to awake us to +the full consciousness of existence: hence, at that age, the day seems +of such immense length. The same thing happens when we are traveling: +one month seems longer then than four spent at home. Still, though +time seems to last longer when we are young or on a journey, the sense +of novelty does not prevent it from now and then in reality hanging +heavily upon our hands under both these circumstances, at any rate +more than is the case when we are old or staying at home. But the +intellect gradually becomes so rubbed down and blunted by long +habituation to such impressions that things have a constant tendency +to produce less and less impression upon us as they pass by; and this +makes time seem increasingly less important, and therefore shorter in +duration: the hours of the boy are longer than the days of the old +man. Accordingly, time goes faster and faster the longer we live, +like a ball rolling down a hill. Or, to take another example: as in +a revolving disc, the further a point lies from the centre, the more +rapid is its rate of progression, so it is in the wheel of life; the +further you stand from the beginning, the faster time moves for you. +Hence it may be said that as far as concerns the immediate sensation +that time makes upon our minds, the length of any given year is in +direct proportion to the number of times it will divide our whole +life: for instance, at the age of fifty the year appears to us only +one-tenth as long as it did at the age of five. + +This variation in the rate at which time appears to move, exercises a +most decided influence upon the whole nature of our existence at +every period of it. First of all, it causes childhood--even though it +embrace only a span of fifteen years--to seem the longest period of +life, and therefore the richest in reminiscences. Next, it brings it +about that a man is apt to be bored just in proportion as he is young. +Consider, for instance, that constant need of occupation--whether it +is work or play--that is shown by children: if they come to an end +of both work and play, a terrible feeling of boredom ensues. Even in +youth people are by no means free from this tendency, and dread the +hours when they have nothing to do. As manhood approaches, boredom +disappears; and old men find the time too short when their days fly +past them like arrows from a bow. Of course, I must be understood to +speak of _men_, not of decrepit _brutes_. With this increased rapidity +of time, boredom mostly passes away as we advance in life; and as +the passions with all their attendant pain are then laid asleep, the +burden of life is, on the whole, appreciably lighter in later years +than in youth, provided, of course, that health remains. So it is that +the period immediately preceding the weakness and troubles of old age, +receives the name of a man's _best years_. + +That may be a true appellation, in view of the comfortable feeling +which those years bring; but for all that the years of youth, when our +consciousness is lively and open to every sort of impression, have +this privilege--that then the seeds are sown and the buds come forth; +it is the springtime of the mind. Deep truths may be perceived, but +can never be excogitated--that is to say, the first knowledge of +them is immediate, called forth by some momentary impression. This +knowledge is of such a kind as to be attainable only when the +impressions are strong, lively and deep; and if we are to be +acquainted with deep truths, everything depends upon a proper use of +our early years. In later life, we may be better able to work upon +other people,--upon the world, because our natures are then finished +and rounded off, and no more a prey to fresh views; but then the +world is less able to work upon us. These are the years of action +and achievement; while youth is the time for forming fundamental +conceptions, and laying down the ground-work of thought. + +In youth it is the outward aspect of things that most engages us; +while in age, thought or reflection is the predominating quality +of the mind. Hence, youth is the time for poetry, and age is more +inclined to philosophy. In practical affairs it is the same: a man +shapes his resolutions in youth more by the impression that the +outward world makes upon him; whereas, when he is old, it is thought +that determines his actions. This is partly to be explained by the +fact that it is only when a man is old that the results of outward +observation are present in sufficient numbers to allow of their being +classified according to the ideas they represent,--a process which in +its turn causes those ideas to be more fully understood in all their +bearings, and the exact value and amount of trust to be placed in +them, fixed and determined; while at the same time he has grown +accustomed to the impressions produced by the various phenomena +of life, and their effects on him are no longer what they were. +Contrarily, in youth, the impressions that things make, that is to +say, the outward aspects of life, are so overpoweringly strong, +especially in the case of people of lively and imaginative +disposition, that they view the world like a picture; and their chief +concern is the figure they cut in it, the appearance they present; +nay, they are unaware of the extent to which this is the case. It is +a quality of mind that shows itself--if in no other way--in that +personal vanity, and that love of fine clothes, which distinguish +young people. + +There can be no doubt that the intellectual powers are most capable +of enduring great and sustained efforts in youth, up to the age of +thirty-five at latest; from which period their strength begins to +decline, though very gradually. Still, the later years of life, and +even old age itself, are not without their intellectual compensation. +It is only then that a man can be said to be really rich in experience +or in learning; he has then had time and opportunity enough to enable +him to see and think over life from all its sides; he has been able to +compare one thing with another, and to discover points of contact and +connecting links, so that only then are the true relations of things +rightly understood. Further, in old age there comes an increased depth +in the knowledge that was acquired in youth; a man has now many more +illustrations of any ideas he may have attained; things which he +thought he knew when he was young, he now knows in reality. And +besides, his range of knowledge is wider; and in whatever direction it +extends, it is thorough, and therefore formed into a consistent and +connected whole; whereas in youth knowledge is always defective and +fragmentary. + +A complete and adequate notion of life can never be attained by any +one who does not reach old age; for it is only the old man who +sees life whole and knows its natural course; it is only he who is +acquainted--and this is most important--not only with its entrance, +like the rest of mankind, but with its exit too; so that he alone has +a full sense of its utter vanity; whilst the others never cease to +labor under the false notion that everything will come right in the +end. + +On the other hand, there is more conceptive power in youth, and at +that time of life a man can make more out of the little that he knows. +In age, judgment, penetration and thoroughness predominate. Youth is +the time for amassing the material for a knowledge of the world that +shall be distinctive and peculiar,--for an original view of life, in +other words, the legacy that a man of genius leaves to his fellow-men; +it is, however, only in later years that he becomes master of his +material. Accordingly it will be found that, as a rule, a great writer +gives his best work to the world when he is about fifty years of age. +But though the tree of knowledge must reach its full height before it +can bear fruit, the roots of it lie in youth. + +Every generation, no matter how paltry its character, thinks itself +much wiser than the one immediately preceding it, let alone those that +are more remote. It is just the same with the different periods in a +man's life; and yet often, in the one case no less than in the other, +it is a mistaken opinion. In the years of physical growth, when +our powers of mind and our stores of knowledge are receiving daily +additions, it becomes a habit for to-day to look down with contempt +upon yesterday. The habit strikes root, and remains even after the +intellectual powers have begun to decline,--when to-day should rather +look up with respect to yesterday. So it is that we often unduly +depreciate the achievements as well as the judgments of our youth. +This seems the place for making the general observation, that, +although in its main qualities a man's _intellect_ or _head_, as well +as his _character_ or _heart_, is innate, yet the former is by no +means so unalterable in its nature as the latter. The fact is that the +intellect is subject to very many transformations, which, as a rule, +do not fail to make their actual appearance; and this is so, partly +because the intellect has a deep foundation in the physique, +and partly because the material with which it deals is given in +experience. And so, from a physical point of view, we find that if a +man has any peculiar power, it first gradually increases in strength +until it reaches its acme, after which it enters upon a path of slow +decadence, until it ends in imbecility. But, on the other hand, +we must not lose sight of the fact that the material which gives +employment to a man's powers and keeps them in activity,--the +subject-matter of thought and knowledge, experience, intellectual +attainments, the practice of seeing to the bottom of things, and so a +perfect mental vision, form in themselves a mass which continues to +increase in size, until the time comes when weakness shows itself, +and the man's powers suddenly fail. The way in which these two +distinguishable elements combine in the same nature,--the one +absolutely unalterable, and the other subject to change in two +directions opposed to each other--explains the variety of mental +attitude and the dissimilarity of value which attach to a man at +different periods of life. + +The same truth may be more broadly expressed by saying that the first +forty years of life furnish the text, while the remaining thirty +supply the commentary; and that without the commentary we are unable +to understand aright the true sense and coherence of the text, +together with the moral it contains and all the subtle application of +which it admits. + +Towards the close of life, much the same thing happens as at the end +of a _bal masqué_--the masks are taken off. Then you can see who +the people really are, with whom you have come into contact in your +passage through the world. For by the end of life characters have come +out in their true light, actions have borne fruit, achievements have +been rightly appreciated, and all shams have fallen to pieces. For +this, Time was in every case requisite. + +But the most curious fact is that it is also only towards the close +of life than a man really recognizes and understands his own true +self,--the aims and objects he has followed in life, more especially +the kind of relation in which he has stood to other people and to the +world. It will often happen that as a result of this knowledge, a man +will have to assign himself a lower place than he formerly thought +was his due. But there are exceptions to this rule; and it will +occasionally be the case that he will take a higher position than he +had before. This will be owing to the fact that he had no adequate +notion of the _baseness_ of the world, and that he set up a higher aim +for himself than was followed by the rest of mankind. + +The progress of life shows a man the stuff of which he is made. + +It is customary to call youth the happy, and age the sad part of life. +This would be true if it were the passions that made a man happy. +Youth is swayed to and fro by them; and they give a great deal of pain +and little pleasure. In age the passions cool and leave a man at rest, +and then forthwith his mind takes a contemplative tone; the intellect +is set free and attains the upper hand. And since, in itself, +intellect is beyond the range of pain, and man feels happy just in so +far as his intellect is the predominating part of him. + +It need only be remembered that all pleasure is negative, and that +pain is positive in its nature, in order to see that the passions can +never be a source of happiness, and that age is not the less to be +envied on the ground that many pleasures are denied it. For every sort +of pleasure is never anything more than the quietive of some need or +longing; and that pleasure should come to an end as soon as the need +ceases, is no more a subject of complaint than that a man cannot go on +eating after he has had his dinner, or fall asleep again after a good +night's rest. + +So far from youth being the happiest period of life, there is much +more truth in the remark made by Plato, at the beginning of the +_Republic_, that the prize should rather be given to old age, because +then at last a man is freed from the animal passion which has hitherto +never ceased to disquiet him. Nay, it may even be said that the +countless and manifold humors which have their source in this passion, +and the emotions that spring from it, produce a mild state of madness; +and this lasts as long as the man is subject to the spell of +the impulse--this evil spirit, as it were, of which there is no +riddance--so that he never really becomes a reasonable being until the +passion is extinguished. + +There is no doubt that, in general, and apart from individual +circumstances and particular dispositions, youth is marked by a +certain melancholy and sadness, while genial sentiments attach to old +age; and the reason for this is nothing but the fact that the young +man is still under the service, nay, the forced labor, imposed by that +evil spirit, which scarcely ever leaves him a moment to himself. To +this source may be traced, directly or indirectly, almost all and +every ill that befalls or menaces mankind. The old man is genial and +cheerful because, after long lying in the bonds of passion, he can now +move about in freedom. + +Still, it should not be forgotten that, when this passion is +extinguished, the true kernel of life is gone, and nothing remains but +the hollow shell; or, from another point of view, life then becomes +like a comedy, which, begun by real actors, is continued and brought +to an end by automata dressed in their clothes. + +However that may be, youth is the period of unrest, and age of repose; +and from that very circumstance, the relative degree of pleasure +belonging to each may be inferred. The child stretches out its little +hands in the eager desire to seize all the pretty things that meet its +sight, charmed by the world because all its senses are still so young +and fresh. Much the same thing happens with the youth, and he displays +greater energy in his quest. He, too, is charmed by all the pretty +things and the many pleasing shapes that surround him; and forthwith +his imagination conjures up pleasures which the world can never +realize. So he is filled with an ardent desire for he knows not what +delights--robbing him of all rest and making happiness impossible. +But when old age is reached, all this is over and done with, partly +because the blood runs cooler and the senses are no longer so easily +allured; partly because experience has shown the true value of things +and the futility of pleasure, whereby illusion has been gradually +dispelled, and the strange fancies and prejudices which previously +concealed or distorted a free and true view of the world, have been +dissipated and put to flight; with the result that a man can now get +a juster and clearer view, and see things as they are, and also in a +measure attain more or less insight into the nullity of all things on +this earth. + +It is this that gives almost every old man, no matter how ordinary his +faculties may be, a certain tincture of wisdom, which distinguishes +him from the young. But the chief result of all this change is the +peace of mind that ensues--a great element in happiness, and, in fact, +the condition and essence of it. While the young man fancies that +there is a vast amount of good things in the world, if he could only +come at them, the old man is steeped in the truth of the Preacher's +words, that _all things are vanity_--knowing that, however gilded the +shell, the nut is hollow. + +In these later years, and not before, a man comes to a true +appreciation of Horace's maxim: _Nil admirari._ He is directly and +sincerely convinced of the vanity of everything and that all the +glories of the world are as nothing: his illusions are gone. He is +no more beset with the idea that there is any particular amount of +happiness anywhere, in the palace or in the cottage, any more than he +himself enjoys when he is free from bodily or mental pain. The worldly +distinctions of great and small, high and low, exist for him no +longer; and in this blissful state of mind the old man may look down +with a smile upon all false notions. He is completely undeceived, and +knows that whatever may be done to adorn human life and deck it out in +finery, its paltry character will soon show through the glitter of its +surroundings; and that, paint and be jewel it as one may, it remains +everywhere much the same,--an existence which has no true value except +in freedom from pain, and is never to be estimated by the presence of +pleasure, let alone, then, of display.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. Horace, _Epist_. I. 12, I-4.] + +Disillusion is the chief characteristic of old age; for by that time +the fictions are gone which gave life its charm and spurred on the +mind to activity; the splendors of the world have been proved null and +vain; its pomp, grandeur and magnificence are faded. A man has then +found out that behind most of the things he wants, and most of the +pleasures he longs for, there is very little after all; and so he +comes by degrees to see that our existence is all empty and void. It +is only when he is seventy years old that he quite understands the +first words of the Preacher; and this again explains why it is that +old men are sometimes fretful and morose. + +It is often said that the common lot of old age is disease and +weariness of life. Disease is by no means essential to old age; +especially where a really long span of years is to be attained; for +as life goes on, the conditions of health and disorder tend to +increase--_crescente vita, crescit sanitas et morbus_. And as far as +weariness or boredom is concerned, I have stated above why old age is +even less exposed to that form of evil than youth. Nor is boredom by +any means to be taken as a necessary accompaniment of that solitude, +which, for reasons that do not require to be explained, old age +certainly cannot escape; it is rather the fate that awaits those who +have never known any other pleasures but the gratification of the +senses and the delights of society--who have left their minds +unenlightened and their faculties unused. It is quite true that the +intellectual faculties decline with the approach of old age; but where +they were originally strong, there will always be enough left to +combat the onslaught of boredom. And then again, as I have said, +experience, knowledge, reflection, and skill in dealing with men, +combine to give an old man an increasingly accurate insight into the +ways of the world; his judgment becomes keen and he attains a coherent +view of life: his mental vision embraces a wider range. Constantly +finding new uses for his stores of knowledge and adding to them at +every opportunity, he maintains uninterrupted that inward process of +self-education, which gives employment and satisfaction to the mind, +and thus forms the due reward of all its efforts. + +All this serves in some measure as a compensation for decreased +intellectual power. And besides, Time, as I have remarked, seems to go +much more quickly when we are advanced in years; and this is in itself +a preventive of boredom. There is no great harm in the fact that +a man's bodily strength decreases in old age, unless, indeed, he +requires it to make a living. To be poor when one is old, is a great +misfortune. If a man is secure from that, and retains his health, old +age may be a very passable time of life. Its chief necessity is to be +comfortable and well off; and, in consequence, money is then prized +more than ever, because it is a substitute for failing strength. +Deserted by Venus, the old man likes to turn to Bacchus to make him +merry. In the place of wanting to see things, to travel and learn, +comes the desire to speak and teach. It is a piece of good fortune if +the old man retains some of his love of study or of music or of the +theatre,--if, in general, he is still somewhat susceptible to the +things about him; as is, indeed, the case with some people to a very +late age. At that time of life, _what a man has in himself_ is of +greater advantage to him that ever it was before. + +There can be no doubt that most people who have never been anything +but dull and stupid, become more and more of automata as they grow +old. They have always thought, said and done the same things as their +neighbors; and nothing that happens now can change their disposition, +or make them act otherwise. To talk to old people of this kind is like +writing on the sand; if you produce any impression at all, it is gone +almost immediately; old age is here nothing but the _caput mortuum_ +of life--all that is essential to manhood is gone. There are cases +in which nature supplies a third set of teeth in old age, thereby +apparently demonstrating the fact that that period of life is a second +childhood. + +It is certainly a very melancholy thing that all a man's faculties +tend to waste away as he grows old, and at a rate that increases +in rapidity: but still, this is a necessary, nay, a beneficial +arrangement, as otherwise death, for which it is a preparation, would +be too hard to bear. So the greatest boon that follows the attainment +of extreme old age is _euthanasia_,--an easy death, not ushered in by +disease, and free from all pain and struggle.[1] For let a man live as +long as he may, he is never conscious of any moment but the present, +one and indivisible; and in those late years the mind loses more every +day by sheer forgetfulness than ever it gains anew. + +[Footnote 1: See _Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. ch. 41, +for a further description of this happy end to life.] + +The main difference between youth and age will always be that youth +looks forward to life, and old age to death; and that while the one +has a short past and a long future before it, the case is just the +opposite with the other. It is quite true that when a man is old, to +die is the only thing that awaits him; while if he is young, he may +expect to live; and the question arises which of the two fates is the +more hazardous, and if life is not a matter which, on the whole, it is +better to have behind one than before? Does not the Preacher say: +_the day of death [is better] than the day of one's birth_.[1] It is +certainly a rash thing to wish for long life;[2] for as the Spanish +proverb has it, it means to see much evil,--_Quien larga vida vive +mucho mal vide_. + +[Footnote 1: Ecclesiastes vii. 1.] + +[Footnote 2: The life of man cannot, strictly speaking, be called +either _long_ or _short_, since it is the ultimate standard by which +duration of time in regard to all other things is measured. + +In one of the Vedic _Upanishads (Oupnekhat_, II.) _the natural length_ +of human life is put down at one hundred years. And I believe this to +be right. I have observed, as a matter of fact, that it is only people +who exceed the age of ninety who attain _euthanasia_,--who die, that +is to say, of no disease, apoplexy or convulsion, and pass away +without agony of any sort; nay, who sometimes even show no pallor, but +expire generally in a sitting attitude, and often after a meal,--or, +I may say, simply cease to live rather than die. To come to one's end +before the age of ninety, means to die of disease, in other words, +prematurely. + +Now the Old Testament (Psalms xc. 10) puts the limit of human life at +seventy, and if it is very long, at eighty years; and what is more +noticeable still, Herodotus (i. 32 and iii. 22) says the same thing. +But this is wrong; and the error is due simply to a rough and +superficial estimate of the results of daily experience. For if the +natural length of life were from seventy to eighty years, people would +die, about that time, of mere old age. Now this is certainly not the +case. If they die then, they die, like younger people, _of disease_; +and disease is something abnormal. Therefore it is not natural to die +at that age. It is only when they are between ninety and a hundred +that people die of old age; die, I mean, without suffering from any +disease, or showing any special signs of their condition, such as a +struggle, death-rattle, convulsion, pallor,--the absence of all which +constitutes _euthanasia_. The natural length of human life is a +hundred years; and in assigning that limit the Upanishads are right +once more.] + +A man's individual career is not, as Astrology wishes to make out, to +be predicted from observation of the planets; but the course of human +life in general, as far as the various periods of it are concerned, +may be likened to the succession of the planets: so that we may be +said to pass under the influence of each one of them in turn. + +At ten, _Mercury_ is in the ascendant; and at that age, a youth, like +this planet, is characterized by extreme mobility within a narrow +sphere, where trifles have a great effect upon him; but under the +guidance of so crafty and eloquent a god, he easily makes great +progress. _Venus_ begins her sway during his twentieth year, and then +a man is wholly given up to the love of women. At thirty, _Mars_ +comes to the front, and he is now all energy and strength,--daring, +pugnacious and arrogant. + +When a man reaches the age of forty, he is under the rule of the +four _Asteroids_; that is to say, his life has gained something in +extension. He is frugal; in other words, by the help of _Ceres_, he +favors what is useful; he has his own hearth, by the influence of +_Vesta_; _Pallas_ has taught him that which is necessary for him to +know; and his wife--his _Juno_--rules as the mistress of his house. + +But at the age of fifty, _Jupiter_ is the dominant influence. At that +period a man has outlived most of his contemporaries, and he can feel +himself superior to the generation about him. He is still in the full +enjoyment of his strength, and rich in experience and knowledge; +and if he has any power and position of his own, he is endowed with +authority over all who stand in his immediate surroundings. He is no +more inclined to receive orders from others; he wants to take command +himself. The work most suitable to him now is to guide and rule within +his own sphere. This is the point where Jupiter culminates, and where +the man of fifty years is at his best. + +Then comes _Saturn_, at about the age of sixty, a weight as of _lead_, +dull and slow:-- + + _But old folks, many feign as they were dead; + Unwieldy, slow, heavy and pale as lead_. +Last of all, _Uranus_; or, as the saying is, a man goes to heaven. + +I cannot find a place for _Neptune_, as this planet has been very +thoughtlessly named; because I may not call it as it should be +called--_Eros_. Otherwise I should point out how Beginning and End +meet together, and how closely and intimately Eros is connected with +Death: how Orcus, or Amenthes, as the Egyptians called him, is not +only the receiver but the giver of all things--[Greek: lambanon kai +didous]. Death is the great reservoir of Life. Everything comes from +Orcus; everything that is alive now was once there. Could we but +understand the great trick by which that is done, all would be clear! + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COUNSELS AND MAXIMS *** + +***** This file should be named 10715-8.txt or 10715-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/7/1/10715/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Josephine Paolucci and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS," WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/10715-8.zip b/old/10715-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..886f161 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10715-8.zip diff --git a/old/10715-h.zip b/old/10715-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7449d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10715-h.zip diff --git a/old/10715-h/10715-h.htm b/old/10715-h/10715-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0166ba --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10715-h/10715-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6697 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta content="pg2html (binary v0.17)" name="linkgenerator" /> + <title> + The Essays of Arthur Schopenhauer + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; text-align: justify; font-size: 80%; font-style: italic;} + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + .xx-small {font-size: 60%;} + .x-small {font-size: 75%;} + .small {font-size: 85%;} + .large {font-size: 115%;} + .x-large {font-size: 130%;} + .indent5 { margin-left: 5%;} + .indent10 { margin-left: 10%;} + .indent15 { margin-left: 15%;} + .indent20 { margin-left: 20%;} + .indent25 { margin-left: 25%;} + .indent30 { margin-left: 30%;} + .indent35 { margin-left: 35%;} + .indent40 { margin-left: 40%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 1%; font-size: 0.6em; + font-variant: normal; font-style: normal; + text-align: right; background-color: #FFFACD; + border: 1px solid; padding: 0.3em;text-indent: 0em;} + .side { float: left; font-size: 75%; width: 15%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: left; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + .head { float: left; font-size: 90%; width: 98%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + p.pfirst, p.noindent {text-indent: 0} + span.dropcap { float: left; margin: 0 0.1em 0 0; line-height: 0.8 } + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Counsels and Maxims + From The Essays Of Arthur Schopenhauer + +Author: Arthur Schopenhauer + +Release Date: January 14, 2004 [EBook #10715] +Last Updated: December 9, 2018 + + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COUNSELS AND MAXIMS *** + + + + +Etext produced by Juliet Sutherland, Josephine Paolucci and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + + +</pre> + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE ESSAYS OF<br /><br /> ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER + </h1> + <h2> + <b> By Arthur Schopenhauer </b> + </h2> + <h3> + Translated By T. Bailey Saunders + </h3> + <h1> + COUNSELS AND MAXIMS. + </h1> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est + très difficile de le trouver en nous, et impossible + de le trouver ailleurs. +</pre> + <p> + Chamfort. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <b>Contents</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_INTR"> INTRODUCTION. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. — GENERAL RULES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> SECTION 1. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in + regard to happiness, it is </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the + happiness of life </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. — OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.— + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> SECTION 4. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise + conduct of life is to </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> SECTION 6. <i>Limitations always make for + happiness</i>. We are happy in </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0010"> SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a + painful state depends, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0011"> SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely + prudent and discreet, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0012"> SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in + all to oneself, to </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0013"> SECTION 10. <i>Envy</i> is natural to man; and + still, it is at once a vice </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0014"> SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated + consideration to any plan before </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0015"> SECTION 12. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0016"> SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or + woe, we should be </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not + belong to us is very apt </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0018"> SECTION 15. The things which engage our + attention—whether they are </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0019"> SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, + curb our desires, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0020"> SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says + Aristotle; and he is </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0021"> SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by + the phantoms of his </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0022"> SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a + special case of the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0023"> SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I + have insisted upon the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. — OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.— + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0025"> SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how + quickly similarity, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0026"> SECTION 23. No man can see <i>over his own + height.</i> Let me explain what </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0027"> SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man—and + he is one in a </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0028"> SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking + remark that it is </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0029"> SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly + subjective that nothing really </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0030"> SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, + whether in public or </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0031"> SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if + you spoil them, they </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0032"> SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of + noble character and </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0033"> SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be + left entirely to </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0034"> SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own + body without knowing it, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0035"> SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble + character fancies that </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0036"> SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the + world instead of real </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0037"> SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in + the ways of the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0038"> SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often + consists in great measure </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0039"> SECTION 36. <i>Politeness</i>,—which the + Chinese hold to be a cardinal </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0040"> SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a + model for what you </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0041"> SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for + though you reached the </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0042"> SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be + accepted, express it </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0043"> SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in + praising yourself, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0044"> SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a + person is telling you </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0045"> SECTION 42. You should regard all your private + affairs as secrets, </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0046"> SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much + advantage as when you have </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0047"> SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be + felt for anyone. But </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0048"> SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to + show your hatred by </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0049"> SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your + words—<i>parler sans </i></a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. — WORLDLY FORTUNE.— </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0051"> SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, + that there are three </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0052"> SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and + that all things are </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0053"> SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you + will have very many </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0054"> SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not + give way to great </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0055"> SECTION 52. What people commonly call Fate<i> + is, as a general rule, </i></a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0056"> SECTION 53. Courage<i> comes next to prudence as + a quality of mind very </i></a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. — THE AGES OF LIFE. </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_INTR" id="link2H_INTR"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + INTRODUCTION. + </h2> + <p> + If my object in these pages were to present a complete scheme of counsels + and maxims for the guidance of life, I should have to repeat the numerous + rules—some of them excellent—which have been drawn up by + thinkers of all ages, from Theognis and Solomon<a href="#linknote-1" + name="linknoteref-1" id="noteref-1"><small>1</small></a> down to La + Rochefoucauld; and, in so doing, I should inevitably entail upon the + reader a vast amount of well-worn commonplace. But the fact is that in + this work I make still less claim to exhaust my subject than in any other + of my writings. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-1" id="note-1"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 1 (<a href="#linknoteref-1">return</a>)<br /> [ I refer to the proverbs and + maxims ascribed, in the Old Testament, to the king of that name.] + </p> + <p> + An author who makes no claims to completeness must also, in a great + measure, abandon any attempt at systematic arrangement. For his double + loss in this respect, the reader may console himself by reflecting that a + complete and systematic treatment of such a subject as the guidance of + life could hardly fail to be a very wearisome business. I have simply put + down those of my thoughts which appear to be worth communicating—thoughts + which, as far as I know, have not been uttered, or, at any rate, not just + in the same form, by any one else; so that my remarks may be taken as a + supplement to what has been already achieved in the immense field. + </p> + <p> + However, by way of introducing some sort of order into the great variety + of matters upon which advice will be given in the following pages, I shall + distribute what I have to say under the following heads: (1) general + rules; (2) our relation to ourselves; (3) our relation to others; and + finally, (4) rules which concern our manner of life and our worldly + circumstances. I shall conclude with some remarks on the changes which the + various periods of life produce in us. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. — GENERAL RULES. + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 1. + </h2> + <p> + The first and foremost rule for the wise conduct of life seems to me to be + contained in a view to which Aristotle parenthetically refers in the + Nichomachean Ethics<i>:<a href="#linknote-2" name="linknoteref-2" + id="noteref-2"><small>2</small></a> [Greek: o phronimoz to alupon dioke e + ou to aedu] or, as it may be rendered, </i>not pleasure, but freedom from + pain, is what the wise man will aim at<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-2" id="note-2"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 2 (<a href="#linknoteref-2">return</a>)<br /> [ vii. (12) 12.] + </p> + <p> + The truth of this remark turns upon the negative character of happiness,—the + fact that pleasure is only the negation of pain, and that pain is the + positive element in life. Though I have given a detailed proof of this + proposition in my chief work,<a href="#linknote-3" name="linknoteref-3" + id="noteref-3"><small>3</small></a> I may supply one more illustration of + it here, drawn from a circumstance of daily occurrence. Suppose that, with + the exception of some sore or painful spot, we are physically in a sound + and healthy condition: the sore of this one spot, will completely absorb + our attention, causing us to lose the sense of general well-being, and + destroying all our comfort in life. In the same way, when all our affairs + but one turn out as we wish, the single instance in which our aims are + frustrated is a constant trouble to us, even though it be something quite + trivial. We think a great deal about it, and very little about those other + and more important matters in which we have been successful. In both these + cases what has met with resistance is the will<i>; in the one case, as it + is objectified in the organism, in the other, as it presents itself in the + struggle of life; and in both, it is plain that the satisfaction of the + will consists in nothing else than that it meets with no resistance. It + is, therefore, a satisfaction which is not directly felt; at most, we can + become conscious of it only when we reflect upon our condition. But that + which checks or arrests the will is something positive; it proclaims its + own presence. All pleasure consists in merely removing this check—in + other words, in freeing us from its action; and hence pleasure is a state + which can never last very long. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-3" id="note-3"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 3 (<a href="#linknoteref-3">return</a>)<br /> [ Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>. Vol. I., p. 58.] </i> + </p> + <p> + This is the true basis of the above excellent rule quoted from Aristotle, + which bids us direct our aim, not toward securing what is pleasurable and + agreeable in life, but toward avoiding, as far as possible, its + innumerable evils. If this were not the right course to take, that saying + of Voltaire's, Happiness is but a dream and sorrow is real<i>, would be as + false as it is, in fact, true. A man who desires to make up the book of + his life and determine where the balance of happiness lies, must put down + in his accounts, not the pleasures which he has enjoyed, but the evils + which he has escaped. That is the true method of eudaemonology; for all + eudaemonology must begin by recognizing that its very name is a euphemism, + and that </i>to live happily<i> only means </i>to live less unhappily<i>—to + live a tolerable life. There is no doubt that life is given us, not to be + enjoyed, but to be overcome—to be got over. There are numerous + expressions illustrating this—such as </i>degere vitam, vita defungi<i>; + or in Italian, </i>si scampa cosi<i>; or in German, </i>man muss suchen + durchzukommen; er wird schon durch die Welt kommen<i>, and so on. In old + age it is indeed a consolation to think that the work of life is over and + done with. The happiest lot is not to have experienced the keenest + delights or the greatest pleasures, but to have brought life to a close + without any very great pain, bodily or mental. To measure the happiness of + a life by its delights or pleasures, is to apply a false standard. For + pleasures are and remain something negative; that they produce happiness + is a delusion, cherished by envy to its own punishment. Pain is felt to be + something positive, and hence its absence is the true standard of + happiness. And if, over and above freedom from pain, there is also an + absence of boredom, the essential conditions of earthly happiness are + attained; for all else is chimerical. </i> + </p> + <p> + It follows from this that a man should never try to purchase pleasure at + the cost of pain, or even at the risk of incurring it; to do so is to pay + what is positive and real, for what is negative and illusory; while there + is a net profit in sacrificing pleasure for the sake of avoiding pain. In + either case it is a matter of indifference whether the pain follows the + pleasure or precedes it. While it is a complete inversion of the natural + order to try and turn this scene of misery into a garden of pleasure, to + aim at joy and pleasure rather than at the greatest possible freedom from + pain—and yet how many do it!—there is some wisdom in taking a + gloomy view, in looking upon the world as a kind of Hell, and in confining + one's efforts to securing a little room that shall not be exposed to the + fire. The fool rushes after the pleasures of life and finds himself their + dupe; the wise man avoids its evils; and even if, notwithstanding his + precautions, he falls into misfortunes, that is the fault of fate, not of + his own folly. As far as he is successful in his endeavors, he cannot be + said to have lived a life of illusion; for the evils which he shuns are + very real. Even if he goes too far out of his way to avoid evils, and + makes an unnecessary sacrifice of pleasure, he is, in reality, not the + worse off for that; for all pleasures are chimerical, and to mourn for + having lost any of them is a frivolous, and even ridiculous proceeding. + </p> + <p> + The failure to recognize this truth—a failure promoted by optimistic + ideas—is the source of much unhappiness. In moments free from pain, + our restless wishes present, as it were in a mirror, the image of a + happiness that has no counterpart in reality, seducing us to follow it; in + doing so we bring pain upon ourselves, and that is something undeniably + real. Afterwards, we come to look with regret upon that lost state of + painlessness; it is a paradise which we have gambled away; it is no longer + with us, and we long in vain to undo what has been done. + </p> + <p> + One might well fancy that these visions of wishes fulfilled were the work + of some evil spirit, conjured up in order to entice us away from that + painless state which forms our highest happiness. + </p> + <p> + A careless youth may think that the world is meant to be enjoyed, as + though it were the abode of some real or positive happiness, which only + those fail to attain who are not clever enough to overcome the + difficulties that lie in the way. This false notion takes a stronger hold + on him when he comes to read poetry and romance, and to be deceived by + outward show—the hypocrisy that characterizes the world from + beginning to end; on which I shall have something to say presently. The + result is that his life is the more or less deliberate pursuit of positive + happiness; and happiness he takes to be equivalent to a series of definite + pleasures. In seeking for these pleasures he encounters danger—a + fact which should not be forgotten. He hunts for game that does not exist; + and so he ends by suffering some very real and positive misfortune—pain, + distress, sickness, loss, care, poverty, shame, and all the thousand ills + of life. Too late he discovers the trick that has been played upon him. + </p> + <p> + But if the rule I have mentioned is observed, and a plan of life is + adopted which proceeds by avoiding pain—in other words, by taking + measures of precaution against want, sickness, and distress in all its + forms, the aim is a real one, and something may be achieved which will be + great in proportion as the plan is not disturbed by striving after the + chimera of positive happiness. This agrees with the opinion expressed by + Goethe in the Elective Affinities<i>, and there put into the mouth of + Mittler—the man who is always trying to make other people happy: + </i>To desire to get rid of an evil is a definite object, but to desire a + better fortune than one has is blind folly<i>. The same truth is contained + in that fine French proverb: </i>le mieux est l'ennemi du bien<i>—leave + well alone. And, as I have remarked in my chief work,this is the + leading thought underlying the philosophical system of the Cynics. For + what was it led the Cynics to repudiate pleasure in every form, if it was + not the fact that pain is, in a greater or less degree, always bound up + with pleasure? To go out of the way of pain seemed to them so much easier + than to secure pleasure. Deeply impressed as they were by the negative + nature of pleasure and the positive nature of pain, they consistently + devoted all their efforts to the avoidance of pain. The first step to that + end was, in their opinion, a complete and deliberate repudiation of + pleasure, as something which served only to entrap the victim in order + that he might be delivered over to pain.<a href="#linknote-4" + name="linknoteref-4" id="noteref-4"><small>4</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-4" id="note-4"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 4 (<a href="#linknoteref-4">return</a>)<br /> [ Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, vol. ii., ch. 16.] </i> + </p> + <p> + We are all born, as Schiller says, in Arcadia. In other words, we come + into the world full of claims to happiness and pleasure, and we cherish + the fond hope of making them good. But, as a rule, Fate soon teaches us, + in a rough and ready way that we really possess nothing at all, but that + everything in the world is at its command, in virtue of an unassailable + right, not only to all we have or acquire, to wife or child, but even to + our very limbs, our arms, legs, eyes<i> and ears, nay, even to the nose in + the middle of our face. And in any case, after some little time, we learn + by experience that happiness and pleasure are a </i>fata morgana<i>, + which, visible from afar, vanish as we approach; that, on the other hand, + suffering and pain are a reality, which makes its presence felt without + any intermediary, and for its effect, stands in no need of illusion or the + play of false hope. </i> + </p> + <p> + If the teaching of experience bears fruit in us, we soon give up the + pursuit of pleasure and happiness, and think much more about making + ourselves secure against the attacks of pain and suffering. We see that + the best the world has to offer is an existence free from pain—a + quiet, tolerable life; and we confine our claims to this, as to something + we can more surely hope to achieve. For the safest way of not being very + miserable is not to expect to be very happy. Merck, the friend of Goethe's + youth, was conscious of this truth when he wrote: It is the wretched way + people have of setting up a claim to happiness<i>—</i>and, that to, + in a measure corresponding with their desires<i>—</i>that ruins + everything in this world. A man will make progress if he can get rid of + this claim,<a href="#linknote-5" name="linknoteref-5" id="noteref-5_"><small>5</small></a> + and desire nothing but what he sees before him<i>. Accordingly it is + advisable to put very moderate limits upon our expectations of pleasure, + possessions, rank, honor and so on; because it is just this striving and + struggling to be happy, to dazzle the world, to lead a life full of + pleasure, which entail great misfortune. It is prudent and wise, I say, to + reduce one's claims, if only for the reason that it is extremely easy to + be very unhappy; while to be very happy is not indeed difficult, but quite + impossible. With justice sings the poet of life's wisdom: </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Auream quisquis mediocritatem + Diligit, tutus caret obsoleti + Sordibus tecti, caret invidenda + Sobrius aula. + Savius ventis agitatur ingens + Pinus: et celsae graviori casu + Decidunt turres; feriuntque summos + Fulgura monies.<a href="#linknote-5" name="linknoteref-5" id="noteref-5">5</a><i> +</i></pre> + <p> + —the golden mean is best—to live free from the squalor of a + mean abode, and yet not be a mark for envy. It is the tall pine which is + cruelly shaken by the wind, the highest summits that are struck in the + storm, and the lofty towers that fall so heavily. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-4" id="note-4_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 4 (<a href="#linknoteref-4">return</a>)<br /> [ Letters to and from Merck.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-5" id="note-5"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 5 (<a href="#linknoteref-5">return</a>)<br /> [ Horace. Odes II. x.] + </p> + <p> + He who has taken to heart the teaching of my philosophy—who knows, + therefore, that our whole existence is something which had better not have + been, and that to disown and disclaim it is the highest wisdom—he + will have no great expectations from anything or any condition in life: he + will spend passion upon nothing in the world, nor lament over-much if he + fails in any of his undertakings. He will feel the deep truth of what + Plato<a href="#linknote-6" name="linknoteref-6" id="noteref-6"><small>6</small></a> + says: [Greek: oute ti ton anthropinon haxion on megalaes spondaes]—nothing + in human affairs is worth any great anxiety; or, as the Persian poet has + it, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Though from thy grasp all worldly things should flee, + Grieve not for them, for they are nothing worth: + And though a world in thy possession be, + Joy not, for worthless are the things of earth. + Since to that better world 'tis given to thee + To pass, speed on, for this is nothing worth.<i><a href="#linknote-7" + name="linknoteref-7" id="noteref-7">7</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-6" id="note-6"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 6 (<a href="#linknoteref-6">return</a>)<br /> [ Republic<i>, x. 604.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-7" id="note-7"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 7 (<a href="#linknoteref-7">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. From + the Anvár-i Suhailí—</i>The Lights of Canopus<i>—being the + Persian version of the </i>Table of Bidpai<i>. Translated by E.B. + Eastwick, ch. iii. Story vi., p. 289.] </i> + </p> + <p> + The chief obstacle to our arriving at these salutary views is that + hypocrisy of the world to which I have already alluded—an hypocrisy + which should be early revealed to the young. Most of the glories of the + world are mere outward show, like the scenes on a stage: there is nothing + real about them. Ships festooned and hung with pennants, firing of cannon, + illuminations, beating of drums and blowing of trumpets, shouting and + applauding—these are all the outward sign, the pretence and + suggestion,—as it were the hieroglyphic,—of joy<i>: but just + there, joy is, as a rule, not to be found; it is the only guest who has + declined to be present at the festival. Where this guest may really be + found, he comes generally without invitation; he is not formerly + announced, but slips in quietly by himself </i>sans facon<i>; often making + his appearance under the most unimportant and trivial circumstances, and + in the commonest company—anywhere, in short, but where the society + is brilliant and distinguished. Joy is like the gold in the Australian + mines—found only now and then, as it were, by the caprice of chance, + and according to no rule or law; oftenest in very little grains, and very + seldom in heaps. All that outward show which I have described, is only an + attempt to make people believe that it is really joy which has come to the + festival; and to produce this impression upon the spectators is, in fact, + the whole object of it. </i> + </p> + <p> + With mourning<i> it is just the same. That long funeral procession, moving + up so slowly; how melancholy it looks! what an endless row of carriages! + But look into them—they are all empty; the coachmen of the whole + town are the sole escort the dead man has to his grave. Eloquent picture + of the friendship and esteem of the world! This is the falsehood, the + hollowness, the hypocrisy of human affairs! </i> + </p> + <p> + Take another example—a roomful of guests in full dress, being + received with great ceremony. You could almost believe that this is a + noble and distinguished company; but, as a matter of fact, it is + compulsion, pain and boredom who are the real guests. For where many are + invited, it is a rabble—even if they all wear stars. Really good + society is everywhere of necessity very small. In brilliant festivals and + noisy entertainments, there is always, at bottom, a sense of emptiness + prevalent. A false tone is there: such gatherings are in strange contrast + with the misery and barrenness of our existence. The contrast brings the + true condition into greater relief. Still, these gatherings are effective + from the outside; and that is just their purpose. Chamfort<a + href="#linknote-8" name="linknoteref-8" id="noteref-8"><small>8</small></a> + makes the excellent remark that society<i>—</i>les cercles, les + salons, ce qu'on appelle le monde<i>—is like a miserable play, or a + bad opera, without any interest in itself, but supported for a time by + mechanical aid, costumes and scenery. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-8" id="note-8"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 8 (<a href="#linknoteref-8">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Nicholas "Chamfort" (1741-94), a French miscellaneous writer, whose + brilliant conversation, power of sarcasm, and epigrammic force, coupled + with an extraordinary career, render him one of the most interesting and + remarkable men of his time. Schopenhauer undoubtedly owed much to this + writer, to whom he constantly refers.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And so, too, with academies and chairs of philosophy. You have a kind of + sign-board hung out to show the apparent abode of wisdom<i>: but wisdom is + another guest who declines the invitation; she is to be found elsewhere. + The chiming of bells, ecclesiastical millinery, attitudes of devotion, + insane antics—these are the pretence, the false show of </i>piety<i>. + And so on. Everything in the world is like a hollow nut; there is little + kernel anywhere, and when it does exist, it is still more rare to find it + in the shell. You may look for it elsewhere, and find it, as a rule, only + by chance. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in regard to happiness, it is + </h2> + <p> + necessary to ask, not what things please him, but what things trouble him; + and the more trivial these things are in themselves, the happier the man + will be. To be irritated by trifles, a man must be well off; for in + misfortunes trifles are unfelt. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the happiness of life + </h2> + <p> + upon a broad foundation<i>—not to require a great many things in + order to be happy. For happiness on such a foundation is the most easily + undermined; it offers many more opportunities for accidents; and accidents + are always happening. The architecture of happiness follows a plan in this + respect just the opposite of that adopted in every other case, where the + broadest foundation offers the greatest security. Accordingly, to reduce + your claims to the lowest possible degree, in comparison with your means,—of + whatever kind these may be—is the surest way of avoiding extreme + misfortune. </i> + </p> + <p> + To make extensive preparations for life—no matter what form they may + take—is one of the greatest and commonest of follies. Such + preparations presuppose, in the first place, a long life, the full and + complete term of years appointed to man—and how few reach it! and + even if it be reached, it is still too short for all the plans that have + been made; for to carry them out requites more time than was thought + necessary at the beginning. And then how many mischances and obstacles + stand in the way! how seldom the goal is ever reached in human affairs! + </p> + <p> + And lastly, even though the goal should be reached, the changes which Time + works in us have been left out of the reckoning: we forget that the + capacity whether for achievement or for enjoyment does not last a whole + lifetime. So we often toil for things which are no longer suited to us + when we attain them; and again, the years we spend in preparing for some + work, unconsciously rob us of the power for carrying it out. + </p> + <p> + How often it happens that a man is unable to enjoy the wealth which he + acquired at so much trouble and risk, and that the fruits of his labor are + reserved for others; or that he is incapable of filling the position which + he has won after so many years of toil and struggle. Fortune has come too + late for him; or, contrarily, he has come too late for fortune,—when, + for instance, he wants to achieve great things, say, in art or literature: + the popular taste has changed, it may be; a new generation has grown up, + which takes no interest in his work; others have gone a shorter way and + got the start of him. These are the facts of life which Horace must have + had in view, when he lamented the uselessness of all advice:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + quid eternis minorem + Consiliis animum fatigas?<i><a href="#linknote-9" name="linknoteref-9" + id="noteref-9">9</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-9" id="note-9"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 9 (<a href="#linknoteref-9">return</a>)<br /> [ Odes II. xi.] + </p> + <p> + The cause of this commonest of all follies is that optical illusion of the + mind from which everyone suffers, making life, at its beginning, seem of + long duration; and at its end, when one looks back over the course of it, + how short a time it seems! There is some advantage in the illusion; but + for it, no great work would ever be done. + </p> + <p> + Our life is like a journey on which, as we advance, the landscape takes a + different view from that which it presented at first, and changes again, + as we come nearer. This is just what happens—especially with our + wishes. We often find something else, nay, something better than what we + are looking for; and what we look for, we often find on a very different + path from that on which we began a vain search. Instead of finding, as we + expected, pleasure, happiness, joy, we get experience, insight, knowledge—a + real and permanent blessing, instead of a fleeting and illusory one. + </p> + <p> + This is the thought that runs through Wilkelm Meister<i>, like the bass in + a piece of music. In this work of Goethe's, we have a novel of the </i>intellectual<i> + kind, and, therefore, superior to all others, even to Sir Walter Scott's, + which are, one and all, </i>ethical<i>; in other words, they treat of + human nature only from the side of the will. So, too, in the </i>Zauberflöte<i>—that + grotesque, but still significant, and even hieroglyphic—the same + thought is symbolized, but in great, coarse lines, much in the way in + which scenery is painted. Here the symbol would be complete if Tamino were + in the end to be cured of his desire to possess Tainina, and received, in + her stead, initiation into the mysteries of the Temple of Wisdom. It is + quite right for Papageno, his necessary contrast, to succeed in getting + his Papagena. </i> + </p> + <p> + Men of any worth or value soon come to see that they are in the hands of + Fate, and gratefully submit to be moulded by its teachings. They recognize + that the fruit of life is experience, and not happiness; they become + accustomed and content to exchange hope for insight; and, in the end, they + can say, with Petrarch, that all they care for is to learn:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Altro diletto che 'mparar, non provo<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + It may even be that they to some extent still follow their old wishes and + aims, trifling with them, as it were, for the sake of appearances; all the + while really and seriously looking for nothing but instruction; a process + which lends them an air of genius, a trait of something contemplative and + sublime. + </p> + <p> + In their search for gold, the alchemists discovered other things—gunpowder, + china, medicines, the laws of nature. There is a sense in which we are all + alchemists. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. — OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.— + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 4. + </h2> + <p> + The mason employed on the building of a house may be quite ignorant of its + general design; or at any rate, he may not keep it constantly in mind. So + it is with man: in working through the days and hours of his life, he + takes little thought of its character as a whole. + </p> + <p> + If there is any merit or importance attaching to a man's career, if he + lays himself out carefully for some special work, it is all the more + necessary and advisable for him to turn his attention now and then to its + plan<i>, that is to say, the miniature sketch of its general outlines. Of + course, to do that, he must have applied the maxim [Greek: Gnothi + seauton]; he must have made some little progress in the art of + understanding himself. He must know what is his real, chief, and foremost + object in life,—what it is that he most wants in order to be happy; + and then, after that, what occupies the second and third place in his + thoughts; he must find out what, on the whole, his vocation really is—the + part he has to play, his general relation to the world. If he maps out + important work for himself on great lines, a glance at this miniature plan + of his life will, more than anything else stimulate, rouse and ennoble + him, urge him on to action and keep him from false paths. </i> + </p> + <p> + Again, just as the traveler, on reaching a height, gets a connected view + over the road he has taken, with its many turns and windings; so it is + only when we have completed a period in our life, or approach the end of + it altogether, that we recognize the true connection between all our + actions,—what it is we have achieved, what work we have done. It is + only then that we see the precise chain of cause and effect, and the exact + value of all our efforts. For as long as we are actually engaged in the + work of life, we always act in accordance with the nature of our + character, under the influence of motive, and within the limits of our + capacity,—in a word, from beginning to end, under a law of necessity<i>; + at every moment we do just what appears to us right and proper. It is only + afterwards, when we come to look back at the whole course of our life and + its general result, that we see the why and wherefore of it all. </i> + </p> + <p> + When we are actually doing some great deed, or creating some immortal + work, we are not conscious of it as such; we think only of satisfying + present aims, of fulfilling the intentions we happen to have at the time, + of doing the right thing at the moment. It is only when we come to view + our life as a connected whole that our character and capacities show + themselves in their true light; that we see how, in particular instances, + some happy inspiration, as it were, led us to choose the only true path + out of a thousand which might have brought us to ruin. It was our genius + that guided us, a force felt in the affairs of the intellectual as in + those of the world; and working by its defect just in the same way in + regard to evil and disaster. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise conduct of life is to + </h2> + <p> + preserve a proper proportion between our thought for the present and our + thought for the future; in order not to spoil the one by paying over-great + attention to the other. Many live too long in the present—frivolous + people, I mean; others, too much in the future, ever anxious and full of + care. It is seldom that a man holds the right balance between the two + extremes. Those who strive and hope and live only in the future, always + looking ahead and impatiently anticipating what is coming, as something + which will make them happy when they get it, are, in spite of their very + clever airs, exactly like those donkeys one sees in Italy, whose pace may + be hurried by fixing a stick on their heads with a wisp of hay at the end + of it; this is always just in front of them, and they keep on trying to + get it. Such people are in a constant state of illusion as to their whole + existence; they go on living ad interim<i>, until at last they die. </i> + </p> + <p> + Instead, therefore, of always thinking about our plans and anxiously + looking to the future, or of giving ourselves up to regret for the past, + we should never forget that the present is the only reality, the only + certainty; that the future almost always turns out contrary to our + expectations; that the past, too, was very different from what we suppose + it to have been. But the past and the future are, on the whole, of less + consequence than we think. Distance, which makes objects look small to the + outward eye, makes them look big to the eye of thought. The present alone + is true and actual; it is the only time which possesses full reality, and + our existence lies in it exclusively. Therefore we should always be glad + of it, and give it the welcome it deserves, and enjoy every hour that is + bearable by its freedom from pain and annoyance with a full consciousness + of its value. We shall hardly be able to do this if we make a wry face + over the failure of our hopes in the past or over our anxiety for the + future. It is the height of folly to refuse the present hour of happiness, + or wantonly to spoil it by vexation at by-gones or uneasiness about what + is to come. There is a time, of course, for forethought, nay, even for + repentance; but when it is over let us think of what is past as of + something to which we have said farewell, of necessity subduing our hearts— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + [Greek: alla ta men protuchthai easomen achnumenoi per + tumhon eni staethessi philon damasntes hanankae],[10] +</pre> + <p> + and of the future as of that which lies beyond our power, in the lap of + the gods— + </p> + <p> + [Greek: all aetoi men tauta theon en gounasi keitai.]<a href="#linknote-11" + name="linknoteref-11" id="noteref-11"><small>11</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-11" id="note-11"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 11 (<a href="#linknoteref-11">return</a>)<br /> [ Ibid<i>, xvii, 514] </i> + </p> + <p> + But in regard to the present let us remember Seneca's advice, and live + each day as if it were our whole life,—singulas dies singulas vitas + puta<i>: let us make it as agreeable as possible, it is the only real time + we have. </i> + </p> + <p> + Only those evils which are sure to come at a definite date have any right + to disturb us; and how few there are which fulfill this description. For + evils are of two kinds; either they are possible only, at most probable; + or they are inevitable. Even in the case of evils which are sure to + happen, the time at which they will happen is uncertain. A man who is + always preparing for either class of evil will not have a moment of peace + left him. So, if we are not to lose all comfort in life through the fear + of evils, some of which are uncertain in themselves, and others, in the + time at which they will occur, we should look upon the one kind as never + likely to happen, and the other as not likely to happen very soon. + </p> + <p> + Now, the less our peace of mind is disturbed by fear, the more likely it + is to be agitated by desire and expectation. This is the true meaning of + that song of Goethe's which is such a favorite with everyone: Ich hab' + mein' Sach' auf nichts gestellt<i>. It is only after a man has got rid of + all pretension, and taken refuge in mere unembellished existence, that he + is able to attain that peace of mind which is the foundation of human + happiness. Peace of mind! that is something essential to any enjoyment of + the present moment; and unless its separate moments are enjoyed, there is + an end of life's happiness as a whole. We should always collect that </i>To-day<i> + comes only once, and never returns. We fancy that it will come again + to-morrow; but </i>To-morrow<i> is another day, which, in its turn, comes + once only. We are apt to forget that every day is an integral, and + therefore irreplaceable portion of life, and to look upon life as though + it were a collective idea or name which does not suffer if one of the + individuals it covers is destroyed. </i> + </p> + <p> + We should be more likely to appreciate and enjoy the present, if, in those + good days when we are well and strong, we did not fail to reflect how, in + sickness and sorrow, every past hour that was free from pain and privation + seemed in our memory so infinitely to be envied—as it were, a lost + paradise, or some one who was only then seen to have acted as a friend. + But we live through our days of happiness without noticing them; it is + only when evil comes upon us that we wish them back. A thousand gay and + pleasant hours are wasted in ill-humor; we let them slip by unenjoyed, and + sigh for them in vain when the sky is overcast. Those present moments that + are bearable, be they never so trite and common,—passed by in + indifference, or, it may be, impatiently pushed away,—those are the + moments we should honor; never failing to remember that the ebbing tide is + even how hurrying them into the past, where memory will store them + transfigured and shining with an imperishable light,—in some + after-time, and above all, when our days are evil, to raise the veil and + present them as the object of our fondest regret. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 6. Limitations always make for happiness<i>. We are happy in </i> + </h2> + <p> + proportion as our range of vision, our sphere of work, our points of + contact with the world, are restricted and circumscribed. We are more + likely to feel worried and anxious if these limits are wide; for it means + that our cares, desires and terrors are increased and intensified. That is + why the blind are not so unhappy as we might be inclined to suppose; + otherwise there would not be that gentle and almost serene expression of + peace in their faces. + </p> + <p> + Another reason why limitation makes for happiness is that the second half + of life proves even more dreary that the first. As the years wear on, the + horizon of our aims and our points of contact with the world become more + extended. In childhood our horizon is limited to the narrowest sphere + about us; in youth there is already a very considerable widening of our + view; in manhood it comprises the whole range of our activity, often + stretching out over a very distant sphere,—the care, for instance, + of a State or a nation; in old age it embraces posterity. + </p> + <p> + But even in the affairs of the intellect, limitation is necessary if we + are to be happy. For the less the will is excited, the less we suffer. We + have seen that suffering is something positive, and that happiness is only + a negative condition. To limit the sphere of outward activity is to + relieve the will of external stimulus: to limit the sphere of our + intellectual efforts is to relieve the will of internal sources of + excitement. This latter kind of limitation is attended by the disadvantage + that it opens the door to boredom, which is a direct source of countless + sufferings; for to banish boredom, a man will have recourse to any means + that may be handy—dissipation, society, extravagance, gaming, and + drinking, and the like, which in their turn bring mischief, ruin and + misery in their train. Difficiles in otio quies<i>—it is difficult + to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. That limitation in the sphere of + outward activity is conducive, nay, even necessary to human happiness, + such as it is, may be seen in the fact that the only kind of poetry which + depicts men in a happy state of life—Idyllic poetry, I mean,—always + aims, as an intrinsic part of its treatment, at representing them in very + simple and restricted circumstances. It is this feeling, too, which is at + the bottom of the pleasure we take in what are called </i>genre<i> + pictures. </i> + </p> + <p> + Simplicity<i>, therefore, as far as it can be attained, and even </i>monotony<i>, + in our manner of life, if it does not mean that we are bored, will + contribute to happiness; just because, under such circumstances, life, and + consequently the burden which is the essential concomitant of life, will + be least felt. Our existence will glide on peacefully like a stream which + no waves or whirlpools disturb. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a painful state depends, + </h2> + <p> + ultimately, upon the kind of matter that pervades and engrosses our + consciousness. In this respect, purely intellectual occupation, for the + mind that is capable of it, will, as a rule, do much more in the way of + happiness than any form of practical life, with its constant alternations + of success and failure, and all the shocks and torments it produces. But + it must be confessed that for such occupation a pre-eminent amount of + intellectual capacity is necessary. And in this connection it may be noted + that, just as a life devoted to outward activity will distract and divert + a man from study, and also deprive him of that quiet concentration of mind + which is necessary for such work; so, on the other hand, a long course of + thought will make him more or less unfit for the noisy pursuits of real + life. It is advisable, therefore, to suspend mental work for a while, if + circumstances happen which demand any degree of energy in affairs of a + practical nature. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely prudent and discreet, + </h2> + <p> + and to draw from experience all the instruction it contains, it is + requisite to be constantly thinking back,—to make a kind of + recapitulation of what we have done, of our impressions and sensations, to + compare our former with our present judgments—what we set before us + and struggle to achieve, with the actual result and satisfaction we have + obtained. To do this is to get a repetition of the private lessons of + experience,—lessons which are given to every one. + </p> + <p> + Experience of the world may be looked upon as a kind of text, to which + reflection and knowledge form the commentary. Where there is great deal of + reflection and intellectual knowledge, and very little experience, the + result is like those books which have on each page two lines of text to + forty lines of commentary. A great deal of experience with little + reflection and scant knowledge, gives us books like those of the editio + Bipontina<i><a href="#linknote-13" name="linknoteref-13" id="noteref-13"><small>13</small></a> + where there are no notes and much that is unintelligible. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-13" id="note-13"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 13 (<a href="#linknoteref-13">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. A + series of Greek, Latin and French classics published at Zweibräcken in the + Palatinate, from and after the year 1779. Cf. Butter, </i>Ueber die + Bipontiner und die editiones Bipontinae<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + The advice here given is on a par with a rule recommended by Pythagoras,—to + review, every night before going to sleep, what we have done during the + day. To live at random, in the hurly-burly of business or pleasure, + without ever reflecting upon the past,—to go on, as it were, pulling + cotton off the reel of life,—is to have no clear idea of what we are + about; and a man who lives in this state will have chaos in his emotions + and certain confusion in his thoughts; as is soon manifest by the abrupt + and fragmentary character of his conversation, which becomes a kind of + mincemeat. A man will be all the more exposed to this fate in proportion + as he lives a restless life in the world, amid a crowd of various + impressions and with a correspondingly small amount of activity on the + part of his own mind. + </p> + <p> + And in this connection it will be in place to observe that, when events + and circumstances which have influenced us pass away in the course of + time, we are unable to bring back and renew the particular mood or state + of feeling which they aroused in us: but we can remember what we were led + to say and do in regard to them; and thus form, as it were, the result, + expression and measure of those events. We should, therefore, be careful + to preserve the memory of our thoughts at important points in our life; + and herein lies the great advantage of keeping a journal. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in all to oneself, to + </h2> + <p> + want for nothing, to be able to say omnia mea mecum porto<i>—that is + assuredly the chief qualification for happiness. Hence Aristotle's remark, + [Greek: hae eudaimonia ton autarchon esti]<a href="#linknote-14" + name="linknoteref-14" id="noteref-14"><small>14</small></a>—to be + happy means to be self-sufficient—cannot be too often repeated. It + is, at bottom, the same thought as is present in the very well-turned + sentence from Chamfort: </i> + </p> + <p> + Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisée: il est très difficile de le trouver en + nous, et impossible de le trouver ailleurs<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-14" id="note-14"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 14 (<a href="#linknoteref-14">return</a>)<br /> [ Eudem. Eth<i>. VII. ii. + 37.] </i> + </p> + <p> + For while a man cannot reckon with certainty upon anyone but himself, the + burdens and disadvantages, the dangers and annoyances, which arise from + having to do with others, are not only countless but unavoidable. + </p> + <p> + There is no more mistaken path to happiness than worldliness, revelry, + high life<i>: for the whole object of it is to transform our miserable + existence into a succession of joys, delights and pleasures,—a + process which cannot fail to result in disappointment and delusion; on a + par, in this respect, with its </i>obligato<i> accompaniment, the + interchange of lies.<a href="#linknote-15" name="linknoteref-15" + id="noteref-15"><small>15</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-15" id="note-15"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 15 (<a href="#linknoteref-15">return</a>)<br /> [ As our body is concealed + by the clothes we wear, so our mind is veiled in lies. The veil is always + there, and it is only through it that we can sometimes guess at what a man + really thinks; just as from his clothes we arrive at the general shape of + his body.] + </p> + <p> + All society necessarily involves, as the first condition of its existence, + mutual accommodation and restraint upon the part of its members. This + means that the larger it is, the more insipid will be its tone. A man can + be himself<i> only so long as he is alone; and if he does not love + solitude, he will not love freedom; for it is only when he is alone that + he is really free. Constraint is always present in society, like a + companion of whom there is no riddance; and in proportion to the greatness + of a man's individuality, it will be hard for him to bear the sacrifices + which all intercourse with others demands, Solitude will be welcomed or + endured or avoided, according as a man's personal value is large or small,—the + wretch feeling, when he is alone, the whole burden of his misery; the + great intellect delighting in its greatness; and everyone, in short, being + just what he is. </i> + </p> + <p> + Further, if a man stands high in Nature's lists, it is natural and + inevitable that he should feel solitary. It will be an advantage to him if + his surroundings do not interfere with this feeling; for if he has to see + a great deal of other people who are not of like character with himself, + they will exercise a disturbing influence upon him, adverse to his peace + of mind; they will rob him, in fact, of himself, and give him nothing to + compensate for the loss. + </p> + <p> + But while Nature sets very wide differences between man and man in respect + both of morality and of intellect, society disregards and effaces them; + or, rather, it sets up artificial differences in their stead,—gradations + of rank and position, which are very often diametrically opposed to those + which Nature establishes. The result of this arrangement is to elevate + those whom Nature has placed low, and to depress the few who stand high. + These latter, then, usually withdraw from society, where, as soon as it is + at all numerous, vulgarity reigns supreme. + </p> + <p> + What offends a great intellect in society is the equality of rights, + leading to equality of pretensions, which everyone enjoys; while at the + same time, inequality of capacity means a corresponding disparity of + social power. So-called good society<i> recognizes every kind of claim but + that of intellect, which is a contraband article; and people are expected + to exhibit an unlimited amount of patience towards every form of folly and + stupidity, perversity and dullness; whilst personal merit has to beg + pardon, as it were, for being present, or else conceal itself altogether. + Intellectual superiority offends by its very existence, without any desire + to do so. </i> + </p> + <p> + The worst of what is called good society is not only that it offers us the + companionship of people who are unable to win either our praise or our + affection, but that it does not allow of our being that which we naturally + are; it compels us, for the sake of harmony, to shrivel up, or even alter + our shape altogether. Intellectual conversation, whether grave or + humorous, is only fit for intellectual society; it is downright abhorrent + to ordinary people, to please whom it is absolutely necessary to be + commonplace and dull. This demands an act of severe self-denial; we have + to forfeit three-fourths of ourselves in order to become like other + people. No doubt their company may be set down against our loss in this + respect; but the more a man is worth, the more he will find that what he + gains does not cover what he loses, and that the balance is on the debit + side of the account; for the people with whom he deals are generally + bankrupt,—that is to say, there is nothing to be got from their + society which can compensate either for its boredom, annoyance and + disagreeableness, or for the self-denial which it renders necessary. + Accordingly, most society is so constituted as to offer a good profit to + anyone who will exchange it for solitude. + </p> + <p> + Nor is this all. By way of providing a substitute for real—I mean + intellectual—superiority, which is seldom to be met with, and + intolerable when it is found, society has capriciously adopted a false + kind of superiority, conventional in its character, and resting upon + arbitrary principles,—a tradition, as it were, handed down in the + higher circles, and, like a password, subject to alteration; I refer to + bon-ton<i> fashion. Whenever this kind of superiority comes into collision + with the real kind, its weakness is manifest. Moreover, the presence of + </i>good tone<i> means the absence of </i>good sense<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + No man can be in perfect accord<i> with any one but himself—not even + with a friend or the partner of his life; differences of individuality and + temperament are always bringing in some degree of discord, though it may + be a very slight one. That genuine, profound peace of mind, that perfect + tranquillity of soul, which, next to health, is the highest blessing the + earth can give, is to be attained only in solitude, and, as a permanent + mood, only in complete retirement; and then, if there is anything great + and rich in the man's own self, his way of life is the happiest that may + be found in this wretched world. </i> + </p> + <p> + Let me speak plainly. However close the bond of friendship, love, marriage—a + man, ultimately, looks to himself, to his own welfare alone; at most, to + his child's too. The less necessity there is for you to come into contact + with mankind in general, in the relations whether of business or of + personal intimacy, the better off you are. Loneliness and solitude have + their evils, it is true; but if you cannot feel them all at once, you can + at least see where they lie; on the other hand, society is insidious<i> in + this respect; as in offering you what appears to be the pastime of + pleasing social intercourse, it works great and often irreparable + mischief. The young should early be trained to bear being left alone; for + it is a source of happiness and peace of mind. </i> + </p> + <p> + It follows from this that a man is best off if he be thrown upon his own + resources and can be all in all to himself; and Cicero goes so far as to + say that a man who is in this condition cannot fail to be very happy—nemo + potest non beatissimus esse qui est totus aptus ex sese, quique in se uno + ponit omnia.<i><a href="#linknote-16" name="linknoteref-16" id="noteref-16"><small>16</small></a> + The more a man has in himself, the less others can be to him. The feeling + of self-sufficiency! it is that which restrains those whose personal value + is in itself great riches, from such considerable sacrifices as are + demanded by intercourse with the world, let alone, then, from actually + practicing self-denial by going out of their way to seek it. Ordinary + people are sociable and complaisant just from the very opposite feeling;—to + bear others' company is easier for them than to bear their own. Moreover, + respect is not paid in this world to that which has real merit; it is + reserved for that which has none. So retirement is at once a proof and a + result of being distinguished by the possession of meritorious qualities. + It will therefore show real wisdom on the part of any one who is worth + anything in himself, to limit his requirements as may be necessary, in + order to preserve or extend his freedom, and,—since a man must come + into some relations with his fellow-men—to admit them to his + intimacy as little as possible. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-16" id="note-16"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 16 (<a href="#linknoteref-16">return</a>)<br /> [ Paradoxa Stoidorum<i>: + II.] </i> + </p> + <p> + I have said that people are rendered sociable by their ability to endure + solitude, that is to say, their own society. They become sick of + themselves. It is this vacuity of soul which drives them to intercourse + with others,—to travels in foreign countries. Their mind is wanting + in elasticity; it has no movement of its own, and so they try to give it + some,—by drink, for instance. How much drunkenness is due to this + cause alone! They are always looking for some form of excitement, of the + strongest kind they can bear—the excitement of being with people of + like nature with themselves; and if they fail in this, their mind sinks by + its own weight, and they fall into a grievous lethargy.<a + href="#linknote-1" name="linknoteref-1" id="noteref-1__"><small>1</small></a> + Such people, it may be said, possess only a small fraction of humanity in + themselves; and it requires a great many of them put together to make up a + fair amount of it,—to attain any degree of consciousness as men. A + man, in the full sense of the word,—a man par excellence<i>—does + not represent a fraction, but a whole number: he is complete in himself. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-1" id="note-1_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 1 (<a href="#linknoteref-1">return</a>)<br /> [ It is a well-known fact, + that we can more easily bear up under evils which fall upon a great many + people besides ourselves. As boredom seems to be an evil of this kind, + people band together to offer it a common resistance. The love of life is + at bottom only the fear of death; and, in the same way, the social impulse + does not rest directly upon the love of society, but upon the fear of + solitude; it is not alone the charm of being in others' company that + people seek, it is the dreary oppression of being alone—the monotony + of their own consciousness—that they would avoid. They will do + anything to escape it,—even tolerate bad companions, and put up with + the feeling of constraint which all society involves, in this case a very + burdensome one. But if aversion to such society conquers the aversion to + being alone, they become accustomed to solitude and hardened to its + immediate effects. They no longer find solitude to be such a very bad + thing, and settle down comfortably to it without any hankering after + society;—and this, partly because it is only indirectly that they + need others' company, and partly because they have become accustomed to + the benefits of being alone.] + </p> + <p> + Ordinary society is, in this respect, very like the kind of music to be + obtained from an orchestra composed of Russian horns. Each horn has only + one note; and the music is produced by each note coming in just at the + right moment. In the monotonous sound of a single horn, you have a precise + illustration of the effect of most people's minds. How often there seems + to be only one thought there! and no room for any other. It is easy to see + why people are so bored; and also why they are sociable, why they like to + go about in crowds—why mankind is so gregarious<i>. It is the + monotony of his own nature that makes a man find solitude intolerable. + </i>Omnis stultitia laborat fastidio sui<i>: folly is truly its own + burden. Put a great many men together, and you may get some result—some + music from your horns! </i> + </p> + <p> + A man of intellect is like an artist who gives a concert without any help + from anyone else, playing on a single instrument—a piano, say, which + is a little orchestra in itself. Such a man is a little world in himself; + and the effect produced by various instruments together, he produces + single-handed, in the unity of his own consciousness. Like the piano, he + has no place in a symphony: he is a soloist and performs by himself,—in + solitude, it may be; or, if in company with other instruments, only as + principal; or for setting the tone, as in singing. However, those who are + fond of society from time to time may profit by this simile, and lay it + down as a general rule that deficiency of quality in those we meet may be + to some extent compensated by an increase in quantity. One man's company + may be quite enough, if he is clever; but where you have only ordinary + people to deal with, it is advisable to have a great many of them, so that + some advantage may accrue by letting them all work together,—on the + analogy of the horns; and may Heaven grant you patience for your task! + </p> + <p> + That mental vacuity and barrenness of soul to which I have alluded, is + responsible for another misfortune. When men of the better class form a + society for promoting some noble or ideal aim, the result almost always is + that the innumerable mob of humanity comes crowding in too, as it always + does everywhere, like vermin—their object being to try and get rid + of boredom, or some other defect of their nature; and anything that will + effect that, they seize upon at once, without the slightest + discrimination. Some of them will slip into that society, or push + themselves in, and then either soon destroy it altogether, or alter it so + much that in the end it comes to have a purpose the exact opposite of that + which it had at first. + </p> + <p> + This is not the only point of view from which the social impulse may be + regarded. On cold days people manage to get some warmth by crowding + together; and you can warm your mind in the same way—by bringing it + into contact with others. But a man who has a great deal of intellectual + warmth in himself will stand in no need of such resources. I have written + a little fable illustrating this: it may be found elsewhere.<a + href="#linknote-17" name="linknoteref-17" id="noteref-17"><small>17</small></a> + As a general rule, it may be said that a man's sociability stands very + nearly in inverse ratio to his intellectual value: to say that "so and so" + is very unsociable, is almost tantamount to saying that he is a man of + great capacity. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-17" id="note-17"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 17 (<a href="#linknoteref-17">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. The + passage to which Schopenhauer refers is </i>Parerga<i>: vol. ii. § 413 + (4th edition). The fable is of certain porcupines, who huddled together + for warmth on a cold day; but as they began to prick one another with + their quills, they were obliged to disperse. However the cold drove them + together again, when just the same thing happened. At last, after many + turns of huddling and dispersing, they discovered that they would be best + off by remaining at a little distance from one another. In the same way, + the need of society drives the human porcupines together—only to be + mutually repelled by the many prickly and disagreeable qualities of their + nature. The moderate distance which they at last discover to be the only + tolerable condition of intercourse, is the code of politeness and fine + manners; and those who transgress it are roughly told—in the English + phrase—</i>to keep their distance<i>. By this arrangement the mutual + need of warmth is only very moderately satisfied,—but then people do + not get pricked. A man who has some heat in himself prefers to remain + outside, where he will neither prick other people nor get pricked + himself.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Solitude is doubly advantageous to such a man. Firstly, it allows him to + be with himself, and, secondly, it prevents him being with others—an + advantage of great moment; for how much constraint, annoyance, and even + danger there is in all intercourse with the world. Tout notre mal<i>, says + La Bruyère, </i>vient de ne pouvoir être seul<i>. It is really a very + risky, nay, a fatal thing, to be sociable; because it means contact with + natures, the great majority of which are bad morally, and dull or + perverse, intellectually. To be unsociable is not to care about such + people; and to have enough in oneself to dispense with the necessity of + their company is a great piece of good fortune; because almost all our + sufferings spring from having to do with other people; and that destroys + the peace of mind, which, as I have said, comes next after health in the + elements of happiness. Peace of mind is impossible without a considerable + amount of solitude. The Cynics renounced all private property in order to + attain the bliss of having nothing to trouble them; and to renounce + society with the same object is the wisest thing a man can do. Bernardin + de Saint Pierre has the very excellent and pertinent remark that to be + sparing in regard to food is a means of health; in regard to society, a + means of tranquillity—</i>la diète des ailmens nous rend la santé du + corps, et celle des hommes la tranquillité de l'âme.<i> To be soon on + friendly, or even affectionate, terms with solitude is like winning a gold + mine; but this is not something which everybody can do. The prime reason + for social intercourse is mutual need; and as soon as that is satisfied, + boredom drives people together once more. If it were not for these two + reasons, a man would probably elect to remain alone; if only because + solitude is the sole condition of life which gives full play to that + feeling of exclusive importance which every man has in his own eyes,—as + if he were the only person in the world! a feeling which, in the throng + and press of real life, soon shrivels up to nothing, getting, at every + step, a painful </i>démenti<i>. From this point of view it may be said + that solitude is the original and natural state of man, where, like + another Adam, he is as happy as his nature will allow. </i> + </p> + <p> + But still, had Adam no father or mother? There is another sense in which + solitude is not the natural state; for, at his entrance into the world, a + man finds himself with parents, brothers, sisters, that is to say, in + society, and not alone. Accordingly it cannot be said that the love of + solitude is an original characteristic of human nature; it is rather the + result of experience and reflection, and these in their turn depend upon + the development of intellectual power, and increase with the years. + </p> + <p> + Speaking generally, sociability stands in inverse ratio with age. A little + child raises a piteous cry of fright if it is left alone for only a few + minutes; and later on, to be shut up by itself is a great punishment. + Young people soon get on very friendly terms with one another; it is only + the few among them of any nobility of mind who are glad now and then to be + alone;—but to spend the whole day thus would be disagreeable. A + grown-up man can easily do it; it is little trouble to him to be much + alone, and it becomes less and less trouble as he advances in years. An + old man who has outlived all his friends, and is either indifferent or + dead to the pleasures of life, is in his proper element in solitude; and + in individual cases the special tendency to retirement and seclusion will + always be in direct proportion to intellectual capacity. + </p> + <p> + For this tendency is not, as I have said, a purely natural one; it does + not come into existence as a direct need of human nature; it is rather the + effect of the experience we go through, the product of reflection upon + what our needs really are; proceeding, more especially, from the insight + we attain into the wretched stuff of which most people are made, whether + you look at their morals or their intellects. The worst of it all is that, + in the individual, moral and intellectual shortcomings are closely + connected and play into each other's hands, so that all manner of + disagreeable results are obtained, which make intercourse with most people + not only unpleasant but intolerable. Hence, though the world contains many + things which are thoroughly bad, the worst thing in it is society. Even + Voltaire, that sociable Frenchman, was obliged to admit that there are + everywhere crowds of people not worth talking to: la terre est couverte de + gens qui ne méritent pas qu'on leur parle<i>. And Petrarch gives a similar + reason for wishing to be alone—that tender spirit! so strong and + constant in his love of seclusion. The streams, the plains and woods know + well, he says, how he has tried to escape the perverse and stupid people + who have missed the way to heaven:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Cercato ho sempre solitaria vita + (Le rive il sanno, e le campagne e i boschi) + Per fuggir quest' ingegni storti e loschi + Che la strada del ciel' hanno smarrita<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + He pursues the same strain in that delightful book of his, DeVita + Solitaria<i>, which seems to have given Zimmerman the idea of his + celebrated work on </i>Solitude<i>. It is the secondary and indirect + character of the love of seclusion to which Chamfort alludes in the + following passage, couched in his sarcastic vein: </i>On dit quelquefois + d'un homme qui vit seul, il n'aime pas la société. C'est souvent comme si + on disait d'un homme qu'il n'aime pas la promenade, sous le pretexte qu'il + ne se promène pas volontiers le soir dans le forêt de Bondy<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + You will find a similar sentiment expressed by the Persian poet Sadi, in + his Garden of Roses. Since that time<i>, he says, </i>we have taken leave + of society, preferring the path of seclusion; for there is safety in + solitude<i>. Angelus Silesius,<a href="#linknote-18" name="linknoteref-18" + id="noteref-18"><small>18</small></a> a very gentle and Christian writer, + confesses to the same feeling, in his own mythical language. Herod, he + says, is the common enemy; and when, as with Joseph, God warns us of + danger, we fly from the world to solitude, from Bethlehem to Egypt; or + else suffering and death await us!— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Herodes ist ein Feind; der Joseph der Verstand, + Dem machte Gott die Gefahr im Traum (in Geist) bekannt; + Die Welt ist Bethlehem, Aegypten Einsamkeit, + Fleuch, meine Seele! fleuch, sonst stirbest du vor Leid<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-18" id="note-18"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 18 (<a href="#linknoteref-18">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Angelus Silesius, pseudonym for Johannes Scheffler, a physician and mystic + poet of the seventeenth century (1624-77).] </i> + </p> + <p> + Giordano Bruno also declares himself a friend of seclusion. Tanti uomini<i>, + he says, </i>che in terra hanno voluto gustare vita celeste, dissero con + una voce, "ecce elongavi fugiens et mansi in solitudine<i>"—those + who in this world have desired a foretaste of the divine life, have always + proclaimed with one voice: </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Lo! then would I wander far off; + I would lodge in the wilderness.<i><a href="#linknote-19" name="linknoteref-19" + id="noteref-19">19</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-19" id="note-19"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 19 (<a href="#linknoteref-19">return</a>)<br /> [ Psalms, lv. 7.] + </p> + <p> + And in the work from which I have already quoted, Sadi says of himself: In + disgust with my friends at Damascus, I withdrew into the desert about + Jerusalem, to seek the society of the beasts of the field<i>. In short, + the same thing has been said by all whom Prometheus has formed out of + better clay. What pleasure could they find in the company of people with + whom their only common ground is just what is lowest and least noble in + their own nature—the part of them that is commonplace, trivial and + vulgar? What do they want with people who cannot rise to a higher level, + and for whom nothing remains but to drag others down to theirs? for this + is what they aim at. It is an aristocratic feeling that is at the bottom + of this propensity to seclusion and solitude. </i> + </p> + <p> + Rascals are always sociable—more's the pity! and the chief sign that + a man has any nobility in his character is the little pleasure he takes in + others' company. He prefers solitude more and more, and, in course of + time, comes to see that, with few exceptions, the world offers no choice + beyond solitude on one side and vulgarity on the other. This may sound a + hard thing to say; but even Angelus Silesius, with all his Christian + feelings of gentleness and love, was obliged to admit the truth of it. + However painful solitude may be, he says, be careful not to be vulgar; for + then you may find a desert everywhere:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Die Einsamkeit ist noth: doch sei nur nicht gemein, + So kannst du überall in einer Wüste sein<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + It is natural for great minds—the true teachers of humanity—to + care little about the constant company of others; just as little as the + schoolmaster cares for joining in the gambols of the noisy crowd of boys + which surround him. The mission of these great minds is to guide mankind + over the sea of error to the haven of truth—to draw it forth from + the dark abysses of a barbarous vulgarity up into the light of culture and + refinement. Men of great intellect live in the world without really + belonging to it; and so, from their earliest years, they feel that there + is a perceptible difference between them and other people. But it is only + gradually, with the lapse of years, that they come to a clear + understanding of their position. Their intellectual isolation is then + reinforced by actual seclusion in their manner of life; they let no one + approach who is not in some degree emancipated from the prevailing + vulgarity. + </p> + <p> + From what has been said it is obvious that the love of solitude is not a + direct, original impulse in human nature, but rather something secondary + and of gradual growth. It is the more distinguishing feature of nobler + minds, developed not without some conquest of natural desires, and now and + then in actual opposition to the promptings of Mephistopheles—bidding + you exchange a morose and soul-destroying solitude for life amongst men, + for society; even the worst, he says, will give a sense of human + fellowship:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Hör' auf mit deinem Gram zu spielen, + Der, wie ein Geier, dir am Leben frisst: + Die schlechteste Gesellschaft lässt dich fühlen + Dass du ein Mensch mit Menschen bist.<a href="#linknote-20" + name="linknoteref-20" id="noteref-20">20</a><i> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-20" id="note-20"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 20 (<a href="#linknoteref-20">return</a>)<br /> [ Goethe's Faust<i>, Part + I., 1281-5.] </i> + </p> + <p> + To be alone is the fate of all great minds—a fate deplored at times, + but still always chosen as the less grievous of two evils. As the years + increase, it always becomes easier to say, Dare to be wise—sapere + aude<i>. And after sixty, the inclination to be alone grows into a kind of + real, natural instinct; for at that age everything combines in favor of + it. The strongest impulse—the love of woman's society—has + little or no effect; it is the sexless condition of old age which lays the + foundation of a certain self-sufficiency, and that gradually absorbs all + desire for others' company. A thousand illusions and follies are overcome; + the active years of life are in most cases gone; a man has no more + expectations or plans or intentions. The generation to which he belonged + has passed away, and a new race has sprung up which looks upon him as + essentially outside its sphere of activity. And then the years pass more + quickly as we become older, and we want to devote our remaining time to + the intellectual rather than to the practical side of life. For, provided + that the mind retains its faculties, the amount of knowledge and + experience we have acquired, together with the facility we have gained in + the use of our powers, makes it then more than ever easy and interesting + to us to pursue the study of any subject. A thousand things become clear + which were formerly enveloped in obscurity, and results are obtained which + give a feeling of difficulties overcome. From long experience of men, we + cease to expect much from them; we find that, on the whole, people do not + gain by a nearer acquaintance; and that—apart from a few rare and + fortunate exceptions—we have come across none but defective + specimens of human nature which it is advisable to leave in peace. We are + no more subject to the ordinary illusions of life; and as, in individual + instances, we soon see what a man is made of, we seldom feel any + inclination to come into closer relations with him. Finally, isolation—our + own society—has become a habit, as it were a second nature to us, + more especially if we have been on friendly terms with it from our youth + up. The love of solitude which was formerly indulged only at the expense + of our desire for society, has now come to be the simple quality of our + natural disposition—the element proper to our life, as water to a + fish. This is why anyone who possesses a unique individuality—unlike + others and therefore necessarily isolated—feels that, as he becomes + older, his position is no longer so burdensome as when he was young. </i> + </p> + <p> + For, as a matter of fact, this very genuine privilege of old age is one + which can be enjoyed only if a man is possessed of a certain amount of + intellect; it will be appreciated most of all where there is real mental + power; but in some degree by every one. It is only people of very barren + and vulgar nature who will be just as sociable in their old age as they + were in their youth. But then they become troublesome to a society to + which they are no longer suited, and, at most, manage to be tolerated; + whereas, they were formerly in great request. + </p> + <p> + There is another aspect of this inverse proportion between age and + sociability—the way in which it conduces to education. The younger + that people are, the more in every respect they have to learn; and it is + just in youth that Nature provides a system of mutual education, so that + mere intercourse with others, at that time of life, carries instruction + with it. Human society, from this point of view, resembles a huge academy + of learning, on the Bell and Lancaster system, opposed to the system of + education by means of books and schools, as something artificial and + contrary to the institutions of Nature. It is therefore a very suitable + arrangement that, in his young days, a man should be a very diligent + student at the place of learning provided by Nature herself. + </p> + <p> + But there is nothing in life which has not some drawback—nihil est + ab omni parte beatum<i>, as Horace says; or, in the words of an Indian + proverb, </i>no lotus without a stalk<i>. Seclusion, which has so many + advantages, has also its little annoyances and drawbacks, which are small, + however, in comparison with those of society; hence anyone who is worth + much in himself will get on better without other people than with them. + But amongst the disadvantages of seclusion there is one which is not so + easy to see as the rest. It is this: when people remain indoors all day, + they become physically very sensitive to atmospheric changes, so that + every little draught is enough to make them ill; so with our temper; a + long course of seclusion makes it so sensitive that the most trivial + incidents, words, or even looks, are sufficient to disturb or to vex and + offend us—little things which are unnoticed by those who live in the + turmoil of life. </i> + </p> + <p> + When you find human society disagreeable and feel yourself justified in + flying to solitude, you can be so constituted as to be unable to bear the + depression of it for any length of time, which will probably be the case + if you are young. Let me advise you, then, to form the habit of taking + some of your solitude with you into society, to learn to be to some extent + alone even though you are in company; not to say at once what you think, + and, on the other hand, not to attach too precise a meaning to what others + say; rather, not to expect much of them, either morally or intellectually, + and to strengthen yourself in the feeling of indifference to their + opinion, which is the surest way of always practicing a praiseworthy + toleration. If you do that, you will not live so much with other people, + though you may appear to move amongst them: your relation to them will be + of a purely objective character. This precaution will keep you from too + close contact with society, and therefore secure you against being + contaminated or even outraged by it.<a href="#linknote-21" + name="linknoteref-21" id="noteref-21"><small>21</small></a> Society is in + this respect like a fire—the wise man warming himself at a proper + distance from it; not coming too close, like the fool, who, on getting + scorched, runs away and shivers in solitude, loud in his complaint that + the fire burns. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-21" id="note-21"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 21 (<a href="#linknoteref-21">return</a>)<br /> [ This restricted, or, as + it were, entrenched kind of sociability has been dramatically illustrated + in a play—well worth reading—of Moratin's, entitled El Café o + sea la Comedia Nuova<i> (The Cafe or the New Comedy), chiefly by one of + the characters, Don Pedro and especially in the second and third scenes of + the first act.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 10. Envy<i> is natural to man; and still, it is at once a vice + </i> + </h2> + <p> + and a source of misery.<a href="#linknote-22" name="linknoteref-22" + id="noteref-22"><small>22</small></a> We should treat it as the enemy of + our happiness, and stifle it like an evil thought. This is the advice + given by Seneca; as he well puts it, we shall be pleased with what we + have, if we avoid the self-torture of comparing our own lot with some + other and happier one—nostra nos sine comparatione delectent; + nunquam erit felix quem torquebit felicior.<a href="#linknote-23" + name="linknoteref-23" id="noteref-23"><small>23</small></a><i> And again, + </i>quum adspexeris quot te antecedent, cogita quot sequantur<i><a + href="#linknote-24" name="linknoteref-24" id="noteref-24"><small>24</small></a>—if + a great many people appear to be better off than yourself, think how many + there are in a worse position. It is a fact that if real calamity comes + upon us, the most effective consolation—though it springs from the + same source as envy—is just the thought of greater misfortunes than + ours; and the next best is the society of those who are in the same luck + as we—the partners of our sorrows. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-22" id="note-22"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 22 (<a href="#linknoteref-22">return</a>)<br /> [ Envy shows how unhappy + people are; and their constant attention to what others do and leave + undone, how much they are bored.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-23" id="note-23"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 23 (<a href="#linknoteref-23">return</a>)<br /> [ De Ira<i>: iii., 30.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-24" id="note-24"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 24 (<a href="#linknoteref-24">return</a>)<br /> [ Epist. xv.] + </p> + <p> + So much for the envy which we may feel towards others. As regards the envy + which we may excite in them, it should always be remembered that no form + of hatred is so implacable as the hatred that comes from envy; and + therefore we should always carefully refrain from doing anything to rouse + it; nay, as with many another form of vice, it is better altogether to + renounce any pleasure there may be in it, because of the serious nature of + its consequences. + </p> + <p> + Aristocracies are of three kinds: (1) of birth and rank; (2) of wealth; + and (3) of intellect. The last is really the most distinguished of the + three, and its claim to occupy the first position comes to be recognized, + if it is only allowed time to work. So eminent a king as Frederick the + Great admitted it—les âmes privilegiées rangent à l'égal des + souverains<i>, as he said to his chamberlain, when the latter expressed + his surprise that Voltaire should have a seat at the table reserved for + kings and princes, whilst ministers and generals were relegated to the + chamberlain's. </i> + </p> + <p> + Every one of these aristocracies is surrounded by a host of envious + persons. If you belong to one of them, they will be secretly embittered + against you; and unless they are restrained by fear, they will always be + anxious to let you understand that you are no better than they<i>. It is + by their anxiety to let you know this, that they betray how greatly they + are conscious that the opposite is the truth. </i> + </p> + <p> + The line of conduct to be pursued if you are exposed to envy, is to keep + the envious persons at a distance, and, as far as possible, avoid all + contact with them, so that there may be a wide gulf fixed between you and + them; if this cannot be done, to bear their attacks with the greatest + composure. In the latter case, the very thing that provokes the attack + will also neutralize it. This is what appears to be generally done. + </p> + <p> + The members of one of these aristocracies usually get on very well with + those of another, and there is no call for envy between them, because + their several privileges effect an equipoise. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated consideration to any plan before + </h2> + <p> + you proceed to carry it out; and even after you have thoroughly turned it + over in your mind, make some concession to the incompetency of human + judgment; for it may always happen that circumstances which cannot be + investigated or foreseen, will come in and upset the whole of your + calculation. This is a reflection that will always influence the negative + side of the balance—a kind of warning to refrain from unnecessary + action in matters of importance—quieta non movere.<i> But having + once made up your mind and begun your work, you must let it run its course + and abide the result—not worry yourself by fresh reflections on what + is already accomplished, or by a renewal of your scruples on the score of + possible danger: free your mind from the subject altogether, and refuse to + go into it again, secure in the thought that you gave it mature attention + at the proper time. This is the same advice as is given by an Italian + proverb—</i>legala bene e poi lascia la andare<i>—which Goethe + has translated thus: See well to your girths, and then ride on boldly.<a + href="#linknote-25" name="linknoteref-25" id="noteref-25"><small>25</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-25" id="note-25"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 25 (<a href="#linknoteref-25">return</a>)<br /> [ It may be observed, in + passing, that a great many of the maxims which Goethe puts under the head + of Proverbial<i>, are translations from the Italian.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And if, notwithstanding that, you fail, it is because human affairs are + the sport of chance and error. Socrates, the wisest of men, needed the + warning voice of his good genius, or [Greek: daimonion], to enable him to + do what was right in regard to his own personal affairs, or at any rate, + to avoid mistakes; which argues that the human intellect is incompetent + for the purpose. There is a saying—which is reported to have + originated with one of the Popes—that when misfortune happens to us, + the blame of it, at least in some degree, attaches to ourselves. If this + is not true absolutely and in every instance, it is certainly true in the + great majority of cases. It even looks as if this truth had a great deal + to do with the effort people make as far as possible to conceal their + misfortunes, and to put the best face they can upon them, for fear lest + their misfortunes may show how much they are to blame. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 12. + </h2> + <p> + In the case of a misfortune which has already happened and therefore + cannot be altered, you should not allow yourself to think that it might + have been otherwise; still less, that it might have been avoided by such + and such means; for reflections of this kind will only add to your + distress and make it intolerable, so that you will become a tormentor to + yourself—[Greek: heautontimoroumeaeos]. It is better to follow the + example of King David; who, as long as his son lay on the bed of sickness, + assailed Jehovah with unceasing supplications and entreaties for his + recovery; but when he was dead, snapped his fingers and thought no more of + it. If you are not light-hearted enough for that, you can take refuge in + fatalism, and have the great truth revealed to you that everything which + happens is the result of necessity, and therefore inevitable. + </p> + <p> + However good this advice may be, it is one-sided and partial. In relieving + and quieting us for the moment, it is no doubt effective enough; but when + our misfortunes have resulted—as is usually the case—from our + own carelessness or folly, or, at any rate, partly by our own fault, it is + a good thing to consider how they might have been avoided, and to consider + it often in spite of its being a tender subject—a salutary form of + self-discipline, which will make us wiser and better men for the future. + If we have made obvious mistakes, we should not try, as we generally do, + to gloss them over, or to find something to excuse or extenuate them; we + should admit to ourselves that we have committed faults, and open our eyes + wide to all their enormity, in order that we may firmly resolve to avoid + them in time to come. To be sure, that means a great deal of + self-inflicted pain, in the shape of discontent, but it should be + remembered that to spare the rod is to spoil the child—[Greek: ho + mae dareis anthropos ou paideuetai].<a + href="#linknote-26" name="linknoteref-26" id="noteref-26"><small>26</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-26" id="note-26"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 26 (<a href="#linknoteref-26">return</a>)<br /> [ Menander. Monost: 422.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or woe, we should be + </h2> + <p> + careful not to let our imagination run away with us, and build no castles + in the air. In the first place, they are expensive to build, because we + have to pull them down again immediately, and that is a source of grief. + We should be still more on our guard against distressing our hearts by + depicting possible misfortunes. If these were misfortunes of a purely + imaginary kind, or very remote and unlikely, we should at once see, on + awaking from our dream, that the whole thing was mere illusion; we should + rejoice all the more in a reality better than our dreams, or at most, be + warned against misfortunes which, though very remote, were still possible. + These, however, are not the sort of playthings in which imagination + delights; it is only in idle hours that we build castles in the air, and + they are always of a pleasing description. The matter which goes to form + gloomy dreams are mischances which to some extent really threaten us, + though it be from some distance; imagination makes us look larger and + nearer and more terrible than they are in reality. This is a kind of dream + which cannot be so readily shaken off on awaking as a pleasant one; for a + pleasant dream is soon dispelled by reality, leaving, at most, a feeble + hope lying in the lap of possibility. Once we have abandoned ourselves to + a fit of the blues, visions are conjured up which do not so easily vanish + again; for it is always just possible that the visions may be realized. + But we are not always able to estimate the exact degree of possibility: + possibility may easily pass into probability; and thus we deliver + ourselves up to torture. Therefore we should be careful not to be + over-anxious on any matter affecting our weal or our woe, not to carry our + anxiety to unreasonable or injudicious limits; but coolly and + dispassionately to deliberate upon the matter, as though it were an + abstract question which did not touch us in particular. We should give no + play to imagination here; for imagination is not judgment—it only + conjures up visions, inducing an unprofitable and often very painful mood. + </p> + <p> + The rule on which I am here insisting should be most carefully observed + towards evening. For as darkness makes us timid and apt to see terrifying + shapes everywhere, there is something similar in the effect of indistinct + thought; and uncertainty always brings with it a sense of danger. Hence, + towards evening, when our powers of thought and judgment are relaxed,—at + the hour, as it were, of subjective darkness,—the intellect becomes + tired, easily confused, and unable to get at the bottom of things; and if, + in that state, we meditate on matters of personal interest to ourselves, + they soon assume a dangerous and terrifying aspect. This is mostly the + case at night, when we are in bed; for then the mind is fully relaxed, and + the power of judgment quite unequal to its duties; but imagination is + still awake. Night gives a black look to everything, whatever it may be. + This is why our thoughts, just before we go to sleep, or as we lie awake + through the hours of the night, are usually such confusions and + perversions of facts as dreams themselves; and when our thoughts at that + time are concentrated upon our own concerns, they are generally as black + and monstrous as possible. In the morning all such nightmares vanish like + dreams: as the Spanish proverb has it, noche tinta, bianco el dia<i>—the + night is colored, the day is white. But even towards nightfall, as soon as + the candles are lit, the mind, like the eye, no longer sees things so + clearly as by day: it is a time unsuited to serious meditation, especially + on unpleasant subjects. The morning is the proper time for that—as + indeed for all efforts without exception, whether mental or bodily. For + the morning is the youth of the day, when everything is bright, fresh, and + easy of attainment; we feel strong then, and all our faculties are + completely at our disposal. Do not shorten the morning by getting up late, + or waste it in unworthy occupations or in talk; look upon it as the + quintessence of life, as to a certain extent sacred. Evening is like old + age: we are languid, talkative, silly. Each day is a little life: every + waking and rising a little birth, every fresh morning a little youth, + every going to rest and sleep a little death. </i> + </p> + <p> + But condition of health, sleep, nourishment, temperature, weather, + surroundings, and much else that is purely external, have, in general, an + important influence upon our mood and therefore upon our thoughts. Hence + both our view of any matter and our capacity for any work are very much + subject to time and place. So it is best to profit by a good mood—for + how seldom it comes!— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Nehmt die gute Stimmung wahr, + Denn sie kommt so selten<i>.<a href="#linknote-27" name="linknoteref-27" + id="noteref-27">27</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-27" id="note-27"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 27 (<a href="#linknoteref-27">return</a>)<br /> [ Goethe.] + </p> + <p> + We are not always able to form new ideas about; our surroundings, or to + command original thoughts: they come if they will, and when they will. And + so, too, we cannot always succeed in completely considering some personal + matter at the precise time at which we have determined beforehand to + consider it, and just when we set ourselves to do so. For the peculiar + train of thought which is favorable to it may suddenly become active + without any special call being made upon it, and we may then follow it up + with keen interest. In this way reflection, too, chooses its own time. + </p> + <p> + This reining-in of the imagination which I am recommending, will also + forbid us to summon up the memory of the past misfortune, to paint a dark + picture of the injustice or harm that has been done us, the losses we have + sustained, the insults, slights and annoyances to which we have been + exposed: for to do that is to rouse into fresh life all those hateful + passions long laid asleep—the anger and resentment which disturb and + pollute our nature. In an excellent parable, Proclus, the Neoplatonist, + points out how in every town the mob dwells side by side with those who + are rich and distinguished: so, too, in every man, be he never so noble + and dignified, there is, in the depth of his nature, a mob of low and + vulgar desires which constitute him an animal. It will not do to let this + mob revolt or even so much as peep forth from its hiding-place; it is + hideous of mien, and its rebel leaders are those flights of imagination + which I have been describing. The smallest annoyance, whether it comes + from our fellow-men or from the things around us, may swell up into a + monster of dreadful aspect, putting us at our wits' end—and all + because we go on brooding over our troubles and painting them in the most + glaring colors and on the largest scale. It is much better to take a very + calm and prosaic view of what is disagreeable; for that is the easiest way + of bearing it. + </p> + <p> + If you hold small objects close to your eyes, you limit your field of + vision and shut out the world. And, in the same way, the people or the + things which stand nearest, even though they are of the very smallest + consequence, are apt to claim an amount of attention much beyond their + due, occupying us disagreeably, and leaving no room for serious thoughts + and affairs of importance. We ought to work against this tendency. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not belong to us is very apt + </h2> + <p> + to raise the thought: Ah, if that were only mine<i>! making us sensible of + our privation. Instead of that we should do better by more frequently + putting to ourselves the opposite case: </i>Ah, if that were not mine<i>. + What I mean is that we should sometimes try to look upon our possessions + in the light in which they would appear if we had lost them; whatever they + may be, property, health, friends, a wife or child or someone else we + love, our horse or our dog—it is usually only when we have lost them + that we begin to find out their value. But if we come to look at things in + the way I recommend, we shall be doubly the gainers; we shall at once get + more pleasure out of them than we did before, and we shall do everything + in our power to prevent the loss of them; for instance, by not risking our + property, or angering our friends, or exposing our wives to temptation, or + being careless about our children's health, and so on. </i> + </p> + <p> + We often try to banish the gloom and despondency of the present by + speculating upon our chances of success in the future; a process which + leads us to invent a great many chimerical hopes. Every one of them + contains the germ of illusion, and disappointment is inevitable when our + hopes are shattered by the hard facts of life. + </p> + <p> + It is less hurtful to take the chances of misfortune as a theme for + speculation; because, in doing so, we provide ourselves at once with + measures of precaution against it, and a pleasant surprise when it fails + to make its appearance. Is it not a fact that we always feel a marked + improvement in our spirits when we begin to get over a period of anxiety? + I may go further and say that there is some use in occasionally looking + upon terrible misfortunes—such as might happen to us—as though + they had actually happened, for then the trivial reverses which + subsequently come in reality, are much easier to bear. It is a source of + consolation to look back upon those great misfortunes which never + happened. But in following out this rule, care must be taken not to + neglect what I have said in the preceding section. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 15. The things which engage our attention—whether they are + </h2> + <p> + matters of business or ordinary events—are of such diverse kinds, + that, if taken quite separately and in no fixed order or relation, they + present a medley of the most glaring contrasts, with nothing in common, + except that they one and all affect us in particular. There must be a + corresponding abruptness in the thoughts and anxieties which these various + matters arouse in us, if our thoughts are to be in keeping with their + various subjects. Therefore, in setting about anything, the first step is + to withdraw our attention from everything else: this will enable us to + attend to each matter at its own time, and to enjoy or put up with it, + quite apart from any thought of our remaining interests. Our thoughts must + be arranged, as it were, in little drawers, so that we may open one + without disturbing any of the others. + </p> + <p> + In this way we can keep the heavy burden of anxiety from weighing upon us + so much as to spoil the little pleasures of the present, or from robbing + us of our rest; otherwise the consideration of one matter will interfere + with every other, and attention to some important business may lead us to + neglect many affairs which happen to be of less moment. It is most + important for everyone who is capable of higher and nobler thoughts to + keep their mind from being so completely engrossed with private affairs + and vulgar troubles as to let them take up all his attention and crowd out + worthier matter; for that is, in a very real sense, to lose sight of the + true end of life—propter vitam vivendi perdere causas<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + Of course for this—as for so much else—self-control is + necessary; without it, we cannot manage ourselves in the way I have + described. And self-control may not appear so very difficult, if we + consider that every man has to submit to a great deal of very severe + control on the part of his surroundings, and that without it no form of + existence is possible. Further, a little self-control at the right moment + may prevent much subsequent compulsion at the hands of others; just as a + very small section of a circle close to the centre may correspond to a + part near the circumference a hundred times as large. Nothing will protect + us from external compulsion so much as the control of ourselves; and, as + Seneca says, to submit yourself to reason is the way to make everything + else submit to you—si tibi vis omnia subjicere, te subjice rationi<i>. + Self-control, too, is something which we have in our own power; and if the + worst comes to the worst, and it touches us in a very sensitive part, we + can always relax its severity. But other people will pay no regard to our + feelings, if they have to use compulsion, and we shall be treated without + pity or mercy. Therefore it will be prudent to anticipate compulsion by + self-control. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, curb our desires, + </h2> + <p> + moderate our anger, always remembering that an individual can attain only + an infinitesimal share in anything that is worth having; and that, on the + other hand, everyone must incur many of the ills of life; in a word, we + must bear and forbear—abstinere et sustinere<i>; and if we fail to + observe this rule, no position of wealth or power will prevent us from + feeling wretched. This is what Horace means when he recommends us to study + carefully and inquire diligently what will best promote a tranquil life—not + to be always agitated by fruitless desires and fears and hopes for things, + which, after all, are not worth very much:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Inter cuncta leges et percontabere doctos + Qua ratione queas traducere leniter aevum; + Ne te semper inops agitet vexetque cupido, + Ne pavor, et rerum mediocriter utilium spes.<a href="#linknote-28" + name="linknoteref-28" id="noteref-28">28</a><i> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-28" id="note-28"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 28 (<a href="#linknoteref-28">return</a>)<br /> [ Epist. I. xviii. 97.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says Aristotle; and he is + </h2> + <p> + obviously right. We exist, physically, because our organism is the seat of + constant motion; and if we are to exist intellectually, it can only be by + means of continual occupation—no matter with what so long as it is + some form of practical or mental activity. You may see that this is so by + the way in which people who have no work or nothing to think about, + immediately begin to beat the devil's tattoo with their knuckles or a + stick or anything that comes handy. The truth is, that our nature is + essentially restless<i> in its character: we very soon get tired of having + nothing to do; it is intolerable boredom. This impulse to activity should + be regulated, and some sort of method introduced into it, which of itself + will enhance the satisfaction we obtain. Activity!—doing something, + if possible creating something, at any rate learning something—how + fortunate it is that men cannot exist without that! A man wants to use his + strength, to see, if he can, what effect it will produce; and he will get + the most complete satisfaction of this desire if he can make or construct + something—be it a book or a basket. There is a direct pleasure in + seeing work grow under one's hands day by day, until at last it is + finished. This is the pleasure attaching to a work of art or a manuscript, + or even mere manual labor; and, of course, the higher the work, the + greater pleasure it will give. </i> + </p> + <p> + From this point of view, those are happiest of all who are conscious of + the power to produce great works animated by some significant purpose: it + gives a higher kind of interest—a sort of rare flavor—to the + whole of their life, which, by its absence from the life of the ordinary + man, makes it, in comparison, something very insipid. For richly endowed + natures, life and the world have a special interest beyond the mere + everyday personal interest which so many others share; and something + higher than that—a formal interest. It is from life and the world + that they get the material for their works; and as soon as they are freed + from the pressure of personal needs, it is to the diligent collection of + material that they devote their whole existence. So with their intellect: + it is to some extent of a two-fold character, and devoted partly to the + ordinary affairs of every day—those matters of will which are common + to them and the rest of mankind, and partly to their peculiar work—the + pure and objective contemplation of existence. And while, on the stage of + the world, most men play their little part and then pass away, the genius + lives a double life, at once an actor and a spectator. + </p> + <p> + Let everyone, then, do something, according to the measure of his + capacities. To have no regular work, no set sphere of activity—what + a miserable thing it is! How often long travels undertaken for pleasure + make a man downright unhappy; because the absence of anything that can be + called occupation forces him, as it were, out of his right element. + Effort, struggles with difficulties! that is as natural to a man as + grubbing in the ground is to a mole. To have all his wants satisfied is + something intolerable—the feeling of stagnation which comes from + pleasures that last too long. To overcome difficulties is to experience + the full delight of existence, no matter where the obstacles are + encountered; whether in the affairs of life, in commerce or business; or + in mental effort—the spirit of inquiry that tries to master its + subject. There is always something pleasurable in the struggle and the + victory. And if a man has no opportunity to excite himself, he will do + what he can to create one, and according to his individual bent, he will + hunt or play Cup and Ball: or led on by this unsuspected element in his + nature, he will pick a quarrel with some one, or hatch a plot or intrigue, + or take to swindling and rascally courses generally—all to put an + end to a state of repose which is intolerable. As I have remarked, + difficilis in otio quies<i>—it is difficult to keep quiet if you + have nothing to do. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by the phantoms of his + </h2> + <p> + imagination. This is not the same thing as to submit to the guidance of + ideas clearly thought out: and yet these are rules of life which most + people pervert. If you examine closely into the circumstances which, in + any deliberation, ultimately turn the scale in favor of some particular + course, you will generally find that the decision is influenced, not by + any clear arrangement of ideas leading to a formal judgment, but by some + fanciful picture which seems to stand for one of the alternatives in + question. + </p> + <p> + In one of Voltaire's or Diderot's romances,—I forget the precise + reference,—the hero, standing like a young Hercules at the parting + of ways, can see no other representation of Virtue than his old tutor + holding a snuff-box in his left hand, from which he takes a pinch and + moralizes; whilst Vice appears in the shape of his mother's chambermaid. + It is in youth, more especially, that the goal of our efforts comes to be + a fanciful picture of happiness, which continues to hover before our eyes + sometimes for half and even for the whole of our life—a sort of + mocking spirit; for when we think our dream is to be realized, the picture + fades away, leaving us the knowledge that nothing of what it promised is + actually accomplished. How often this is so with the visions of + domesticity—the detailed picture of what our home will be like; or, + of life among our fellow-citizens or in society; or, again, of living in + the country—the kind of house we shall have, its surroundings, the + marks of honor and respect that will be paid to us, and so on,—whatever + our hobby may be; chaque fou a sa marotte<i>. It is often the same, too, + with our dreams about one we love. And this is all quite natural; for the + visions we conjure up affect us directly, as though they were real + objects; and so they exercise a more immediate influence upon our will + than an abstract idea, which gives merely a vague, general outline, devoid + of details; and the details are just the real part of it. We can be only + indirectly affected by an abstract idea, and yet it is the abstract idea + alone which will do as much as it promises; and it is the function of + education to teach us to put our trust in it. Of course the abstract idea + must be occasionally explained—paraphrased, as it were—by the + aid of pictures; but discreetly, </i>cum grano salis<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a special case of the + </h2> + <p> + more general maxim, that a man should never let himself be mastered by the + impressions of the moment, or indeed by outward appearances at all, which + are incomparably more powerful in their effects than the mere play of + thought or a train of ideas; not because these momentary impressions are + rich in virtue of the data they supply,—it is often just the + contrary,—but because they are something palpable to the senses and + direct in their working; they forcibly invade our mind, disturbing our + repose and shattering our resolutions. + </p> + <p> + It is easy to understand that the thing which lies before our very eyes + will produce the whole of its effect at once, but that time and leisure + are necessary for the working of thought and the appreciation of argument, + as it is impossible to think of everything at one and the same moment. + This is why we are so allured by pleasure, in spite of all our + determination to resist it; or so much annoyed by a criticism, even though + we know that its author it totally incompetent to judge; or so irritated + by an insult, though it comes from some very contemptible quarter. In the + same way, to mention no other instances, ten reasons for thinking that + there is no danger may be outweighed by one mistaken notion that it is + actually at hand. All this shows the radical unreason of human nature. + Women frequently succumb altogether to this predominating influence of + present impressions, and there are few men so overweighted with reason as + to escape suffering from a similar cause. + </p> + <p> + If it is impossible to resist the effects of some external influence by + the mere play of thought, the best thing to do is to neutralize it by some + contrary influence; for example, the effect of an insult may be overcome + by seeking the society of those who have a good opinion of us; and the + unpleasant sensation of imminent danger may be avoided by fixing our + attention on the means of warding it off. + </p> + <p> + Leibnitz<a href="#linknote-29" name="linknoteref-29" id="noteref-29"><small>29</small></a> + tells of an Italian who managed to bear up under the tortures of the rack + by never for a moment ceasing to think of the gallows which would have + awaited him, had he revealed his secret; he kept on crying out: I see it! + I see it<i>!—afterwards explaining that this was part of his plan. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-29" id="note-29"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 29 (<a href="#linknoteref-29">return</a>)<br /> [ Nouveaux Essais<i>. Liv. + I. ch. 2. Sec. 11.] </i> + </p> + <p> + It is from some such reason as this, that we find it so difficult to stand + alone in a matter of opinion,—not to be made irresolute by the fact + that everyone else disagrees with us and acts accordingly, even though we + are quite sure that they are in the wrong. Take the case of a fugitive + king who is trying to avoid capture; how much consolation he must find in + the ceremonious and submissive attitude of a faithful follower, exhibited + secretly so as not to betray his master's strict incognito<i>; it must be + almost necessary to prevent him doubting his own existence. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I have insisted upon the + </h2> + <p> + great value of health<i> as the chief and most important element in + happiness. Let me emphasize and confirm what I have there said by giving a + few general rules as to its preservation. </i> + </p> + <p> + The way to harden the body is to impose a great deal of labor and effort + upon it in the days of good health,—to exercise it, both as a whole + and in its several parts, and to habituate it to withstand all kinds of + noxious influences. But on the appearance of an illness or disorder, + either in the body as a whole or in many of its parts, a contrary course + should be taken, and every means used to nurse the body, or the part of it + which is affected, and to spare it any effort; for what is ailing and + debilitated cannot be hardened. + </p> + <p> + The muscles may be strengthened by a vigorous use of them; but not so the + nerves; they are weakened by it. Therefore, while exercising the muscles + in every way that is suitable, care should be taken to spare the nerves as + much as possible. The eyes, for instance, should be protected from too + strong a light,—especially when it is reflected light,—from + any straining of them in the dark, or from the long-continued examination + of minute objects; and the ears from too loud sounds. Above all, the brain + should never be forced, or used too much, or at the wrong time; let it + have a rest during digestion; for then the same vital energy which forms + thoughts in the brain has a great deal of work to do elsewhere,—I + mean in the digestive organs, where it prepares chyme and chyle. For + similar reasons, the brain should never be used during, or immediately + after, violent muscular exercise. For the motor nerves are in this respect + on a par with the sensory nerves; the pain felt when a limb is wounded has + its seat in the brain; and, in the same way, it is not really our legs and + arms which work and move,—it is the brain, or, more strictly, that + part of it which, through the medium of the spine, excites the nerves in + the limbs and sets them in motion. Accordingly, when our arms and legs + feel tired, the true seat of this feeling is in the brain. This is why it + is only in connection with those muscles which are set in motion + consciously and voluntarily,—in other words, depend for their action + upon the brain,—that any feeling of fatigue can arise; this is not + the case with those muscles which work involuntarily, like the heart. It + is obvious, then, that injury is done to the brain if violent muscular + exercise and intellectual exertion are forced upon it at the same moment, + or at very short intervals. + </p> + <p> + What I say stands in no contradiction with the fact that at the beginning + of a walk, or at any period of a short stroll, there often comes a feeling + of enhanced intellectual vigor. The parts of the brain that come into play + have had no time to become tired; and besides, slight muscular exercise + conduces to activity of the respiratory organs, and causes a purer and + more oxydated supply of arterial blood to mount to the brain. + </p> + <p> + It is most important to allow the brain the full measure of sleep which is + required to restore it; for sleep is to a man's whole nature what winding + up is to a clock.<a href="#linknote-30" name="linknoteref-30" + id="noteref-30"><small>30</small></a> This measure will vary directly with + the development and activity of the brain; to overstep the measure is mere + waste of time, because if that is done, sleep gains only so much in length + as it loses in depth.<a href="#linknote-31" name="linknoteref-31" + id="noteref-31"><small>31</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-30" id="note-30"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 30 (<a href="#linknoteref-30">return</a>)<br /> [ Of. Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, 4th Edition. Bk. II. pp. 236-40.] </i> + </p> + <p> + 31: (<a href="#linknoteref-31">return</a>)<br />[ Cf. loc: cit<i>: p. 275. Sleep is a morsel of death + borrowed to keep up and renew the part of life which is exhausted by the + day—</i>le sommeil est un emprunt fait à la mort<i>. Or it might be + said that sleep is the interest we have to pay on the capital which is + called in at death; and the higher the rate of interest and the more + regularly it is paid, the further the date of redemption is postponed.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + It should be clearly understood that thought is nothing but the organic + function of the brain; and it has to obey the same laws in regard to + exertion and repose as any other organic function. The brain can be ruined + by overstrain, just like the eyes. As the function of the stomach is to + digest, so it is that of the brain to think. The notion of a soul<i>,—as + something elementary and immaterial, merely lodging in the brain and + needing nothing at all for the performance of its essential function, + which consists in always and unweariedly </i>thinking<i>—has + undoubtedly driven many people to foolish practices, leading to a + deadening of the intellectual powers; Frederick the Great, even, once + tried to form the habit of doing without sleep altogether. It would be + well if professors of philosophy refrained from giving currency to a + notion which is attended by practical results of a pernicious character; + but then this is just what professorial philosophy does, in its + old-womanish endeavor to keep on good terms with the catechism. A man + should accustom himself to view his intellectual capacities in no other + light than that of physiological functions, and to manage them accordingly—nursing + or exercising them as the case may be; remembering that every kind of + physical suffering, malady or disorder, in whatever part of the body it + occurs, has its effect upon the mind. The best advice that I know on this + subject is given by Cabanis in his </i>Rapports du physique et du moral de + l'homme<i>.<a href="#linknote-32" name="linknoteref-32" id="noteref-32"><small>32</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-32" id="note-32"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 32 (<a href="#linknoteref-32">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. The + work to which Schopenhauer here refers is a series of essays by Cabanis, a + French philosopher (1757-1808), treating of mental and moral phenomena on + a physiological basis. In his later days, Cabanis completely abandoned his + materialistic standpoint.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Through neglect of this rule, many men of genius and great scholars have + become weak-minded and childish, or even gone quite mad, as they grew old. + To take no other instances, there can be no doubt that the celebrated + English poets of the early part of this century, Scott, Wordsworth, + Southey, became intellectually dull and incapable towards the end of their + days, nay, soon after passing their sixtieth year; and that their + imbecility can be traced to the fact that, at that period of life, they + were all led on? by the promise of high pay, to treat literature as a + trade and to write for money. This seduced them into an unnatural abuse of + their intellectual powers; and a man who puts his Pegasus into harness, + and urges on his Muse with the whip, will have to pay a penalty similar to + that which is exacted by the abuse of other kinds of power. + </p> + <p> + And even in the case of Kant, I suspect that the second childhood of his + last four years was due to overwork in later life, and after he had + succeeded in becoming a famous man. + </p> + <p> + Every month of the year has its own peculiar and direct influence upon + health and bodily condition generally; nay, even upon the state of the + mind. It is an influence dependent upon the weather. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. — OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.— + </h2> + <p> + SECTION 21. + </p> + <p> + In making his way through life, a man will find it useful to be ready and + able to do two things: to look ahead and to overlook: the one will protect + him from loss and injury, the other from disputes and squabbles. + </p> + <p> + No one who has to live amongst men should absolutely discard any person + who has his due place in the order of nature, even though he is very + wicked or contemptible or ridiculous. He must accept him as an unalterable + fact—unalterable, because the necessary outcome of an eternal, + fundamental principle; and in bad cases he should remember the words of + Mephistopheles: es muss auch solche Käuze geben<a href="#linknote-33" + name="linknoteref-33" id="noteref-33"><small>33</small></a><i>—there + must be fools and rogues in the world. If he acts otherwise, he will be + committing an injustice, and giving a challenge of life and death to the + man he discards. No one can alter his own peculiar individuality, his + moral character, his intellectual capacity, his temperament or physique; + and if we go so far as to condemn a man from every point of view, there + will be nothing left him but to engage us in deadly conflict; for we are + practically allowing him the right to exist only on condition that he + becomes another man—which is impossible; his nature forbids it. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-33" id="note-33"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 33 (<a href="#linknoteref-33">return</a>)<br /> [ Goethe's Faust<i>, Part + I.] </i> + </p> + <p> + So if you have to live amongst men, you must allow everyone the right to + exist in accordance with the character he has, whatever it turns out to + be: and all you should strive to do is to make use of this character in + such a way as its kind and nature permit, rather than to hope for any + alteration in it, or to condemn it off-hand for what it is. This is the + true sense of the maxim—Live and let live. That, however, is a task + which is difficult in proportion as it is right; and he is a happy man who + can once for all avoid having to do with a great many of his fellow + creatures. + </p> + <p> + The art of putting up with people may be learned by practicing patience on + inanimate objects, which, in virtue of some mechanical or general physical + necessity, oppose a stubborn resistance to our freedom of action—a + form of patience which is required every day. The patience thus gained may + be applied to our dealings with men, by accustoming ourselves to regard + their opposition, wherever we encounter it, as the inevitable outcome of + their nature, which sets itself up against us in virtue of the same rigid + law of necessity as governs the resistance of inanimate objects. To become + indignant at their conduct is as foolish as to be angry with a stone + because it rolls into your path. And with many people the wisest thing you + can do, is to resolve to make use of those whom you cannot alter. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0025" id="link2H_4_0025"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how quickly similarity, + </h2> + <p> + or difference of mind and disposition, makes itself felt between one man + and another as soon as they begin to talk: every little trifle shows it. + When two people of totally different natures are conversing, almost + everything said by the one will, in a greater or less degree, displease + the other, and in many cases produce positive annoyance; even though the + conversation turn upon the most out-of-the-way subject, or one in which + neither of the parties has any real interest. People of similar nature, on + the other hand, immediately come to feel a kind of general agreement; and + if they are cast very much in the same mould, complete harmony or even + unison will flow from their intercourse. + </p> + <p> + This explain two circumstances. First of all, it shows why it is that + common, ordinary people are so sociable and find good company wherever + they go. Ah! those good, dear, brave people. It is just the contrary with + those who are not of the common run; and the less they are so, the more + unsociable they become; so that if, in their isolation, they chance to + come across some one in whose nature they can find even a single + sympathetic chord, be it never so minute, they show extraordinary pleasure + in his society. For one man can be to another only so much as the other is + to him. Great minds are like eagles, and build their nest in some lofty + solitude. + </p> + <p> + Secondly, we are enabled to understand how it is that people of like + disposition so quickly get on with one another, as though they were drawn + together by magnetic force—kindred souls greeting each other from + afar. Of course the most frequent opportunity of observing this is + afforded by people of vulgar tastes and inferior intellect, but only + because their name is legion; while those who are better off in this + respect and of a rarer nature, are not often to be met with: they are + called rare because you can seldom find them. + </p> + <p> + Take the case of a large number of people who have formed themselves into + a league for the purpose of carrying out some practical object; if there + be two rascals among them, they will recognize each other as readily as if + they bore a similar badge, and will at once conspire for some misfeasance + or treachery. In the same way, if you can imagine—per impossible<i>—a + large company of very intelligent and clever people, amongst whom there + are only two blockheads, these two will be sure to be drawn together by a + feeling of sympathy, and each of them will very soon secretly rejoice at + having found at least one intelligent person in the whole company. It is + really quite curious to see how two such men, especially if they are + morally and intellectually of an inferior type, will recognize each other + at first sight; with what zeal they will strive to become intimate; how + affably and cheerily they will run to greet each other, just as though + they were old friends;—it is all so striking that one is tempted to + embrace the Buddhist doctrine of metempsychosis and presume that they were + on familiar terms in some former state of existence. </i> + </p> + <p> + Still, in spite of all this general agreement, men are kept apart who + might come together; or, in some cases, a passing discord springs up + between them. This is due to diversity of mood. You will hardly ever see + two people exactly in the same frame of mind; for that is something which + varies with their condition of life, occupation, surroundings, health, the + train of thought they are in at the moment, and so on. These differences + give rise to discord between persons of the most harmonious disposition. + To correct the balance properly, so as to remove the disturbance—to + introduce, as it were, a uniform temperature,—is a work demanding a + very high degree of culture. The extent to which uniformity of mood is + productive of good-fellowship may be measured by its effects upon a large + company. When, for instance, a great many people are gathered together and + presented with some objective interest which works upon all alike and + influences them in a similar way, no matter what it be—a common + danger or hope, some great news, a spectacle, a play, a piece of music, or + anything of that kind—you will find them roused to a mutual + expression of thought, and a display of sincere interest. There will be a + general feeling of pleasure amongst them; for that which attracts their + attention produces a unity of mood by overpowering all private and + personal interests. + </p> + <p> + And in default of some objective interest of the kind I have mentioned, + recourse is usually had to something subjective. A bottle of wine is not + an uncommon means of introducing a mutual feeling of fellowship; and even + tea and coffee are used for a like end. + </p> + <p> + The discord which so easily finds its way into all society as an effect of + the different moods in which people happen to be for the moment, also in + part explains why it is that memory always idealizes, and sometimes almost + transfigures, the attitude we have taken up at any period of the past—a + change due to our inability to remember all the fleeting influences which + disturbed us on any given occasion. Memory is in this respect like the + lens of a camera obscura<i>: it contracts everything within its range, and + so produces a much finer picture than the actual landscape affords. And, + in the case of a man, absence always goes some way towards securing this + advantageous light; for though the idealizing tendency of the memory + requires times to complete its work, it begins it at once. Hence it is a + prudent thing to see your friends and acquaintances only at considerable + intervals of time; and on meeting them again, you will observe that memory + has been at work. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0026" id="link2H_4_0026"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 23. No man can see over his own height.<i> Let me explain what + </i> + </h2> + <p> + I mean. + </p> + <p> + You cannot see in another man any more than you have in yourself; and your + own intelligence strictly determines the extent to which he comes within + its grasp. If your intelligence is of a very low order, mental qualities + in another, even though they be of the highest kind, will have no effect + at all upon you; you will see nothing in their possessor except the + meanest side of his individuality—in other words, just those parts + of his character and disposition which are weak and defective. Your whole + estimate of the man will be confined to his defects, and his higher mental + qualities will no more exist for you than colors exist for those who + cannot see. + </p> + <p> + Intellect is invisible to the man who has none. In any attempt to + criticise another's work, the range of knowledge possessed by the critic + is as essential a part of his verdict as the claims of the work itself. + </p> + <p> + Hence intercourse with others involves a process of leveling down. The + qualities which are present in one man, and absent in another, cannot come + into play when they meet; and the self-sacrifice which this entails upon + one of the parties, calls forth no recognition from the other. + </p> + <p> + Consider how sordid, how stupid, in a word, how vulgar<i> most men are, + and you will see that it is impossible to talk to them without becoming + vulgar yourself for the time being. Vulgarity is in this respect like + electricity; it is easily distributed. You will then fully appreciate the + truth and propriety of the expression, </i>to make yourself cheap<i>; and + you will be glad to avoid the society of people whose only possible point + of contact with you is just that part of your nature of which you have + least reason to be proud. So you will see that, in dealing with fools and + blockheads, there is only one way of showing your intelligence—by + having nothing to do with them. That means, of course, that when you go + into society, you may now and then feel like a good dancer who gets an + invitation to a ball, and on arriving, finds that everyone is lame:—with + whom is he to dance? </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0027" id="link2H_4_0027"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man—and he is one in a + </h2> + <p> + hundred—who, when he is waiting or sitting unoccupied, refrains from + rattling or beating time with anything that happens to be handy,—his + stick, or knife and fork, or whatever else it may be. The probability is + that he is thinking of something. + </p> + <p> + With a large number of people, it is quite evident that their power of + sight completely dominates over their power of thought; they seem to be + conscious of existence only when they are making a noise; unless indeed + they happen to be smoking, for this serves a similar end. It is for the + same reason that they never fail to be all eyes and ears for what is going + on around them. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0028" id="link2H_4_0028"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking remark that it is + </h2> + <p> + difficult to feel deep veneration and great affection for one and the same + person. If this is so, we shall have to choose whether it is veneration or + love that we want from our fellow-men. + </p> + <p> + Their love is always selfish, though in very different ways; and the means + used to gain it are not always of a kind to make us proud. A man is loved + by others mainly in the degree in which he moderates his claim on their + good feeling and intelligence: but he must act genuinely in the matter and + without dissimulation—not merely out of forbearance, which is at + bottom a kind of contempt. This calls to mind a very true observation of + Helvetius<a href="#linknote-34" name="linknoteref-34" id="noteref-34"><small>34</small></a>: + the amount of intellect necessary to please us, is a most accurate measure + of the amount of intellect we have ourselves<i>. With these remarks as + premises, it is easy to draw the conclusion. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-34" id="note-34"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 34 (<a href="#linknoteref-34">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Helvetius, Claude-Adrien (1715-71), a French philosophical writer much + esteemed by Schopenhauer. His chief work, </i>De l'Esprit<i>, excited + great interest and opposition at the time of its publication, on account + of the author's pronounced materialism.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Now with veneration the case is just the opposite; it is wrung from men + reluctantly, and for that very reason mostly concealed. Hence, as compared + with love, veneration gives more real satisfaction; for it is connected + with personal value, and the same is not directly true of love, which is + subjective in its nature, whilst veneration is objective. To be sure, it + is more useful to be loved than to be venerated. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0029" id="link2H_4_0029"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly subjective that nothing really + </h2> + <p> + interests them but themselves. They always think of their own case as soon + as ever any remark is made, and their whole attention is engrossed and + absorbed by the merest chance reference to anything which affects them + personally, be it never so remote: with the result that they have no power + left for forming an objective view of things, should the conversation take + that turn; neither can they admit any validity in arguments which tell + against their interest or their vanity. Hence their attention is easily + distracted. They are so readily offended, insulted or annoyed, that in + discussing any impersonal matter with them, no care is too great to avoid + letting your remarks bear the slightest possible reference to the very + worthy and sensitive individuals whom you have before you; for anything + you may say will perhaps hurt their feelings. People really care about + nothing that does not affect them personally. True and striking + observations, fine, subtle and witty things are lost upon them: they + cannot understand or feel them. But anything that disturbs their petty + vanity in the most remote and indirect way, or reflects prejudicially upon + their exceedingly precious selves—to that, they are most tenderly + sensitive. In this respect they are like the little dog whose toes you are + so apt to tread upon inadvertently—you know it by the shrill bark it + sets up: or, again, they resemble a sick man covered with sores and boils, + with whom the greatest care must be taken to avoid unnecessary handling. + And in some people this feeling reaches such a pass that, if they are + talking with anyone, and he exhibits, or does not sufficiently conceal, + his intelligence and discernment, they look upon it as a downright insult; + although for the moment they hide their ill will, and the unsuspecting + author of it afterwards ruminates in vain upon their conduct, and racks + his brain to discover what he could possibly have done to excite their + malice and hatred. + </p> + <p> + But it is just as easy to flatter and win them over; and this is why their + judgment is usually corrupt, and why their opinions are swayed, not by + what is really true and right, but by the favor of the party or class to + which they belong. And the ultimate reason of it all is, that in such + people force of will greatly predominates over knowledge; and hence their + meagre intellect is wholly given up to the service of the will, and can + never free itself from that service for a moment. + </p> + <p> + Astrology furnishes a magnificent proof of this miserable subjective + tendency in men, which leads them to see everything only as bearing upon + themselves, and to think of nothing that is not straightway made into a + personal matter. The aim of astrology is to bring the motions of the + celestial bodies into relation with the wretched Ego<i> and to establish a + connection between a comet in the sky and squabbles and rascalities on + earth.<a href="#linknote-35" name="linknoteref-35" id="noteref-35"><small>35</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-35" id="note-35"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 35 (<a href="#linknoteref-35">return</a>)<br /> [ See, for instance, + Stobasus, Eclog. I<i>. xxii. 9.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0030" id="link2H_4_0030"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, whether in public or + </h2> + <p> + in society, or in books, and well received—or, at any rate, not + refuted—that that is no reason why you should despair or think there + the matter will rest. You should comfort yourself with the reflection that + the question will be afterwards gradually subjected to examination; light + will be thrown upon it; it will be thought over, considered, discussed, + and generally in the end the correct view will be reached; so that, after + a time—the length of which will depend upon the difficulty of the + subject—everyone will come to understand that which a clear head saw + at once. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, of course, you must have patience. He who can see truly + in the midst of general infatuation is like a man whose watch keeps good + time, when all clocks in the town in which he lives are wrong. He alone + knows the right time; but what use is that to him? for everyone goes by + the clocks which speak false, not even excepting those who know that his + watch is the only one that is right. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0031" id="link2H_4_0031"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if you spoil them, they + </h2> + <p> + become naughty. + </p> + <p> + Therefore it is well not to be too indulgent or charitable with anyone. + You may take it as a general rule that you will not lose a friend by + refusing him a loan, but that you are very likely to do so by granting it; + and, for similar reasons, you will not readily alienate people by being + somewhat proud and careless in your behaviour; but if you are very kind + and complaisant towards them, you will often make them arrogant and + intolerable, and so a breach will ensue. + </p> + <p> + There is one thing that, more than any other, throws people absolutely off + their balance—the thought that you are dependent upon them. This is + sure to produce an insolent and domineering manner towards you. There are + some people, indeed, who become rude if you enter into any kind of + relation with them; for instance, if you have occasion to converse with + them frequently upon confidential matters, they soon come to fancy that + they can take liberties with you, and so they try and transgress the laws + of politeness. This is why there are so few with whom you care to become + more intimate, and why you should avoid familiarity with vulgar people. If + a man comes to think that I am more dependent upon him than he is upon me, + he at once feels as though I had stolen something from him; and his + endeavor will be to have his vengeance and get it back. The only way to + attain superiority in dealing with men, is to let it be seen that you are + independent of them. + </p> + <p> + And in this view it is advisable to let everyone of your acquaintance—whether + man or woman—feel now and then that you could very well dispense + with their company. This will consolidate friendship. Nay, with most + people there will be no harm in occasionally mixing a grain of disdain + with your treatment of them; that will make them value your friendship all + the more. Chi non istima vien stimato<i>, as a subtle Italian proverb has + it—to disregard is to win regard. But if we really think very highly + of a person, we should conceal it from him like a crime. This is not a + very gratifying thing to do, but it is right. Why, a dog will not bear + being treated too kindly, let alone a man! </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0032" id="link2H_4_0032"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of noble character and + </h2> + <p> + great mental gifts betray a strange lack of worldly wisdom and a + deficiency in the knowledge of men, more especially when they are young; + with the result that it is easy to deceive or mislead them; and that, on + the other hand, natures of the commoner sort are more ready and successful + in making their way in the world. + </p> + <p> + The reason of this is that, when a man has little or no experience, he + must judge by his own antecedent notions; and in matters demanding + judgment, an antecedent notion is never on the same level as experience. + For, with the commoner sort of people, an antecedent notion means just + their own selfish point of view. This is not the case with those whose + mind and character are above the ordinary; for it is precisely in this + respect—their unselfishness—that they differ from the rest of + mankind; and as they judge other people's thoughts and actions by their + own high standard, the result does not always tally with their + calculation. + </p> + <p> + But if, in the end, a man of noble character comes to see, as the effect + of his own experience, or by the lessons he learns from others, what it is + that may be expected of men in general,—namely, that five-sixths of + them are morally and intellectually so constituted that, if circumstances + do not place you in relation with them, you had better get out of their + way and keep as far as possible from having anything to do with them,—still, + he will scarcely ever attain an adequate notion of their wretchedly mean + and shabby nature: all his life long he will have to be extending and + adding to the inferior estimate he forms of them; and in the meantime he + will commit a great many mistakes and do himself harm. + </p> + <p> + Then, again, after he has really taken to heart the lessons that have been + taught him, it will occasionally happen that, when he is in the society of + people whom he does not know, he will be surprised to find how thoroughly + reasonable they all appear to be, both in their conversation and in their + demeanor—in fact, quite honest, sincere, virtuous and trustworthy + people, and at the same time shrewd and clever. + </p> + <p> + But that ought not to perplex him. Nature is not like those bad poets, + who, in setting a fool or a knave before us, do their work so clumsily, + and with such evident design, that you might almost fancy you saw the poet + standing behind each of his characters, and continually disavowing their + sentiments, and telling you in a tone of warning: This is a knave; that is + a fool; do not mind what he says<i>. But Nature goes to work like + Shakespeare and Goethe, poets who make every one of their characters—even + if it is the devil himself!—appear to be quite in the right for the + moment that they come before us in their several parts; the characters are + described so objectively that they excite our interest and compel us to + sympathize with their point of view; for, like the works of Nature, every + one of these characters is evolved as the result of some hidden law or + principle, which makes all they say and do appear natural and therefore + necessary. And you will always be the prey or the plaything of the devils + and fools in this world, if you expect to see them going about with horns + or jangling their bells. </i> + </p> + <p> + And it should be borne in mind that, in their intercourse with others, + people are like the moon, or like hunchbacks; they show you only one of + their sides. Every man has an innate talent for mimicry,—for making + a mask out of his physiognomy, so that he can always look as if he really + were what he pretends to be; and since he makes his calculations always + within the lines of his individual nature, the appearance he puts on suits + him to a nicety, and its effect is extremely deceptive. He dons his mask + whenever his object is to flatter himself into some one's good opinion; + and you may pay just as much attention to it as if it were made of wax or + cardboard, never forgetting that excellent Italian proverb: non é si + tristo cane che non meni la coda<i>,—there is no dog so bad but that + he will wag his tail. </i> + </p> + <p> + In any case it is well to take care not to form a highly favorable opinion + of a person whose acquaintance you have only recently made, for otherwise + you are very likely to be disappointed; and then you will be ashamed of + yourself and perhaps even suffer some injury. And while I am on the + subject, there is another fact that deserves mention. It is this. A man + shows his character just in the way in which he deals with trifles,—for + then he is off his guard. This will often afford a good opportunity of + observing the boundless egoism of man's nature, and his total lack of + consideration for others; and if these defects show themselves in small + things, or merely in his general demeanor, you will find that they also + underlie his action in matters of importance, although he may disguise the + fact. This is an opportunity which should not be missed. If in the little + affairs of every day,—the trifles of life, those matters to which + the rule de minimis non<i> applies,—a man is inconsiderate and seeks + only what is advantageous or convenient to himself, to the prejudice of + others' rights; if he appropriates to himself that which belongs to all + alike, you may be sure there is no justice in his heart, and that he would + be a scoundrel on a wholesale scale, only that law and compulsion bind his + hands. Do not trust him beyond your door. He who is not afraid to break + the laws of his own private circle, will break those of the State when he + can do so with impunity. </i> + </p> + <p> + If the average man were so constituted that the good in him outweighed the + bad, it would be more advisable to rely upon his sense of justice, + fairness, gratitude, fidelity, love or compassion, than to work upon his + fears; but as the contrary is the case, and it is the bad that outweighs + the good, the opposite course is the more prudent one. + </p> + <p> + If any person with whom we are associated or have to do, exhibits + unpleasant or annoying qualities, we have only to ask ourselves whether or + not this person is of so much value to us that we can put up with frequent + and repeated exhibitions of the same qualities in a somewhat aggravated + form.<a href="#linknote-36" name="linknoteref-36" id="noteref-36"><small>36</small></a> + In case of an affirmative answer to this question, there will not be much + to be said, because talking is very little use. We must let the matter + pass, with or without some notice; but we should nevertheless remember + that we are thereby exposing ourselves to a repetition of the offence. If + the answer is in the negative, we must break with our worthy friend at + once and forever; or in the case of a servant, dismiss him. For he will + inevitably repeat the offence, or do something tantamount to it, should + the occasion return, even though for the moment he is deep and sincere in + his assurances of the contrary. There is nothing, absolutely nothing, that + a man cannot forget,—but not himself, his own character<i>. For + character is incorrigible; because all a man's actions emanate from an + inward principle, in virtue of which he must always do the same thing + under like circumstances; and he cannot do otherwise. Let me refer to my + prize essay on the so-called </i>Freedom of the Will<i>, the perusal of + which will dissipate any delusions the reader may have on this subject. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-36" id="note-36"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 36 (<a href="#linknoteref-36">return</a>)<br /> [ To forgive and forget<i> + means to throw away dearly bought experience.] </i> + </p> + <p> + To become reconciled to a friend with whom you have broken, is a form of + weakness; and you pay the penalty of it when he takes the first + opportunity of doing precisely the very thing which brought about the + breach; nay, he does it the more boldly, because he is secretly conscious + that you cannot get on without him. This is also applicable to servants + whom you have dismissed, and then taken into your service again. + </p> + <p> + For the same reason, you should just as little expect people to continue + to act in a similar way under altered circumstances. The truth is that men + alter their demeanor and sentiments just as fast as their interest + changes; and their resign in this respect is a bill drawn for short + payment that the man must be still more short-sighted who accepts the bill + without protesting it. Accordingly, suppose you want to know how a man + will behave in an office into which you think of putting him; you should + not build upon expectations, on his promises or assurances. For, even + allowing that he is quite sincere, he is speaking about a matter of which + he has no knowledge. The only way to calculate how he will behave, is to + consider the circumstances in which he will be placed, and the extent to + which they will conflict with his character. + </p> + <p> + If you wish to get a clear and profound insight—and it is very + needful—into the true but melancholy elements of which most men are + made, you will find in a very instructive thing to take the way they + behave in the pages of literature as a commentary to their doings in + practical life, and vice versa.<i> The experience thus gained will be very + useful in avoiding wrong ideas, whether about yourself or about others. + But if you come across any special trait of meanness or stupidity—in + life or in literature,—you must be careful not to let it annoy or + distress you, but to look upon it merely as an addition to your knowledge—a + new fact to be considered in studying the character of humanity. Your + attitude towards it will be that of the mineralogist who stumbles upon a + very characteristic specimen of a mineral. </i> + </p> + <p> + Of course there are some facts which are very exceptional, and it is + difficult to understand how they arise, and how it is that there come to + be such enormous differences between man and man; but, in general, what + was said long ago is quite true, and the world is in a very bad way. In + savage countries they eat one another, in civilized they deceive one + another; and that is what people call the way of the world! What are + States and all the elaborate systems of political machinery, and the rule + of force, whether in home or in foreign affairs,—what are they but + barriers against the boundless iniquity of mankind? Does not all history + show that whenever a king is firmly planted on a throne, and his people + reach some degree of prosperity, he uses it to lead his army, like a band + of robbers, against adjoining countries? Are not almost all wars + ultimately undertaken for purposes of plunder? In the most remote + antiquity, and to some extent also in the Middle Ages, the conquered + became slaves,—in other words, they had to work for those who + conquered them; and where is the difference between that and paying + war-taxes, which represent the product of our previous work? + </p> + <p> + All war, says Voltaire, is a matter of robbery; and the Germans should + take that as a warning. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0033" id="link2H_4_0033"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be left entirely to + </h2> + <p> + himself, to go his own ways; everyone needs to be guided by a preconceived + plan, and to follow certain general rules. But if this is carried too far, + and a man tries to take on a character which is not natural or innate in + him, but it artificially acquired and evolved merely by a process of + reasoning, he will very soon discover that Nature cannot be forced, and + that if you drive it out, it will return despite your efforts:— + </p> + <h3> + Naturam expelles furca, tamen usque recurret<i>. </i> + </h3> + <p> + To understand a rule governing conduct towards others, even to discover it + for oneself and to express it neatly, is easy enough; and still, very soon + afterwards, the rule may be broken in practice. But that is no reason for + despair; and you need not fancy that as it is impossible to regulate your + life in accordance with abstract ideas and maxims, it is better to live + just as you please. Here, as in all theoretical instruction that aims at a + practical result, the first thing to do is to understand the rule; the + second thing is to learn the practice of it. The theory may be understand + at once by an effort of reason, and yet the practice of it acquired only + in course of time. + </p> + <p> + A pupil may lean the various notes on an instrument of music, or the + different position in fencing; and when he makes a mistake, as he is sure + to do, however hard he tries, he is apt to think it will be impossible to + observe the rules, when he is set to read music at sight or challenged to + a furious duel. But for all that, gradual practice makes him perfect, + through a long series of slips, blunders and fresh efforts. It is just the + same in other things; in learning to write and speak Latin, a man will + forget the grammatical rules; it is only by long practice that a blockhead + turns into a courtier, that a passionate man becomes shrewd and + worldly-wise, or a frank person reserved, or a noble person ironical. But + though self-discipline of this kind is the result of long habit, it always + works by a sort of external compulsion, which Nature never ceases to + resist and sometimes unexpectedly overcomes. The difference between action + in accordance with abstract principles, and action as the result of + original, innate tendency, is the same as that between a work of art, say + a watch—where form and movement are impressed upon shapeless and + inert matter—and a living organism, where form and matter are one, + and each is inseparable from the other. + </p> + <p> + There is a maxim attributed to the Emperor Napoleon, which expresses this + relation between acquired and innate character, and confirms what I have + said: everything that is unnatural is imperfect<i>;—a rule of + universal application, whether in the physical or in the moral sphere. The + only exception I can think of to this rule is aventurine,<a + href="#linknote-37" name="linknoteref-37" id="noteref-37"><small>37</small></a> + a substance known to mineralogists, which in its natural state cannot + compare with the artificial preparation of it. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-37" id="note-37"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 37 (<a href="#linknoteref-37">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>. + Aventurine is a rare kind of quartz; and the same name is given to a + brownish-colored glass much resembling it, which is manufactured at + Murano. It is so called from the fact that the glass was discovered by + chance </i>(arventura)<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And in this connection let me utter a word of protest against any and + every form of affectation<i>. It always arouses contempt; in the first + place, because it argues deception, and the deception is cowardly, for it + is based on fear; and, secondly, it argues self-condemnation, because it + means that a man is trying to appear what he is not, and therefore + something which he things better than he actually is. To affect a quality, + and to plume yourself upon it, is just to confess that you have not got + it. Whether it is courage, or learning, or intellect, or wit, or success + with women, or riches, or social position, or whatever else it may be that + a man boasts of, you may conclude by his boasting about it that that is + precisely the direction in which he is rather weak; for if a man really + possesses any faculty to the full, it will not occur to him to make a + great show of affecting it; he is quite content to know that he has it. + That is the application of the Spanish proverb: </i>herradura que + chacolotea clavo le falta<i>—a clattering hoof means a nail gone. To + be sure, as I said at first, no man ought to let the reins go quite loose, + and show himself just as he is; for there are many evil and bestial sides + to our nature which require to be hidden away out of sight; and this + justifies the negative attitude of dissimulation, but it does not justify + a positive feigning of qualities which are not there. It should also be + remembered that affectation is recognized at once, even before it is clear + what it is that is being affected. And, finally, affectation cannot last + very long, and one day the mask will fall off. </i>Nemo potest personam + diu ferre fictam<i>, says Seneca;<a href="#linknote-38" + name="linknoteref-38" id="noteref-38"><small>38</small></a> </i>ficta cito + in naturam suam recidunt<i>—no one can persevere long in a + fictitious character; for nature will soon reassert itself. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-38" id="note-38"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 38 (<a href="#linknoteref-38">return</a>)<br /> [ De Clementia, I<i>. 1.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0034" id="link2H_4_0034"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own body without knowing it, + </h2> + <p> + but he soon feels the weight of any other, if he tries to move it; in the + same way, a man can see other people's shortcoming's and vices, but he is + blind to his own. This arrangement has one advantage: it turns other + people into a kind of mirror, in which a man can see clearly everything + that is vicious, faulty, ill-bred and loathsome in his own nature; only, + it is generally the old story of the dog barking at is own image; it is + himself that he sees and not another dog, as he fancies. + </p> + <p> + He who criticises others, works at the reformation of himself. Those who + form the secret habit of scrutinizing other people's general behavior, and + passing severe judgment upon what they do and leave undone, thereby + improve themselves, and work out their own perfection: for they will have + sufficient sense of justice, or at any rate enough pride and vanity, to + avoid in their own case that which they condemn so harshly elsewhere. But + tolerant people are just the opposite, and claim for themselves the same + indulgence that they extend to others—hanc veniam damus petimusque + vicissim<i>. It is all very well for the Bible to talk about the mote in + another's eye and the beam in one's own. The nature of the eye is to look + not at itself but at other things; and therefore to observe and blame + faults in another is a very suitable way of becoming conscious of one's + own. We require a looking-glass for the due dressing of our morals. </i> + </p> + <p> + The same rule applies in the case of style and fine writing. If, instead + of condemning, you applaud some new folly in these matters, you will + imitate it. That is just why literary follies have such vogue in Germany. + The Germans are a very tolerant people—everybody can see that! Their + maxim is—Hanc veniam damns petimusque vicissim.<i> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0035" id="link2H_4_0035"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble character fancies that + </h2> + <p> + the relations prevailing amongst mankind, and the alliances to which these + relations lead, are at bottom and essentially, ideal<i> in their nature; + that is to say, that they rest upon similarity of disposition or + sentiment, or taste, or intellectual power, and so on. </i> + </p> + <p> + But, later on, he finds out that it is a real<i> foundation which + underlies these alliances; that they are based upon some </i>material<i> + interest. This is the true foundation of almost all alliances: nay, most + men have no notion of an alliance resting upon any other basis. + Accordingly we find that a man is always measured by the office he holds, + or by his occupation, nationality, or family relations—in a word, by + the position and character which have been assigned him in the + conventional arrangements of life, where he is ticketed and treated as so + much goods. Reference to what he is in himself, as a man—to the + measure of his own personal qualities—is never made unless for + convenience' sake: and so that view of a man is something exceptional, to + be set aside and ignored, the moment that anyone finds it disagreeable; + and this is what usually happens. But the more of personal worth a man + has, the less pleasure he will take in these conventional arrangements; + and he will try to withdraw from the sphere in which they apply. The + reason why these arrangements exist at all, is simply that in this world + of ours misery and need are the chief features: therefore it is everywhere + the essential and paramount business of life to devise the means of + alleviating them. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0036" id="link2H_4_0036"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the world instead of real + </h2> + <p> + coin, so, is the place of true esteem and genuine friendship, you have the + outward appearance of it—a mimic show made to look as much like the + real thing as possible. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, it may be asked whether there are any people who really + deserve the true coin. For my own part, I should certainly pay more + respect to an honest dog wagging his tail than to a hundred such + demonstrations of human regard. + </p> + <p> + True and genuine friendship presupposes a strong sympathy with the weal + and woe of another—purely objective in its character and quite + disinterested; and this in its turn means an absolute identification of + self with the object of friendship. The egoism of human nature is so + strongly antagonistic to any such sympathy, that true friendship belongs + to that class of things—the sea-serpent, for instance,—with + regard to which no one knows whether they are fabulous or really exist + somewhere or other. + </p> + <p> + Still, in many cases, there is a grain of true and genuine friendship in + the relation of man to man, though generally, of course, some secret + personal interest is at the bottom of them—some one among the many + forms that selfishness can take. But in a world where all is imperfect, + this grain of true feeling is such an ennobling influence that it gives + some warrant for calling those relations by the name of friendship, for + they stand far above the ordinary friendships that prevail amongst + mankind. The latter are so constituted that, were you to hear how your + dear friends speak of you behind your back, you would never say another + word to them. + </p> + <p> + Apart from the case where it would be a real help to you if your friend + were to make some great sacrifice to serve you, there is no better means + of testing the genuineness of his feelings than the way in which he + receives the news of a misfortune that has just happened to you. At that + moment the expression of his features will either show that his one + thought is that of true and sincere sympathy for you; or else the absolute + composure of his countenance, or the passing trace of something other than + sympathy, will confirm the well-known maxim of La Rochefoucauld: Dans + l'adversite de nos meilleurs amis, nous trouvons toujours quelque chose + qui ne nous deplait pas<i>. Indeed, at such a moment, the ordinary + so-called friend will find it hard to suppress the signs of a slight smile + of pleasure. There are few ways by which you can make more certain of + putting people into a good humor than by telling them of some trouble that + has recently befallen you, or by unreservedly disclosing some personal + weakness of yours. How characteristic this is of humanity! </i> + </p> + <p> + Distance and long absence are always prejudicial to friendship, however + disinclined a man may be to admit. Our regard for people whom we do not + see—even though they be our dearest friends—gradually dries up + in the course of years, and they become abstract notions; so that our + interest in them grows to be more and more intellectual,—nay, it is + kept up only as a kind of tradition; whilst we retain a lively and deep + interest in those who are constantly before our eyes, even if they be only + pet animals. This shows how much men are limited by their senses, and how + true is the remark that Goethe makes in Tasso<i> about the dominant + influence of the present moment:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Die Gegenwart ist eine mächtige Göttin<i><a href="#linknote-39" + name="linknoteref-39" id="noteref-39">39</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-39" id="note-39"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 39 (<a href="#linknoteref-39">return</a>)<br /> [ Act iv., se. 4.] + </p> + <p> + Friends of the house<i> are very rightly so called; because they are + friends of the house rather than of its master; in other words, they are + more like cats than dogs. </i> + </p> + <p> + Your friends will tell you that they are sincere; your enemies are really + so. Let your enemies' censure be like a bitter medicine, to be used as a + means of self-knowledge. + </p> + <p> + A friend in need, as the saying goes, is rare. Nay, it is just the + contrary; no sooner have you made a friend than he is in need, and asks + for a loan. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0037" id="link2H_4_0037"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in the ways of the + </h2> + <p> + world, if he imagines that he can make himself popular in society by + exhibiting intelligence and discernment. With the immense majority of + people, such qualities excite hatred and resentment, which are rendered + all the harder to bear by the fact that people are obliged to suppress—even + from themselves—the real reason of their anger. + </p> + <p> + What actually takes place is this. A man feels and perceives that the + person with whom he is conversing is intellectually very much his + superior.<a href="#linknote-40" name="linknoteref-40" id="noteref-40"><small>40</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-40" id="note-40"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 40 (<a href="#linknoteref-40">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. Welt als Wills und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. p. 256 (4th Edit.), where I quote from Dr. + Johnson, and from Merck, the friend of Goethe's youth. The former says: + </i>There is nothing by which a man exasperates most people more, than by + displaying a superior ability of brilliancy in conversation. They seem + pleased at the time, but their envy makes them curse him at their hearts.<i> + (Boswells </i>Life of Johnson<i> aetat: 74).] </i> + </p> + <p> + He thereupon secretly and half unconsciously concludes that his + interlocutor must form a proportionately low and limited estimate of his + abilities. That is a method of reasoning—an enthymeme—which + rouses the bitterest feelings of sullen and rancorous hatred. And so + Gracian is quite right in saying that the only way to win affection from + people is to show the most animal-like simplicity of demeanor—para + ser bien quisto, el unico medio vestirse la piel del mas simple de los + brutos<i>.<a href="#linknote-41" name="linknoteref-41" id="noteref-41"><small>41</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-41" id="note-41"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 41 (<a href="#linknoteref-41">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Balthazar + Graeian, </i>Oraculo manual, y arte de prudencia<i>, 240. Gracian + (1584-1658) was a Spanish prose writer and Jesuit, whose works deal + chiefly with the observation of character in the various phenomena of + life. Schopenhauer, among others, had a great admiration for his worldly + philosophy, and translated his </i>Oraculo manual<i>—a system of + rules for the conduct of life—into German. The same book was + translated into English towards the close of the seventeenth century.] + </i> + </p> + <p> + To show your intelligence and discernment is only an indirect way of + reproaching other people for being dull and incapable. And besides, it is + natural for a vulgar man to be violently agitated by the sight of + opposition in any form; and in this case envy comes in as the secret cause + of his hostility. For it is a matter of daily observation that people take + the greatest pleasure in that which satisfies their vanity; and vanity + cannot be satisfied without comparison with others. Now, there is nothing + of which a man is prouder than of intellectual ability, for it is this + that gives him his commanding place in the animal world. It is an + exceedingly rash thing to let any one see that you are decidedly superior + to him in this respect, and to let other people see it too; because he + will then thirst for vengeance, and generally look about for an + opportunity of taking it by means of insult, because this is to pass from + the sphere of intellect<i> to that of </i>will<i>—and there, all are + on an equal footing as regards the feeling of hostility. Hence, while rank + and riches may always reckon upon deferential treatment in society, that + is something which intellectual ability can never expect; to be ignored is + the greatest favor shown to it; and if people notice it at all, it is + because they regard it as a piece of impertinence, or else as something to + which its possessor has no legitimate right, and upon which he dares to + pride himself; and in retaliation and revenge for his conduct, people + secretly try and humiliate him in some other way; and if they wait to do + this, it is only for a fitting opportunity. A man may be as humble as + possible in his demeanor, and yet hardly ever get people to overlook his + crime in standing intellectually above them. In the </i>Garden of Roses<i>, + Sadi makes the remark:—</i>You should know that foolish people are a + hundredfold more averse to meeting the wise than the wise are indisposed + for the company of the foolish<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, it is a real recommendation to be stupid. For just as + warmth is agreeable to the body, so it does the mind good to feel its + superiority; and a man will seek company likely to give him this feeling, + as instinctively as he will approach the fireplace or walk in the sun if + he wants to get warm. But this means that he will be disliked on account + of his superiority; and if a man is to be liked, he must really be + inferior in point of intellect; and the same thing holds good of a woman + in point of beauty. To give proof of real and unfeigned inferiority to + some of the people you meet—that is a very difficult business + indeed! + </p> + <p> + Consider how kindly and heartily a girl who is passably pretty will + welcome one who is downright ugly. Physical advantages are not thought so + much of in the case of man, though I suppose you would rather a little man + sat next to you than one who was bigger than yourself. This is why, + amongst men, it is the dull and ignorant, and amongst women, the ugly, who + are always popular and in request.<a href="#linknote-42" + name="linknoteref-42" id="noteref-42"><small>42</small></a> It is likely + to be said of such people that they are extremely good-natured, because + every one wants to find a pretext for caring about them—a pretext + which will blind both himself and other people to the real reason why he + likes them. This is also why mental superiority of any sort always tends + to isolate its possessor; people run away from him out of pure hatred, and + say all manner of bad things about him by way of justifying their action. + Beauty, in the case of women, has a similar effect: very pretty girls have + no friends of their own sex, and they even find it hard to get another + girl to keep them company. A handsome woman should always avoid applying + for a position as companion, because the moment she enters the room, her + prospective mistress will scowl at her beauty, as a piece of folly with + which, both for her own and for her daughter's sake, she can very well + dispense. But if the girl has advantages of rank, the case is very + different; because rank, unlike personal qualities which work by the force + of mere contrast, produces its effect by a process of reflection; much in + the same way as the particular hue of a person's complexion depends upon + the prevailing tone of his immediate surroundings. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-42" id="note-42"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 42 (<a href="#linknoteref-42">return</a>)<br /> [ If you desire to get on + in the world, friends and acquaintances are by far the best passport to + fortune. The possession of a great deal of ability makes a man proud, and + therefore not apt to flatter those who have very little, and from whom, on + that account, the possession of great ability should be carefully + concealed. The consciousness of small intellectual power has just the + opposite effect, and is very compatible with a humble, affable and + companionable nature, and with respect for what is mean and wretched. This + is why an inferior sort of man has so many friends to befriend and + encourage him. + </p> + <p> + These remarks are applicable not only to advancement in political life, + but to all competition for places of honor and dignity, nay, even for + reputation in the world of science, literature and art. In learned + societies, for example, mediocrity—that very acceptable quality—is + always to the fore, whilst merit meets with tardy recognition, or with + none at all. So it is in everything.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0038" id="link2H_4_0038"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often consists in great measure + </h2> + <p> + of pure laziness, selfishness and vanity on our own part: I say laziness<i>, + because, instead of making inquiries ourselves, and exercising an active + care, we prefer to trust others; </i>selfishness<i>, because we are led to + confide in people by the pressure of our own affairs; and </i>vanity<i>, + when we ask confidence for a matter on which we rather pride ourselves. + And yet, for all that, we expect people to be true to the trust we repose + in them. </i> + </p> + <p> + But we ought not to become angry if people put no trust in us: because + that really means that they pay honesty the sincere compliment of + regarding it as a very rare thing,—so rare, indeed, as to leave us + in doubt whether its existence is not merely fabulous. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0039" id="link2H_4_0039"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 36. Politeness<i>,—which the Chinese hold to be a cardinal + </i> + </h2> + <p> + virtue,—is based upon two considerations of policy. I have explained + one of these considerations in my Ethics<i>; the other is as follows:—Politeness + is a tacit agreement that people's miserable defects, whether moral or + intellectual, shall on either side be ignored and not made the subject of + reproach; and since these defects are thus rendered somewhat less + obtrusive, the result is mutually advantageous.<a href="#linknote-43" + name="linknoteref-43" id="noteref-43"><small>43</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-43" id="note-43"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 43 (<a href="#linknoteref-43">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—In + the passage referred to </i>(Grundlage der Moral<i>, collected works, Vol. + IV., pp. 187 and 198), Schopenhauer explains politeness as a conventional + and systematic attempt to mask the egoism of human nature in the small + affairs of life,—an egoism so repulsive that some such device is + necessary for the purpose of concealing its ugliness. The relation which + politeness bears to the true love of one's neighbor is analogous to that + existing between justice as an affair of legality, and justice as the real + integrity of the heart.] </i> + </p> + <p> + It is a wise thing to be polite; consequently, it is a stupid thing to be + rude. To make enemies by unnecessary and willful incivility, is just as + insane a proceeding as to set your house on fire. For politeness is like a + counter—an avowedly false coin, with which it is foolish to be + stingy. A sensible man will be generous in the use of it. It is customary + in every country to end a letter with the words:—your most obedient + servant<i>—</i>votre très-humble serviteur<i>—</i>suo + devotissimo servo<i>. (The Germans are the only people who suppress the + word </i>servant<i>—</i>Diener<i>—because, of course, it is + not true!) However, to carry politeness to such an extent as to damage + your prospects, is like giving money where only counters are expected. + </i> + </p> + <p> + Wax, a substance naturally hard and brittle, can be made soft by the + application of a little warmth, so that it will take any shape you please. + In the same way, by being polite and friendly, you can make people pliable + and obliging, even though they are apt to be crabbed and malevolent. Hence + politeness is to human nature what warmth is to wax. + </p> + <p> + Of course, it is no easy matter to be polite; in so far, I mean, as it + requires us to show great respect for everybody, whereas most people + deserve none at all; and again in so far as it demands that we should + feign the most lively interest in people, when we must be very glad that + we have nothing to do with them. To combine politeness with pride is a + masterpiece of wisdom. + </p> + <p> + We should be much less ready to lose our temper over an insult,—which, + in the strict sense of the word, means that we have not been treated with + respect,—if, on the one hand, we have not such an exaggerated + estimate of our value and dignity—that is to say, if we were not so + immensely proud of ourselves; and, on the other hand, if we had arrived at + any clear notion of the judgment which, in his heart, one man generally + passes upon another. If most people resent the slightest hint that any + blame attaches to them, you may imagine their feelings if they were to + overhear what their acquaintance say about them. You should never lose + sight of the fact that ordinary politeness is only a grinning mask: if it + shifts its place a little, or is removed for a moment, there is no use + raising a hue and cry. When a man is downright rude, it is as though he + had taken off all his clothes, and stood before you in puris naturalibus<i>. + Like most men in this condition, he does not present a very attractive + appearance. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0040" id="link2H_4_0040"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a model for what you + </h2> + <p> + should do or leave undone; because position and circumstances are in no + two cases alike, and difference of character gives a peculiar, individual + tone to what a man does. Hence duo cum faciunt idem, non est idem<i>—two + persons may do the same thing with a different result. A man should act in + accordance with his own character, as soon as he has carefully deliberated + on what he is about to do. </i> + </p> + <p> + The outcome of this is that originality<i> cannot be dispensed with in + practical matters: otherwise, what a man does will not accord with what he + is. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0041" id="link2H_4_0041"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for though you reached the + </h2> + <p> + age of Methuselah, you would never have done setting him right upon all + the absurd things that he believes. + </p> + <p> + It is also well to avoid correcting people's mistakes in conversation, + however good your intentions may be; for it is easy to offend people, and + difficult, if not impossible, to mend them. + </p> + <p> + If you feel irritated by the absurd remarks of two people whose + conversation you happen to overhear, you should imagine that you are + listening to a dialogue of two fools in a comedy. Probatum est.<i> </i> + </p> + <p> + The man who comes into the world with the notion that he is really going + to instruct in matters of the highest importance, may thank his stars if + he escapes with a whole skin. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0042" id="link2H_4_0042"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be accepted, express it + </h2> + <p> + coolly and without passion. All violence has its seat in the will<i>; and + so, if your judgment is expressed with vehemence, people will consider it + an effort of will, and not the outcome of knowledge, which is in its + nature cold and unimpassioned. Since the will is the primary and radical + element in human nature, and </i>intellect<i> merely supervenes as + something secondary, people are more likely to believe that the opinion + you express with so much vehemence is due to the excited state of your + will, rather than that the excitement of the will comes only from the + ardent nature of your opinion. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0043" id="link2H_4_0043"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in praising yourself, + </h2> + <p> + you should never be seduced into doing so. For vanity is so very common, + and merit so very uncommon, that even if a man appears to be praising + himself, though very indirectly, people will be ready to lay a hundred to + one that he is talking out of pure vanity, and that he has not sense + enough to see what a fool he is making of himself. + </p> + <p> + Still, for all that, there may be some truth in Bacon's remark that, as in + the case of calumny, if you throw enough dirt, some of it will stick, so + it it also in regard to self-praise; with the conclusion that self-praise, + in small doses, is to be recommended.<a href="#linknote-44" + name="linknoteref-44" id="noteref-44"><small>44</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-44" id="note-44"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 44 (<a href="#linknoteref-44">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Schopenhauer + alludes to the following passage in Bacon's </i>De Augmentis Scientiarum<i>, + Bk. viii., ch. 2: </i>Sicut enim dici solet de calumnia<i>, audacter + calumniare, semper aliquid haeret; </i>sic dici potest de jactantia, (nisi + plane deformis fuerit et ridicula<i>), audacter te vendita, semper aliquid + haeret. </i>Haerebit certe apud populum, licet prudentiores subrideant. + Itaque existimatio parta apud plurimos paucorum fastidium abunde + compensabit.<i>] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0044" id="link2H_4_0044"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a person is telling you + </h2> + <p> + a lie, look as though you believed every word he said. This will give him + courage to go on; he will become more vehement in his assertions, and in + the end betray himself. + </p> + <p> + Again, if you perceive that a person is trying to conceal something from + you, but with only partial success, look as though you did not believe + him, This opposition on your part will provoke him into leading out his + reserve of truth and bringing the whole force of it to bear upon your + incredulity. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0045" id="link2H_4_0045"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 42. You should regard all your private affairs as secrets, + </h2> + <p> + and, in respect of them, treat your acquaintances, even though you are on + good terms with them, as perfect strangers, letting them know nothing more + than they can see for themselves. For in course of time, and under altered + circumstances, you may find it a disadvantage that they know even the most + harmless things about you. + </p> + <p> + And, as a general rule, it is more advisable to show your intelligence by + saying nothing than by speaking out; for silence is a matter of prudence, + whilst speech has something in it of vanity. The opportunities for + displaying the one or the other quality occur equally often; but the + fleeting satisfaction afforded by speech is often preferred to the + permanent advantage secured by silence. + </p> + <p> + The feeling of relief which lively people experience in speaking aloud + when no one is listening, should not be indulged, lest it grow into a + habit; for in this way thought establishes such very friendly terms with + speech, that conversation is apt to become a process of thinking aloud. + Prudence exacts that a wide gulf should be fixed between what we think and + what we say. + </p> + <p> + At times we fancy that people are utterly unable to believe in the truth + of some statement affecting us personally, whereas it never occurs to them + to doubt it; but if we give them the slightest opportunity of doubting it, + they find it absolutely impossible to believe it any more. We often betray + ourselves into revealing something, simply because we suppose that people + cannot help noticing it,—just as a man will throw himself down from + a great height because he loses his head, in other words, because he + fancies that he cannot retain a firm footing any longer; the torment of + his position is so great, that he thinks it better to put an end to it at + once. This is the kind of insanity which is called acrophobia<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + But it should not be forgotten how clever people are in regard to affairs + which do not concern them, even though they show no particularly sign of + acuteness in other matters. This is a kind of algebra in which people are + very proficient: give them a single fact to go upon, and they will solve + the most complicated problems. So, if you wish to relate some event that + happened long ago, without mentioning any names, or otherwise indicating + the persons to whom you refer, you should be very careful not to introduce + into your narrative anything that might point, however distantly, to some + definite fact, whether it is a particular locality, or a date, or the name + of some one who was only to a small extent implicated, or anything else + that was even remotely connected with the event; for that at once gives + people something positive to go upon, and by the aid of their talent for + this sort of algebra, they will discover all the rest. Their curiosity in + these matters becomes a kind of enthusiasm: their will spurs on their + intellect, and drives it forward to the attainment of the most remote + results. For however unsusceptible and different people may be to general + and universal truths, they are very ardent in the matter of particular + details. + </p> + <p> + In keeping with what I have said, it will be found that all those who + profess to give instructions in the wisdom of life are specially urgent in + commending the practice of silence, and assign manifold reasons why it + should be observed; so it is not necessary for me to enlarge upon the + subject any further. However, I may just add one or two little known + Arabian proverbs, which occur to me as peculiarly appropriate:— + </p> + <p> + Do not tell a friend anything that you would conceal from an enemy<i>. + </i> + </p> + <p> + A secret is in my custody, if I keep it; but should it escape me, it is I + who am the prisoner<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + The tree of silence bears the fruit of peace<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0046" id="link2H_4_0046"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much advantage as when you have + </h2> + <p> + been cheated out of it; for at one stroke you have purchased prudence. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0047" id="link2H_4_0047"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be felt for anyone. But + </h2> + <p> + carefully observe and remember the manner in which a man conducts himself, + so that you may take the measure of his value,—at any rate in regard + to yourself,—and regulate your bearing towards him accordingly; + never losing sight of the fact that character is unalterable, and that to + forget the bad features in a man's disposition is like throwing away + hard-won money. Thus you will protect yourself against the results of + unwise intimacy and foolish friendship. + </p> + <p> + Give way neither to love nor to hate<i>, is one-half of worldly wisdom: + </i>say nothing and believe nothing<i>, the other half. Truly, a world + where there is need of such rules as this and the following, is one upon + which a man may well turn his back. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0048" id="link2H_4_0048"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to show your hatred by + </h2> + <p> + what you say or by the way you look, is an unnecessary proceeding—dangerous, + foolish, ridiculous, and vulgar. + </p> + <p> + Anger and hatred should never be shown otherwise than in what you do; and + feelings will be all the more effective in action, in so far as you avoid + the exhibition of them in any other way. It is only cold-blooded animals + whose bite is poisonous. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0049" id="link2H_4_0049"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your words—parler sans + </h2> + <p> + accent<i>—is an old rule with those who are wise in the world's + ways. It means that you should leave other people to discover what it is + that you have said; and as their minds are slow, you can make your escape + in time. On the other hand, to emphasize your meaning—</i>parler + avec accent<i>—is to address their feelings; and the result is + always the opposite of what you expect. If you are polite enough in your + manner and courteous in your tone there are many people whom you may abuse + outright, and yet run no immediate risk of offending them. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. — WORLDLY FORTUNE.— + </h2> + <p> + SECTION 47. + </p> + <p> + However varied the forms that human destiny may take, the same elements + are always present; and so life is everywhere much of a piece, whether it + passed in the cottage or in the palace, in the barrack or in the cloister. + Alter the circumstance as much as you please! point to strange adventures, + successes, failures! life is like a sweet-shop, where there is a great + variety of things, odd in shape and diverse in color—one and all + made from the same paste. And when men speak of some one's success, the + lot of the man who has failed is not so very different as it seems. The + inequalities in the world are like the combinations in a kaleidoscope; at + every turn a fresh picture strikes the eye; and yet, in reality, you see + only the same bits of glass as you saw before. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0051" id="link2H_4_0051"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, that there are three + </h2> + <p> + great powers in the world; Sagacity, Strength<i>, and </i>Luck<i>,—[Greek: + sunetos, kratos, tuchu.] I think the last is the most efficacious. </i> + </p> + <p> + A man's life is like the voyage of a ship, where luck—secunda aut + adversa fortuna<i>—acts the part of the wind, and speeds the vessel + on its way or drives it far out of its course. All that the man can do for + himself is of little avail; like the rudder, which, if worked hard and + continuously, may help in the navigation of the ship; and yet all may be + lost again by a sudden squall. But if the wind is only in the right + quarter, the ship will sail on so as not to need any steering. The power + of luck is nowhere better expressed than in a certain Spanish proverb: + </i>Da Ventura a tu hijo, y echa lo en el mar<i>—give your son luck + and throw him into the sea. </i> + </p> + <p> + Still, chance, it may be said, is a malignant power, and as little as + possible should be left to its agency. And yet where is there any giver + who, in dispensing gifts, tells us quite clearly that we have no right to + them, and that we owe them not to any merit on our part, but wholly to the + goodness and grace of the giver—at the same time allowing us to + cherish the joyful hope of receiving, in all humility, further undeserved + gifts from the same hands—where is there any giver like that, unless + it be Chance<i>? who understands the kingly art of showing the recipient + that all merit is powerless and unavailing against the royal grace and + favor. </i> + </p> + <p> + On looking back over the course of his life,—that labyrinthine way + of error<i>,—a man must see many points where luck failed him and + misfortune came; and then it is easy to carry self-reproach to an unjust + excess. For the course of a man's life is in no wise entirely of his own + making; it is the product of two factors—the series of things that + happened, and his own resolves in regard to them, and these two are + constantly interacting upon and modifying each other. And besides these, + another influence is at work in the very limited extent of a man's + horizon, whether it is that he cannot see very far ahead in respect of the + plans he will adopt, or that he is still less able to predict the course + of future events: his knowledge is strictly confined to present plans and + present events. Hence, as long as a man's goal is far off, he cannot steer + straight for it; he must be content to make a course that is approximately + right; and in following the direction in which he thinks he ought to go, + he will often have occasion to tack. </i> + </p> + <p> + All that a man can do is to form such resolves as from time to time accord + with the circumstances in which he is placed, in the hope of thus managing + to advance a step nearer towards the final goal. It is usually the case + that the position in which we stand, and the object at which we aim, + resemble two tendencies working with dissimilar strength in different + directions; and the course of our life is represented by their diagonal, + or resultant force. + </p> + <p> + Terence makes the remark that life is like a game at dice, where if the + number that turns up is not precisely the one you want, you can still + contrive to use it equally:—in vita est hominum quasi cum ludas + tesseris; si illud quod maxime opus est jactu non cadit, illud quod + cecidit forte, id arte ut corrigas<i>.<a href="#linknote-45" + name="linknoteref-45" id="noteref-45"><small>45</small></a> Or, to put the + matter more shortly, life is a game of cards, when the cards are shuffled + and dealt by fate. But for my present purpose, the most suitable simile + would be that of a game of chess, where the plan we determined to follow + is conditioned by the play of our rival,—in life, by the caprice of + fate. We are compelled to modify our tactics, often to such an extent + that, as we carry them out, hardly a single feature of the original plan + can be recognized. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-45" id="note-45"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 45 (<a href="#linknoteref-45">return</a>)<br /> [ He seems to have been + referring to a game something like backgammon.] + </p> + <p> + But above and beyond all this, there is another influence that makes + itself felt in our lives. It is a trite saying—only too frequently + true—that we are often more foolish than we think. On the other + hand, we are often wiser than we fancy ourselves to be. This, however, is + a discovery which only those can make, of whom it is really true; and it + takes them a long time to make it. Our brains are not the wisest part of + us. In the great moments of life, when a man decides upon an important + step, his action is directed not so much by any clear knowledge of the + right thing to do, as by an inner impulse—you may almost call it an + instinct—proceeding from the deepest foundations of his being. If, + later on, he attempts to criticise his action by the light of hard and + fast ideas of what is right in the abstract—those unprofitable ideas + which are learnt by rote, or, it may be, borrowed from other people; if he + begins to apply general rules, the principles which have guided others, to + his own case, without sufficiently weighing the maxim that one man's meat + is another's poison, then he will run great risk of doing himself an + injustice. The result will show where the right course lay. It is only + when a man has reached the happy age of wisdom that he is capable of just + judgment in regard either to his own actions or to those of others. + </p> + <p> + It may be that this impulse or instinct is the unconscious effect of a + kind of prophetic dream which is forgotten when we awake—lending our + life a uniformity of tone, a dramatic unity, such as could never result + from the unstable moments of consciousness, when we are so easily led into + error, so liable to strike a false note. It is in virtue of some such + prophetic dream that a man feels himself called to great achievements in a + special sphere, and works in that direction from his youth up out of an + inner and secret feeling that that is his true path, just as by a similar + instinct the bee is led to build up its cells in the comb. This is the + impulse which Balthazar Gracian calls la gran sindéresis<i><a + href="#linknote-46" name="linknoteref-46" id="noteref-46"><small>46</small></a>—the + great power of moral discernment: it is something that a man instinctively + feels to be his salvation without which he were lost. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-46" id="note-46"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 46 (<a href="#linknoteref-46">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—This + obscure word appears to be derived from the Greek </i>sugtaereo<i> (N.T. + and Polyb.) meaning "to observe strictly." It occurs in </i>The Doctor and + Student<i>, a series of dialogues between a doctor of divinity and a + student on the laws of England, first published in 1518; and is there + (Dialog. I. ch. 13) explained as "a natural power of the soule, set in the + highest part thereof, moving and stirring it to good, and abhoring evil." + This passage is copied into Milton's Commonplace Book, edit. </i>Horwood<i>, + § 79. The word is also found in the Dictionary of the Spanish Academy + (vol. vi. of the year 1739) in the sense of an innate discernment of moral + principles, where a quotation is given from Madre Maria de Jesus, abbess + of the convent of the Conception at Agreda, a mystical writer of the + seventeenth century, frequently consulted by Philip IV.,—and again + in the Bolognese Dictionary of 1824, with a similar meaning, illustrated + from the writings of Salvini (1653-1729). For these references I am + indebted to the kindness of Mr. Norman Maccoll.] </i> + </p> + <p> + To act in accordance with abstract principles is a difficult matter, and a + great deal of practice will be required before you can be even + occasionally successful; it of tens happens that the principles do not fit + in with your particular case. But every man has certain innate concrete + principles<i>—a part, as it were, of the very blood that flows in + his veins, the sum or result, in fact, of all his thoughts, feelings and + volitions. Usually he has no knowledge of them in any abstract form; it is + only when he looks back upon the course his life has taken, that he + becomes aware of having been always led on by them—as though they + formed an invisible clue which he had followed unawares. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0052" id="link2H_4_0052"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and that all things are + </h2> + <p> + in their nature fleeting—these are truths that should never be + forgotten. Hence, in whatever case you may be, it is well to picture to + yourself the opposite: in prosperity, to be mindful of misfortune; in + friendship, of enmity; in good weather, of days when the sky is overcast; + in love, of hatred; in moments of trust, to imagine the betrayal that will + make you regret your confidence; and so, too, when you are in evil plight, + to have a lively sense of happier times—what a lasting source of + true worldly wisdom were there! We should then always reflect, and not be + so very easily deceived; because, in general, we should anticipate the + very changes that the years will bring. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps in no form of knowledge is personal experience so indispensable as + in learning to see that all things are unstable and transitory in this + world. There is nothing that, in its own place and for the time it lasts, + is not a product of necessity, and therefore capable of being fully + justified; and it is this fact that makes circumstances of every year, + every month, even of every day, seem as though they might maintain their + right to last to all eternity. But we know that this can never be the + case, and that in a world where all is fleeting, change alone endures. He + is a prudent man who is not only undeceived by apparent stability, but is + able to forecast the lines upon which movement will take place.<a + href="#linknote-47" name="linknoteref-47" id="noteref-47"><small>47</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-47" id="note-47"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 47 (<a href="#linknoteref-47">return</a>)<br /> [ Chance<i> plays so great + a part in all human affairs that when a man tries to ward off a remote + danger by present sacrifice, the danger often vanishes under some new and + unforeseen development of events; and then the sacrifice, in addition to + being a complete loss, brings about such an altered state of things as to + be in itself a source of positive danger in the face of this new + development. In taking measures of precaution, then, it is well not to + look too far ahead, but to reckon with chance; and often to oppose a + courageous front to a danger, in the hope that, like many a dark + thunder-cloud, it may pass away without breaking.] </i> + </p> + <p> + But people generally think that present circumstances will last, and that + matters will go on in the future as they have clone in the past. Their + mistakes arises from the fact that they do not understand the cause of the + things they see—causes which, unlike the effects they produce, + contain in themselves the germ of future change. The effects are all that + people know, and they hold fast to them on the supposition that those + unknown causes, which were sufficient to bring them about, will also be + able to maintain them as they are. This is a very common error; and the + fact that it is common is not without its advantage, for it means that + people always err in unison; and hence the calamity which results from the + error affects all alike, and is therefore easy to bear; whereas, if a + philosopher makes a mistake, he is alone in his error, and so at a double + disadvantage.<a href="#linknote-48" name="linknoteref-48" id="noteref-48"><small>48</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-48" id="note-48"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 48 (<a href="#linknoteref-48">return</a>)<br /> [ I may remark, + parenthetically, that all this is a confirmation of the principle laid + down in Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung<i> (Bk. I. p. 94: 4th edit.), + that error always consists in making </i>a wrong inference<i>, that is, in + ascribing a given effect to something that did not cause it.] </i> + </p> + <p> + But in saying that we should anticipate the effects of time, I mean that + we should mentally forecast what they are likely to be; I do not mean that + we should practically forestall them, by demanding the immediate + performance of promises which time alone can fulfill. The man who makes + his demand will find out that there is no worse or more exacting usurer + than Time; and that, if you compel Time to give money in advance, you will + have to pay a rate of interest more ruinous than any Jew would require. It + is possible, for instance, to make a tree burst forth into leaf, blossom, + or even bear fruit within a few days, by the application of unslaked lime + and artificial heat; but after that the tree will wither away. So a young + man may abuse his strength—it may be only for a few weeks—by + trying to do at nineteen what he could easily manage at thirty, and Time + may give him the loan for which he asks; but the interest he will have to + pay comes out of the strength of his later years; nay, it is part of his + very life itself. + </p> + <p> + There are some kinds of illness in which entire restoration to health is + possible only by letting the complaint run its natural course; after which + it disappears without leaving any trace of its existence. But if the + sufferer is very impatient, and, while he is still affected, insists that + he is completely well, in this case, too, Time will grant the loan, and + the complaint may be shaken off; but life-long weakness and chronic + mischief will be the interest paid upon it. + </p> + <p> + Again, in time of war or general disturbance, a man may require ready + money at once, and have to sell out his investments in land or consols for + a third or even a still smaller fraction of the sum he would have received + from them, if he could have waited for the market to right itself, which + would have happened in due course; but he compels Time to grant him a + loan, and his loss is the interest he has to pay. Or perhaps he wants to + go on a long journey and requires the money: in one or two years he could + lay by a sufficient sum out of his income, but he cannot afford to wait; + and so he either borrows it or deducts it from his capital; in other + words, he gets Time to lend him the money in advance. The interest he pays + is a disordered state of his accounts, and permanent and increasing + deficits, which he can never make good. + </p> + <p> + Such is Time's usury; and all who cannot wait are its victims. There is no + more thriftless proceeding than to try and mend the measured pace of Time. + Be careful, then, not to become its debtor. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0053" id="link2H_4_0053"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you will have very many + </h2> + <p> + opportunities of recognizing a characteristic difference between ordinary + people of prudence and discretion. In estimating the possibility of danger + in connection with any undertaking, an ordinary man will confine his + inquiries to the kind of risk that has already attended such undertakings + in the past; whereas a prudent person will look ahead, and consider + everything that might possibly happen in the future, having regard to a + certain Spanish maxim: lo que no acaece en un ano, acaece en un rato<i>—a + thing may not happen in a year, and yet may happen within two minutes. + </i> + </p> + <p> + The difference in question is, of course, quite natural; for it requires + some amount of discernment to calculate possibilities; but a man need only + have his senses about him to see what has already happened. + </p> + <p> + Do not omit to sacrifice to evil spirits. What I mean is, that a man + should not hesitate about spending time, trouble, and money, or giving up + his comfort, or restricting his aims and denying himself, if he can + thereby shut the door on the possibility of misfortune. The most terrible + misfortunes are also the most improbable and remote—the least likely + to occur. The rule I am giving is best exemplified in the practice of + insurance,—a public sacrifice made on the altar of anxiety. + Therefore take out your policy of insurance! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0054" id="link2H_4_0054"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not give way to great + </h2> + <p> + rejoicings or great lamentations; partly because all things are full of + change, and your fortune may turn at any moment; partly because men are so + apt to be deceived in their judgment as to what is good or bad for them. + </p> + <p> + Almost every one in his turn has lamented over something which afterwards + turned out to be the very best thing for him that could have happened—or + rejoiced at an event which became the source of his greatest sufferings. + The right state of mind has been finely portrayed by Shakespeare: + </p> + <p> + I have felt so many quirks of joy and grief That the first face of + neither, on the start, Can woman me unto't<i>.<a href="#linknote-49" + name="linknoteref-49" id="noteref-49"><small>49</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-49" id="note-49"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 49 (<a href="#linknoteref-49">return</a>)<br /> [ All's Well that Ends + Well, Act. ii. Sc. 2<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + And, in general, it may be said that, if a man takes misfortunes quietly, + it is because he knows that very many dreadful things may happen in the + course of life; and so he looks upon the trouble of the moment as only a + very small part of that which might come. This is the Stoic temper—never + to be unmindful of the sad fate of humanity—condicionis humanoe + oblitus<i>; but always to remember that our existence is full of woe and + misery: and that the ills to which we are exposed are innumerable. + Wherever he be, a man need only cast a look around, to revive the sense of + human misery: there before his eyes he can see mankind struggling and + floundering in torment,—all for the sake of a wretched existence, + barren and unprofitable! </i> + </p> + <p> + If he remembers this, a man will not expect very much from life, but learn + to accommodate himself to a world where all is relative and no perfect + state exists;—always looking misfortune in the face, and if he + cannot avoid it, meeting it with courage. + </p> + <p> + It should never be forgotten that misfortune, be it great or small, is the + element in which we live. But that is no reason why a man should indulge + in fretful complaints, and, like Beresford,<a href="#linknote-50" + name="linknoteref-50" id="noteref-50"><small>50</small></a> pull a long + face over the Miseries of Human Life<i>,—and not a single hour is + free from them; or still less, call upon the Deity at every flea-bite—</i>in + pulicis morsu Deum invocare<i>. Our aim should be to look well about us, + to ward off misfortune by going to meet it, to attain such perfection and + refinement in averting the disagreeable things of life,—whether they + come from our fellow-men or from the physical world,—that, like a + clever fox, we may slip out of the way of every mishap, great or small; + remembering that a mishap is generally only our own awkwardness in + disguise. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-50" id="note-50"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 50 (<a href="#linknoteref-50">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Rev. + James Beresford (1764-1840), miscellaneous writer. The full title of this, + his chief work, is "The Miseries of Human Life; or the last groans of + Timothy Testy and Samuel Sensitive, with a few supplementary sighs from + Mrs. Testy."] </i> + </p> + <p> + The main reason why misfortune falls less heavily upon us, if we have + looked upon its occurrence as not impossible, and, as the saying is, + prepared ourselves for it, may be this: if, before this misfortune comes, + we have quietly thought over it as something which may or may not happen, + the whole of its extent and range is known to us, and we can, at least, + determine how far it will affect us; so that, if it really arrives, it + does not depress us unduly—its weight is not felt to be greater than + it actually is. But if no preparation has been made to meet it, and it + comes unexpectedly, the mind is in a state of terror for the moment and + unable to measure the full extent of the calamity; it seems so + far-reaching in its effects that the victim might well think there was no + limit to them; in any case, its range is exaggerated. In the same way, + darkness and uncertainty always increase the sense of danger. And, of + course, if we have thought over the possibility of misfortune, we have + also at the same time considered the sources to which we shall look for + help and consolation; or, at any rate, we have accustomed ourselves to the + idea of it. + </p> + <p> + There is nothing that better fits us to endure the misfortunes of life + with composure, than to know for certain that everything that happens—from + the smallest up to the greatest facts of existence—happens of + necessity.<i><a href="#linknote-51" name="linknoteref-51" id="noteref-51"><small>51</small></a> + A man soon accommodates himself to the inevitable—to something that + must be; and if he knows that nothing can happen except of necessity, he + will see that things cannot be other that they are, and that even the + strangest chances in the world are just as much a product of necessity as + phenomena which obey well-known rules and turn out exactly in accordance + with expectation. Let me here refer to what I have said elsewhere on the + soothing effect of the knowledge that all things are inevitable and a + product of necessity.<a href="#linknote-52" name="linknoteref-52" + id="noteref-52"><small>52</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-51" id="note-51"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 51 (<a href="#linknoteref-51">return</a>)<br /> [ This is a truth which I + have firmly established in my prize-essay on the Freedom of the Will<i>, + where the reader will find a detailed explanation of the grounds on which + it rests. Cf. especially p. 60. [Schopenhauer's Works, 4th Edit., vol. iv.—</i>Tr<i>.]] + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-52" id="note-52"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 52 (<a href="#linknoteref-52">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. I. p. 361 (4th edit.).] </i> + </p> + <p> + If a man is steeped in the knowledge of this truth, he will, first of all, + do what he can, and then readily endure what he must. + </p> + <p> + We may regard the petty vexations of life that are constantly happening, + as designed to keep us in practice for bearing great misfortunes, so that + we may not become completely enervated by a career of prosperity. A man + should be as Siegfried, armed cap-à-pie<i>, towards the small troubles of + every day—those little differences we have with our fellow-men, + insignificant disputes, unbecoming conduct in other people, petty gossip, + and many other similar annoyances of life; he should not feel them at all, + much less take them to heart and brood over them, but hold them at arm's + length and push them out of his way, like stones that lie in the road, and + upon no account think about them and give them a place in his reflections. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0055" id="link2H_4_0055"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 52. What people commonly call Fate<i> is, as a general rule, </i> + </h2> + <p> + nothing but their own stupid and foolish conduct. There is a fine passage + in Homer,<a href="#linknote-53" name="linknoteref-53" id="noteref-53"><small>53</small></a> + illustrating the truth of this remark, where the poet praises [GREEK: + maetis]—shrewd council; and his advice is worthy of all attention. + For if wickedness is atoned for only in another world, stupidity gets its + reward here—although, now and then, mercy may be shown to the + offender. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-53" id="note-53"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 53 (<a href="#linknoteref-53">return</a>)<br /> [ Iliad<i>, xxiii. 313, + sqq.] </i> + </p> + <p> + It is not ferocity but cunning that strikes fear into the heart and + forebodes danger; so true it is that the human brain is a more terrible + weapon than the lion's paw. + </p> + <p> + The most finished man of the world would be one who was never irresolute + and never in a hurry. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0056" id="link2H_4_0056"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SECTION 53. Courage<i> comes next to prudence as a quality of mind very + </i> + </h2> + <p> + essential to happiness. It is quite true that no one can endow himself + with either, since a man inherits prudence from his mother and courage + from his father; still, if he has these qualities, he can do much to + develop them by means of resolute exercise. + </p> + <p> + In this world, where the game is played with loaded dice<i>, a man must + have a temper of iron, with armor proof to the blows of fate, and weapons + to make his way against men. Life is one long battle; we have to fight at + every step; and Voltaire very rightly says that if we succeed, it is at + the point of the sword, and that we die with the weapon in our hand—on + </i>ne réussit dans ce monde qua la pointe de l'épee, et on meurt les + armes à la main<i>. It is a cowardly soul that shrinks or grows faint and + despondent as soon as the storm begins to gather, or even when the first + cloud appears on the horizon. Our motto should be </i>No Surrender<i>; and + far from yielding to the ills of life, let us take fresh courage from + misfortune:— </i> + </p> + <p> + Tu ne cede malis sed contra audentior ito<i>.<a href="#linknote-54" + name="linknoteref-54" id="noteref-54"><small>54</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-54" id="note-54"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 54 (<a href="#linknoteref-54">return</a>)<br /> [ Virgil, Aeneid<i>, vi. + 95.] </i> + </p> + <p> + As long as the issue of any matter fraught with peril is still in doubt, + and there is yet some possibility left that all may come right, no one + should ever tremble or think of anything but resistance,—just as a + man should not despair of the weather if he can see a bit of blue sky + anywhere. Let our attitude be such that we should not quake even if the + world fell in ruins about us:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Si fractus illabatur orbis + Impavidum ferient ruinae<i>.<a href="#linknote-55" name="linknoteref-55" + id="noteref-55">55</a> +</i></pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-55" id="note-55"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 55 (<a href="#linknoteref-55">return</a>)<br /> [ Horace, Odes iii. 3.] + </p> + <p> + Our whole life itself—let alone its blessings—would not be + worth such a cowardly trembling and shrinking of the heart. Therefore, let + us face life courageously and show a firm front to every ill:— + </p> + <p> + Quocirca vivite fortes Fortiaque adversis opponite pectora rebus<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + Still, it is possible for courage to be carried to an excess and to + degenerate into rashness. It may even be said that some amount of fear is + necessary, if we are to exist at all in the world, and cowardice is only + the exaggerated form of it. This truth has been very well expressed by + Bacon, in his account of Terror Panicus<i>; and the etymological account + which he gives of its meaning, is very superior to the ancient explanation + preserved for us by Plutarch.<a href="#linknote-56" name="linknoteref-56" + id="noteref-56"><small>56</small></a> He connects the expression with </i>Pan<i> + the personification of Nature;<a href="#linknote-57" name="linknoteref-57" + id="noteref-57"><small>57</small></a> and observes that fear is innate in + every living thing, and, in fact, tends to its preservation, but that it + is apt to come into play without due cause, and that man is especially + exposed to it. The chief feature of this </i>Panie Terror<i> is that there + is no clear notion of any definite danger bound up with it; that it + presumes rather than knows that danger exists; and that, in case of need, + it pleads fright itself as the reason for being afraid. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-56" id="note-56"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 56 (<a href="#linknoteref-56">return</a>)<br /> [ De Iside et Osiride<i> + ch. 14.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-57" id="note-57"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 57 (<a href="#linknoteref-57">return</a>)<br /> [ De Sapientia Veterum<i>, + C. 6. </i>Natura enim rerum omnibus viventibus indidit mentum ac + formidinem, vitae atque essentiae suae conservatricem, ac mala ingruentia + vitantem et depellentem. Verumtamen eaden natura modum tenere nescia est: + sed timoribus salutaribus semper vanos et innanes admiscet; adeo ut omnia + (si intus conspici darentur) Panicis terroribus plenissima sint praesertim + humana<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. — THE AGES OF LIFE. + </h2> + <p> + There is a very fine saying of Voltaire's to the effect that every age of + life has its own peculiar mental character, and that a man will feel + completely unhappy if his mind is not in accordance with his years:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Qui n'a pas l'esprit de son âge, + De son âge atout le malheur<i>. +</i></pre> + <p> + It will, therefore, be a fitting close to our speculations upon the nature + of happiness, if we glance at the chances which the various periods of + life produce in us. + </p> + <p> + Our whole life long it is the present<i>, and the present alone, that we + actually possess: the only difference is that at the beginning of life we + look forward to a long future, and that towards the end we look back upon + a long past; also that our temperament, but not our character, undergoes + certain well-known changes, which make </i>the present<i> wear a different + color at each period of life. </i> + </p> + <p> + I have elsewhere stated that in childhood we are more given to using our + intellect<i> than our </i>will<i>; and I have explained why this is so.<a + href="#linknote-58" name="linknoteref-58" id="noteref-58"><small>58</small></a> + It is just for this reason that the first quarter of life is so happy: as + we look back upon it in after years, it seems a sort of lost paradise. In + childhood our relations with others are limited, our wants are few,—in + a word, there is little stimulus for the will; and so our chief concern is + the extension of our knowledge. The intellect—like the brain, which + attains its full size in the seventh year,<a href="#linknote-59" + name="linknoteref-59" id="noteref-59"><small>59</small></a> is developed + early, though it takes time to mature; and it explores the whole world of + its surroundings in its constant search for nutriment: it is then that + existence is in itself an ever fresh delight, and all things sparkle with + the charm of novelty. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-58" id="note-58"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 58 (<a href="#linknoteref-58">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Schopenhauer + refers to </i>Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. c, 31, p. 451 + (4th edit.), where he explains that this is due to the fact that at that + period of life the brain and nervous system are much more developed than + any other part of the organism.] </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-59" id="note-59"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 59 (<a href="#linknoteref-59">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—This + statement is not quite correct. The weight of the brain increases rapidly + up to the seventh year, more slowly between the sixteenth and the + twentieth year, still more slowly till between thirty and forty years of + age, when it attains its maximum. At each decennial period after this, it + is supposed to decrease in weight on the average, an ounce for every ten + years.] </i> + </p> + <p> + This is why the years of childhood are like a long poem. For the function + of poetry, as of all art, is to grasp the Idea<i>—in the Platonic + sense; in other words, to apprehend a particular object in such a way as + to perceive its essential nature, the characteristics it has in common + with all other objects of the same kind; so that a single object appears + as the representative of a class, and the results of one experience hold + good for a thousand. </i> + </p> + <p> + It may be thought that my remarks are opposed to fact, and that the child + is never occupied with anything beyond the individual objects or events + which are presented to it from time to time, and then only in so far as + they interest and excite its will for the moment; but this is not really + the case. In those early years, life—in the full meaning of the + word, is something so new and fresh, and its sensations are so keen and + unblunted by repetition, that, in the midst of all its pursuits and + without any clear consciousness of what it is doing, the child is always + silently occupied in grasping the nature of life itself,—in arriving + at its fundamental character and general outline by means of separate + scenes and experiences; or, to use Spinoza's phraseology, the child is + learning to see the things and persons about it sub specie aeternitatis<i>,—as + particular manifestations of universal law. </i> + </p> + <p> + The younger we are, then, the more does every individual object represent + for us the whole class to which it belongs; but as the years increase, + this becomes less and less the case. That is the reason why youthful + impressions are so different from those of old age. And that it also why + the slight knowledge and experience gained in childhood and youth + afterwards come to stand as the permanent rubric, or heading, for all the + knowledge acquired in later life,—those early forms of knowledge + passing into categories, as it were, under which the results of subsequent + experience are classified; though a clear consciousness of what is being + done, does not always attend upon the process. + </p> + <p> + In this way the earliest years of a man's life lay the foundation of his + view of the world, whether it be shallow or deep; and although this view + may be extended and perfected later on, it is not materially altered. It + is an effect of this purely objective and therefore poetical view of the + world,—essential to the period of childhood and promoted by the as + yet undeveloped state of the volitional energy—that, as children, we + are concerned much more with the acquisition of pure knowledge than with + exercising the power of will. Hence that grave, fixed look observable in + so many children, of which Raphael makes such a happy use in his depiction + of cherubs, especially in the picture of the Sistine Madonna<i>. The years + of childhood are thus rendered so full of bliss that the memory of them is + always coupled with longing and regret. </i> + </p> + <p> + While we thus eagerly apply ourselves to learning the outward aspect of + things, as the primitive method of understanding the objects about us, + education aims at instilling into us ideas<i>. But ideas furnish no + information as to the real and essential nature of objects, which, as the + foundation and true content of all knowledge, can be reached only by the + process called </i>intuition<i>. This is a kind of knowledge which can in + no wise be instilled into us from without; we must arrive at it by and for + ourselves. </i> + </p> + <p> + Hence a man's intellectual as well as his moral qualities proceed from the + depths of his own nature, and are not the result of external influences; + and no educational scheme—of Pestalozzi, or of any one else—can + turn a born simpleton into a man of sense. The thing is impossible! He was + born a simpleton, and a simpleton he will die. + </p> + <p> + It is the depth and intensity of this early intuitive knowledge of the + external world that explain why the experiences of childhood take such a + firm hold on the memory. When we were young, we were completely absorbed + in our immediate surroundings; there was nothing to distract our attention + from them; we looked upon the objects about us as though they were the + only ones of their kind, as though, indeed, nothing else existed at all. + Later on, when we come to find out how many things there are in the world, + this primitive state of mind vanishes, and with it our patience. + </p> + <p> + I have said elsewhere<a href="#linknote-60" name="linknoteref-60" + id="noteref-60"><small>60</small></a> that the world, considered as object<i>,—in + other words, as it is </i>presented<i> to us objectively,—wears in + general a pleasing aspect; but that in the world, considered as </i>subject<i>,—that + is, in regard to its inner nature, which is </i>will<i>,—pain and + trouble predominate. I may be allowed to express the matter, briefly, + thus: </i>the world is glorious to look at, but dreadful in reality<i>. + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-60" id="note-60"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 60 (<a href="#linknoteref-60">return</a>)<br /> [ Die Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. c. 31, p. 426-7 (4th Edit.), to which the reader + is referred for a detailed explanation of my meaning.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, we find that, in the years of childhood, the world is much + better known to us on its outer or objective side, namely, as the + presentation of will, than on the side of its inner nature, namely, as the + will itself. Since the objective side wears a pleasing aspect, and the + inner or subjective side, with its tale of horror, remains as yet unknown, + the youth, as his intelligence develops, takes all the forms of beauty + that he sees, in nature and in art, for so many objects of blissful + existence; they are so beautiful to the outward eye that, on their inner + side, they must, he thinks, be much more beautiful still. So the world + lies before him like another Eden; and this is the Arcadia in which we are + all born. + </p> + <p> + A little later, this state of mind gives birth to a thirst for real life—the + impulse to do and suffer—which drives a man forth into the + hurly-burly of the world. There he learns the other side of existence—the + inner side, the will, which is thwarted at every step. Then comes the + great period of disillusion, a period of very gradual growth; but once it + has fairly begun, a man will tell you that he has got over all his false + notions—l'âge des illusions est passé<i>; and yet the process is + only beginning, and it goes on extending its sway and applying more and + more to the whole of life. </i> + </p> + <p> + So it may be said that in childhood, life looks like the scenery in a + theatre, as you view it from a distance; and that in old age it is like + the same scenery when you come up quite close to it. + </p> + <p> + And, lastly, there is another circumstance that contributes to the + happiness of childhood. As spring commences, the young leaves on the trees + are similar in color and much the same in shape; and in the first years of + life we all resemble one another and harmonize very well. But with puberty + divergence begins; and, like the radii of a circle, we go further and + further apart. + </p> + <p> + The period of youth, which forms the remainder of this earlier half of our + existence—and how many advantages it has over the later half!—is + troubled and made miserable by the pursuit of happiness, as though there + were no doubt that it can be met with somewhere in life,—a hope that + always ends in failure and leads to discontent. An illusory image of some + vague future bliss—born of a dream and shaped by fancy—floats + before our eyes; and we search for the reality in vain. So it is that the + young man is generally dissatisfied with the position in which he finds + himself, whatever it may be; he ascribes his disappointment solely to the + state of things that meets him on his first introduction to life, when he + had expected something very different; whereas it is only the vanity and + wretchedness of human life everywhere that he is now for the first time + experiencing. + </p> + <p> + It would be a great advantage to a young man if his early training could + eradicate the idea that the world has a great deal to offer him. But the + usual result of education is to strengthen this delusion; and our first + ideas of life are generally taken from fiction rather than from fact. + </p> + <p> + In the bright dawn of our youthful days, the poetry of life spreads out a + gorgeous vision before us, and we torture ourselves by longing to see it + realized. We might as well wish to grasp the rainbow! The youth expects + his career to be like an interesting romance; and there lies the germ of + that disappointment which I have been describing.<a href="#linknote-61" + name="linknoteref-61" id="noteref-61"><small>61</small></a> What lends a + charm to all these visions is just the fact that they are visionary and + not real, and that in contemplating them we are in the sphere of pure + knowledge, which is sufficient in itself and free from the noise and + struggle of life. To try and realize those visions is to make them an + object of will<i>—a process which always involves pain.<a + href="#linknote-62" name="linknoteref-62" id="noteref-62"><small>62</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-61" id="note-61"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 61 (<a href="#linknoteref-61">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. loc. cit., p. 428.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-62" id="note-62"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 62 (<a href="#linknoteref-62">return</a>)<br /> [ Let me refer the reader, + if he is interested in the subject, to the volume already cited, chapter + 37.] + </p> + <p> + If the chief feature of the earlier half of life is a never-satisfied + longing after happiness, the later half is characterized by the dread of + misfortune. For, as we advance in years, it becomes in a greater or less + degree clear that all happiness is chimerical in its nature, and that pain + alone is real. Accordingly, in later years, we, or, at least, the more + prudent amongst us, are more intent upon eliminating what is painful from + our lives and making our position secure, than on the pursuit of positive + pleasure. I may observe, by the way, that in old age, we are better able + to prevent misfortunes from coming, and in youth better able to bear them + when they come. + </p> + <p> + In my young days, I was always pleased to hear a ring at my door: ah! + thought I, now for something pleasant. But in later life my feelings on + such occasions were rather akin to dismay than to pleasure: heaven help + me! thought I, what am I to do? A similar revulsion of feeling in regard + to the world of men takes place in all persons of any talent or + distinction. For that very reason they cannot be said properly to belong + to the world; in a greater or less degree, according to the extent of + their superiority, they stand alone. In their youth they have a sense of + being abandoned by the world; but later on, they feel as though they had + escaped it. The earlier feeling is an unpleasant one, and rests upon + ignorance; the second is pleasurable—for in the meantime they have + come to know what the world is. + </p> + <p> + The consequence of this is that, as compared with the earlier, the later + half of life, like the second part of a musical period, has less of + passionate longing and more restfulness about it. And why is this the case + Simply because, in youth, a man fancies that there is a prodigious amount + of happiness and pleasure to be had in the world, only that it is + difficult to come by it; whereas, when he becomes old, he knows that there + is nothing of the kind; he makes his mind completely at ease on the + matter, enjoys the present hour as well as he can, and even takes a + pleasure in trifles. + </p> + <p> + The chief result gained by experience of life is clearness of view<i>. + This is what distinguishes the man of mature age, and makes the world wear + such a different aspect from that which it presented in his youth or + boyhood. It is only then that he sees things quite plain, and takes them + for that which they really are: while in earlier years he saw a + phantom-world, put together out of the whims and crotchets of his own + mind, inherited prejudice and strange delusion: the real world was hidden + from him, or the vision of it distorted. The first thing that experience + finds to do is to free us from the phantoms of the brain—those false + notions that have been put into us in youth. </i> + </p> + <p> + To prevent their entrance at all would, of course, be the best form of + education, even though it were only negative in aim: but it would be a + task full of difficulty. At first the child's horizon would have to be + limited as much as possible, and yet within that limited sphere none but + clear and correct notions would have to be given; only after the child had + properly appreciated everything within it, might the sphere be gradually + enlarged; care being always taken that nothing was left obscure, or half + or wrongly understood. The consequence of this training would be that the + child's notions of men and things would always be limited and simple in + their character; but, on the other hand, they would be clear and correct, + and only need to be extended, not to be rectified. The same line might be + pursued on into the period of youth. This method of education would lay + special stress upon the prohibition of novel reading; and the place of + novels would be taken by suitable biographical literature—the life + of Franklin, for instance, or Moritz' Anton Reiser<i>.<a + href="#linknote-622" name="linknoteref-622" id="noteref-622_"><small>622</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-622" id="note-622_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 622 (<a href="#linknoteref-622">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—Moritz + was a miscellaneous writer of the last century (1757-93). His </i>Anton + Reiser<i>, composed in the form of a novel, is practically an + autobiography.] </i> + </p> + <p> + In our early days we fancy that the leading events in our life, and the + persons who are going to play an important part in it, will make their + entrance to the sound of drums and trumpets; but when, in old age, we look + back, we find that they all came in quite quietly, slipped in, as it were, + by the side-door, almost unnoticed. + </p> + <p> + From the point of view we have been taking up until now, life may be + compared to a piece of embroidery, of which, during the first half of his + time, a man gets a sight of the right side, and during the second half, of + the wrong. The wrong side is not so pretty as the right, but it is more + instructive; it shows the way in which the threads have been worked + together. + </p> + <p> + Intellectual superiority, even if it is of the highest kind, will not + secure for a man a preponderating place in conversation until after he is + forty years of age. For age and experience, though they can never be a + substitute for intellectual talent, may far outweigh it; and even in a + person of the meanest capacity, they give a certain counterpoise to the + power of an extremely intellectual man, so long as the latter is young. Of + course I allude here to personal superiority, not to the place a man may + gain by his works. + </p> + <p> + And on passing his fortieth year, any man of the slightest power of mind—any + man, that is, who has more than the sorry share of intellect with which + Nature has endowed five-sixths of mankind—will hardly fail to show + some trace of misanthropy. For, as is natural, he has by that time + inferred other people's character from an examination of his own; with the + result that he has been gradually disappointed to find that in the + qualities of the head or in those of the heart—and usually in both—he + reaches a level to which they do not attain; so he gladly avoids having + anything more to do with them. For it may be said, in general, that every + man will love or hate solitude—in other Words, his own society—just + in proportion as he is worth anything in himself. Kant has some remarks + upon this kind of misanthropy in his Critique of the Faculty of Judgment<i>.<a + href="#linknote-63" name="linknoteref-63" id="noteref-63"><small>63</small></a> + </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-63" id="note-63"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 63 (<a href="#linknoteref-63">return</a>)<br /> [ Kritik der Urtheilskraft<i>, + Part I, §29, Note ad fin.] </i> + </p> + <p> + In a young man, it is a bad sign, as well from an intellectual as from a + moral point of view, if he is precocious in understanding the ways of the + world, and in adapting himself to its pursuits; if he at once knows how to + deal with men, and enters upon life, as it were, fully prepared. It argues + a vulgar nature. On the other hand, to be surprised and astonished at the + way people act, and to be clumsy and cross-grained in having to do with + them, indicates a character of the nobler sort. + </p> + <p> + The cheerfulness and vivacity of youth are partly due to the fact that, + when we are ascending the hill of life, death is not visible: it lies down + at the bottom of the other side. But once we have crossed the top of the + hill, death comes in view—death—which, until then, was known + to us only by hearsay. This makes our spirits droop, for at the same time + we begin to feel that our vital powers are on the ebb. A grave seriousness + now takes the place of that early extravagance of spirit; and the change + is noticeable even in the expression of a man's face. As long as we are + young, people may tell us what they please! we look upon life as endless + and use our time recklessly; but the older we become, the more we practice + economy. For towards the close of life, every day we live gives us the + same kind of sensation as the criminal experiences at every step on his + way to be tried. + </p> + <p> + From the standpoint of youth, life seems to stretch away into an endless + future; from the standpoint of old age, to go back but a little way into + the past; so that, at the beginning, life presents us with a picture in + which the objects appear a great way off, as though we had reversed our + telescope; while in the end everything seems so close. To see how short + life is, a man must have grown old, that is to say, he must have lived + long. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, as the years increase, things look smaller, one and + all; and Life, which had so firm and stable a base in the days of our + youth, now seems nothing but a rapid flight of moments, every one of them + illusory: we have come to see that the whole world is vanity! + </p> + <p> + Time itself seems to go at a much slower pace when we are young; so that + not only is the first quarter of life the happiest, it is also the longest + of all; it leaves more memories behind it. If a man were put to it, he + could tell you more out of the first quarter of his life than out of two + of the remaining periods. Nay, in the spring of life, as in the spring of + the year, the days reach a length that is positively tiresome; but in the + autumn, whether of the year or of life, though they are short, they are + more genial and uniform. + </p> + <p> + But why is it that to an old man his past life appears so short? For this + reason: his memory is short; and so he fancies that his life has been + short too. He no longer remembers the insignificant parts of it, and much + that was unpleasant is now forgotten; how little, then, there is left! + For, in general, a man's memory is as imperfect as his intellect; and he + must make a practice of reflecting upon the lessons he has learned and the + events he has experienced, if he does not want them both to sink gradually + into the gulf of oblivion. Now, we are unaccustomed to reflect upon + matters of no importance, or, as a rule, upon things that we have found + disagreeable, and yet that is necessary if the memory of them is to be + preserved. But the class of things that may be called insignificant is + continually receiving fresh additions: much that wears an air of + importance at first, gradually becomes of no consequence at all from the + fact of its frequent repetition; so that in the end we actually lose count + of the number of times it happens. Hence we are better able to remember + the events of our early than of our later years. The longer we live, the + fewer are the things that we can call important or significant enough to + deserve further consideration, and by this alone can they be fixed in the + memory; in other words, they are forgotten as soon as they are past. Thus + it is that time runs on, leaving always fewer traces of its passage. + </p> + <p> + Further, if disagreeable things have happened to us, we do not care to + ruminate upon them, least of all when they touch our vanity, as is usually + the case; for few misfortunes fall upon us for which we can be held + entirely blameless. So people are very ready to forget many things that + are disagreeable, as well as many that are unimportant. + </p> + <p> + It is from this double cause that our memory is so short; and a man's + recollection of what has happened always becomes proportionately shorter, + the more things that have occupied him in life. The things we did in years + gone by, the events that happened long ago, are like those objects on the + coast which, to the seafarer on his outward voyage, become smaller every + minute, more unrecognizable and harder to distinguish. + </p> + <p> + Again, it sometimes happens that memory and imagination will call up some + long past scene as vividly as if it had occurred only yesterday; so that + the event in question seems to stand very near to the present time. The + reason of this is that it is impossible to call up all the intervening + period in the same vivid way, as there is no one figure pervading it which + can be taken in at a glance; and besides, most of the things that happened + in that period are forgotten, and all that remains of it is the general + knowledge that we have lived through it—a mere notion of abstract + existence, not a direct vision of some particular experience. It is this + that causes some single event of long ago to appear as though it took + place but yesterday: the intervening time vanishes, and the whole of life + looks incredibly short. Nay, there are occasional moments in old age when + we can scarcely believe that we are so advanced in years, or that the long + past lying behind us has had any real existence—a feeling which is + mainly due to the circumstance that the present always seems fixed and + immovable as we look at it. These and similar mental phenomena are + ultimately to be traced to the fact that it is not our nature in itself, + but only the outward presentation of it, that lies in time, and that the + present is the point of contact between the world as subject and the world + as object.<a href="#linknote-64" name="linknoteref-64" id="noteref-64"><small>64</small></a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-64" id="note-64"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 64 (<a href="#linknoteref-64">return</a>)<br /> [ Translator's Note<i>.—By + this remark Schopenhauer means that </i>will<i>, which, as he argues, + forms the inner reality underlying all the phenomena of life and nature, + is not in itself affected by time; but that, on the other hand, time is + necessary for the objectification of the will, for the will as presented + in the passing phenomena of the world. Time is thus definable as the + condition of change, and the present time as the only point of contact + between reality and appearance.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Again, why is it that in youth we can see no end to the years that seem to + lie before us? Because we are obliged to find room for all the things we + hope to attain in life. We cram the years so full of projects that if we + were to try and carry them all out, death would come prematurely though we + reached the age of Methuselah. + </p> + <p> + Another reason why life looks so long when we are young, is that we are + apt to measure its length by the few years we have already lived. In those + early years things are new to us, and so they appear important; we dwell + upon them after they have happened and often call them to mind; and thus + in youth life seems replete with incident, and therefore of long duration. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes we credit ourselves with a longing to be in some distant spot, + whereas, in truth, we are only longing to have the time back again which + we spent there—days when we were younger and fresher than we are + now. In those moments Time mocks us by wearing the mask of space; and if + we travel to the spot, we can see how much we have been deceived. + </p> + <p> + There are two ways of reaching a great age, both of which presuppose a + sound constitution as a conditio sine quâ non<i>. They may be illustrated + by two lamps, one of which burns a long time with very little oil, because + it has a very thin wick; and the other just as long, though it has a very + thick one, because there is plenty of oil to feed it. Here, the oil is the + vital energy, and the difference in the wick is the manifold way in which + the vital energy is used. </i> + </p> + <p> + Up to our thirty-sixth year, we may be compared, in respect of the way in + which we use our vital energy, to people who live on the interest of their + money: what they spend to-day, they have again to-morrow. But from the age + of thirty-six onwards, our position is like that of the investor who + begins to entrench upon his capital. At first he hardly notices any + difference at all, as the greater part of his expenses is covered by the + interest of his securities; and if the deficit is but slight, he pays no + attention to it. But the deficit goes on increasing, until he awakes to + the fact that it is becoming more serious every day: his position becomes + less and less secure, and he feels himself growing poorer and poorer, + while he has no expectation of this drain upon his resources coming to an + end. His fall from wealth to poverty becomes faster every moment—like + the fall of a solid body in space, until at last he has absolutely nothing + left. A man is truly in a woeful plight if both the terms of this + comparison—his vital energy and his wealth—really begin to + melt away at one and the same time. It is the dread of this calamity that + makes love of possession increase with age. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, at the beginning of life, in the years before we attain + majority, and for some little time afterwards—the state of our vital + energy puts us on a level with those who each year lay by a part of their + interest and add it to their capital: in other words, not only does their + interest come in regularly, but the capital is constantly receiving + additions. This happy condition of affairs is sometimes brought about—with + health as with money—under the watchful care of some honest + guardian. O happy youth, and sad old age! + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, a man should economize his strength even when he is young. + Aristotle<a href="#linknote-65" name="linknoteref-65" id="noteref-65"><small>65</small></a> + observes that amongst those who were victors at Olympia only two or three + gained a prize at two different periods, once in boyhood and then again + when they came to be men; and the reason of this was that the premature + efforts which the training involved, so completely exhausted their powers + that they failed to last on into manhood. As this is true of muscular, so + it is still more true of nervous energy, of which all intellectual + achievements are the manifestation. Hence, those infant prodigies—ingenia + praecoda<i>—the fruit of a hot-house education, who surprise us by + their cleverness as children, afterwards turn out very ordinary folk. Nay, + the manner in which boys are forced into an early acquaintance with the + ancient tongues may, perhaps, be to blame for the dullness and lack of + judgment which distinguish so many learned persons. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-65" id="note-65"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 65 (<a href="#linknoteref-65">return</a>)<br /> [ Politics<i>.] </i> + </p> + <p> + I have said that almost every man's character seems to be specially suited + to some one period of life, so that on reaching it the man is at his best. + Some people are charming so long as they are young, and afterwards there + is nothing attractive about them; others are vigorous and active in + manhood, and then lose all the value they possess as they advance in + years; many appear to best advantage in old age, when their character + assumes a gentler tone, as becomes men who have seen the world and take + life easily. This is often the case with the French. + </p> + <p> + This peculiarity must be due to the fact that the man's character has + something in it akin to the qualities of youth or manhood or old age—something + which accords with one or another of these periods of life, or perhaps + acts as a corrective to its special failings. + </p> + <p> + The mariner observes the progress he makes only by the way in which + objects on the coast fade away into the distance and apparently decrease + in size. In the same way a man becomes conscious that he is advancing in + years when he finds that people older than himself begin to seem young to + him. + </p> + <p> + It has already been remarked that the older a man becomes, the fewer are + the traces left in his mind by all that he sees, does or experiences, and + the cause of this has been explained. There is thus a sense in which it + may be said that it is only in youth that a man lives with a full degree + of consciousness, and that he is only half alive when he is old. As the + years advance, his consciousness of what goes on about him dwindles, and + the things of life hurry by without making any impression upon him, just + as none is made by a work of art seen for the thousandth time. A man does + what his hand finds to do, and afterwards he does not know whether he has + done it or not. + </p> + <p> + As life becomes more and more unconscious, the nearer it approaches the + point at which all consciousness ceases, the course of time itself seems + to increase in rapidity. In childhood all the things and circumstances of + life are novel; and that is sufficient to awake us to the full + consciousness of existence: hence, at that age, the day seems of such + immense length. The same thing happens when we are traveling: one month + seems longer then than four spent at home. Still, though time seems to + last longer when we are young or on a journey, the sense of novelty does + not prevent it from now and then in reality hanging heavily upon our hands + under both these circumstances, at any rate more than is the case when we + are old or staying at home. But the intellect gradually becomes so rubbed + down and blunted by long habituation to such impressions that things have + a constant tendency to produce less and less impression upon us as they + pass by; and this makes time seem increasingly less important, and + therefore shorter in duration: the hours of the boy are longer than the + days of the old man. Accordingly, time goes faster and faster the longer + we live, like a ball rolling down a hill. Or, to take another example: as + in a revolving disc, the further a point lies from the centre, the more + rapid is its rate of progression, so it is in the wheel of life; the + further you stand from the beginning, the faster time moves for you. Hence + it may be said that as far as concerns the immediate sensation that time + makes upon our minds, the length of any given year is in direct proportion + to the number of times it will divide our whole life: for instance, at the + age of fifty the year appears to us only one-tenth as long as it did at + the age of five. + </p> + <p> + This variation in the rate at which time appears to move, exercises a most + decided influence upon the whole nature of our existence at every period + of it. First of all, it causes childhood—even though it embrace only + a span of fifteen years—to seem the longest period of life, and + therefore the richest in reminiscences. Next, it brings it about that a + man is apt to be bored just in proportion as he is young. Consider, for + instance, that constant need of occupation—whether it is work or + play—that is shown by children: if they come to an end of both work + and play, a terrible feeling of boredom ensues. Even in youth people are + by no means free from this tendency, and dread the hours when they have + nothing to do. As manhood approaches, boredom disappears; and old men find + the time too short when their days fly past them like arrows from a bow. + Of course, I must be understood to speak of men<i>, not of decrepit </i>brutes<i>. + With this increased rapidity of time, boredom mostly passes away as we + advance in life; and as the passions with all their attendant pain are + then laid asleep, the burden of life is, on the whole, appreciably lighter + in later years than in youth, provided, of course, that health remains. So + it is that the period immediately preceding the weakness and troubles of + old age, receives the name of a man's </i>best years<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + That may be a true appellation, in view of the comfortable feeling which + those years bring; but for all that the years of youth, when our + consciousness is lively and open to every sort of impression, have this + privilege—that then the seeds are sown and the buds come forth; it + is the springtime of the mind. Deep truths may be perceived, but can never + be excogitated—that is to say, the first knowledge of them is + immediate, called forth by some momentary impression. This knowledge is of + such a kind as to be attainable only when the impressions are strong, + lively and deep; and if we are to be acquainted with deep truths, + everything depends upon a proper use of our early years. In later life, we + may be better able to work upon other people,—upon the world, + because our natures are then finished and rounded off, and no more a prey + to fresh views; but then the world is less able to work upon us. These are + the years of action and achievement; while youth is the time for forming + fundamental conceptions, and laying down the ground-work of thought. + </p> + <p> + In youth it is the outward aspect of things that most engages us; while in + age, thought or reflection is the predominating quality of the mind. + Hence, youth is the time for poetry, and age is more inclined to + philosophy. In practical affairs it is the same: a man shapes his + resolutions in youth more by the impression that the outward world makes + upon him; whereas, when he is old, it is thought that determines his + actions. This is partly to be explained by the fact that it is only when a + man is old that the results of outward observation are present in + sufficient numbers to allow of their being classified according to the + ideas they represent,—a process which in its turn causes those ideas + to be more fully understood in all their bearings, and the exact value and + amount of trust to be placed in them, fixed and determined; while at the + same time he has grown accustomed to the impressions produced by the + various phenomena of life, and their effects on him are no longer what + they were. Contrarily, in youth, the impressions that things make, that is + to say, the outward aspects of life, are so overpoweringly strong, + especially in the case of people of lively and imaginative disposition, + that they view the world like a picture; and their chief concern is the + figure they cut in it, the appearance they present; nay, they are unaware + of the extent to which this is the case. It is a quality of mind that + shows itself—if in no other way—in that personal vanity, and + that love of fine clothes, which distinguish young people. + </p> + <p> + There can be no doubt that the intellectual powers are most capable of + enduring great and sustained efforts in youth, up to the age of + thirty-five at latest; from which period their strength begins to decline, + though very gradually. Still, the later years of life, and even old age + itself, are not without their intellectual compensation. It is only then + that a man can be said to be really rich in experience or in learning; he + has then had time and opportunity enough to enable him to see and think + over life from all its sides; he has been able to compare one thing with + another, and to discover points of contact and connecting links, so that + only then are the true relations of things rightly understood. Further, in + old age there comes an increased depth in the knowledge that was acquired + in youth; a man has now many more illustrations of any ideas he may have + attained; things which he thought he knew when he was young, he now knows + in reality. And besides, his range of knowledge is wider; and in whatever + direction it extends, it is thorough, and therefore formed into a + consistent and connected whole; whereas in youth knowledge is always + defective and fragmentary. + </p> + <p> + A complete and adequate notion of life can never be attained by any one + who does not reach old age; for it is only the old man who sees life whole + and knows its natural course; it is only he who is acquainted—and + this is most important—not only with its entrance, like the rest of + mankind, but with its exit too; so that he alone has a full sense of its + utter vanity; whilst the others never cease to labor under the false + notion that everything will come right in the end. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, there is more conceptive power in youth, and at that + time of life a man can make more out of the little that he knows. In age, + judgment, penetration and thoroughness predominate. Youth is the time for + amassing the material for a knowledge of the world that shall be + distinctive and peculiar,—for an original view of life, in other + words, the legacy that a man of genius leaves to his fellow-men; it is, + however, only in later years that he becomes master of his material. + Accordingly it will be found that, as a rule, a great writer gives his + best work to the world when he is about fifty years of age. But though the + tree of knowledge must reach its full height before it can bear fruit, the + roots of it lie in youth. + </p> + <p> + Every generation, no matter how paltry its character, thinks itself much + wiser than the one immediately preceding it, let alone those that are more + remote. It is just the same with the different periods in a man's life; + and yet often, in the one case no less than in the other, it is a mistaken + opinion. In the years of physical growth, when our powers of mind and our + stores of knowledge are receiving daily additions, it becomes a habit for + to-day to look down with contempt upon yesterday. The habit strikes root, + and remains even after the intellectual powers have begun to decline,—when + to-day should rather look up with respect to yesterday. So it is that we + often unduly depreciate the achievements as well as the judgments of our + youth. This seems the place for making the general observation, that, + although in its main qualities a man's intellect<i> or </i>head<i>, as + well as his </i>character<i> or </i>heart<i>, is innate, yet the former is + by no means so unalterable in its nature as the latter. The fact is that + the intellect is subject to very many transformations, which, as a rule, + do not fail to make their actual appearance; and this is so, partly + because the intellect has a deep foundation in the physique, and partly + because the material with which it deals is given in experience. And so, + from a physical point of view, we find that if a man has any peculiar + power, it first gradually increases in strength until it reaches its acme, + after which it enters upon a path of slow decadence, until it ends in + imbecility. But, on the other hand, we must not lose sight of the fact + that the material which gives employment to a man's powers and keeps them + in activity,—the subject-matter of thought and knowledge, + experience, intellectual attainments, the practice of seeing to the bottom + of things, and so a perfect mental vision, form in themselves a mass which + continues to increase in size, until the time comes when weakness shows + itself, and the man's powers suddenly fail. The way in which these two + distinguishable elements combine in the same nature,—the one + absolutely unalterable, and the other subject to change in two directions + opposed to each other—explains the variety of mental attitude and + the dissimilarity of value which attach to a man at different periods of + life. </i> + </p> + <p> + The same truth may be more broadly expressed by saying that the first + forty years of life furnish the text, while the remaining thirty supply + the commentary; and that without the commentary we are unable to + understand aright the true sense and coherence of the text, together with + the moral it contains and all the subtle application of which it admits. + </p> + <p> + Towards the close of life, much the same thing happens as at the end of a + bal masqué<i>—the masks are taken off. Then you can see who the + people really are, with whom you have come into contact in your passage + through the world. For by the end of life characters have come out in + their true light, actions have borne fruit, achievements have been rightly + appreciated, and all shams have fallen to pieces. For this, Time was in + every case requisite. </i> + </p> + <p> + But the most curious fact is that it is also only towards the close of + life than a man really recognizes and understands his own true self,—the + aims and objects he has followed in life, more especially the kind of + relation in which he has stood to other people and to the world. It will + often happen that as a result of this knowledge, a man will have to assign + himself a lower place than he formerly thought was his due. But there are + exceptions to this rule; and it will occasionally be the case that he will + take a higher position than he had before. This will be owing to the fact + that he had no adequate notion of the baseness<i> of the world, and that + he set up a higher aim for himself than was followed by the rest of + mankind. </i> + </p> + <p> + The progress of life shows a man the stuff of which he is made. + </p> + <p> + It is customary to call youth the happy, and age the sad part of life. + This would be true if it were the passions that made a man happy. Youth is + swayed to and fro by them; and they give a great deal of pain and little + pleasure. In age the passions cool and leave a man at rest, and then + forthwith his mind takes a contemplative tone; the intellect is set free + and attains the upper hand. And since, in itself, intellect is beyond the + range of pain, and man feels happy just in so far as his intellect is the + predominating part of him. + </p> + <p> + It need only be remembered that all pleasure is negative, and that pain is + positive in its nature, in order to see that the passions can never be a + source of happiness, and that age is not the less to be envied on the + ground that many pleasures are denied it. For every sort of pleasure is + never anything more than the quietive of some need or longing; and that + pleasure should come to an end as soon as the need ceases, is no more a + subject of complaint than that a man cannot go on eating after he has had + his dinner, or fall asleep again after a good night's rest. + </p> + <p> + So far from youth being the happiest period of life, there is much more + truth in the remark made by Plato, at the beginning of the Republic<i>, + that the prize should rather be given to old age, because then at last a + man is freed from the animal passion which has hitherto never ceased to + disquiet him. Nay, it may even be said that the countless and manifold + humors which have their source in this passion, and the emotions that + spring from it, produce a mild state of madness; and this lasts as long as + the man is subject to the spell of the impulse—this evil spirit, as + it were, of which there is no riddance—so that he never really + becomes a reasonable being until the passion is extinguished. </i> + </p> + <p> + There is no doubt that, in general, and apart from individual + circumstances and particular dispositions, youth is marked by a certain + melancholy and sadness, while genial sentiments attach to old age; and the + reason for this is nothing but the fact that the young man is still under + the service, nay, the forced labor, imposed by that evil spirit, which + scarcely ever leaves him a moment to himself. To this source may be + traced, directly or indirectly, almost all and every ill that befalls or + menaces mankind. The old man is genial and cheerful because, after long + lying in the bonds of passion, he can now move about in freedom. + </p> + <p> + Still, it should not be forgotten that, when this passion is extinguished, + the true kernel of life is gone, and nothing remains but the hollow shell; + or, from another point of view, life then becomes like a comedy, which, + begun by real actors, is continued and brought to an end by automata + dressed in their clothes. + </p> + <p> + However that may be, youth is the period of unrest, and age of repose; and + from that very circumstance, the relative degree of pleasure belonging to + each may be inferred. The child stretches out its little hands in the + eager desire to seize all the pretty things that meet its sight, charmed + by the world because all its senses are still so young and fresh. Much the + same thing happens with the youth, and he displays greater energy in his + quest. He, too, is charmed by all the pretty things and the many pleasing + shapes that surround him; and forthwith his imagination conjures up + pleasures which the world can never realize. So he is filled with an + ardent desire for he knows not what delights—robbing him of all rest + and making happiness impossible. But when old age is reached, all this is + over and done with, partly because the blood runs cooler and the senses + are no longer so easily allured; partly because experience has shown the + true value of things and the futility of pleasure, whereby illusion has + been gradually dispelled, and the strange fancies and prejudices which + previously concealed or distorted a free and true view of the world, have + been dissipated and put to flight; with the result that a man can now get + a juster and clearer view, and see things as they are, and also in a + measure attain more or less insight into the nullity of all things on this + earth. + </p> + <p> + It is this that gives almost every old man, no matter how ordinary his + faculties may be, a certain tincture of wisdom, which distinguishes him + from the young. But the chief result of all this change is the peace of + mind that ensues—a great element in happiness, and, in fact, the + condition and essence of it. While the young man fancies that there is a + vast amount of good things in the world, if he could only come at them, + the old man is steeped in the truth of the Preacher's words, that all + things are vanity<i>—knowing that, however gilded the shell, the nut + is hollow. </i> + </p> + <p> + In these later years, and not before, a man comes to a true appreciation + of Horace's maxim: Nil admirari.<i> He is directly and sincerely convinced + of the vanity of everything and that all the glories of the world are as + nothing: his illusions are gone. He is no more beset with the idea that + there is any particular amount of happiness anywhere, in the palace or in + the cottage, any more than he himself enjoys when he is free from bodily + or mental pain. The worldly distinctions of great and small, high and low, + exist for him no longer; and in this blissful state of mind the old man + may look down with a smile upon all false notions. He is completely + undeceived, and knows that whatever may be done to adorn human life and + deck it out in finery, its paltry character will soon show through the + glitter of its surroundings; and that, paint and be jewel it as one may, + it remains everywhere much the same,—an existence which has no true + value except in freedom from pain, and is never to be estimated by the + presence of pleasure, let alone, then, of display.<a href="#linknote-66" + name="linknoteref-66" id="noteref-66"><small>66</small></a> </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-6" id="note-6_"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 66 (<a href="#linknoteref-66">return</a>)<br /> [ Cf. Horace, Epist<i>. I. + 12, I-4.] </i> + </p> + <p> + Disillusion is the chief characteristic of old age; for by that time the + fictions are gone which gave life its charm and spurred on the mind to + activity; the splendors of the world have been proved null and vain; its + pomp, grandeur and magnificence are faded. A man has then found out that + behind most of the things he wants, and most of the pleasures he longs + for, there is very little after all; and so he comes by degrees to see + that our existence is all empty and void. It is only when he is seventy + years old that he quite understands the first words of the Preacher; and + this again explains why it is that old men are sometimes fretful and + morose. + </p> + <p> + It is often said that the common lot of old age is disease and weariness + of life. Disease is by no means essential to old age; especially where a + really long span of years is to be attained; for as life goes on, the + conditions of health and disorder tend to increase—crescente vita, + crescit sanitas et morbus<i>. And as far as weariness or boredom is + concerned, I have stated above why old age is even less exposed to that + form of evil than youth. Nor is boredom by any means to be taken as a + necessary accompaniment of that solitude, which, for reasons that do not + require to be explained, old age certainly cannot escape; it is rather the + fate that awaits those who have never known any other pleasures but the + gratification of the senses and the delights of society—who have + left their minds unenlightened and their faculties unused. It is quite + true that the intellectual faculties decline with the approach of old age; + but where they were originally strong, there will always be enough left to + combat the onslaught of boredom. And then again, as I have said, + experience, knowledge, reflection, and skill in dealing with men, combine + to give an old man an increasingly accurate insight into the ways of the + world; his judgment becomes keen and he attains a coherent view of life: + his mental vision embraces a wider range. Constantly finding new uses for + his stores of knowledge and adding to them at every opportunity, he + maintains uninterrupted that inward process of self-education, which gives + employment and satisfaction to the mind, and thus forms the due reward of + all its efforts. </i> + </p> + <p> + All this serves in some measure as a compensation for decreased + intellectual power. And besides, Time, as I have remarked, seems to go + much more quickly when we are advanced in years; and this is in itself a + preventive of boredom. There is no great harm in the fact that a man's + bodily strength decreases in old age, unless, indeed, he requires it to + make a living. To be poor when one is old, is a great misfortune. If a man + is secure from that, and retains his health, old age may be a very + passable time of life. Its chief necessity is to be comfortable and well + off; and, in consequence, money is then prized more than ever, because it + is a substitute for failing strength. Deserted by Venus, the old man likes + to turn to Bacchus to make him merry. In the place of wanting to see + things, to travel and learn, comes the desire to speak and teach. It is a + piece of good fortune if the old man retains some of his love of study or + of music or of the theatre,—if, in general, he is still somewhat + susceptible to the things about him; as is, indeed, the case with some + people to a very late age. At that time of life, what a man has in himself<i> + is of greater advantage to him that ever it was before. </i> + </p> + <p> + There can be no doubt that most people who have never been anything but + dull and stupid, become more and more of automata as they grow old. They + have always thought, said and done the same things as their neighbors; and + nothing that happens now can change their disposition, or make them act + otherwise. To talk to old people of this kind is like writing on the sand; + if you produce any impression at all, it is gone almost immediately; old + age is here nothing but the caput mortuum<i> of life—all that is + essential to manhood is gone. There are cases in which nature supplies a + third set of teeth in old age, thereby apparently demonstrating the fact + that that period of life is a second childhood. </i> + </p> + <p> + It is certainly a very melancholy thing that all a man's faculties tend to + waste away as he grows old, and at a rate that increases in rapidity: but + still, this is a necessary, nay, a beneficial arrangement, as otherwise + death, for which it is a preparation, would be too hard to bear. So the + greatest boon that follows the attainment of extreme old age is euthanasia<i>,—an + easy death, not ushered in by disease, and free from all pain and + struggle.<a href="#linknote-1" name="linknoteref-1" id="noteref-1___"><small>1</small></a> + For let a man live as long as he may, he is never conscious of any moment + but the present, one and indivisible; and in those late years the mind + loses more every day by sheer forgetfulness than ever it gains anew. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-1" id="note-1__"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 1 (<a href="#linknoteref-1">return</a>)<br /> [ See Die Welt als Wille und + Vorstellung<i>, Bk. II. ch. 41, for a further description of this happy + end to life.] </i> + </p> + <p> + The main difference between youth and age will always be that youth looks + forward to life, and old age to death; and that while the one has a short + past and a long future before it, the case is just the opposite with the + other. It is quite true that when a man is old, to die is the only thing + that awaits him; while if he is young, he may expect to live; and the + question arises which of the two fates is the more hazardous, and if life + is not a matter which, on the whole, it is better to have behind one than + before? Does not the Preacher say: the day of death [is better] than the + day of one's birth<i>.<a href="#linknote-67" name="linknoteref-67" + id="noteref-67"><small>67</small></a> It is certainly a rash thing to wish + for long life;<a href="#linknote-68" name="linknoteref-68" id="noteref-68"><small>68</small></a> + for as the Spanish proverb has it, it means to see much evil,—</i>Quien + larga vida vive mucho mal vide<i>. </i> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-67" id="note-67"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 67 (<a href="#linknoteref-67">return</a>)<br /> [ Ecclesiastes vii. 1.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="linknote-68" id="note-68"> Note --></a> + </p> + <p class="foot"> + 68 (<a href="#linknoteref-68">return</a>)<br /> [ The life of man cannot, + strictly speaking, be called either long<i> or </i>short<i>, since it is + the ultimate standard by which duration of time in regard to all other + things is measured. </i> + </p> + <p> + In one of the Vedic Upanishads (Oupnekhat<i>, II.) </i>the natural length<i> + of human life is put down at one hundred years. And I believe this to be + right. I have observed, as a matter of fact, that it is only people who + exceed the age of ninety who attain </i>euthanasia<i>,—who die, that + is to say, of no disease, apoplexy or convulsion, and pass away without + agony of any sort; nay, who sometimes even show no pallor, but expire + generally in a sitting attitude, and often after a meal,—or, I may + say, simply cease to live rather than die. To come to one's end before the + age of ninety, means to die of disease, in other words, prematurely. </i> + </p> + <p> + Now the Old Testament (Psalms xc. 10) puts the limit of human life at + seventy, and if it is very long, at eighty years; and what is more + noticeable still, Herodotus (i. 32 and iii. 22) says the same thing. But + this is wrong; and the error is due simply to a rough and superficial + estimate of the results of daily experience. For if the natural length of + life were from seventy to eighty years, people would die, about that time, + of mere old age. Now this is certainly not the case. If they die then, + they die, like younger people, of disease<i>; and disease is something + abnormal. Therefore it is not natural to die at that age. It is only when + they are between ninety and a hundred that people die of old age; die, I + mean, without suffering from any disease, or showing any special signs of + their condition, such as a struggle, death-rattle, convulsion, pallor,—the + absence of all which constitutes </i>euthanasia<i>. The natural length of + human life is a hundred years; and in assigning that limit the Upanishads + are right once more.] </i> + </p> + <p> + A man's individual career is not, as Astrology wishes to make out, to be + predicted from observation of the planets; but the course of human life in + general, as far as the various periods of it are concerned, may be likened + to the succession of the planets: so that we may be said to pass under the + influence of each one of them in turn. + </p> + <p> + At ten, Mercury<i> is in the ascendant; and at that age, a youth, like + this planet, is characterized by extreme mobility within a narrow sphere, + where trifles have a great effect upon him; but under the guidance of so + crafty and eloquent a god, he easily makes great progress. </i>Venus<i> + begins her sway during his twentieth year, and then a man is wholly given + up to the love of women. At thirty, </i>Mars<i> comes to the front, and he + is now all energy and strength,—daring, pugnacious and arrogant. + </i> + </p> + <p> + When a man reaches the age of forty, he is under the rule of the four + Asteroids<i>; that is to say, his life has gained something in extension. + He is frugal; in other words, by the help of </i>Ceres<i>, he favors what + is useful; he has his own hearth, by the influence of </i>Vesta<i>; </i>Pallas<i> + has taught him that which is necessary for him to know; and his wife—his + </i>Juno<i>—rules as the mistress of his house. </i> + </p> + <p> + But at the age of fifty, Jupiter<i> is the dominant influence. At that + period a man has outlived most of his contemporaries, and he can feel + himself superior to the generation about him. He is still in the full + enjoyment of his strength, and rich in experience and knowledge; and if he + has any power and position of his own, he is endowed with authority over + all who stand in his immediate surroundings. He is no more inclined to + receive orders from others; he wants to take command himself. The work + most suitable to him now is to guide and rule within his own sphere. This + is the point where Jupiter culminates, and where the man of fifty years is + at his best. </i> + </p> + <p> + Then comes Saturn<i>, at about the age of sixty, a weight as of </i>lead<i>, + dull and slow:— </i> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + But old folks, many feign as they were dead; + Unwieldy, slow, heavy and pale as lead<i>. +Last of all, </i>Uranus<i>; or, as the saying is, a man goes to heaven. +</i></pre> + <p> + I cannot find a place for Neptune<i>, as this planet has been very + thoughtlessly named; because I may not call it as it should be called—</i>Eros<i>. + Otherwise I should point out how Beginning and End meet together, and how + closely and intimately Eros is connected with Death: how Orcus, or + Amenthes, as the Egyptians called him, is not only the receiver but the + giver of all things—[Greek: lambanon kai didous]. Death is the great + reservoir of Life. Everything comes from Orcus; everything that is alive + now was once there. Could we but understand the great trick by which that + is done, all would be clear! </i> + </p> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COUNSELS AND MAXIMS *** + +***** This file should be named 10715-h.htm or 10715-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/7/1/10715/ + +Etext produced by Juliet Sutherland, Josephine Paolucci and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + +HTML file produced by David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS," WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/old/10715.txt b/old/10715.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..afe7c6a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10715.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4901 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Counsels and Maxims + From The Essays Of Arthur Schopenhauer + +Author: Arthur Schopenhauer + +Release Date: January 14, 2004 [EBook #10715] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COUNSELS AND MAXIMS *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Josephine Paolucci and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + +THE ESSAYS + +OF + +ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUER + + +TRANSLATED BY + +T. BAILEY SAUNDERS, M.A. + + + + +COUNSELS AND MAXIMS. + + _Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisee: il est + tres difficile de le trouver en nous, et impossible + de le trouver ailleurs_. + +CHAMFORT. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER + + INTRODUCTION + I. GENERAL RULES + II. OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES + III. OUR RELATION TO OTHERS + IV. WORLDLY FORTUNE + V. THE AGES OF LIFE + + + + +INTRODUCTION. + +If my object in these pages were to present a complete scheme of +counsels and maxims for the guidance of life, I should have to repeat +the numerous rules--some of them excellent--which have been drawn +up by thinkers of all ages, from Theognis and Solomon[1] down to La +Rochefoucauld; and, in so doing, I should inevitably entail upon the +reader a vast amount of well-worn commonplace. But the fact is that in +this work I make still less claim to exhaust my subject than in any +other of my writings. + +[Footnote 1: I refer to the proverbs and maxims ascribed, in the Old +Testament, to the king of that name.] + +An author who makes no claims to completeness must also, in a great +measure, abandon any attempt at systematic arrangement. For his double +loss in this respect, the reader may console himself by reflecting +that a complete and systematic treatment of such a subject as the +guidance of life could hardly fail to be a very wearisome business. +I have simply put down those of my thoughts which appear to be worth +communicating--thoughts which, as far as I know, have not been +uttered, or, at any rate, not just in the same form, by any one else; +so that my remarks may be taken as a supplement to what has been +already achieved in the immense field. + +However, by way of introducing some sort of order into the great +variety of matters upon which advice will be given in the following +pages, I shall distribute what I have to say under the following +heads: (1) general rules; (2) our relation to ourselves; (3) our +relation to others; and finally, (4) rules which concern our manner of +life and our worldly circumstances. I shall conclude with some remarks +on the changes which the various periods of life produce in us. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +GENERAL RULES.--SECTION 1. + + +The first and foremost rule for the wise conduct of life seems to me +to be contained in a view to which Aristotle parenthetically refers in +the _Nichomachean Ethics_:[1] [Greek: o phronimoz to alupon dioke e ou +to aedu] or, as it may be rendered, _not pleasure, but freedom from +pain, is what the wise man will aim at_. + +[Footnote 1: vii. (12) 12.] + +The truth of this remark turns upon the negative character of +happiness,--the fact that pleasure is only the negation of pain, and +that pain is the positive element in life. Though I have given a +detailed proof of this proposition in my chief work,[1] I may supply +one more illustration of it here, drawn from a circumstance of daily +occurrence. Suppose that, with the exception of some sore or painful +spot, we are physically in a sound and healthy condition: the sore of +this one spot, will completely absorb our attention, causing us to +lose the sense of general well-being, and destroying all our comfort +in life. In the same way, when all our affairs but one turn out as +we wish, the single instance in which our aims are frustrated is a +constant trouble to us, even though it be something quite trivial. We +think a great deal about it, and very little about those other and +more important matters in which we have been successful. In both these +cases what has met with resistance is _the will_; in the one case, as +it is objectified in the organism, in the other, as it presents +itself in the struggle of life; and in both, it is plain that the +satisfaction of the will consists in nothing else than that it meets +with no resistance. It is, therefore, a satisfaction which is not +directly felt; at most, we can become conscious of it only when we +reflect upon our condition. But that which checks or arrests the will +is something positive; it proclaims its own presence. All pleasure +consists in merely removing this check--in other words, in freeing us +from its action; and hence pleasure is a state which can never last +very long. + +[Footnote 1: _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_. Vol. I., p. 58.] + +This is the true basis of the above excellent rule quoted from +Aristotle, which bids us direct our aim, not toward securing what is +pleasurable and agreeable in life, but toward avoiding, as far as +possible, its innumerable evils. If this were not the right course to +take, that saying of Voltaire's, _Happiness is but a dream and sorrow +is real_, would be as false as it is, in fact, true. A man who desires +to make up the book of his life and determine where the balance of +happiness lies, must put down in his accounts, not the pleasures which +he has enjoyed, but the evils which he has escaped. That is the +true method of eudaemonology; for all eudaemonology must begin by +recognizing that its very name is a euphemism, and that _to live +happily_ only means _to live less unhappily_--to live a tolerable +life. There is no doubt that life is given us, not to be enjoyed, +but to be overcome--to be got over. There are numerous expressions +illustrating this--such as _degere vitam, vita defungi_; or +in Italian, _si scampa cosi_; or in German, _man muss suchen +durchzukommen; er wird schon durch die Welt kommen_, and so on. In old +age it is indeed a consolation to think that the work of life is over +and done with. The happiest lot is not to have experienced the keenest +delights or the greatest pleasures, but to have brought life to a +close without any very great pain, bodily or mental. To measure the +happiness of a life by its delights or pleasures, is to apply a false +standard. For pleasures are and remain something negative; that +they produce happiness is a delusion, cherished by envy to its own +punishment. Pain is felt to be something positive, and hence its +absence is the true standard of happiness. And if, over and above +freedom from pain, there is also an absence of boredom, the essential +conditions of earthly happiness are attained; for all else is +chimerical. + +It follows from this that a man should never try to purchase pleasure +at the cost of pain, or even at the risk of incurring it; to do so is +to pay what is positive and real, for what is negative and illusory; +while there is a net profit in sacrificing pleasure for the sake of +avoiding pain. In either case it is a matter of indifference whether +the pain follows the pleasure or precedes it. While it is a complete +inversion of the natural order to try and turn this scene of misery +into a garden of pleasure, to aim at joy and pleasure rather than +at the greatest possible freedom from pain--and yet how many do +it!--there is some wisdom in taking a gloomy view, in looking upon the +world as a kind of Hell, and in confining one's efforts to securing +a little room that shall not be exposed to the fire. The fool rushes +after the pleasures of life and finds himself their dupe; the wise man +avoids its evils; and even if, notwithstanding his precautions, he +falls into misfortunes, that is the fault of fate, not of his own +folly. As far as he is successful in his endeavors, he cannot be said +to have lived a life of illusion; for the evils which he shuns are +very real. Even if he goes too far out of his way to avoid evils, and +makes an unnecessary sacrifice of pleasure, he is, in reality, not the +worse off for that; for all pleasures are chimerical, and to mourn +for having lost any of them is a frivolous, and even ridiculous +proceeding. + +The failure to recognize this truth--a failure promoted by optimistic +ideas--is the source of much unhappiness. In moments free from pain, +our restless wishes present, as it were in a mirror, the image of a +happiness that has no counterpart in reality, seducing us to follow +it; in doing so we bring pain upon ourselves, and that is something +undeniably real. Afterwards, we come to look with regret upon that +lost state of painlessness; it is a paradise which we have gambled +away; it is no longer with us, and we long in vain to undo what has +been done. + +One might well fancy that these visions of wishes fulfilled were the +work of some evil spirit, conjured up in order to entice us away from +that painless state which forms our highest happiness. + +A careless youth may think that the world is meant to be enjoyed, as +though it were the abode of some real or positive happiness, which +only those fail to attain who are not clever enough to overcome the +difficulties that lie in the way. This false notion takes a stronger +hold on him when he comes to read poetry and romance, and to be +deceived by outward show--the hypocrisy that characterizes the +world from beginning to end; on which I shall have something to say +presently. The result is that his life is the more or less deliberate +pursuit of positive happiness; and happiness he takes to be equivalent +to a series of definite pleasures. In seeking for these pleasures he +encounters danger--a fact which should not be forgotten. He hunts for +game that does not exist; and so he ends by suffering some very +real and positive misfortune--pain, distress, sickness, loss, care, +poverty, shame, and all the thousand ills of life. Too late he +discovers the trick that has been played upon him. + +But if the rule I have mentioned is observed, and a plan of life is +adopted which proceeds by avoiding pain--in other words, by taking +measures of precaution against want, sickness, and distress in all its +forms, the aim is a real one, and something may be achieved which will +be great in proportion as the plan is not disturbed by striving after +the chimera of positive happiness. This agrees with the opinion +expressed by Goethe in the _Elective Affinities_, and there put into +the mouth of Mittler--the man who is always trying to make other +people happy: _To desire to get rid of an evil is a definite object, +but to desire a better fortune than one has is blind folly_. The same +truth is contained in that fine French proverb: _le mieux est l'ennemi +du bien_--leave well alone. And, as I have remarked in my chief +work,[1] this is the leading thought underlying the philosophical +system of the Cynics. For what was it led the Cynics to repudiate +pleasure in every form, if it was not the fact that pain is, in a +greater or less degree, always bound up with pleasure? To go out of +the way of pain seemed to them so much easier than to secure pleasure. +Deeply impressed as they were by the negative nature of pleasure and +the positive nature of pain, they consistently devoted all their +efforts to the avoidance of pain. The first step to that end was, in +their opinion, a complete and deliberate repudiation of pleasure, as +something which served only to entrap the victim in order that he +might be delivered over to pain. + +[Footnote 1: _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, vol. ii., ch. 16.] + +We are all born, as Schiller says, in Arcadia. In other words, we +come into the world full of claims to happiness and pleasure, and we +cherish the fond hope of making them good. But, as a rule, Fate soon +teaches us, in a rough and ready way that we really possess nothing at +all, but that everything in the world is at its command, in virtue of +an unassailable right, not only to all we have or acquire, to wife or +child, but even to our very limbs, our arms, legs, _eyes_ and ears, +nay, even to the nose in the middle of our face. And in any case, +after some little time, we learn by experience that happiness and +pleasure are a _fata morgana_, which, visible from afar, vanish as we +approach; that, on the other hand, suffering and pain are a reality, +which makes its presence felt without any intermediary, and for its +effect, stands in no need of illusion or the play of false hope. + +If the teaching of experience bears fruit in us, we soon give up the +pursuit of pleasure and happiness, and think much more about making +ourselves secure against the attacks of pain and suffering. We see +that the best the world has to offer is an existence free from pain--a +quiet, tolerable life; and we confine our claims to this, as to +something we can more surely hope to achieve. For the safest way of +not being very miserable is not to expect to be very happy. Merck, the +friend of Goethe's youth, was conscious of this truth when he +wrote: _It is the wretched way people have of setting up a claim to +happiness_--_and, that to, in a measure corresponding with their +desires_--_that ruins everything in this world. A man will make +progress if he can get rid of this claim,[1] and desire nothing but +what he sees before him_. Accordingly it is advisable to put very +moderate limits upon our expectations of pleasure, possessions, rank, +honor and so on; because it is just this striving and struggling to +be happy, to dazzle the world, to lead a life full of pleasure, which +entail great misfortune. It is prudent and wise, I say, to reduce +one's claims, if only for the reason that it is extremely easy to be +very unhappy; while to be very happy is not indeed difficult, but +quite impossible. With justice sings the poet of life's wisdom: + + _Auream quisquis mediocritatem + Diligit, tutus caret obsoleti + Sordibus tecti, caret invidenda + Sobrius aula. + Savius ventis agitatur ingens + Pinus: et celsae graviori casu + Decidunt turres; feriuntque summos + Fulgura monies.[2]_ + +--the golden mean is best--to live free from the squalor of a mean +abode, and yet not be a mark for envy. It is the tall pine which is +cruelly shaken by the wind, the highest summits that are struck in the +storm, and the lofty towers that fall so heavily. + +[Footnote 1: Letters to and from Merck.] + +[Footnote 2: Horace. Odes II. x.] + +He who has taken to heart the teaching of my philosophy--who knows, +therefore, that our whole existence is something which had better +not have been, and that to disown and disclaim it is the highest +wisdom--he will have no great expectations from anything or any +condition in life: he will spend passion upon nothing in the world, +nor lament over-much if he fails in any of his undertakings. He +will feel the deep truth of what Plato[1] says: [Greek: oute ti ton +anthropinon haxion on megalaes spondaes]--nothing in human affairs is +worth any great anxiety; or, as the Persian poet has it, + + _Though from thy grasp all worldly things should flee, + Grieve not for them, for they are nothing worth: + And though a world in thy possession be, + Joy not, for worthless are the things of earth. + Since to that better world 'tis given to thee + To pass, speed on, for this is nothing worth._[2] + +[Footnote 1: _Republic_, x. 604.] + +[Footnote 2: _Translator's Note_. From the Anvar-i Suhaili--_The +Lights of Canopus_--being the Persian version of the _Table of +Bidpai_. Translated by E.B. Eastwick, ch. iii. Story vi., p. 289.] + +The chief obstacle to our arriving at these salutary views is that +hypocrisy of the world to which I have already alluded--an hypocrisy +which should be early revealed to the young. Most of the glories of +the world are mere outward show, like the scenes on a stage: there +is nothing real about them. Ships festooned and hung with pennants, +firing of cannon, illuminations, beating of drums and blowing of +trumpets, shouting and applauding--these are all the outward sign, the +pretence and suggestion,--as it were the hieroglyphic,--of _joy_: but +just there, joy is, as a rule, not to be found; it is the only guest +who has declined to be present at the festival. Where this guest may +really be found, he comes generally without invitation; he is not +formerly announced, but slips in quietly by himself _sans facon_; +often making his appearance under the most unimportant and trivial +circumstances, and in the commonest company--anywhere, in short, but +where the society is brilliant and distinguished. Joy is like the gold +in the Australian mines--found only now and then, as it were, by the +caprice of chance, and according to no rule or law; oftenest in very +little grains, and very seldom in heaps. All that outward show which I +have described, is only an attempt to make people believe that it +is really joy which has come to the festival; and to produce this +impression upon the spectators is, in fact, the whole object of it. + +With _mourning_ it is just the same. That long funeral procession, +moving up so slowly; how melancholy it looks! what an endless row of +carriages! But look into them--they are all empty; the coachmen of the +whole town are the sole escort the dead man has to his grave. Eloquent +picture of the friendship and esteem of the world! This is the +falsehood, the hollowness, the hypocrisy of human affairs! + +Take another example--a roomful of guests in full dress, being +received with great ceremony. You could almost believe that this is +a noble and distinguished company; but, as a matter of fact, it is +compulsion, pain and boredom who are the real guests. For where many +are invited, it is a rabble--even if they all wear stars. Really good +society is everywhere of necessity very small. In brilliant festivals +and noisy entertainments, there is always, at bottom, a sense of +emptiness prevalent. A false tone is there: such gatherings are in +strange contrast with the misery and barrenness of our existence. The +contrast brings the true condition into greater relief. Still, these +gatherings are effective from the outside; and that is just their +purpose. Chamfort[1] makes the excellent remark that _society_--_les +cercles, les salons, ce qu'on appelle le monde_--is like a miserable +play, or a bad opera, without any interest in itself, but supported +for a time by mechanical aid, costumes and scenery. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Nicholas "Chamfort" (1741-94), a +French miscellaneous writer, whose brilliant conversation, power of +sarcasm, and epigrammic force, coupled with an extraordinary career, +render him one of the most interesting and remarkable men of his +time. Schopenhauer undoubtedly owed much to this writer, to whom he +constantly refers.] + +And so, too, with academies and chairs of philosophy. You have a kind +of sign-board hung out to show the apparent abode of _wisdom_: but +wisdom is another guest who declines the invitation; she is to be +found elsewhere. The chiming of bells, ecclesiastical millinery, +attitudes of devotion, insane antics--these are the pretence, the +false show of _piety_. And so on. Everything in the world is like a +hollow nut; there is little kernel anywhere, and when it does exist, +it is still more rare to find it in the shell. You may look for it +elsewhere, and find it, as a rule, only by chance. + +SECTION 2. To estimate a man's condition in regard to happiness, it is +necessary to ask, not what things please him, but what things trouble +him; and the more trivial these things are in themselves, the happier +the man will be. To be irritated by trifles, a man must be well off; +for in misfortunes trifles are unfelt. + +SECTION 3. Care should be taken not to build the happiness of life +upon a _broad foundation_--not to require a great many things in order +to be happy. For happiness on such a foundation is the most easily +undermined; it offers many more opportunities for accidents; and +accidents are always happening. The architecture of happiness follows +a plan in this respect just the opposite of that adopted in every +other case, where the broadest foundation offers the greatest +security. Accordingly, to reduce your claims to the lowest possible +degree, in comparison with your means,--of whatever kind these may +be--is the surest way of avoiding extreme misfortune. + +To make extensive preparations for life--no matter what form they +may take--is one of the greatest and commonest of follies. Such +preparations presuppose, in the first place, a long life, the full and +complete term of years appointed to man--and how few reach it! and +even if it be reached, it is still too short for all the plans that +have been made; for to carry them out requites more time than was +thought necessary at the beginning. And then how many mischances and +obstacles stand in the way! how seldom the goal is ever reached in +human affairs! + +And lastly, even though the goal should be reached, the changes which +Time works in us have been left out of the reckoning: we forget that +the capacity whether for achievement or for enjoyment does not last a +whole lifetime. So we often toil for things which are no longer suited +to us when we attain them; and again, the years we spend in preparing +for some work, unconsciously rob us of the power for carrying it out. + +How often it happens that a man is unable to enjoy the wealth which he +acquired at so much trouble and risk, and that the fruits of his +labor are reserved for others; or that he is incapable of filling the +position which he has won after so many years of toil and struggle. +Fortune has come too late for him; or, contrarily, he has come too +late for fortune,--when, for instance, he wants to achieve great +things, say, in art or literature: the popular taste has changed, it +may be; a new generation has grown up, which takes no interest in his +work; others have gone a shorter way and got the start of him. These +are the facts of life which Horace must have had in view, when he +lamented the uselessness of all advice:-- + + _quid eternis minorem + Consiliis animum fatigas?_[1] + +[Footnote 1: Odes II. xi.] + +The cause of this commonest of all follies is that optical illusion of +the mind from which everyone suffers, making life, at its beginning, +seem of long duration; and at its end, when one looks back over the +course of it, how short a time it seems! There is some advantage in +the illusion; but for it, no great work would ever be done. + +Our life is like a journey on which, as we advance, the landscape +takes a different view from that which it presented at first, +and changes again, as we come nearer. This is just what +happens--especially with our wishes. We often find something else, +nay, something better than what we are looking for; and what we look +for, we often find on a very different path from that on which we +began a vain search. Instead of finding, as we expected, pleasure, +happiness, joy, we get experience, insight, knowledge--a real and +permanent blessing, instead of a fleeting and illusory one. + +This is the thought that runs through _Wilkelm Meister_, like the bass +in a piece of music. In this work of Goethe's, we have a novel of the +_intellectual_ kind, and, therefore, superior to all others, even to +Sir Walter Scott's, which are, one and all, _ethical_; in other words, +they treat of human nature only from the side of the will. So, too, +in the _Zauberfloete_--that grotesque, but still significant, and even +hieroglyphic--the same thought is symbolized, but in great, coarse +lines, much in the way in which scenery is painted. Here the symbol +would be complete if Tamino were in the end to be cured of his desire +to possess Tainina, and received, in her stead, initiation into the +mysteries of the Temple of Wisdom. It is quite right for Papageno, his +necessary contrast, to succeed in getting his Papagena. + +Men of any worth or value soon come to see that they are in the hands +of Fate, and gratefully submit to be moulded by its teachings. They +recognize that the fruit of life is experience, and not happiness; +they become accustomed and content to exchange hope for insight; and, +in the end, they can say, with Petrarch, that all they care for is to +learn:-- + + _Altro diletto che 'mparar, non provo_. + +It may even be that they to some extent still follow their old wishes +and aims, trifling with them, as it were, for the sake of appearances; +all the while really and seriously looking for nothing but +instruction; a process which lends them an air of genius, a trait of +something contemplative and sublime. + +In their search for gold, the alchemists discovered other +things--gunpowder, china, medicines, the laws of nature. There is a +sense in which we are all alchemists. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +OUR RELATION TO OURSELVES.--SECTION 4. + + +The mason employed on the building of a house may be quite ignorant of +its general design; or at any rate, he may not keep it constantly in +mind. So it is with man: in working through the days and hours of his +life, he takes little thought of its character as a whole. + +If there is any merit or importance attaching to a man's career, if he +lays himself out carefully for some special work, it is all the more +necessary and advisable for him to turn his attention now and then +to its _plan_, that is to say, the miniature sketch of its general +outlines. Of course, to do that, he must have applied the maxim +[Greek: Gnothi seauton]; he must have made some little progress in the +art of understanding himself. He must know what is his real, chief, +and foremost object in life,--what it is that he most wants in order +to be happy; and then, after that, what occupies the second and third +place in his thoughts; he must find out what, on the whole, his +vocation really is--the part he has to play, his general relation to +the world. If he maps out important work for himself on great lines, +a glance at this miniature plan of his life will, more than anything +else stimulate, rouse and ennoble him, urge him on to action and keep +him from false paths. + +Again, just as the traveler, on reaching a height, gets a connected +view over the road he has taken, with its many turns and windings; so +it is only when we have completed a period in our life, or approach +the end of it altogether, that we recognize the true connection +between all our actions,--what it is we have achieved, what work we +have done. It is only then that we see the precise chain of cause and +effect, and the exact value of all our efforts. For as long as we are +actually engaged in the work of life, we always act in accordance with +the nature of our character, under the influence of motive, and within +the limits of our capacity,--in a word, from beginning to end, under +a law of _necessity_; at every moment we do just what appears to us +right and proper. It is only afterwards, when we come to look back at +the whole course of our life and its general result, that we see the +why and wherefore of it all. + +When we are actually doing some great deed, or creating some immortal +work, we are not conscious of it as such; we think only of satisfying +present aims, of fulfilling the intentions we happen to have at the +time, of doing the right thing at the moment. It is only when we +come to view our life as a connected whole that our character and +capacities show themselves in their true light; that we see how, in +particular instances, some happy inspiration, as it were, led us to +choose the only true path out of a thousand which might have brought +us to ruin. It was our genius that guided us, a force felt in the +affairs of the intellectual as in those of the world; and working by +its defect just in the same way in regard to evil and disaster. + +SECTION 5. Another important element in the wise conduct of life is to +preserve a proper proportion between our thought for the present and +our thought for the future; in order not to spoil the one by paying +over-great attention to the other. Many live too long in the +present--frivolous people, I mean; others, too much in the future, +ever anxious and full of care. It is seldom that a man holds the right +balance between the two extremes. Those who strive and hope and live +only in the future, always looking ahead and impatiently anticipating +what is coming, as something which will make them happy when they +get it, are, in spite of their very clever airs, exactly like those +donkeys one sees in Italy, whose pace may be hurried by fixing a stick +on their heads with a wisp of hay at the end of it; this is always +just in front of them, and they keep on trying to get it. Such people +are in a constant state of illusion as to their whole existence; they +go on living _ad interim_, until at last they die. + +Instead, therefore, of always thinking about our plans and anxiously +looking to the future, or of giving ourselves up to regret for the +past, we should never forget that the present is the only reality, the +only certainty; that the future almost always turns out contrary to +our expectations; that the past, too, was very different from what +we suppose it to have been. But the past and the future are, on the +whole, of less consequence than we think. Distance, which makes +objects look small to the outward eye, makes them look big to the eye +of thought. The present alone is true and actual; it is the only +time which possesses full reality, and our existence lies in it +exclusively. Therefore we should always be glad of it, and give it +the welcome it deserves, and enjoy every hour that is bearable by +its freedom from pain and annoyance with a full consciousness of its +value. We shall hardly be able to do this if we make a wry face over +the failure of our hopes in the past or over our anxiety for the +future. It is the height of folly to refuse the present hour of +happiness, or wantonly to spoil it by vexation at by-gones or +uneasiness about what is to come. There is a time, of course, for +forethought, nay, even for repentance; but when it is over let us +think of what is past as of something to which we have said farewell, +of necessity subduing our hearts-- + + [Greek: alla ta men protuchthai easomen achnumenoi per + tumhon eni staethessi philon damasntes hanankae],[1] + +and of the future as of that which lies beyond our power, in the lap +of the gods-- + +[Greek: all aetoi men tauta theon en gounasi keitai.][2] + +[Footnote 1: _Iliad_, xix, 65.] + +[Footnote 2: _Ibid_, xvii, 514] + +But in regard to the present let us remember Seneca's advice, and live +each day as if it were our whole life,--_singulas dies singulas vitas +puta_: let us make it as agreeable as possible, it is the only real +time we have. + +Only those evils which are sure to come at a definite date have +any right to disturb us; and how few there are which fulfill this +description. For evils are of two kinds; either they are possible +only, at most probable; or they are inevitable. Even in the case of +evils which are sure to happen, the time at which they will happen is +uncertain. A man who is always preparing for either class of evil will +not have a moment of peace left him. So, if we are not to lose all +comfort in life through the fear of evils, some of which are uncertain +in themselves, and others, in the time at which they will occur, we +should look upon the one kind as never likely to happen, and the other +as not likely to happen very soon. + +Now, the less our peace of mind is disturbed by fear, the more likely +it is to be agitated by desire and expectation. This is the true +meaning of that song of Goethe's which is such a favorite with +everyone: _Ich hab' mein' Sach' auf nichts gestellt_. It is only +after a man has got rid of all pretension, and taken refuge in mere +unembellished existence, that he is able to attain that peace of mind +which is the foundation of human happiness. Peace of mind! that is +something essential to any enjoyment of the present moment; and unless +its separate moments are enjoyed, there is an end of life's happiness +as a whole. We should always collect that _To-day_ comes only once, +and never returns. We fancy that it will come again to-morrow; but +_To-morrow_ is another day, which, in its turn, comes once only. +We are apt to forget that every day is an integral, and therefore +irreplaceable portion of life, and to look upon life as though it +were a collective idea or name which does not suffer if one of the +individuals it covers is destroyed. + +We should be more likely to appreciate and enjoy the present, if, +in those good days when we are well and strong, we did not fail to +reflect how, in sickness and sorrow, every past hour that was free +from pain and privation seemed in our memory so infinitely to be +envied--as it were, a lost paradise, or some one who was only then +seen to have acted as a friend. But we live through our days of +happiness without noticing them; it is only when evil comes upon us +that we wish them back. A thousand gay and pleasant hours are wasted +in ill-humor; we let them slip by unenjoyed, and sigh for them in vain +when the sky is overcast. Those present moments that are bearable, be +they never so trite and common,--passed by in indifference, or, it may +be, impatiently pushed away,--those are the moments we should honor; +never failing to remember that the ebbing tide is even how hurrying +them into the past, where memory will store them transfigured and +shining with an imperishable light,--in some after-time, and above +all, when our days are evil, to raise the veil and present them as the +object of our fondest regret. + +SECTION 6. _Limitations always make for happiness_. We are happy in +proportion as our range of vision, our sphere of work, our points of +contact with the world, are restricted and circumscribed. We are more +likely to feel worried and anxious if these limits are wide; for +it means that our cares, desires and terrors are increased and +intensified. That is why the blind are not so unhappy as we might be +inclined to suppose; otherwise there would not be that gentle and +almost serene expression of peace in their faces. + +Another reason why limitation makes for happiness is that the second +half of life proves even more dreary that the first. As the years wear +on, the horizon of our aims and our points of contact with the world +become more extended. In childhood our horizon is limited to +the narrowest sphere about us; in youth there is already a very +considerable widening of our view; in manhood it comprises the whole +range of our activity, often stretching out over a very distant +sphere,--the care, for instance, of a State or a nation; in old age it +embraces posterity. + +But even in the affairs of the intellect, limitation is necessary if +we are to be happy. For the less the will is excited, the less we +suffer. We have seen that suffering is something positive, and that +happiness is only a negative condition. To limit the sphere of outward +activity is to relieve the will of external stimulus: to limit the +sphere of our intellectual efforts is to relieve the will of internal +sources of excitement. This latter kind of limitation is attended by +the disadvantage that it opens the door to boredom, which is a direct +source of countless sufferings; for to banish boredom, a man will +have recourse to any means that may be handy--dissipation, society, +extravagance, gaming, and drinking, and the like, which in their turn +bring mischief, ruin and misery in their train. _Difficiles in otio +quies_--it is difficult to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. That +limitation in the sphere of outward activity is conducive, nay, even +necessary to human happiness, such as it is, may be seen in the fact +that the only kind of poetry which depicts men in a happy state of +life--Idyllic poetry, I mean,--always aims, as an intrinsic part of +its treatment, at representing them in very simple and restricted +circumstances. It is this feeling, too, which is at the bottom of the +pleasure we take in what are called _genre_ pictures. + +_Simplicity_, therefore, as far as it can be attained, and even +_monotony_, in our manner of life, if it does not mean that we +are bored, will contribute to happiness; just because, under such +circumstances, life, and consequently the burden which is the +essential concomitant of life, will be least felt. Our existence +will glide on peacefully like a stream which no waves or whirlpools +disturb. + +SECTION 7. Whether we are in a pleasant or a painful state depends, +ultimately, upon the kind of matter that pervades and engrosses our +consciousness. In this respect, purely intellectual occupation, for +the mind that is capable of it, will, as a rule, do much more in the +way of happiness than any form of practical life, with its constant +alternations of success and failure, and all the shocks and torments +it produces. But it must be confessed that for such occupation a +pre-eminent amount of intellectual capacity is necessary. And in this +connection it may be noted that, just as a life devoted to outward +activity will distract and divert a man from study, and also deprive +him of that quiet concentration of mind which is necessary for such +work; so, on the other hand, a long course of thought will make +him more or less unfit for the noisy pursuits of real life. It +is advisable, therefore, to suspend mental work for a while, if +circumstances happen which demand any degree of energy in affairs of a +practical nature. + +SECTION 8. To live a life that shall be entirely prudent and discreet, +and to draw from experience all the instruction it contains, it +is requisite to be constantly thinking back,--to make a kind +of recapitulation of what we have done, of our impressions and +sensations, to compare our former with our present judgments--what +we set before us and struggle to achieve, with the actual result and +satisfaction we have obtained. To do this is to get a repetition of +the private lessons of experience,--lessons which are given to every +one. + +Experience of the world may be looked upon as a kind of text, to which +reflection and knowledge form the commentary. Where there is great +deal of reflection and intellectual knowledge, and very little +experience, the result is like those books which have on each page two +lines of text to forty lines of commentary. A great deal of experience +with little reflection and scant knowledge, gives us books like those +of the _editio Bipontina_[1] where there are no notes and much that is +unintelligible. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. A series of Greek, Latin and French +classics published at Zweibraecken in the Palatinate, from and after +the year 1779. Cf. Butter, _Ueber die Bipontiner und die editiones +Bipontinae_.] + +The advice here given is on a par with a rule recommended by +Pythagoras,--to review, every night before going to sleep, what we +have done during the day. To live at random, in the hurly-burly of +business or pleasure, without ever reflecting upon the past,--to go +on, as it were, pulling cotton off the reel of life,--is to have no +clear idea of what we are about; and a man who lives in this state +will have chaos in his emotions and certain confusion in his thoughts; +as is soon manifest by the abrupt and fragmentary character of his +conversation, which becomes a kind of mincemeat. A man will be all the +more exposed to this fate in proportion as he lives a restless life +in the world, amid a crowd of various impressions and with a +correspondingly small amount of activity on the part of his own mind. + +And in this connection it will be in place to observe that, when +events and circumstances which have influenced us pass away in the +course of time, we are unable to bring back and renew the particular +mood or state of feeling which they aroused in us: but we can remember +what we were led to say and do in regard to them; and thus form, as it +were, the result, expression and measure of those events. We should, +therefore, be careful to preserve the memory of our thoughts at +important points in our life; and herein lies the great advantage of +keeping a journal. + +SECTION 9. To be self-sufficient, to be all in all to oneself, to +want for nothing, to be able to say _omnia mea mecum porto_--that is +assuredly the chief qualification for happiness. Hence Aristotle's +remark, [Greek: hae eudaimonia ton autarchon esti][1]--to be happy +means to be self-sufficient--cannot be too often repeated. It is, +at bottom, the same thought as is present in the very well-turned +sentence from Chamfort: + +_Le bonheur n'est pas chose aisee: il est tres difficile de le trouver +en nous, et impossible de le trouver ailleurs_. + +[Footnote 1: _Eudem. Eth_. VII. ii. 37.] + +For while a man cannot reckon with certainty upon anyone but himself, +the burdens and disadvantages, the dangers and annoyances, which arise +from having to do with others, are not only countless but unavoidable. + +There is no more mistaken path to happiness than worldliness, revelry, +_high life_: for the whole object of it is to transform our miserable +existence into a succession of joys, delights and pleasures,--a +process which cannot fail to result in disappointment and delusion; +on a par, in this respect, with its _obligato_ accompaniment, the +interchange of lies.[1] + +[Footnote 1: As our body is concealed by the clothes we wear, so our +mind is veiled in lies. The veil is always there, and it is only +through it that we can sometimes guess at what a man really thinks; +just as from his clothes we arrive at the general shape of his body.] + +All society necessarily involves, as the first condition of its +existence, mutual accommodation and restraint upon the part of its +members. This means that the larger it is, the more insipid will be +its tone. A man can be _himself_ only so long as he is alone; and if +he does not love solitude, he will not love freedom; for it is only +when he is alone that he is really free. Constraint is always present +in society, like a companion of whom there is no riddance; and in +proportion to the greatness of a man's individuality, it will be hard +for him to bear the sacrifices which all intercourse with others +demands, Solitude will be welcomed or endured or avoided, according as +a man's personal value is large or small,--the wretch feeling, when +he is alone, the whole burden of his misery; the great intellect +delighting in its greatness; and everyone, in short, being just what +he is. + +Further, if a man stands high in Nature's lists, it is natural and +inevitable that he should feel solitary. It will be an advantage to +him if his surroundings do not interfere with this feeling; for if he +has to see a great deal of other people who are not of like character +with himself, they will exercise a disturbing influence upon him, +adverse to his peace of mind; they will rob him, in fact, of himself, +and give him nothing to compensate for the loss. + +But while Nature sets very wide differences between man and man in +respect both of morality and of intellect, society disregards and +effaces them; or, rather, it sets up artificial differences in +their stead,--gradations of rank and position, which are very often +diametrically opposed to those which Nature establishes. The result of +this arrangement is to elevate those whom Nature has placed low, +and to depress the few who stand high. These latter, then, usually +withdraw from society, where, as soon as it is at all numerous, +vulgarity reigns supreme. + +What offends a great intellect in society is the equality of rights, +leading to equality of pretensions, which everyone enjoys; while at +the same time, inequality of capacity means a corresponding disparity +of social power. So-called _good society_ recognizes every kind of +claim but that of intellect, which is a contraband article; and people +are expected to exhibit an unlimited amount of patience towards every +form of folly and stupidity, perversity and dullness; whilst personal +merit has to beg pardon, as it were, for being present, or else +conceal itself altogether. Intellectual superiority offends by its +very existence, without any desire to do so. + +The worst of what is called good society is not only that it offers us +the companionship of people who are unable to win either our praise or +our affection, but that it does not allow of our being that which we +naturally are; it compels us, for the sake of harmony, to shrivel up, +or even alter our shape altogether. Intellectual conversation, whether +grave or humorous, is only fit for intellectual society; it is +downright abhorrent to ordinary people, to please whom it is +absolutely necessary to be commonplace and dull. This demands an act +of severe self-denial; we have to forfeit three-fourths of ourselves +in order to become like other people. No doubt their company may be +set down against our loss in this respect; but the more a man is +worth, the more he will find that what he gains does not cover what he +loses, and that the balance is on the debit side of the account; for +the people with whom he deals are generally bankrupt,--that is to say, +there is nothing to be got from their society which can compensate +either for its boredom, annoyance and disagreeableness, or for the +self-denial which it renders necessary. Accordingly, most society is +so constituted as to offer a good profit to anyone who will exchange +it for solitude. + +Nor is this all. By way of providing a substitute for real--I mean +intellectual--superiority, which is seldom to be met with, and +intolerable when it is found, society has capriciously adopted a false +kind of superiority, conventional in its character, and resting upon +arbitrary principles,--a tradition, as it were, handed down in the +higher circles, and, like a password, subject to alteration; I refer +to _bon-ton_ fashion. Whenever this kind of superiority comes into +collision with the real kind, its weakness is manifest. Moreover, the +presence of _good tone_ means the absence of _good sense_. + +No man can be in _perfect accord_ with any one but himself--not even +with a friend or the partner of his life; differences of individuality +and temperament are always bringing in some degree of discord, though +it may be a very slight one. That genuine, profound peace of mind, +that perfect tranquillity of soul, which, next to health, is the +highest blessing the earth can give, is to be attained only in +solitude, and, as a permanent mood, only in complete retirement; and +then, if there is anything great and rich in the man's own self, his +way of life is the happiest that may be found in this wretched world. + +Let me speak plainly. However close the bond of friendship, love, +marriage--a man, ultimately, looks to himself, to his own welfare +alone; at most, to his child's too. The less necessity there is for +you to come into contact with mankind in general, in the relations +whether of business or of personal intimacy, the better off you are. +Loneliness and solitude have their evils, it is true; but if you +cannot feel them all at once, you can at least see where they lie; on +the other hand, society is _insidious_ in this respect; as in offering +you what appears to be the pastime of pleasing social intercourse, it +works great and often irreparable mischief. The young should early be +trained to bear being left alone; for it is a source of happiness and +peace of mind. + +It follows from this that a man is best off if he be thrown upon his +own resources and can be all in all to himself; and Cicero goes so far +as to say that a man who is in this condition cannot fail to be very +happy--_nemo potest non beatissimus esse qui est totus aptus ex sese, +quique in se uno ponit omnia._[1] The more a man has in himself, the +less others can be to him. The feeling of self-sufficiency! it is that +which restrains those whose personal value is in itself great riches, +from such considerable sacrifices as are demanded by intercourse with +the world, let alone, then, from actually practicing self-denial by +going out of their way to seek it. Ordinary people are sociable and +complaisant just from the very opposite feeling;--to bear others' +company is easier for them than to bear their own. Moreover, respect +is not paid in this world to that which has real merit; it is reserved +for that which has none. So retirement is at once a proof and a result +of being distinguished by the possession of meritorious qualities. It +will therefore show real wisdom on the part of any one who is worth +anything in himself, to limit his requirements as may be necessary, in +order to preserve or extend his freedom, and,--since a man must come +into some relations with his fellow-men--to admit them to his intimacy +as little as possible. + +[Footnote 1: _Paradoxa Stoidorum_: II.] + +I have said that people are rendered sociable by their ability to +endure solitude, that is to say, their own society. They become +sick of themselves. It is this vacuity of soul which drives them to +intercourse with others,--to travels in foreign countries. Their mind +is wanting in elasticity; it has no movement of its own, and so they +try to give it some,--by drink, for instance. How much drunkenness +is due to this cause alone! They are always looking for some form of +excitement, of the strongest kind they can bear--the excitement of +being with people of like nature with themselves; and if they fail +in this, their mind sinks by its own weight, and they fall into a +grievous lethargy.[1] Such people, it may be said, possess only a +small fraction of humanity in themselves; and it requires a great many +of them put together to make up a fair amount of it,--to attain any +degree of consciousness as men. A man, in the full sense of the +word,--a man _par excellence_--does not represent a fraction, but a +whole number: he is complete in himself. + +[Footnote 1: It is a well-known fact, that we can more easily bear up +under evils which fall upon a great many people besides ourselves. +As boredom seems to be an evil of this kind, people band together to +offer it a common resistance. The love of life is at bottom only the +fear of death; and, in the same way, the social impulse does not rest +directly upon the love of society, but upon the fear of solitude; it +is not alone the charm of being in others' company that people seek, +it is the dreary oppression of being alone--the monotony of their own +consciousness--that they would avoid. They will do anything to escape +it,--even tolerate bad companions, and put up with the feeling of +constraint which all society involves, in this case a very burdensome +one. But if aversion to such society conquers the aversion to being +alone, they become accustomed to solitude and hardened to its +immediate effects. They no longer find solitude to be such a very bad +thing, and settle down comfortably to it without any hankering after +society;--and this, partly because it is only indirectly that they +need others' company, and partly because they have become accustomed +to the benefits of being alone.] + +Ordinary society is, in this respect, very like the kind of music to +be obtained from an orchestra composed of Russian horns. Each horn has +only one note; and the music is produced by each note coming in just +at the right moment. In the monotonous sound of a single horn, you +have a precise illustration of the effect of most people's minds. How +often there seems to be only one thought there! and no room for any +other. It is easy to see why people are so bored; and also why they +are sociable, why they like to go about in crowds--why mankind is so +_gregarious_. It is the monotony of his own nature that makes a man +find solitude intolerable. _Omnis stultitia laborat fastidio sui_: +folly is truly its own burden. Put a great many men together, and you +may get some result--some music from your horns! + +A man of intellect is like an artist who gives a concert without any +help from anyone else, playing on a single instrument--a piano, say, +which is a little orchestra in itself. Such a man is a little world in +himself; and the effect produced by various instruments together, he +produces single-handed, in the unity of his own consciousness. Like +the piano, he has no place in a symphony: he is a soloist and performs +by himself,--in solitude, it may be; or, if in company with other +instruments, only as principal; or for setting the tone, as in +singing. However, those who are fond of society from time to time +may profit by this simile, and lay it down as a general rule that +deficiency of quality in those we meet may be to some extent +compensated by an increase in quantity. One man's company may be quite +enough, if he is clever; but where you have only ordinary people to +deal with, it is advisable to have a great many of them, so that +some advantage may accrue by letting them all work together,--on the +analogy of the horns; and may Heaven grant you patience for your task! + +That mental vacuity and barrenness of soul to which I have alluded, is +responsible for another misfortune. When men of the better class form +a society for promoting some noble or ideal aim, the result almost +always is that the innumerable mob of humanity comes crowding in too, +as it always does everywhere, like vermin--their object being to try +and get rid of boredom, or some other defect of their nature; and +anything that will effect that, they seize upon at once, without the +slightest discrimination. Some of them will slip into that society, +or push themselves in, and then either soon destroy it altogether, or +alter it so much that in the end it comes to have a purpose the exact +opposite of that which it had at first. + +This is not the only point of view from which the social impulse may +be regarded. On cold days people manage to get some warmth by crowding +together; and you can warm your mind in the same way--by bringing +it into contact with others. But a man who has a great deal of +intellectual warmth in himself will stand in no need of such +resources. I have written a little fable illustrating this: it may be +found elsewhere.[1] As a general rule, it may be said that a man's +sociability stands very nearly in inverse ratio to his intellectual +value: to say that "so and so" is very unsociable, is almost +tantamount to saying that he is a man of great capacity. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. The passage to which Schopenhauer +refers is _Parerga_: vol. ii. Sec. 413 (4th edition). The fable is of +certain porcupines, who huddled together for warmth on a cold day; +but as they began to prick one another with their quills, they were +obliged to disperse. However the cold drove them together again, when +just the same thing happened. At last, after many turns of huddling +and dispersing, they discovered that they would be best off by +remaining at a little distance from one another. In the same way, +the need of society drives the human porcupines together--only to be +mutually repelled by the many prickly and disagreeable qualities of +their nature. The moderate distance which they at last discover to be +the only tolerable condition of intercourse, is the code of politeness +and fine manners; and those who transgress it are roughly told--in +the English phrase--_to keep their distance_. By this arrangement the +mutual need of warmth is only very moderately satisfied,--but then +people do not get pricked. A man who has some heat in himself prefers +to remain outside, where he will neither prick other people nor get +pricked himself.] + +Solitude is doubly advantageous to such a man. Firstly, it allows +him to be with himself, and, secondly, it prevents him being with +others--an advantage of great moment; for how much constraint, +annoyance, and even danger there is in all intercourse with the world. +_Tout notre mal_, says La Bruyere, _vient de ne pouvoir etre seul_. It +is really a very risky, nay, a fatal thing, to be sociable; because +it means contact with natures, the great majority of which are bad +morally, and dull or perverse, intellectually. To be unsociable is not +to care about such people; and to have enough in oneself to dispense +with the necessity of their company is a great piece of good fortune; +because almost all our sufferings spring from having to do with other +people; and that destroys the peace of mind, which, as I have said, +comes next after health in the elements of happiness. Peace of mind +is impossible without a considerable amount of solitude. The Cynics +renounced all private property in order to attain the bliss of having +nothing to trouble them; and to renounce society with the same object +is the wisest thing a man can do. Bernardin de Saint Pierre has the +very excellent and pertinent remark that to be sparing in regard +to food is a means of health; in regard to society, a means of +tranquillity--_la diete des ailmens nous rend la sante du corps, et +celle des hommes la tranquillite de l'ame._ To be soon on friendly, or +even affectionate, terms with solitude is like winning a gold mine; +but this is not something which everybody can do. The prime reason for +social intercourse is mutual need; and as soon as that is satisfied, +boredom drives people together once more. If it were not for these two +reasons, a man would probably elect to remain alone; if only because +solitude is the sole condition of life which gives full play to +that feeling of exclusive importance which every man has in his own +eyes,--as if he were the only person in the world! a feeling which, +in the throng and press of real life, soon shrivels up to nothing, +getting, at every step, a painful _dementi_. From this point of view +it may be said that solitude is the original and natural state of man, +where, like another Adam, he is as happy as his nature will allow. + +But still, had Adam no father or mother? There is another sense in +which solitude is not the natural state; for, at his entrance into the +world, a man finds himself with parents, brothers, sisters, that is to +say, in society, and not alone. Accordingly it cannot be said that the +love of solitude is an original characteristic of human nature; it is +rather the result of experience and reflection, and these in their +turn depend upon the development of intellectual power, and increase +with the years. + +Speaking generally, sociability stands in inverse ratio with age. A +little child raises a piteous cry of fright if it is left alone for +only a few minutes; and later on, to be shut up by itself is a great +punishment. Young people soon get on very friendly terms with one +another; it is only the few among them of any nobility of mind who are +glad now and then to be alone;--but to spend the whole day thus would +be disagreeable. A grown-up man can easily do it; it is little trouble +to him to be much alone, and it becomes less and less trouble as he +advances in years. An old man who has outlived all his friends, and is +either indifferent or dead to the pleasures of life, is in his proper +element in solitude; and in individual cases the special tendency +to retirement and seclusion will always be in direct proportion to +intellectual capacity. + +For this tendency is not, as I have said, a purely natural one; it +does not come into existence as a direct need of human nature; it is +rather the effect of the experience we go through, the product +of reflection upon what our needs really are; proceeding, more +especially, from the insight we attain into the wretched stuff of +which most people are made, whether you look at their morals or their +intellects. The worst of it all is that, in the individual, moral and +intellectual shortcomings are closely connected and play into each +other's hands, so that all manner of disagreeable results are +obtained, which make intercourse with most people not only unpleasant +but intolerable. Hence, though the world contains many things which +are thoroughly bad, the worst thing in it is society. Even Voltaire, +that sociable Frenchman, was obliged to admit that there are +everywhere crowds of people not worth talking to: _la terre est +couverte de gens qui ne meritent pas qu'on leur parle_. And Petrarch +gives a similar reason for wishing to be alone--that tender spirit! so +strong and constant in his love of seclusion. The streams, the plains +and woods know well, he says, how he has tried to escape the perverse +and stupid people who have missed the way to heaven:-- + + _Cercato ho sempre solitaria vita + (Le rive il sanno, e le campagne e i boschi) + Per fuggir quest' ingegni storti e loschi + Che la strada del ciel' hanno smarrita_. + +He pursues the same strain in that delightful book of his, _DeVita +Solitaria_, which seems to have given Zimmerman the idea of his +celebrated work on _Solitude_. It is the secondary and indirect +character of the love of seclusion to which Chamfort alludes in the +following passage, couched in his sarcastic vein: _On dit quelquefois +d'un homme qui vit seul, il n'aime pas la societe. C'est souvent +comme si on disait d'un homme qu'il n'aime pas la promenade, sous le +pretexte qu'il ne se promene pas volontiers le soir dans le foret de +Bondy_. + +You will find a similar sentiment expressed by the Persian poet Sadi, +in his _Garden of Roses. Since that time_, he says, _we have taken +leave of society, preferring the path of seclusion; for there is +safety in solitude_. Angelus Silesius,[1] a very gentle and Christian +writer, confesses to the same feeling, in his own mythical language. +Herod, he says, is the common enemy; and when, as with Joseph, God +warns us of danger, we fly from the world to solitude, from Bethlehem +to Egypt; or else suffering and death await us!-- + + _Herodes ist ein Feind; der Joseph der Verstand, + Dem machte Gott die Gefahr im Traum (in Geist) bekannt; + Die Welt ist Bethlehem, Aegypten Einsamkeit, + Fleuch, meine Seele! fleuch, sonst stirbest du vor Leid_. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Angelus Silesius, pseudonym for +Johannes Scheffler, a physician and mystic poet of the seventeenth +century (1624-77).] + +Giordano Bruno also declares himself a friend of seclusion. _Tanti +uomini_, he says, _che in terra hanno voluto gustare vita +celeste, dissero con una voce, "ecce elongavi fugiens et mansi in +solitudine_"--those who in this world have desired a foretaste of the +divine life, have always proclaimed with one voice: + + _Lo! then would I wander far off; + I would lodge in the wilderness._[1] + +[Footnote 1: Psalms, lv. 7.] + +And in the work from which I have already quoted, Sadi says of +himself: _In disgust with my friends at Damascus, I withdrew into +the desert about Jerusalem, to seek the society of the beasts of the +field_. In short, the same thing has been said by all whom Prometheus +has formed out of better clay. What pleasure could they find in the +company of people with whom their only common ground is just what is +lowest and least noble in their own nature--the part of them that is +commonplace, trivial and vulgar? What do they want with people who +cannot rise to a higher level, and for whom nothing remains but to +drag others down to theirs? for this is what they aim at. It is an +aristocratic feeling that is at the bottom of this propensity to +seclusion and solitude. + +Rascals are always sociable--more's the pity! and the chief sign that +a man has any nobility in his character is the little pleasure he +takes in others' company. He prefers solitude more and more, and, in +course of time, comes to see that, with few exceptions, the world +offers no choice beyond solitude on one side and vulgarity on the +other. This may sound a hard thing to say; but even Angelus Silesius, +with all his Christian feelings of gentleness and love, was obliged to +admit the truth of it. However painful solitude may be, he says, be +careful not to be vulgar; for then you may find a desert everywhere:-- + + _Die Einsamkeit ist noth: doch sei nur nicht gemein, + So kannst du ueberall in einer Wueste sein_. + +It is natural for great minds--the true teachers of humanity--to care +little about the constant company of others; just as little as the +schoolmaster cares for joining in the gambols of the noisy crowd of +boys which surround him. The mission of these great minds is to guide +mankind over the sea of error to the haven of truth--to draw it forth +from the dark abysses of a barbarous vulgarity up into the light of +culture and refinement. Men of great intellect live in the world +without really belonging to it; and so, from their earliest years, +they feel that there is a perceptible difference between them and +other people. But it is only gradually, with the lapse of years, +that they come to a clear understanding of their position. Their +intellectual isolation is then reinforced by actual seclusion in their +manner of life; they let no one approach who is not in some degree +emancipated from the prevailing vulgarity. + +From what has been said it is obvious that the love of solitude is +not a direct, original impulse in human nature, but rather something +secondary and of gradual growth. It is the more distinguishing feature +of nobler minds, developed not without some conquest of natural +desires, and now and then in actual opposition to the promptings of +Mephistopheles--bidding you exchange a morose and soul-destroying +solitude for life amongst men, for society; even the worst, he says, +will give a sense of human fellowship:-- + + _Hoer' auf mit deinem Gram zu spielen, + Der, wie ein Geier, dir am Leben frisst: + Die schlechteste Gesellschaft laesst dich fuehlen + Dass du ein Mensch mit Menschen bist.[1]_ + +[Footnote 1: Goethe's _Faust_, Part I., 1281-5.] + +To be alone is the fate of all great minds--a fate deplored at times, +but still always chosen as the less grievous of two evils. As +the years increase, it always becomes easier to say, Dare to be +wise--_sapere aude_. And after sixty, the inclination to be alone +grows into a kind of real, natural instinct; for at that age +everything combines in favor of it. The strongest impulse--the love of +woman's society--has little or no effect; it is the sexless condition +of old age which lays the foundation of a certain self-sufficiency, +and that gradually absorbs all desire for others' company. A thousand +illusions and follies are overcome; the active years of life are +in most cases gone; a man has no more expectations or plans or +intentions. The generation to which he belonged has passed away, and a +new race has sprung up which looks upon him as essentially outside its +sphere of activity. And then the years pass more quickly as we become +older, and we want to devote our remaining time to the intellectual +rather than to the practical side of life. For, provided that the mind +retains its faculties, the amount of knowledge and experience we have +acquired, together with the facility we have gained in the use of our +powers, makes it then more than ever easy and interesting to us to +pursue the study of any subject. A thousand things become clear which +were formerly enveloped in obscurity, and results are obtained which +give a feeling of difficulties overcome. From long experience of men, +we cease to expect much from them; we find that, on the whole, people +do not gain by a nearer acquaintance; and that--apart from a few rare +and fortunate exceptions--we have come across none but defective +specimens of human nature which it is advisable to leave in peace. +We are no more subject to the ordinary illusions of life; and as, in +individual instances, we soon see what a man is made of, we seldom +feel any inclination to come into closer relations with him. Finally, +isolation--our own society--has become a habit, as it were a second +nature to us, more especially if we have been on friendly terms with +it from our youth up. The love of solitude which was formerly indulged +only at the expense of our desire for society, has now come to be the +simple quality of our natural disposition--the element proper to our +life, as water to a fish. This is why anyone who possesses a unique +individuality--unlike others and therefore necessarily isolated--feels +that, as he becomes older, his position is no longer so burdensome as +when he was young. + +For, as a matter of fact, this very genuine privilege of old age is +one which can be enjoyed only if a man is possessed of a certain +amount of intellect; it will be appreciated most of all where there is +real mental power; but in some degree by every one. It is only people +of very barren and vulgar nature who will be just as sociable in their +old age as they were in their youth. But then they become troublesome +to a society to which they are no longer suited, and, at most, manage +to be tolerated; whereas, they were formerly in great request. + +There is another aspect of this inverse proportion between age and +sociability--the way in which it conduces to education. The younger +that people are, the more in every respect they have to learn; and it +is just in youth that Nature provides a system of mutual education, +so that mere intercourse with others, at that time of life, carries +instruction with it. Human society, from this point of view, resembles +a huge academy of learning, on the Bell and Lancaster system, opposed +to the system of education by means of books and schools, as something +artificial and contrary to the institutions of Nature. It is therefore +a very suitable arrangement that, in his young days, a man should be +a very diligent student at the place of learning provided by Nature +herself. + +But there is nothing in life which has not some drawback--_nihil est +ab omni parte beatum_, as Horace says; or, in the words of an Indian +proverb, _no lotus without a stalk_. Seclusion, which has so many +advantages, has also its little annoyances and drawbacks, which are +small, however, in comparison with those of society; hence anyone who +is worth much in himself will get on better without other people than +with them. But amongst the disadvantages of seclusion there is one +which is not so easy to see as the rest. It is this: when people +remain indoors all day, they become physically very sensitive to +atmospheric changes, so that every little draught is enough to make +them ill; so with our temper; a long course of seclusion makes it so +sensitive that the most trivial incidents, words, or even looks, are +sufficient to disturb or to vex and offend us--little things which are +unnoticed by those who live in the turmoil of life. + +When you find human society disagreeable and feel yourself justified +in flying to solitude, you can be so constituted as to be unable to +bear the depression of it for any length of time, which will probably +be the case if you are young. Let me advise you, then, to form the +habit of taking some of your solitude with you into society, to learn +to be to some extent alone even though you are in company; not to say +at once what you think, and, on the other hand, not to attach too +precise a meaning to what others say; rather, not to expect much of +them, either morally or intellectually, and to strengthen yourself in +the feeling of indifference to their opinion, which is the surest way +of always practicing a praiseworthy toleration. If you do that, you +will not live so much with other people, though you may appear to move +amongst them: your relation to them will be of a purely objective +character. This precaution will keep you from too close contact with +society, and therefore secure you against being contaminated or even +outraged by it.[1] Society is in this respect like a fire--the wise +man warming himself at a proper distance from it; not coming too +close, like the fool, who, on getting scorched, runs away and shivers +in solitude, loud in his complaint that the fire burns. + +[Footnote 1: This restricted, or, as it were, entrenched kind of +sociability has been dramatically illustrated in a play--well worth +reading--of Moratin's, entitled _El Cafe o sea la Comedia Nuova_ (The +Cafe or the New Comedy), chiefly by one of the characters, Don Pedro +and especially in the second and third scenes of the first act.] + +SECTION 10. _Envy_ is natural to man; and still, it is at once a vice +and a source of misery.[1] We should treat it as the enemy of our +happiness, and stifle it like an evil thought. This is the advice +given by Seneca; as he well puts it, we shall be pleased with what we +have, if we avoid the self-torture of comparing our own lot with +some other and happier one--_nostra nos sine comparatione delectent; +nunquam erit felix quem torquebit felicior.[2]_ And again, _quum +adspexeris quot te antecedent, cogita quot sequantur_[3]--if a great +many people appear to be better off than yourself, think how many +there are in a worse position. It is a fact that if real calamity +comes upon us, the most effective consolation--though it springs from +the same source as envy--is just the thought of greater misfortunes +than ours; and the next best is the society of those who are in the +same luck as we--the partners of our sorrows. + +[Footnote 1: Envy shows how unhappy people are; and their constant +attention to what others do and leave undone, how much they are +bored.] + +[Footnote 2: _De Ira_: iii., 30.] + +[Footnote 3: Epist. xv.] + +So much for the envy which we may feel towards others. As regards the +envy which we may excite in them, it should always be remembered that +no form of hatred is so implacable as the hatred that comes from envy; +and therefore we should always carefully refrain from doing anything +to rouse it; nay, as with many another form of vice, it is better +altogether to renounce any pleasure there may be in it, because of the +serious nature of its consequences. + +Aristocracies are of three kinds: (1) of birth and rank; (2) +of wealth; and (3) of intellect. The last is really the most +distinguished of the three, and its claim to occupy the first position +comes to be recognized, if it is only allowed time to work. So eminent +a king as Frederick the Great admitted it--_les ames privilegiees +rangent a l'egal des souverains_, as he said to his chamberlain, when +the latter expressed his surprise that Voltaire should have a seat +at the table reserved for kings and princes, whilst ministers and +generals were relegated to the chamberlain's. + +Every one of these aristocracies is surrounded by a host of envious +persons. If you belong to one of them, they will be secretly +embittered against you; and unless they are restrained by fear, they +will always be anxious to let you understand that _you are no better +than they_. It is by their anxiety to let you know this, that they +betray how greatly they are conscious that the opposite is the truth. + +The line of conduct to be pursued if you are exposed to envy, is to +keep the envious persons at a distance, and, as far as possible, avoid +all contact with them, so that there may be a wide gulf fixed between +you and them; if this cannot be done, to bear their attacks with the +greatest composure. In the latter case, the very thing that provokes +the attack will also neutralize it. This is what appears to be +generally done. + +The members of one of these aristocracies usually get on very well +with those of another, and there is no call for envy between them, +because their several privileges effect an equipoise. + +SECTION 11. Give mature and repeated consideration to any plan before +you proceed to carry it out; and even after you have thoroughly turned +it over in your mind, make some concession to the incompetency of +human judgment; for it may always happen that circumstances which +cannot be investigated or foreseen, will come in and upset the whole +of your calculation. This is a reflection that will always influence +the negative side of the balance--a kind of warning to refrain from +unnecessary action in matters of importance--_quieta non movere._ But +having once made up your mind and begun your work, you must let it +run its course and abide the result--not worry yourself by fresh +reflections on what is already accomplished, or by a renewal of your +scruples on the score of possible danger: free your mind from the +subject altogether, and refuse to go into it again, secure in the +thought that you gave it mature attention at the proper time. This is +the same advice as is given by an Italian proverb--_legala bene e poi +lascia la andare_--which Goethe has translated thus: See well to your +girths, and then ride on boldly.[1] + +[Footnote 1: It may be observed, in passing, that a great many of +the maxims which Goethe puts under the head of _Proverbial_, are +translations from the Italian.] + +And if, notwithstanding that, you fail, it is because human affairs +are the sport of chance and error. Socrates, the wisest of men, needed +the warning voice of his good genius, or [Greek: daimonion], to enable +him to do what was right in regard to his own personal affairs, or at +any rate, to avoid mistakes; which argues that the human intellect is +incompetent for the purpose. There is a saying--which is reported to +have originated with one of the Popes--that when misfortune happens to +us, the blame of it, at least in some degree, attaches to ourselves. +If this is not true absolutely and in every instance, it is certainly +true in the great majority of cases. It even looks as if this truth +had a great deal to do with the effort people make as far as possible +to conceal their misfortunes, and to put the best face they can upon +them, for fear lest their misfortunes may show how much they are to +blame. + +SECTION 12. + +In the case of a misfortune which has already happened and therefore +cannot be altered, you should not allow yourself to think that it +might have been otherwise; still less, that it might have been avoided +by such and such means; for reflections of this kind will only add +to your distress and make it intolerable, so that you will become a +tormentor to yourself--[Greek: heautontimoroumeaeos]. It is better to +follow the example of King David; who, as long as his son lay on the +bed of sickness, assailed Jehovah with unceasing supplications and +entreaties for his recovery; but when he was dead, snapped his fingers +and thought no more of it. If you are not light-hearted enough for +that, you can take refuge in fatalism, and have the great truth +revealed to you that everything which happens is the result of +necessity, and therefore inevitable. + +However good this advice may be, it is one-sided and partial. In +relieving and quieting us for the moment, it is no doubt effective +enough; but when our misfortunes have resulted--as is usually the +case--from our own carelessness or folly, or, at any rate, partly by +our own fault, it is a good thing to consider how they might have +been avoided, and to consider it often in spite of its being a tender +subject--a salutary form of self-discipline, which will make us wiser +and better men for the future. If we have made obvious mistakes, we +should not try, as we generally do, to gloss them over, or to find +something to excuse or extenuate them; we should admit to ourselves +that we have committed faults, and open our eyes wide to all their +enormity, in order that we may firmly resolve to avoid them in time to +come. To be sure, that means a great deal of self-inflicted pain, in +the shape of discontent, but it should be remembered that to spare +the rod is to spoil the child--[Greek: ho mae dareis anthropos ou +paideuetai].[1] + +[Footnote 1: Menander. Monost: 422.] + +SECTION 13. In all matters affecting our weal or woe, we should be +careful not to let our imagination run away with us, and build no +castles in the air. In the first place, they are expensive to build, +because we have to pull them down again immediately, and that is +a source of grief. We should be still more on our guard against +distressing our hearts by depicting possible misfortunes. If these +were misfortunes of a purely imaginary kind, or very remote and +unlikely, we should at once see, on awaking from our dream, that the +whole thing was mere illusion; we should rejoice all the more in +a reality better than our dreams, or at most, be warned against +misfortunes which, though very remote, were still possible. These, +however, are not the sort of playthings in which imagination delights; +it is only in idle hours that we build castles in the air, and they +are always of a pleasing description. The matter which goes to form +gloomy dreams are mischances which to some extent really threaten us, +though it be from some distance; imagination makes us look larger and +nearer and more terrible than they are in reality. This is a kind of +dream which cannot be so readily shaken off on awaking as a pleasant +one; for a pleasant dream is soon dispelled by reality, leaving, at +most, a feeble hope lying in the lap of possibility. Once we have +abandoned ourselves to a fit of the blues, visions are conjured up +which do not so easily vanish again; for it is always just possible +that the visions may be realized. But we are not always able to +estimate the exact degree of possibility: possibility may easily +pass into probability; and thus we deliver ourselves up to torture. +Therefore we should be careful not to be over-anxious on any +matter affecting our weal or our woe, not to carry our anxiety to +unreasonable or injudicious limits; but coolly and dispassionately to +deliberate upon the matter, as though it were an abstract question +which did not touch us in particular. We should give no play to +imagination here; for imagination is not judgment--it only conjures up +visions, inducing an unprofitable and often very painful mood. + +The rule on which I am here insisting should be most carefully +observed towards evening. For as darkness makes us timid and apt to +see terrifying shapes everywhere, there is something similar in the +effect of indistinct thought; and uncertainty always brings with it a +sense of danger. Hence, towards evening, when our powers of thought +and judgment are relaxed,--at the hour, as it were, of subjective +darkness,--the intellect becomes tired, easily confused, and unable +to get at the bottom of things; and if, in that state, we meditate +on matters of personal interest to ourselves, they soon assume a +dangerous and terrifying aspect. This is mostly the case at night, +when we are in bed; for then the mind is fully relaxed, and the power +of judgment quite unequal to its duties; but imagination is still +awake. Night gives a black look to everything, whatever it may be. +This is why our thoughts, just before we go to sleep, or as we lie +awake through the hours of the night, are usually such confusions and +perversions of facts as dreams themselves; and when our thoughts at +that time are concentrated upon our own concerns, they are generally +as black and monstrous as possible. In the morning all such nightmares +vanish like dreams: as the Spanish proverb has it, _noche tinta, +bianco el dia_--the night is colored, the day is white. But even +towards nightfall, as soon as the candles are lit, the mind, like the +eye, no longer sees things so clearly as by day: it is a time unsuited +to serious meditation, especially on unpleasant subjects. The morning +is the proper time for that--as indeed for all efforts without +exception, whether mental or bodily. For the morning is the youth of +the day, when everything is bright, fresh, and easy of attainment; +we feel strong then, and all our faculties are completely at our +disposal. Do not shorten the morning by getting up late, or waste it +in unworthy occupations or in talk; look upon it as the quintessence +of life, as to a certain extent sacred. Evening is like old age: we +are languid, talkative, silly. Each day is a little life: every waking +and rising a little birth, every fresh morning a little youth, every +going to rest and sleep a little death. + +But condition of health, sleep, nourishment, temperature, weather, +surroundings, and much else that is purely external, have, in general, +an important influence upon our mood and therefore upon our thoughts. +Hence both our view of any matter and our capacity for any work are +very much subject to time and place. So it is best to profit by a good +mood--for how seldom it comes!-- + + _Nehmt die gute Stimmung wahr, + Denn sie kommt so selten_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Goethe.] + +We are not always able to form new ideas about; our surroundings, or +to command original thoughts: they come if they will, and when they +will. And so, too, we cannot always succeed in completely considering +some personal matter at the precise time at which we have determined +beforehand to consider it, and just when we set ourselves to do +so. For the peculiar train of thought which is favorable to it may +suddenly become active without any special call being made upon +it, and we may then follow it up with keen interest. In this way +reflection, too, chooses its own time. + +This reining-in of the imagination which I am recommending, will also +forbid us to summon up the memory of the past misfortune, to paint +a dark picture of the injustice or harm that has been done us, the +losses we have sustained, the insults, slights and annoyances to which +we have been exposed: for to do that is to rouse into fresh life all +those hateful passions long laid asleep--the anger and resentment +which disturb and pollute our nature. In an excellent parable, +Proclus, the Neoplatonist, points out how in every town the mob dwells +side by side with those who are rich and distinguished: so, too, in +every man, be he never so noble and dignified, there is, in the depth +of his nature, a mob of low and vulgar desires which constitute him an +animal. It will not do to let this mob revolt or even so much as peep +forth from its hiding-place; it is hideous of mien, and its rebel +leaders are those flights of imagination which I have been describing. +The smallest annoyance, whether it comes from our fellow-men or from +the things around us, may swell up into a monster of dreadful aspect, +putting us at our wits' end--and all because we go on brooding over +our troubles and painting them in the most glaring colors and on the +largest scale. It is much better to take a very calm and prosaic view +of what is disagreeable; for that is the easiest way of bearing it. + +If you hold small objects close to your eyes, you limit your field of +vision and shut out the world. And, in the same way, the people or the +things which stand nearest, even though they are of the very smallest +consequence, are apt to claim an amount of attention much beyond +their due, occupying us disagreeably, and leaving no room for serious +thoughts and affairs of importance. We ought to work against this +tendency. + +SECTION 14. The sight of things which do not belong to us is very apt +to raise the thought: _Ah, if that were only mine_! making us sensible +of our privation. Instead of that we should do better by more +frequently putting to ourselves the opposite case: _Ah, if that were +not mine_. What I mean is that we should sometimes try to look upon +our possessions in the light in which they would appear if we had lost +them; whatever they may be, property, health, friends, a wife or child +or someone else we love, our horse or our dog--it is usually only when +we have lost them that we begin to find out their value. But if we +come to look at things in the way I recommend, we shall be doubly the +gainers; we shall at once get more pleasure out of them than we did +before, and we shall do everything in our power to prevent the loss +of them; for instance, by not risking our property, or angering our +friends, or exposing our wives to temptation, or being careless about +our children's health, and so on. + +We often try to banish the gloom and despondency of the present by +speculating upon our chances of success in the future; a process which +leads us to invent a great many chimerical hopes. Every one of them +contains the germ of illusion, and disappointment is inevitable when +our hopes are shattered by the hard facts of life. + +It is less hurtful to take the chances of misfortune as a theme for +speculation; because, in doing so, we provide ourselves at once with +measures of precaution against it, and a pleasant surprise when it +fails to make its appearance. Is it not a fact that we always feel a +marked improvement in our spirits when we begin to get over a period +of anxiety? I may go further and say that there is some use in +occasionally looking upon terrible misfortunes--such as might happen +to us--as though they had actually happened, for then the trivial +reverses which subsequently come in reality, are much easier to +bear. It is a source of consolation to look back upon those great +misfortunes which never happened. But in following out this rule, +care must be taken not to neglect what I have said in the preceding +section. + +SECTION 15. The things which engage our attention--whether they are +matters of business or ordinary events--are of such diverse kinds, +that, if taken quite separately and in no fixed order or relation, +they present a medley of the most glaring contrasts, with nothing in +common, except that they one and all affect us in particular. There +must be a corresponding abruptness in the thoughts and anxieties which +these various matters arouse in us, if our thoughts are to be in +keeping with their various subjects. Therefore, in setting about +anything, the first step is to withdraw our attention from everything +else: this will enable us to attend to each matter at its own time, +and to enjoy or put up with it, quite apart from any thought of our +remaining interests. Our thoughts must be arranged, as it were, in +little drawers, so that we may open one without disturbing any of the +others. + +In this way we can keep the heavy burden of anxiety from weighing upon +us so much as to spoil the little pleasures of the present, or from +robbing us of our rest; otherwise the consideration of one matter will +interfere with every other, and attention to some important business +may lead us to neglect many affairs which happen to be of less moment. +It is most important for everyone who is capable of higher and nobler +thoughts to keep their mind from being so completely engrossed with +private affairs and vulgar troubles as to let them take up all his +attention and crowd out worthier matter; for that is, in a very real +sense, to lose sight of the true end of life--_propter vitam vivendi +perdere causas_. + +Of course for this--as for so much else--self-control is necessary; +without it, we cannot manage ourselves in the way I have described. +And self-control may not appear so very difficult, if we consider that +every man has to submit to a great deal of very severe control on the +part of his surroundings, and that without it no form of existence +is possible. Further, a little self-control at the right moment may +prevent much subsequent compulsion at the hands of others; just as a +very small section of a circle close to the centre may correspond to +a part near the circumference a hundred times as large. Nothing +will protect us from external compulsion so much as the control of +ourselves; and, as Seneca says, to submit yourself to reason is +the way to make everything else submit to you--_si tibi vis omnia +subjicere, te subjice rationi_. Self-control, too, is something which +we have in our own power; and if the worst comes to the worst, and it +touches us in a very sensitive part, we can always relax its severity. +But other people will pay no regard to our feelings, if they have +to use compulsion, and we shall be treated without pity or mercy. +Therefore it will be prudent to anticipate compulsion by self-control. + +SECTION 16. We must set limits to our wishes, curb our desires, +moderate our anger, always remembering that an individual can attain +only an infinitesimal share in anything that is worth having; and +that, on the other hand, everyone must incur many of the ills of life; +in a word, we must bear and forbear--_abstinere et sustinere_; and +if we fail to observe this rule, no position of wealth or power will +prevent us from feeling wretched. This is what Horace means when he +recommends us to study carefully and inquire diligently what will +best promote a tranquil life--not to be always agitated by fruitless +desires and fears and hopes for things, which, after all, are not +worth very much:-- + + _Inter cuncta leges et percontabere doctos + Qua ratione queas traducere leniter aevum; + Ne te semper inops agitet vexetque cupido, + Ne pavor, et rerum mediocriter utilium spes.[1]_ + +[Footnote 1: Epist. I. xviii. 97.] + +SECTION 17. Life consists in movement, says Aristotle; and he is +obviously right. We exist, physically, because our organism is the +seat of constant motion; and if we are to exist intellectually, it can +only be by means of continual occupation--no matter with what so long +as it is some form of practical or mental activity. You may see that +this is so by the way in which people who have no work or nothing to +think about, immediately begin to beat the devil's tattoo with their +knuckles or a stick or anything that comes handy. The truth is, that +our nature is essentially _restless_ in its character: we very soon +get tired of having nothing to do; it is intolerable boredom. This +impulse to activity should be regulated, and some sort of method +introduced into it, which of itself will enhance the satisfaction we +obtain. Activity!--doing something, if possible creating something, at +any rate learning something--how fortunate it is that men cannot exist +without that! A man wants to use his strength, to see, if he can, what +effect it will produce; and he will get the most complete satisfaction +of this desire if he can make or construct something--be it a book or +a basket. There is a direct pleasure in seeing work grow under one's +hands day by day, until at last it is finished. This is the pleasure +attaching to a work of art or a manuscript, or even mere manual labor; +and, of course, the higher the work, the greater pleasure it will +give. + +From this point of view, those are happiest of all who are conscious +of the power to produce great works animated by some significant +purpose: it gives a higher kind of interest--a sort of rare flavor--to +the whole of their life, which, by its absence from the life of the +ordinary man, makes it, in comparison, something very insipid. For +richly endowed natures, life and the world have a special interest +beyond the mere everyday personal interest which so many others share; +and something higher than that--a formal interest. It is from life and +the world that they get the material for their works; and as soon +as they are freed from the pressure of personal needs, it is to +the diligent collection of material that they devote their whole +existence. So with their intellect: it is to some extent of a two-fold +character, and devoted partly to the ordinary affairs of every +day--those matters of will which are common to them and the rest of +mankind, and partly to their peculiar work--the pure and objective +contemplation of existence. And while, on the stage of the world, most +men play their little part and then pass away, the genius lives a +double life, at once an actor and a spectator. + +Let everyone, then, do something, according to the measure of his +capacities. To have no regular work, no set sphere of activity--what a +miserable thing it is! How often long travels undertaken for pleasure +make a man downright unhappy; because the absence of anything that can +be called occupation forces him, as it were, out of his right element. +Effort, struggles with difficulties! that is as natural to a man as +grubbing in the ground is to a mole. To have all his wants satisfied +is something intolerable--the feeling of stagnation which comes +from pleasures that last too long. To overcome difficulties is +to experience the full delight of existence, no matter where the +obstacles are encountered; whether in the affairs of life, in commerce +or business; or in mental effort--the spirit of inquiry that tries +to master its subject. There is always something pleasurable in the +struggle and the victory. And if a man has no opportunity to excite +himself, he will do what he can to create one, and according to his +individual bent, he will hunt or play Cup and Ball: or led on by this +unsuspected element in his nature, he will pick a quarrel with some +one, or hatch a plot or intrigue, or take to swindling and rascally +courses generally--all to put an end to a state of repose which is +intolerable. As I have remarked, _difficilis in otio quies_--it is +difficult to keep quiet if you have nothing to do. + +SECTION 18. A man should avoid being led on by the phantoms of his +imagination. This is not the same thing as to submit to the guidance +of ideas clearly thought out: and yet these are rules of life which +most people pervert. If you examine closely into the circumstances +which, in any deliberation, ultimately turn the scale in favor of +some particular course, you will generally find that the decision is +influenced, not by any clear arrangement of ideas leading to a formal +judgment, but by some fanciful picture which seems to stand for one of +the alternatives in question. + +In one of Voltaire's or Diderot's romances,--I forget the precise +reference,--the hero, standing like a young Hercules at the parting +of ways, can see no other representation of Virtue than his old tutor +holding a snuff-box in his left hand, from which he takes a pinch +and moralizes; whilst Vice appears in the shape of his mother's +chambermaid. It is in youth, more especially, that the goal of our +efforts comes to be a fanciful picture of happiness, which continues +to hover before our eyes sometimes for half and even for the whole of +our life--a sort of mocking spirit; for when we think our dream is to +be realized, the picture fades away, leaving us the knowledge that +nothing of what it promised is actually accomplished. How often this +is so with the visions of domesticity--the detailed picture of what +our home will be like; or, of life among our fellow-citizens or in +society; or, again, of living in the country--the kind of house we +shall have, its surroundings, the marks of honor and respect that will +be paid to us, and so on,--whatever our hobby may be; _chaque fou a +sa marotte_. It is often the same, too, with our dreams about one we +love. And this is all quite natural; for the visions we conjure up +affect us directly, as though they were real objects; and so they +exercise a more immediate influence upon our will than an abstract +idea, which gives merely a vague, general outline, devoid of details; +and the details are just the real part of it. We can be only +indirectly affected by an abstract idea, and yet it is the abstract +idea alone which will do as much as it promises; and it is the +function of education to teach us to put our trust in it. Of course +the abstract idea must be occasionally explained--paraphrased, as it +were--by the aid of pictures; but discreetly, _cum grano salis_. + +SECTION 19. The preceding rule may be taken as a special case of the +more general maxim, that a man should never let himself be mastered +by the impressions of the moment, or indeed by outward appearances at +all, which are incomparably more powerful in their effects than the +mere play of thought or a train of ideas; not because these momentary +impressions are rich in virtue of the data they supply,--it is often +just the contrary,--but because they are something palpable to the +senses and direct in their working; they forcibly invade our mind, +disturbing our repose and shattering our resolutions. + +It is easy to understand that the thing which lies before our very +eyes will produce the whole of its effect at once, but that time and +leisure are necessary for the working of thought and the appreciation +of argument, as it is impossible to think of everything at one and the +same moment. This is why we are so allured by pleasure, in spite of +all our determination to resist it; or so much annoyed by a criticism, +even though we know that its author it totally incompetent to +judge; or so irritated by an insult, though it comes from some very +contemptible quarter. In the same way, to mention no other instances, +ten reasons for thinking that there is no danger may be outweighed by +one mistaken notion that it is actually at hand. All this shows the +radical unreason of human nature. Women frequently succumb altogether +to this predominating influence of present impressions, and there are +few men so overweighted with reason as to escape suffering from a +similar cause. + +If it is impossible to resist the effects of some external influence +by the mere play of thought, the best thing to do is to neutralize it +by some contrary influence; for example, the effect of an insult may +be overcome by seeking the society of those who have a good opinion of +us; and the unpleasant sensation of imminent danger may be avoided by +fixing our attention on the means of warding it off. + +Leibnitz[1] tells of an Italian who managed to bear up under the +tortures of the rack by never for a moment ceasing to think of the +gallows which would have awaited him, had he revealed his secret; he +kept on crying out: _I see it! I see it_!--afterwards explaining that +this was part of his plan. + +[Footnote 1: _Nouveaux Essais_. Liv. I. ch. 2. Sec. 11.] + +It is from some such reason as this, that we find it so difficult to +stand alone in a matter of opinion,--not to be made irresolute by the +fact that everyone else disagrees with us and acts accordingly, even +though we are quite sure that they are in the wrong. Take the case of +a fugitive king who is trying to avoid capture; how much consolation +he must find in the ceremonious and submissive attitude of a faithful +follower, exhibited secretly so as not to betray his master's strict +_incognito_; it must be almost necessary to prevent him doubting his +own existence. + +SECTION 20. In the first part of this work I have insisted upon the +great value of _health_ as the chief and most important element in +happiness. Let me emphasize and confirm what I have there said by +giving a few general rules as to its preservation. + +The way to harden the body is to impose a great deal of labor and +effort upon it in the days of good health,--to exercise it, both as a +whole and in its several parts, and to habituate it to withstand all +kinds of noxious influences. But on the appearance of an illness or +disorder, either in the body as a whole or in many of its parts, a +contrary course should be taken, and every means used to nurse the +body, or the part of it which is affected, and to spare it any effort; +for what is ailing and debilitated cannot be hardened. + +The muscles may be strengthened by a vigorous use of them; but not so +the nerves; they are weakened by it. Therefore, while exercising the +muscles in every way that is suitable, care should be taken to spare +the nerves as much as possible. The eyes, for instance, should be +protected from too strong a light,--especially when it is reflected +light,--from any straining of them in the dark, or from the +long-continued examination of minute objects; and the ears from too +loud sounds. Above all, the brain should never be forced, or used too +much, or at the wrong time; let it have a rest during digestion; for +then the same vital energy which forms thoughts in the brain has a +great deal of work to do elsewhere,--I mean in the digestive organs, +where it prepares chyme and chyle. For similar reasons, the brain +should never be used during, or immediately after, violent muscular +exercise. For the motor nerves are in this respect on a par with the +sensory nerves; the pain felt when a limb is wounded has its seat in +the brain; and, in the same way, it is not really our legs and arms +which work and move,--it is the brain, or, more strictly, that part of +it which, through the medium of the spine, excites the nerves in the +limbs and sets them in motion. Accordingly, when our arms and legs +feel tired, the true seat of this feeling is in the brain. This is why +it is only in connection with those muscles which are set in motion +consciously and voluntarily,--in other words, depend for their action +upon the brain,--that any feeling of fatigue can arise; this is not +the case with those muscles which work involuntarily, like the heart. +It is obvious, then, that injury is done to the brain if violent +muscular exercise and intellectual exertion are forced upon it at the +same moment, or at very short intervals. + +What I say stands in no contradiction with the fact that at the +beginning of a walk, or at any period of a short stroll, there often +comes a feeling of enhanced intellectual vigor. The parts of the brain +that come into play have had no time to become tired; and besides, +slight muscular exercise conduces to activity of the respiratory +organs, and causes a purer and more oxydated supply of arterial blood +to mount to the brain. + +It is most important to allow the brain the full measure of sleep +which is required to restore it; for sleep is to a man's whole nature +what winding up is to a clock.[1] This measure will vary directly with +the development and activity of the brain; to overstep the measure is +mere waste of time, because if that is done, sleep gains only so much +in length as it loses in depth.[2] + +[Footnote 1: _Of. Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, 4th Edition. Bk. +II. pp. 236-40.] + +[Footnote: 2: _Cf. loc: cit_: p. 275. Sleep is a morsel of death +borrowed to keep up and renew the part of life which is exhausted by +the day--_le sommeil est un emprunt fait a la mort_. Or it might be +said that sleep is the interest we have to pay on the capital which is +called in at death; and the higher the rate of interest and the +more regularly it is paid, the further the date of redemption is +postponed.] + +It should be clearly understood that thought is nothing but the +organic function of the brain; and it has to obey the same laws in +regard to exertion and repose as any other organic function. The brain +can be ruined by overstrain, just like the eyes. As the function of +the stomach is to digest, so it is that of the brain to think. The +notion of a _soul_,--as something elementary and immaterial, merely +lodging in the brain and needing nothing at all for the performance +of its essential function, which consists in always and unweariedly +_thinking_--has undoubtedly driven many people to foolish practices, +leading to a deadening of the intellectual powers; Frederick the +Great, even, once tried to form the habit of doing without sleep +altogether. It would be well if professors of philosophy refrained +from giving currency to a notion which is attended by practical +results of a pernicious character; but then this is just what +professorial philosophy does, in its old-womanish endeavor to keep on +good terms with the catechism. A man should accustom himself to +view his intellectual capacities in no other light than that of +physiological functions, and to manage them accordingly--nursing or +exercising them as the case may be; remembering that every kind of +physical suffering, malady or disorder, in whatever part of the body +it occurs, has its effect upon the mind. The best advice that I know +on this subject is given by Cabanis in his _Rapports du physique et du +moral de l'homme_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. The work to which Schopenhauer +here refers is a series of essays by Cabanis, a French philosopher +(1757-1808), treating of mental and moral phenomena on a physiological +basis. In his later days, Cabanis completely abandoned his +materialistic standpoint.] + +Through neglect of this rule, many men of genius and great scholars +have become weak-minded and childish, or even gone quite mad, as they +grew old. To take no other instances, there can be no doubt that the +celebrated English poets of the early part of this century, Scott, +Wordsworth, Southey, became intellectually dull and incapable towards +the end of their days, nay, soon after passing their sixtieth year; +and that their imbecility can be traced to the fact that, at that +period of life, they were all led on? by the promise of high pay, to +treat literature as a trade and to write for money. This seduced them +into an unnatural abuse of their intellectual powers; and a man who +puts his Pegasus into harness, and urges on his Muse with the whip, +will have to pay a penalty similar to that which is exacted by the +abuse of other kinds of power. + +And even in the case of Kant, I suspect that the second childhood of +his last four years was due to overwork in later life, and after he +had succeeded in becoming a famous man. + +Every month of the year has its own peculiar and direct influence upon +health and bodily condition generally; nay, even upon the state of the +mind. It is an influence dependent upon the weather. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +OUR RELATION TO OTHERS.--SECTION 21. + + +In making his way through life, a man will find it useful to be ready +and able to do two things: to look ahead and to overlook: the one +will protect him from loss and injury, the other from disputes and +squabbles. + +No one who has to live amongst men should absolutely discard any +person who has his due place in the order of nature, even though he is +very wicked or contemptible or ridiculous. He must accept him as an +unalterable fact--unalterable, because the necessary outcome of an +eternal, fundamental principle; and in bad cases he should +remember the words of Mephistopheles: _es muss auch solche Kaeuze +geben[1]_--there must be fools and rogues in the world. If he acts +otherwise, he will be committing an injustice, and giving a challenge +of life and death to the man he discards. No one can alter his +own peculiar individuality, his moral character, his intellectual +capacity, his temperament or physique; and if we go so far as to +condemn a man from every point of view, there will be nothing left him +but to engage us in deadly conflict; for we are practically allowing +him the right to exist only on condition that he becomes another +man--which is impossible; his nature forbids it. + +[Footnote 1: Goethe's _Faust_, Part I.] + +So if you have to live amongst men, you must allow everyone the right +to exist in accordance with the character he has, whatever it turns +out to be: and all you should strive to do is to make use of this +character in such a way as its kind and nature permit, rather than to +hope for any alteration in it, or to condemn it off-hand for what it +is. This is the true sense of the maxim--Live and let live. That, +however, is a task which is difficult in proportion as it is right; +and he is a happy man who can once for all avoid having to do with a +great many of his fellow creatures. + +The art of putting up with people may be learned by practicing +patience on inanimate objects, which, in virtue of some mechanical +or general physical necessity, oppose a stubborn resistance to our +freedom of action--a form of patience which is required every day. +The patience thus gained may be applied to our dealings with men, +by accustoming ourselves to regard their opposition, wherever we +encounter it, as the inevitable outcome of their nature, which sets +itself up against us in virtue of the same rigid law of necessity as +governs the resistance of inanimate objects. To become indignant at +their conduct is as foolish as to be angry with a stone because it +rolls into your path. And with many people the wisest thing you can +do, is to resolve to make use of those whom you cannot alter. + +SECTION 22. It is astonishing how easily and how quickly similarity, +or difference of mind and disposition, makes itself felt between one +man and another as soon as they begin to talk: every little trifle +shows it. When two people of totally different natures are conversing, +almost everything said by the one will, in a greater or less degree, +displease the other, and in many cases produce positive annoyance; +even though the conversation turn upon the most out-of-the-way +subject, or one in which neither of the parties has any real interest. +People of similar nature, on the other hand, immediately come to feel +a kind of general agreement; and if they are cast very much in the +same mould, complete harmony or even unison will flow from their +intercourse. + +This explain two circumstances. First of all, it shows why it is that +common, ordinary people are so sociable and find good company wherever +they go. Ah! those good, dear, brave people. It is just the contrary +with those who are not of the common run; and the less they are so, +the more unsociable they become; so that if, in their isolation, they +chance to come across some one in whose nature they can find even +a single sympathetic chord, be it never so minute, they show +extraordinary pleasure in his society. For one man can be to another +only so much as the other is to him. Great minds are like eagles, and +build their nest in some lofty solitude. + +Secondly, we are enabled to understand how it is that people of like +disposition so quickly get on with one another, as though they were +drawn together by magnetic force--kindred souls greeting each other +from afar. Of course the most frequent opportunity of observing this +is afforded by people of vulgar tastes and inferior intellect, but +only because their name is legion; while those who are better off in +this respect and of a rarer nature, are not often to be met with: they +are called rare because you can seldom find them. + +Take the case of a large number of people who have formed themselves +into a league for the purpose of carrying out some practical object; +if there be two rascals among them, they will recognize each other as +readily as if they bore a similar badge, and will at once conspire +for some misfeasance or treachery. In the same way, if you can +imagine--_per impossible_--a large company of very intelligent and +clever people, amongst whom there are only two blockheads, these two +will be sure to be drawn together by a feeling of sympathy, and each +of them will very soon secretly rejoice at having found at least one +intelligent person in the whole company. It is really quite curious +to see how two such men, especially if they are morally and +intellectually of an inferior type, will recognize each other at first +sight; with what zeal they will strive to become intimate; how affably +and cheerily they will run to greet each other, just as though they +were old friends;--it is all so striking that one is tempted to +embrace the Buddhist doctrine of metempsychosis and presume that they +were on familiar terms in some former state of existence. + +Still, in spite of all this general agreement, men are kept apart who +might come together; or, in some cases, a passing discord springs up +between them. This is due to diversity of mood. You will hardly +ever see two people exactly in the same frame of mind; for that is +something which varies with their condition of life, occupation, +surroundings, health, the train of thought they are in at the moment, +and so on. These differences give rise to discord between persons of +the most harmonious disposition. To correct the balance properly, so +as to remove the disturbance--to introduce, as it were, a uniform +temperature,--is a work demanding a very high degree of culture. The +extent to which uniformity of mood is productive of good-fellowship +may be measured by its effects upon a large company. When, for +instance, a great many people are gathered together and presented with +some objective interest which works upon all alike and influences them +in a similar way, no matter what it be--a common danger or hope, some +great news, a spectacle, a play, a piece of music, or anything of that +kind--you will find them roused to a mutual expression of thought, +and a display of sincere interest. There will be a general feeling +of pleasure amongst them; for that which attracts their attention +produces a unity of mood by overpowering all private and personal +interests. + +And in default of some objective interest of the kind I have +mentioned, recourse is usually had to something subjective. A bottle +of wine is not an uncommon means of introducing a mutual feeling of +fellowship; and even tea and coffee are used for a like end. + +The discord which so easily finds its way into all society as an +effect of the different moods in which people happen to be for the +moment, also in part explains why it is that memory always idealizes, +and sometimes almost transfigures, the attitude we have taken up at +any period of the past--a change due to our inability to remember all +the fleeting influences which disturbed us on any given occasion. +Memory is in this respect like the lens of a _camera obscura_: it +contracts everything within its range, and so produces a much finer +picture than the actual landscape affords. And, in the case of a man, +absence always goes some way towards securing this advantageous light; +for though the idealizing tendency of the memory requires times to +complete its work, it begins it at once. Hence it is a prudent thing +to see your friends and acquaintances only at considerable intervals +of time; and on meeting them again, you will observe that memory has +been at work. + +SECTION 23. No man can see _over his own height._ Let me explain what +I mean. + +You cannot see in another man any more than you have in yourself; and +your own intelligence strictly determines the extent to which he comes +within its grasp. If your intelligence is of a very low order, mental +qualities in another, even though they be of the highest kind, +will have no effect at all upon you; you will see nothing in their +possessor except the meanest side of his individuality--in other +words, just those parts of his character and disposition which are +weak and defective. Your whole estimate of the man will be confined to +his defects, and his higher mental qualities will no more exist for +you than colors exist for those who cannot see. + +Intellect is invisible to the man who has none. In any attempt to +criticise another's work, the range of knowledge possessed by the +critic is as essential a part of his verdict as the claims of the work +itself. + +Hence intercourse with others involves a process of leveling down. The +qualities which are present in one man, and absent in another, cannot +come into play when they meet; and the self-sacrifice which this +entails upon one of the parties, calls forth no recognition from the +other. + +Consider how sordid, how stupid, in a word, how _vulgar_ most men +are, and you will see that it is impossible to talk to them without +becoming vulgar yourself for the time being. Vulgarity is in this +respect like electricity; it is easily distributed. You will then +fully appreciate the truth and propriety of the expression, _to make +yourself cheap_; and you will be glad to avoid the society of people +whose only possible point of contact with you is just that part of +your nature of which you have least reason to be proud. So you will +see that, in dealing with fools and blockheads, there is only one way +of showing your intelligence--by having nothing to do with them. That +means, of course, that when you go into society, you may now and then +feel like a good dancer who gets an invitation to a ball, and on +arriving, finds that everyone is lame:--with whom is he to dance? + +SECTION 24. I feel respect for the man--and he is one in a +hundred--who, when he is waiting or sitting unoccupied, refrains from +rattling or beating time with anything that happens to be handy,--his +stick, or knife and fork, or whatever else it may be. The probability +is that he is thinking of something. + +With a large number of people, it is quite evident that their power of +sight completely dominates over their power of thought; they seem to +be conscious of existence only when they are making a noise; unless +indeed they happen to be smoking, for this serves a similar end. It is +for the same reason that they never fail to be all eyes and ears for +what is going on around them. + +SECTION 25. La Rochefoucauld makes the striking remark that it is +difficult to feel deep veneration and great affection for one and the +same person. If this is so, we shall have to choose whether it is +veneration or love that we want from our fellow-men. + +Their love is always selfish, though in very different ways; and the +means used to gain it are not always of a kind to make us proud. A +man is loved by others mainly in the degree in which he moderates +his claim on their good feeling and intelligence: but he must act +genuinely in the matter and without dissimulation--not merely out of +forbearance, which is at bottom a kind of contempt. This calls to mind +a very true observation of Helvetius[1]: _the amount of intellect +necessary to please us, is a most accurate measure of the amount of +intellect we have ourselves_. With these remarks as premises, it is +easy to draw the conclusion. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Helvetius, Claude-Adrien (1715-71), +a French philosophical writer much esteemed by Schopenhauer. His chief +work, _De l'Esprit_, excited great interest and opposition at the +time of its publication, on account of the author's pronounced +materialism.] + +Now with veneration the case is just the opposite; it is wrung from +men reluctantly, and for that very reason mostly concealed. Hence, as +compared with love, veneration gives more real satisfaction; for it is +connected with personal value, and the same is not directly true +of love, which is subjective in its nature, whilst veneration is +objective. To be sure, it is more useful to be loved than to be +venerated. + +SECTION 26. Most men are so thoroughly subjective that nothing really +interests them but themselves. They always think of their own case +as soon as ever any remark is made, and their whole attention is +engrossed and absorbed by the merest chance reference to anything +which affects them personally, be it never so remote: with the result +that they have no power left for forming an objective view of things, +should the conversation take that turn; neither can they admit any +validity in arguments which tell against their interest or their +vanity. Hence their attention is easily distracted. They are so +readily offended, insulted or annoyed, that in discussing any +impersonal matter with them, no care is too great to avoid letting +your remarks bear the slightest possible reference to the very worthy +and sensitive individuals whom you have before you; for anything you +may say will perhaps hurt their feelings. People really care about +nothing that does not affect them personally. True and striking +observations, fine, subtle and witty things are lost upon them: they +cannot understand or feel them. But anything that disturbs their petty +vanity in the most remote and indirect way, or reflects prejudicially +upon their exceedingly precious selves--to that, they are most +tenderly sensitive. In this respect they are like the little dog whose +toes you are so apt to tread upon inadvertently--you know it by the +shrill bark it sets up: or, again, they resemble a sick man covered +with sores and boils, with whom the greatest care must be taken to +avoid unnecessary handling. And in some people this feeling reaches +such a pass that, if they are talking with anyone, and he exhibits, or +does not sufficiently conceal, his intelligence and discernment, they +look upon it as a downright insult; although for the moment they hide +their ill will, and the unsuspecting author of it afterwards ruminates +in vain upon their conduct, and racks his brain to discover what he +could possibly have done to excite their malice and hatred. + +But it is just as easy to flatter and win them over; and this is why +their judgment is usually corrupt, and why their opinions are swayed, +not by what is really true and right, but by the favor of the party or +class to which they belong. And the ultimate reason of it all is, that +in such people force of will greatly predominates over knowledge; and +hence their meagre intellect is wholly given up to the service of the +will, and can never free itself from that service for a moment. + +Astrology furnishes a magnificent proof of this miserable subjective +tendency in men, which leads them to see everything only as bearing +upon themselves, and to think of nothing that is not straightway made +into a personal matter. The aim of astrology is to bring the motions +of the celestial bodies into relation with the wretched _Ego_ and to +establish a connection between a comet in the sky and squabbles and +rascalities on earth.[1] + +[Footnote 1: See, for instance, Stobasus, _Eclog. I_. xxii. 9.] + +SECTION 27. When any wrong statement is made, whether in public or +in society, or in books, and well received--or, at any rate, not +refuted--that that is no reason why you should despair or think there +the matter will rest. You should comfort yourself with the reflection +that the question will be afterwards gradually subjected to +examination; light will be thrown upon it; it will be thought over, +considered, discussed, and generally in the end the correct view will +be reached; so that, after a time--the length of which will depend +upon the difficulty of the subject--everyone will come to understand +that which a clear head saw at once. + +In the meantime, of course, you must have patience. He who can see +truly in the midst of general infatuation is like a man whose watch +keeps good time, when all clocks in the town in which he lives are +wrong. He alone knows the right time; but what use is that to him? +for everyone goes by the clocks which speak false, not even excepting +those who know that his watch is the only one that is right. + +SECTION 28. Men are like children, in that, if you spoil them, they +become naughty. + +Therefore it is well not to be too indulgent or charitable with +anyone. You may take it as a general rule that you will not lose a +friend by refusing him a loan, but that you are very likely to do +so by granting it; and, for similar reasons, you will not readily +alienate people by being somewhat proud and careless in your +behaviour; but if you are very kind and complaisant towards them, you +will often make them arrogant and intolerable, and so a breach will +ensue. + +There is one thing that, more than any other, throws people absolutely +off their balance--the thought that you are dependent upon them. This +is sure to produce an insolent and domineering manner towards you. +There are some people, indeed, who become rude if you enter into any +kind of relation with them; for instance, if you have occasion to +converse with them frequently upon confidential matters, they soon +come to fancy that they can take liberties with you, and so they try +and transgress the laws of politeness. This is why there are so few +with whom you care to become more intimate, and why you should avoid +familiarity with vulgar people. If a man comes to think that I am more +dependent upon him than he is upon me, he at once feels as though I +had stolen something from him; and his endeavor will be to have his +vengeance and get it back. The only way to attain superiority in +dealing with men, is to let it be seen that you are independent of +them. + +And in this view it is advisable to let everyone of your +acquaintance--whether man or woman--feel now and then that you +could very well dispense with their company. This will consolidate +friendship. Nay, with most people there will be no harm in +occasionally mixing a grain of disdain with your treatment of them; +that will make them value your friendship all the more. _Chi non +istima vien stimato_, as a subtle Italian proverb has it--to disregard +is to win regard. But if we really think very highly of a person, we +should conceal it from him like a crime. This is not a very gratifying +thing to do, but it is right. Why, a dog will not bear being treated +too kindly, let alone a man! + +SECTION 29. It is often the case that people of noble character and +great mental gifts betray a strange lack of worldly wisdom and a +deficiency in the knowledge of men, more especially when they are +young; with the result that it is easy to deceive or mislead them; and +that, on the other hand, natures of the commoner sort are more ready +and successful in making their way in the world. + +The reason of this is that, when a man has little or no experience, +he must judge by his own antecedent notions; and in matters demanding +judgment, an antecedent notion is never on the same level as +experience. For, with the commoner sort of people, an antecedent +notion means just their own selfish point of view. This is not the +case with those whose mind and character are above the ordinary; for +it is precisely in this respect--their unselfishness--that they differ +from the rest of mankind; and as they judge other people's thoughts +and actions by their own high standard, the result does not always +tally with their calculation. + +But if, in the end, a man of noble character comes to see, as the +effect of his own experience, or by the lessons he learns from others, +what it is that may be expected of men in general,--namely, that +five-sixths of them are morally and intellectually so constituted +that, if circumstances do not place you in relation with them, you had +better get out of their way and keep as far as possible from having +anything to do with them,--still, he will scarcely ever attain an +adequate notion of their wretchedly mean and shabby nature: all his +life long he will have to be extending and adding to the inferior +estimate he forms of them; and in the meantime he will commit a great +many mistakes and do himself harm. + +Then, again, after he has really taken to heart the lessons that have +been taught him, it will occasionally happen that, when he is in the +society of people whom he does not know, he will be surprised to +find how thoroughly reasonable they all appear to be, both in their +conversation and in their demeanor--in fact, quite honest, sincere, +virtuous and trustworthy people, and at the same time shrewd and +clever. + +But that ought not to perplex him. Nature is not like those bad +poets, who, in setting a fool or a knave before us, do their work so +clumsily, and with such evident design, that you might almost +fancy you saw the poet standing behind each of his characters, and +continually disavowing their sentiments, and telling you in a tone of +warning: _This is a knave; that is a fool; do not mind what he says_. +But Nature goes to work like Shakespeare and Goethe, poets who +make every one of their characters--even if it is the devil +himself!--appear to be quite in the right for the moment that they +come before us in their several parts; the characters are described so +objectively that they excite our interest and compel us to sympathize +with their point of view; for, like the works of Nature, every one +of these characters is evolved as the result of some hidden law +or principle, which makes all they say and do appear natural and +therefore necessary. And you will always be the prey or the plaything +of the devils and fools in this world, if you expect to see them going +about with horns or jangling their bells. + +And it should be borne in mind that, in their intercourse with others, +people are like the moon, or like hunchbacks; they show you only one +of their sides. Every man has an innate talent for mimicry,--for +making a mask out of his physiognomy, so that he can always look as +if he really were what he pretends to be; and since he makes his +calculations always within the lines of his individual nature, the +appearance he puts on suits him to a nicety, and its effect is +extremely deceptive. He dons his mask whenever his object is to +flatter himself into some one's good opinion; and you may pay just as +much attention to it as if it were made of wax or cardboard, never +forgetting that excellent Italian proverb: _non e si tristo cane che +non meni la coda_,--there is no dog so bad but that he will wag his +tail. + +In any case it is well to take care not to form a highly favorable +opinion of a person whose acquaintance you have only recently made, +for otherwise you are very likely to be disappointed; and then you +will be ashamed of yourself and perhaps even suffer some injury. +And while I am on the subject, there is another fact that deserves +mention. It is this. A man shows his character just in the way in +which he deals with trifles,--for then he is off his guard. This will +often afford a good opportunity of observing the boundless egoism of +man's nature, and his total lack of consideration for others; and +if these defects show themselves in small things, or merely in his +general demeanor, you will find that they also underlie his action in +matters of importance, although he may disguise the fact. This is an +opportunity which should not be missed. If in the little affairs of +every day,--the trifles of life, those matters to which the rule _de +minimis non_ applies,--a man is inconsiderate and seeks only what is +advantageous or convenient to himself, to the prejudice of others' +rights; if he appropriates to himself that which belongs to all alike, +you may be sure there is no justice in his heart, and that he would be +a scoundrel on a wholesale scale, only that law and compulsion bind +his hands. Do not trust him beyond your door. He who is not afraid +to break the laws of his own private circle, will break those of the +State when he can do so with impunity. + +If the average man were so constituted that the good in him outweighed +the bad, it would be more advisable to rely upon his sense of justice, +fairness, gratitude, fidelity, love or compassion, than to work upon +his fears; but as the contrary is the case, and it is the bad that +outweighs the good, the opposite course is the more prudent one. + +If any person with whom we are associated or have to do, exhibits +unpleasant or annoying qualities, we have only to ask ourselves +whether or not this person is of so much value to us that we can put +up with frequent and repeated exhibitions of the same qualities in a +somewhat aggravated form.[1] In case of an affirmative answer to this +question, there will not be much to be said, because talking is very +little use. We must let the matter pass, with or without some notice; +but we should nevertheless remember that we are thereby exposing +ourselves to a repetition of the offence. If the answer is in the +negative, we must break with our worthy friend at once and forever; or +in the case of a servant, dismiss him. For he will inevitably repeat +the offence, or do something tantamount to it, should the occasion +return, even though for the moment he is deep and sincere in his +assurances of the contrary. There is nothing, absolutely nothing, +that a man cannot forget,--but not _himself, his own character_. For +character is incorrigible; because all a man's actions emanate from an +inward principle, in virtue of which he must always do the same thing +under like circumstances; and he cannot do otherwise. Let me refer to +my prize essay on the so-called _Freedom of the Will_, the perusal +of which will dissipate any delusions the reader may have on this +subject. + +[Footnote 1: To _forgive and forget_ means to throw away dearly bought +experience.] + +To become reconciled to a friend with whom you have broken, is a form +of weakness; and you pay the penalty of it when he takes the first +opportunity of doing precisely the very thing which brought about +the breach; nay, he does it the more boldly, because he is secretly +conscious that you cannot get on without him. This is also applicable +to servants whom you have dismissed, and then taken into your service +again. + +For the same reason, you should just as little expect people to +continue to act in a similar way under altered circumstances. The +truth is that men alter their demeanor and sentiments just as fast as +their interest changes; and their resign in this respect is a bill +drawn for short payment that the man must be still more short-sighted +who accepts the bill without protesting it. Accordingly, suppose you +want to know how a man will behave in an office into which you think +of putting him; you should not build upon expectations, on his +promises or assurances. For, even allowing that he is quite sincere, +he is speaking about a matter of which he has no knowledge. The only +way to calculate how he will behave, is to consider the circumstances +in which he will be placed, and the extent to which they will conflict +with his character. + +If you wish to get a clear and profound insight--and it is very +needful--into the true but melancholy elements of which most men are +made, you will find in a very instructive thing to take the way they +behave in the pages of literature as a commentary to their doings in +practical life, and _vice versa._ The experience thus gained will be +very useful in avoiding wrong ideas, whether about yourself or about +others. But if you come across any special trait of meanness or +stupidity--in life or in literature,--you must be careful not to let +it annoy or distress you, but to look upon it merely as an addition to +your knowledge--a new fact to be considered in studying the character +of humanity. Your attitude towards it will be that of the mineralogist +who stumbles upon a very characteristic specimen of a mineral. + +Of course there are some facts which are very exceptional, and it is +difficult to understand how they arise, and how it is that there come +to be such enormous differences between man and man; but, in general, +what was said long ago is quite true, and the world is in a very bad +way. In savage countries they eat one another, in civilized they +deceive one another; and that is what people call the way of the +world! What are States and all the elaborate systems of political +machinery, and the rule of force, whether in home or in foreign +affairs,--what are they but barriers against the boundless iniquity +of mankind? Does not all history show that whenever a king is firmly +planted on a throne, and his people reach some degree of prosperity, +he uses it to lead his army, like a band of robbers, against adjoining +countries? Are not almost all wars ultimately undertaken for purposes +of plunder? In the most remote antiquity, and to some extent also in +the Middle Ages, the conquered became slaves,--in other words, they +had to work for those who conquered them; and where is the difference +between that and paying war-taxes, which represent the product of our +previous work? + +All war, says Voltaire, is a matter of robbery; and the Germans should +take that as a warning. + +SECTION 30. No man is so formed that he can be left entirely to +himself, to go his own ways; everyone needs to be guided by a +preconceived plan, and to follow certain general rules. But if this is +carried too far, and a man tries to take on a character which is not +natural or innate in him, but it artificially acquired and evolved +merely by a process of reasoning, he will very soon discover that +Nature cannot be forced, and that if you drive it out, it will return +despite your efforts:-- + +_Naturam expelles furca, tamen usque recurret_. + +To understand a rule governing conduct towards others, even to +discover it for oneself and to express it neatly, is easy enough; and +still, very soon afterwards, the rule may be broken in practice. But +that is no reason for despair; and you need not fancy that as it is +impossible to regulate your life in accordance with abstract ideas +and maxims, it is better to live just as you please. Here, as in all +theoretical instruction that aims at a practical result, the first +thing to do is to understand the rule; the second thing is to learn +the practice of it. The theory may be understand at once by an effort +of reason, and yet the practice of it acquired only in course of time. + +A pupil may lean the various notes on an instrument of music, or the +different position in fencing; and when he makes a mistake, as he +is sure to do, however hard he tries, he is apt to think it will be +impossible to observe the rules, when he is set to read music at sight +or challenged to a furious duel. But for all that, gradual practice +makes him perfect, through a long series of slips, blunders and fresh +efforts. It is just the same in other things; in learning to write and +speak Latin, a man will forget the grammatical rules; it is only +by long practice that a blockhead turns into a courtier, that a +passionate man becomes shrewd and worldly-wise, or a frank person +reserved, or a noble person ironical. But though self-discipline of +this kind is the result of long habit, it always works by a sort of +external compulsion, which Nature never ceases to resist and sometimes +unexpectedly overcomes. The difference between action in accordance +with abstract principles, and action as the result of original, +innate tendency, is the same as that between a work of art, say a +watch--where form and movement are impressed upon shapeless and inert +matter--and a living organism, where form and matter are one, and each +is inseparable from the other. + +There is a maxim attributed to the Emperor Napoleon, which expresses +this relation between acquired and innate character, and confirms what +I have said: _everything that is unnatural is imperfect_;--a rule of +universal application, whether in the physical or in the moral sphere. +The only exception I can think of to this rule is aventurine,[1] a +substance known to mineralogists, which in its natural state cannot +compare with the artificial preparation of it. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_. Aventurine is a rare kind of quartz; +and the same name is given to a brownish-colored glass much resembling +it, which is manufactured at Murano. It is so called from the fact +that the glass was discovered by chance _(arventura)_.] + +And in this connection let me utter a word of protest against any and +every form of _affectation_. It always arouses contempt; in the first +place, because it argues deception, and the deception is cowardly, +for it is based on fear; and, secondly, it argues self-condemnation, +because it means that a man is trying to appear what he is not, and +therefore something which he things better than he actually is. To +affect a quality, and to plume yourself upon it, is just to confess +that you have not got it. Whether it is courage, or learning, or +intellect, or wit, or success with women, or riches, or social +position, or whatever else it may be that a man boasts of, you may +conclude by his boasting about it that that is precisely the direction +in which he is rather weak; for if a man really possesses any faculty +to the full, it will not occur to him to make a great show of +affecting it; he is quite content to know that he has it. That is the +application of the Spanish proverb: _herradura que chacolotea clavo le +falta_--a clattering hoof means a nail gone. To be sure, as I said at +first, no man ought to let the reins go quite loose, and show himself +just as he is; for there are many evil and bestial sides to our nature +which require to be hidden away out of sight; and this justifies the +negative attitude of dissimulation, but it does not justify a +positive feigning of qualities which are not there. It should also be +remembered that affectation is recognized at once, even before it is +clear what it is that is being affected. And, finally, affectation +cannot last very long, and one day the mask will fall off. _Nemo +potest personam diu ferre fictam_, says Seneca;[1] _ficta cito in +naturam suam recidunt_--no one can persevere long in a fictitious +character; for nature will soon reassert itself. + +[Footnote 1: _De Clementia, I_. 1.] + +SECTION 31. A man bears the weight of his own body without knowing it, +but he soon feels the weight of any other, if he tries to move it; in +the same way, a man can see other people's shortcoming's and vices, +but he is blind to his own. This arrangement has one advantage: it +turns other people into a kind of mirror, in which a man can see +clearly everything that is vicious, faulty, ill-bred and loathsome in +his own nature; only, it is generally the old story of the dog barking +at is own image; it is himself that he sees and not another dog, as he +fancies. + +He who criticises others, works at the reformation of himself. Those +who form the secret habit of scrutinizing other people's general +behavior, and passing severe judgment upon what they do and leave +undone, thereby improve themselves, and work out their own perfection: +for they will have sufficient sense of justice, or at any rate enough +pride and vanity, to avoid in their own case that which they condemn +so harshly elsewhere. But tolerant people are just the opposite, +and claim for themselves the same indulgence that they extend to +others--_hanc veniam damus petimusque vicissim_. It is all very well +for the Bible to talk about the mote in another's eye and the beam in +one's own. The nature of the eye is to look not at itself but at other +things; and therefore to observe and blame faults in another is a +very suitable way of becoming conscious of one's own. We require a +looking-glass for the due dressing of our morals. + +The same rule applies in the case of style and fine writing. If, +instead of condemning, you applaud some new folly in these matters, +you will imitate it. That is just why literary follies have such vogue +in Germany. The Germans are a very tolerant people--everybody can see +that! Their maxim is--_Hanc veniam damns petimusque vicissim._ + +SECTION 32. When he is young, a man of noble character fancies that +the relations prevailing amongst mankind, and the alliances to which +these relations lead, are at bottom and essentially, _ideal_ in their +nature; that is to say, that they rest upon similarity of disposition +or sentiment, or taste, or intellectual power, and so on. + +But, later on, he finds out that it is a _real_ foundation which +underlies these alliances; that they are based upon some _material_ +interest. This is the true foundation of almost all alliances: nay, +most men have no notion of an alliance resting upon any other basis. +Accordingly we find that a man is always measured by the office he +holds, or by his occupation, nationality, or family relations--in a +word, by the position and character which have been assigned him +in the conventional arrangements of life, where he is ticketed and +treated as so much goods. Reference to what he is in himself, as a +man--to the measure of his own personal qualities--is never made +unless for convenience' sake: and so that view of a man is something +exceptional, to be set aside and ignored, the moment that anyone finds +it disagreeable; and this is what usually happens. But the more of +personal worth a man has, the less pleasure he will take in these +conventional arrangements; and he will try to withdraw from the sphere +in which they apply. The reason why these arrangements exist at all, +is simply that in this world of ours misery and need are the chief +features: therefore it is everywhere the essential and paramount +business of life to devise the means of alleviating them. + +SECTION 33. As paper-money circulates in the world instead of real +coin, so, is the place of true esteem and genuine friendship, you have +the outward appearance of it--a mimic show made to look as much like +the real thing as possible. + +On the other hand, it may be asked whether there are any people who +really deserve the true coin. For my own part, I should certainly pay +more respect to an honest dog wagging his tail than to a hundred such +demonstrations of human regard. + +True and genuine friendship presupposes a strong sympathy with the +weal and woe of another--purely objective in its character and quite +disinterested; and this in its turn means an absolute identification +of self with the object of friendship. The egoism of human nature is +so strongly antagonistic to any such sympathy, that true friendship +belongs to that class of things--the sea-serpent, for instance,--with +regard to which no one knows whether they are fabulous or really exist +somewhere or other. + +Still, in many cases, there is a grain of true and genuine friendship +in the relation of man to man, though generally, of course, some +secret personal interest is at the bottom of them--some one among the +many forms that selfishness can take. But in a world where all is +imperfect, this grain of true feeling is such an ennobling influence +that it gives some warrant for calling those relations by the name of +friendship, for they stand far above the ordinary friendships that +prevail amongst mankind. The latter are so constituted that, were you +to hear how your dear friends speak of you behind your back, you would +never say another word to them. + +Apart from the case where it would be a real help to you if your +friend were to make some great sacrifice to serve you, there is no +better means of testing the genuineness of his feelings than the way +in which he receives the news of a misfortune that has just happened +to you. At that moment the expression of his features will either show +that his one thought is that of true and sincere sympathy for you; or +else the absolute composure of his countenance, or the passing trace +of something other than sympathy, will confirm the well-known maxim +of La Rochefoucauld: _Dans l'adversite de nos meilleurs amis, nous +trouvons toujours quelque chose qui ne nous deplait pas_. Indeed, at +such a moment, the ordinary so-called friend will find it hard to +suppress the signs of a slight smile of pleasure. There are few ways +by which you can make more certain of putting people into a good humor +than by telling them of some trouble that has recently befallen you, +or by unreservedly disclosing some personal weakness of yours. How +characteristic this is of humanity! + +Distance and long absence are always prejudicial to friendship, +however disinclined a man may be to admit. Our regard for people whom +we do not see--even though they be our dearest friends--gradually +dries up in the course of years, and they become abstract notions; +so that our interest in them grows to be more and more +intellectual,--nay, it is kept up only as a kind of tradition; whilst +we retain a lively and deep interest in those who are constantly +before our eyes, even if they be only pet animals. This shows how +much men are limited by their senses, and how true is the remark that +Goethe makes in _Tasso_ about the dominant influence of the present +moment:-- + + _Die Gegenwart ist eine maechtige Goettin_[1] + +[Footnote 1: Act iv., se. 4.] + +_Friends of the house_ are very rightly so called; because they are +friends of the house rather than of its master; in other words, they +are more like cats than dogs. + +Your friends will tell you that they are sincere; your enemies are +really so. Let your enemies' censure be like a bitter medicine, to be +used as a means of self-knowledge. + +A friend in need, as the saying goes, is rare. Nay, it is just the +contrary; no sooner have you made a friend than he is in need, and +asks for a loan. + +SECTION 34. A man must be still a greenhorn in the ways of the +world, if he imagines that he can make himself popular in society by +exhibiting intelligence and discernment. With the immense majority +of people, such qualities excite hatred and resentment, which are +rendered all the harder to bear by the fact that people are obliged to +suppress--even from themselves--the real reason of their anger. + +What actually takes place is this. A man feels and perceives that the +person with whom he is conversing is intellectually very much his +superior.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. _Welt als Wills und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. p. 256 (4th +Edit.), where I quote from Dr. Johnson, and from Merck, the friend +of Goethe's youth. The former says: _There is nothing by which a man +exasperates most people more, than by displaying a superior ability of +brilliancy in conversation. They seem pleased at the time, but their +envy makes them curse him at their hearts._ (Boswells _Life of +Johnson_ aetat: 74).] + +He thereupon secretly and half unconsciously concludes that his +interlocutor must form a proportionately low and limited estimate of +his abilities. That is a method of reasoning--an enthymeme--which +rouses the bitterest feelings of sullen and rancorous hatred. And so +Gracian is quite right in saying that the only way to win affection +from people is to show the most animal-like simplicity of +demeanor--_para ser bien quisto, el unico medio vestirse la piel del +mas simple de los brutos_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Balthazar Graeian, _Oraculo manual, +y arte de prudencia_, 240. Gracian (1584-1658) was a Spanish prose +writer and Jesuit, whose works deal chiefly with the observation +of character in the various phenomena of life. Schopenhauer, among +others, had a great admiration for his worldly philosophy, and +translated his _Oraculo manual_--a system of rules for the conduct of +life--into German. The same book was translated into English towards +the close of the seventeenth century.] + +To show your intelligence and discernment is only an indirect way of +reproaching other people for being dull and incapable. And besides, it +is natural for a vulgar man to be violently agitated by the sight of +opposition in any form; and in this case envy comes in as the secret +cause of his hostility. For it is a matter of daily observation that +people take the greatest pleasure in that which satisfies their +vanity; and vanity cannot be satisfied without comparison with others. +Now, there is nothing of which a man is prouder than of intellectual +ability, for it is this that gives him his commanding place in the +animal world. It is an exceedingly rash thing to let any one see that +you are decidedly superior to him in this respect, and to let other +people see it too; because he will then thirst for vengeance, and +generally look about for an opportunity of taking it by means of +insult, because this is to pass from the sphere of _intellect_ to +that of _will_--and there, all are on an equal footing as regards the +feeling of hostility. Hence, while rank and riches may always reckon +upon deferential treatment in society, that is something which +intellectual ability can never expect; to be ignored is the greatest +favor shown to it; and if people notice it at all, it is because they +regard it as a piece of impertinence, or else as something to which +its possessor has no legitimate right, and upon which he dares to +pride himself; and in retaliation and revenge for his conduct, people +secretly try and humiliate him in some other way; and if they wait to +do this, it is only for a fitting opportunity. A man may be as humble +as possible in his demeanor, and yet hardly ever get people to +overlook his crime in standing intellectually above them. In the +_Garden of Roses_, Sadi makes the remark:--_You should know that +foolish people are a hundredfold more averse to meeting the wise than +the wise are indisposed for the company of the foolish_. + +On the other hand, it is a real recommendation to be stupid. For just +as warmth is agreeable to the body, so it does the mind good to feel +its superiority; and a man will seek company likely to give him this +feeling, as instinctively as he will approach the fireplace or walk +in the sun if he wants to get warm. But this means that he will be +disliked on account of his superiority; and if a man is to be liked, +he must really be inferior in point of intellect; and the same thing +holds good of a woman in point of beauty. To give proof of real and +unfeigned inferiority to some of the people you meet--that is a very +difficult business indeed! + +Consider how kindly and heartily a girl who is passably pretty will +welcome one who is downright ugly. Physical advantages are not thought +so much of in the case of man, though I suppose you would rather a +little man sat next to you than one who was bigger than yourself. This +is why, amongst men, it is the dull and ignorant, and amongst women, +the ugly, who are always popular and in request.[1] It is likely to +be said of such people that they are extremely good-natured, because +every one wants to find a pretext for caring about them--a pretext +which will blind both himself and other people to the real reason why +he likes them. This is also why mental superiority of any sort always +tends to isolate its possessor; people run away from him out of +pure hatred, and say all manner of bad things about him by way of +justifying their action. Beauty, in the case of women, has a similar +effect: very pretty girls have no friends of their own sex, and they +even find it hard to get another girl to keep them company. A handsome +woman should always avoid applying for a position as companion, +because the moment she enters the room, her prospective mistress will +scowl at her beauty, as a piece of folly with which, both for her own +and for her daughter's sake, she can very well dispense. But if the +girl has advantages of rank, the case is very different; because rank, +unlike personal qualities which work by the force of mere contrast, +produces its effect by a process of reflection; much in the same +way as the particular hue of a person's complexion depends upon the +prevailing tone of his immediate surroundings. + +[Footnote 1: If you desire to get on in the world, friends and +acquaintances are by far the best passport to fortune. The possession +of a great deal of ability makes a man proud, and therefore not apt to +flatter those who have very little, and from whom, on that account, +the possession of great ability should be carefully concealed. The +consciousness of small intellectual power has just the opposite +effect, and is very compatible with a humble, affable and +companionable nature, and with respect for what is mean and wretched. +This is why an inferior sort of man has so many friends to befriend +and encourage him. + +These remarks are applicable not only to advancement in political +life, but to all competition for places of honor and dignity, nay, +even for reputation in the world of science, literature and art. In +learned societies, for example, mediocrity--that very acceptable +quality--is always to the fore, whilst merit meets with tardy +recognition, or with none at all. So it is in everything.] + +SECTION 35. Our trust in other people often consists in great measure +of pure laziness, selfishness and vanity on our own part: I say +_laziness_, because, instead of making inquiries ourselves, and +exercising an active care, we prefer to trust others; _selfishness_, +because we are led to confide in people by the pressure of our own +affairs; and _vanity_, when we ask confidence for a matter on which we +rather pride ourselves. And yet, for all that, we expect people to be +true to the trust we repose in them. + +But we ought not to become angry if people put no trust in us: because +that really means that they pay honesty the sincere compliment of +regarding it as a very rare thing,--so rare, indeed, as to leave us in +doubt whether its existence is not merely fabulous. + +SECTION 36. _Politeness_,--which the Chinese hold to be a cardinal +virtue,--is based upon two considerations of policy. I have explained +one of these considerations in my _Ethics_; the other is as +follows:--Politeness is a tacit agreement that people's miserable +defects, whether moral or intellectual, shall on either side be +ignored and not made the subject of reproach; and since these defects +are thus rendered somewhat less obtrusive, the result is mutually +advantageous.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--In the passage referred to +_(Grundlage der Moral_, collected works, Vol. IV., pp. 187 and 198), +Schopenhauer explains politeness as a conventional and systematic +attempt to mask the egoism of human nature in the small affairs of +life,--an egoism so repulsive that some such device is necessary for +the purpose of concealing its ugliness. The relation which politeness +bears to the true love of one's neighbor is analogous to that existing +between justice as an affair of legality, and justice as the real +integrity of the heart.] + +It is a wise thing to be polite; consequently, it is a stupid thing +to be rude. To make enemies by unnecessary and willful incivility, +is just as insane a proceeding as to set your house on fire. For +politeness is like a counter--an avowedly false coin, with which it is +foolish to be stingy. A sensible man will be generous in the use +of it. It is customary in every country to end a letter with +the words:--_your most obedient servant_--_votre tres-humble +serviteur_--_suo devotissimo servo_. (The Germans are the only people +who suppress the word _servant_--_Diener_--because, of course, it is +not true!) However, to carry politeness to such an extent as to damage +your prospects, is like giving money where only counters are expected. + +Wax, a substance naturally hard and brittle, can be made soft by the +application of a little warmth, so that it will take any shape you +please. In the same way, by being polite and friendly, you can make +people pliable and obliging, even though they are apt to be crabbed +and malevolent. Hence politeness is to human nature what warmth is to +wax. + +Of course, it is no easy matter to be polite; in so far, I mean, as it +requires us to show great respect for everybody, whereas most people +deserve none at all; and again in so far as it demands that we should +feign the most lively interest in people, when we must be very glad +that we have nothing to do with them. To combine politeness with pride +is a masterpiece of wisdom. + +We should be much less ready to lose our temper over an +insult,--which, in the strict sense of the word, means that we have +not been treated with respect,--if, on the one hand, we have not such +an exaggerated estimate of our value and dignity--that is to say, if +we were not so immensely proud of ourselves; and, on the other hand, +if we had arrived at any clear notion of the judgment which, in his +heart, one man generally passes upon another. If most people resent +the slightest hint that any blame attaches to them, you may imagine +their feelings if they were to overhear what their acquaintance say +about them. You should never lose sight of the fact that ordinary +politeness is only a grinning mask: if it shifts its place a little, +or is removed for a moment, there is no use raising a hue and cry. +When a man is downright rude, it is as though he had taken off all his +clothes, and stood before you in _puris naturalibus_. Like most men in +this condition, he does not present a very attractive appearance. + +SECTION 37. You ought never to take any man as a model for what you +should do or leave undone; because position and circumstances are in +no two cases alike, and difference of character gives a peculiar, +individual tone to what a man does. Hence _duo cum faciunt idem, non +est idem_--two persons may do the same thing with a different result. +A man should act in accordance with his own character, as soon as he +has carefully deliberated on what he is about to do. + +The outcome of this is that _originality_ cannot be dispensed with in +practical matters: otherwise, what a man does will not accord with +what he is. + +SECTION 38. Never combat any man's opinion; for though you reached the +age of Methuselah, you would never have done setting him right upon +all the absurd things that he believes. + +It is also well to avoid correcting people's mistakes in conversation, +however good your intentions may be; for it is easy to offend people, +and difficult, if not impossible, to mend them. + +If you feel irritated by the absurd remarks of two people whose +conversation you happen to overhear, you should imagine that you are +listening to a dialogue of two fools in a comedy. _Probatum est._ + +The man who comes into the world with the notion that he is really +going to instruct in matters of the highest importance, may thank his +stars if he escapes with a whole skin. + +SECTION 39. If you want your judgment to be accepted, express it +coolly and without passion. All violence has its seat in the _will_; +and so, if your judgment is expressed with vehemence, people will +consider it an effort of will, and not the outcome of knowledge, which +is in its nature cold and unimpassioned. Since the will is the primary +and radical element in human nature, and _intellect_ merely supervenes +as something secondary, people are more likely to believe that the +opinion you express with so much vehemence is due to the excited state +of your will, rather than that the excitement of the will comes only +from the ardent nature of your opinion. + +SECTION 40. Even when you are fully justified in praising yourself, +you should never be seduced into doing so. For vanity is so very +common, and merit so very uncommon, that even if a man appears to be +praising himself, though very indirectly, people will be ready to lay +a hundred to one that he is talking out of pure vanity, and that he +has not sense enough to see what a fool he is making of himself. + +Still, for all that, there may be some truth in Bacon's remark that, +as in the case of calumny, if you throw enough dirt, some of it will +stick, so it it also in regard to self-praise; with the conclusion +that self-praise, in small doses, is to be recommended.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Schopenhauer alludes to the +following passage in Bacon's _De Augmentis Scientiarum_, Bk. viii., +ch. 2: _Sicut enim dici solet de calumnia_, audacter calumniare, +semper aliquid haeret; _sic dici potest de jactantia, (nisi plane +deformis fuerit et ridicula_), audacter te vendita, semper aliquid +haeret. _Haerebit certe apud populum, licet prudentiores subrideant. +Itaque existimatio parta apud plurimos paucorum fastidium abunde +compensabit._] + +SECTION 41. If you have reason to suspect that a person is telling you +a lie, look as though you believed every word he said. This will give +him courage to go on; he will become more vehement in his assertions, +and in the end betray himself. + +Again, if you perceive that a person is trying to conceal something +from you, but with only partial success, look as though you did not +believe him, This opposition on your part will provoke him into +leading out his reserve of truth and bringing the whole force of it to +bear upon your incredulity. + +SECTION 42. You should regard all your private affairs as secrets, +and, in respect of them, treat your acquaintances, even though you +are on good terms with them, as perfect strangers, letting them know +nothing more than they can see for themselves. For in course of time, +and under altered circumstances, you may find it a disadvantage that +they know even the most harmless things about you. + +And, as a general rule, it is more advisable to show your intelligence +by saying nothing than by speaking out; for silence is a matter +of prudence, whilst speech has something in it of vanity. The +opportunities for displaying the one or the other quality occur +equally often; but the fleeting satisfaction afforded by speech is +often preferred to the permanent advantage secured by silence. + +The feeling of relief which lively people experience in speaking aloud +when no one is listening, should not be indulged, lest it grow into a +habit; for in this way thought establishes such very friendly terms +with speech, that conversation is apt to become a process of thinking +aloud. Prudence exacts that a wide gulf should be fixed between what +we think and what we say. + +At times we fancy that people are utterly unable to believe in the +truth of some statement affecting us personally, whereas it never +occurs to them to doubt it; but if we give them the slightest +opportunity of doubting it, they find it absolutely impossible +to believe it any more. We often betray ourselves into revealing +something, simply because we suppose that people cannot help noticing +it,--just as a man will throw himself down from a great height because +he loses his head, in other words, because he fancies that he cannot +retain a firm footing any longer; the torment of his position is so +great, that he thinks it better to put an end to it at once. This is +the kind of insanity which is called _acrophobia_. + +But it should not be forgotten how clever people are in regard +to affairs which do not concern them, even though they show no +particularly sign of acuteness in other matters. This is a kind of +algebra in which people are very proficient: give them a single fact +to go upon, and they will solve the most complicated problems. So, +if you wish to relate some event that happened long ago, without +mentioning any names, or otherwise indicating the persons to whom you +refer, you should be very careful not to introduce into your narrative +anything that might point, however distantly, to some definite fact, +whether it is a particular locality, or a date, or the name of some +one who was only to a small extent implicated, or anything else that +was even remotely connected with the event; for that at once gives +people something positive to go upon, and by the aid of their talent +for this sort of algebra, they will discover all the rest. Their +curiosity in these matters becomes a kind of enthusiasm: their will +spurs on their intellect, and drives it forward to the attainment +of the most remote results. For however unsusceptible and different +people may be to general and universal truths, they are very ardent in +the matter of particular details. + +In keeping with what I have said, it will be found that all those +who profess to give instructions in the wisdom of life are specially +urgent in commending the practice of silence, and assign manifold +reasons why it should be observed; so it is not necessary for me to +enlarge upon the subject any further. However, I may just add one or +two little known Arabian proverbs, which occur to me as peculiarly +appropriate:-- + +_Do not tell a friend anything that you would conceal from an enemy_. + +_A secret is in my custody, if I keep it; but should it escape me, it +is I who am the prisoner_. + +_The tree of silence bears the fruit of peace_. + +SECTION 43. Money is never spent to so much advantage as when you have +been cheated out of it; for at one stroke you have purchased prudence. + +SECTION 44. If possible, no animosity should be felt for anyone. But +carefully observe and remember the manner in which a man conducts +himself, so that you may take the measure of his value,--at any +rate in regard to yourself,--and regulate your bearing towards +him accordingly; never losing sight of the fact that character +is unalterable, and that to forget the bad features in a man's +disposition is like throwing away hard-won money. Thus you will +protect yourself against the results of unwise intimacy and foolish +friendship. + +_Give way neither to love nor to hate_, is one-half of worldly wisdom: +_say nothing and believe nothing_, the other half. Truly, a world +where there is need of such rules as this and the following, is one +upon which a man may well turn his back. + +SECTION 45. To speak angrily to a person, to show your hatred by +what you say or by the way you look, is an unnecessary +proceeding--dangerous, foolish, ridiculous, and vulgar. + +Anger and hatred should never be shown otherwise than in what you do; +and feelings will be all the more effective in action, in so far +as you avoid the exhibition of them in any other way. It is only +cold-blooded animals whose bite is poisonous. + +SECTION 46. To speak without emphasizing your words--_parler sans +accent_--is an old rule with those who are wise in the world's ways. +It means that you should leave other people to discover what it is +that you have said; and as their minds are slow, you can make your +escape in time. On the other hand, to emphasize your meaning--_parler +avec accent_--is to address their feelings; and the result is always +the opposite of what you expect. If you are polite enough in your +manner and courteous in your tone there are many people whom you may +abuse outright, and yet run no immediate risk of offending them. + + + + +CHAPTER IV, + +WORLDLY FORTUNE.--SECTION 47. + + +However varied the forms that human destiny may take, the same +elements are always present; and so life is everywhere much of a +piece, whether it passed in the cottage or in the palace, in the +barrack or in the cloister. Alter the circumstance as much as you +please! point to strange adventures, successes, failures! life is like +a sweet-shop, where there is a great variety of things, odd in shape +and diverse in color--one and all made from the same paste. And when +men speak of some one's success, the lot of the man who has failed is +not so very different as it seems. The inequalities in the world are +like the combinations in a kaleidoscope; at every turn a fresh picture +strikes the eye; and yet, in reality, you see only the same bits of +glass as you saw before. + +SECTION 48. An ancient writer says, very truly, that there are three +great powers in the world; _Sagacity, Strength_, and _Luck_,--[Greek: +sunetos, kratos, tuchu.] I think the last is the most efficacious. + +A man's life is like the voyage of a ship, where luck--_secunda aut +adversa fortuna_--acts the part of the wind, and speeds the vessel on +its way or drives it far out of its course. All that the man can do +for himself is of little avail; like the rudder, which, if worked hard +and continuously, may help in the navigation of the ship; and yet all +may be lost again by a sudden squall. But if the wind is only in the +right quarter, the ship will sail on so as not to need any steering. +The power of luck is nowhere better expressed than in a certain +Spanish proverb: _Da Ventura a tu hijo, y echa lo en el mar_--give +your son luck and throw him into the sea. + +Still, chance, it may be said, is a malignant power, and as little +as possible should be left to its agency. And yet where is there any +giver who, in dispensing gifts, tells us quite clearly that we have no +right to them, and that we owe them not to any merit on our part, +but wholly to the goodness and grace of the giver--at the same time +allowing us to cherish the joyful hope of receiving, in all humility, +further undeserved gifts from the same hands--where is there any giver +like that, unless it be _Chance_? who understands the kingly art of +showing the recipient that all merit is powerless and unavailing +against the royal grace and favor. + +On looking back over the course of his life,--that _labyrinthine way +of error_,--a man must see many points where luck failed him and +misfortune came; and then it is easy to carry self-reproach to an +unjust excess. For the course of a man's life is in no wise entirely +of his own making; it is the product of two factors--the series of +things that happened, and his own resolves in regard to them, and +these two are constantly interacting upon and modifying each other. +And besides these, another influence is at work in the very limited +extent of a man's horizon, whether it is that he cannot see very far +ahead in respect of the plans he will adopt, or that he is still less +able to predict the course of future events: his knowledge is strictly +confined to present plans and present events. Hence, as long as a +man's goal is far off, he cannot steer straight for it; he must be +content to make a course that is approximately right; and in following +the direction in which he thinks he ought to go, he will often have +occasion to tack. + +All that a man can do is to form such resolves as from time to time +accord with the circumstances in which he is placed, in the hope of +thus managing to advance a step nearer towards the final goal. It is +usually the case that the position in which we stand, and the object +at which we aim, resemble two tendencies working with dissimilar +strength in different directions; and the course of our life is +represented by their diagonal, or resultant force. + +Terence makes the remark that life is like a game at dice, where if +the number that turns up is not precisely the one you want, you can +still contrive to use it equally:--_in vita est hominum quasi cum +ludas tesseris; si illud quod maxime opus est jactu non cadit, illud +quod cecidit forte, id arte ut corrigas_.[1] Or, to put the matter +more shortly, life is a game of cards, when the cards are shuffled and +dealt by fate. But for my present purpose, the most suitable simile +would be that of a game of chess, where the plan we determined to +follow is conditioned by the play of our rival,--in life, by the +caprice of fate. We are compelled to modify our tactics, often to such +an extent that, as we carry them out, hardly a single feature of the +original plan can be recognized. + +[Footnote 1: He seems to have been referring to a game something like +backgammon.] + +But above and beyond all this, there is another influence that makes +itself felt in our lives. It is a trite saying--only too frequently +true--that we are often more foolish than we think. On the other hand, +we are often wiser than we fancy ourselves to be. This, however, is a +discovery which only those can make, of whom it is really true; and it +takes them a long time to make it. Our brains are not the wisest +part of us. In the great moments of life, when a man decides upon +an important step, his action is directed not so much by any clear +knowledge of the right thing to do, as by an inner impulse--you may +almost call it an instinct--proceeding from the deepest foundations of +his being. If, later on, he attempts to criticise his action by the +light of hard and fast ideas of what is right in the abstract--those +unprofitable ideas which are learnt by rote, or, it may be, borrowed +from other people; if he begins to apply general rules, the principles +which have guided others, to his own case, without sufficiently +weighing the maxim that one man's meat is another's poison, then he +will run great risk of doing himself an injustice. The result will +show where the right course lay. It is only when a man has reached +the happy age of wisdom that he is capable of just judgment in regard +either to his own actions or to those of others. + +It may be that this impulse or instinct is the unconscious effect of a +kind of prophetic dream which is forgotten when we awake--lending +our life a uniformity of tone, a dramatic unity, such as could never +result from the unstable moments of consciousness, when we are so +easily led into error, so liable to strike a false note. It is in +virtue of some such prophetic dream that a man feels himself called to +great achievements in a special sphere, and works in that direction +from his youth up out of an inner and secret feeling that that is his +true path, just as by a similar instinct the bee is led to build up +its cells in the comb. This is the impulse which Balthazar Gracian +calls _la gran sinderesis_[1]--the great power of moral discernment: +it is something that a man instinctively feels to be his salvation +without which he were lost. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--This obscure word appears to be +derived from the Greek _sugtaereo_ (N.T. and Polyb.) meaning "to +observe strictly." It occurs in _The Doctor and Student_, a series of +dialogues between a doctor of divinity and a student on the laws of +England, first published in 1518; and is there (Dialog. I. ch. 13) +explained as "a natural power of the soule, set in the highest part +thereof, moving and stirring it to good, and abhoring evil." This +passage is copied into Milton's Commonplace Book, edit. _Horwood_, Sec. +79. The word is also found in the Dictionary of the Spanish Academy +(vol. vi. of the year 1739) in the sense of an innate discernment +of moral principles, where a quotation is given from Madre Maria de +Jesus, abbess of the convent of the Conception at Agreda, a mystical +writer of the seventeenth century, frequently consulted by Philip +IV.,--and again in the Bolognese Dictionary of 1824, with a similar +meaning, illustrated from the writings of Salvini (1653-1729). For +these references I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Norman Maccoll.] + +To act in accordance with abstract principles is a difficult matter, +and a great deal of practice will be required before you can be even +occasionally successful; it of tens happens that the principles do not +fit in with your particular case. But every man has certain innate +_concrete principles_--a part, as it were, of the very blood that +flows in his veins, the sum or result, in fact, of all his thoughts, +feelings and volitions. Usually he has no knowledge of them in any +abstract form; it is only when he looks back upon the course his life +has taken, that he becomes aware of having been always led on by +them--as though they formed an invisible clue which he had followed +unawares. + +SECTION 49. That Time works great changes, and that all things are +in their nature fleeting--these are truths that should never be +forgotten. Hence, in whatever case you may be, it is well to picture +to yourself the opposite: in prosperity, to be mindful of misfortune; +in friendship, of enmity; in good weather, of days when the sky is +overcast; in love, of hatred; in moments of trust, to imagine the +betrayal that will make you regret your confidence; and so, too, when +you are in evil plight, to have a lively sense of happier times--what +a lasting source of true worldly wisdom were there! We should then +always reflect, and not be so very easily deceived; because, in +general, we should anticipate the very changes that the years will +bring. + +Perhaps in no form of knowledge is personal experience so +indispensable as in learning to see that all things are unstable and +transitory in this world. There is nothing that, in its own place and +for the time it lasts, is not a product of necessity, and therefore +capable of being fully justified; and it is this fact that makes +circumstances of every year, every month, even of every day, seem as +though they might maintain their right to last to all eternity. But we +know that this can never be the case, and that in a world where all is +fleeting, change alone endures. He is a prudent man who is not only +undeceived by apparent stability, but is able to forecast the lines +upon which movement will take place.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Chance_ plays so great a part in all human affairs that +when a man tries to ward off a remote danger by present sacrifice, the +danger often vanishes under some new and unforeseen development of +events; and then the sacrifice, in addition to being a complete loss, +brings about such an altered state of things as to be in itself a +source of positive danger in the face of this new development. In +taking measures of precaution, then, it is well not to look too far +ahead, but to reckon with chance; and often to oppose a courageous +front to a danger, in the hope that, like many a dark thunder-cloud, +it may pass away without breaking.] + +But people generally think that present circumstances will last, and +that matters will go on in the future as they have clone in the past. +Their mistakes arises from the fact that they do not understand the +cause of the things they see--causes which, unlike the effects they +produce, contain in themselves the germ of future change. The +effects are all that people know, and they hold fast to them on the +supposition that those unknown causes, which were sufficient to bring +them about, will also be able to maintain them as they are. This is a +very common error; and the fact that it is common is not without its +advantage, for it means that people always err in unison; and hence +the calamity which results from the error affects all alike, and is +therefore easy to bear; whereas, if a philosopher makes a mistake, he +is alone in his error, and so at a double disadvantage.[1] + +[Footnote 1: I may remark, parenthetically, that all this is a +confirmation of the principle laid down in _Die Welt als Wille und +Vorstellung_ (Bk. I. p. 94: 4th edit.), that error always consists in +making _a wrong inference_, that is, in ascribing a given effect to +something that did not cause it.] + +But in saying that we should anticipate the effects of time, I mean +that we should mentally forecast what they are likely to be; I do +not mean that we should practically forestall them, by demanding the +immediate performance of promises which time alone can fulfill. The +man who makes his demand will find out that there is no worse or more +exacting usurer than Time; and that, if you compel Time to give money +in advance, you will have to pay a rate of interest more ruinous than +any Jew would require. It is possible, for instance, to make a tree +burst forth into leaf, blossom, or even bear fruit within a few days, +by the application of unslaked lime and artificial heat; but after +that the tree will wither away. So a young man may abuse his +strength--it may be only for a few weeks--by trying to do at nineteen +what he could easily manage at thirty, and Time may give him the loan +for which he asks; but the interest he will have to pay comes out of +the strength of his later years; nay, it is part of his very life +itself. + +There are some kinds of illness in which entire restoration to health +is possible only by letting the complaint run its natural course; +after which it disappears without leaving any trace of its existence. +But if the sufferer is very impatient, and, while he is still +affected, insists that he is completely well, in this case, too, +Time will grant the loan, and the complaint may be shaken off; but +life-long weakness and chronic mischief will be the interest paid upon +it. + +Again, in time of war or general disturbance, a man may require ready +money at once, and have to sell out his investments in land or consols +for a third or even a still smaller fraction of the sum he would have +received from them, if he could have waited for the market to right +itself, which would have happened in due course; but he compels Time +to grant him a loan, and his loss is the interest he has to pay. Or +perhaps he wants to go on a long journey and requires the money: in +one or two years he could lay by a sufficient sum out of his income, +but he cannot afford to wait; and so he either borrows it or deducts +it from his capital; in other words, he gets Time to lend him the +money in advance. The interest he pays is a disordered state of his +accounts, and permanent and increasing deficits, which he can never +make good. + +Such is Time's usury; and all who cannot wait are its victims. There +is no more thriftless proceeding than to try and mend the measured +pace of Time. Be careful, then, not to become its debtor. + +SECTION 50. In the daily affairs of life, you will have very many +opportunities of recognizing a characteristic difference between +ordinary people of prudence and discretion. In estimating the +possibility of danger in connection with any undertaking, an ordinary +man will confine his inquiries to the kind of risk that has already +attended such undertakings in the past; whereas a prudent person will +look ahead, and consider everything that might possibly happen in the +future, having regard to a certain Spanish maxim: _lo que no acaece en +un ano, acaece en un rato_--a thing may not happen in a year, and yet +may happen within two minutes. + +The difference in question is, of course, quite natural; for it +requires some amount of discernment to calculate possibilities; but +a man need only have his senses about him to see what has already +happened. + +Do not omit to sacrifice to evil spirits. What I mean is, that a man +should not hesitate about spending time, trouble, and money, or giving +up his comfort, or restricting his aims and denying himself, if he +can thereby shut the door on the possibility of misfortune. The most +terrible misfortunes are also the most improbable and remote--the +least likely to occur. The rule I am giving is best exemplified in +the practice of insurance,--a public sacrifice made on the altar of +anxiety. Therefore take out your policy of insurance! + +SECTION 51. Whatever fate befalls you, do not give way to great +rejoicings or great lamentations; partly because all things are full +of change, and your fortune may turn at any moment; partly because men +are so apt to be deceived in their judgment as to what is good or bad +for them. + +Almost every one in his turn has lamented over something which +afterwards turned out to be the very best thing for him that could +have happened--or rejoiced at an event which became the source of his +greatest sufferings. The right state of mind has been finely portrayed +by Shakespeare: + +_I have felt so many quirks of joy and grief That the first face of +neither, on the start, Can woman me unto't_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _All's Well that Ends Well, Act. ii. Sc. 2_.] + +And, in general, it may be said that, if a man takes misfortunes +quietly, it is because he knows that very many dreadful things may +happen in the course of life; and so he looks upon the trouble of the +moment as only a very small part of that which might come. This is +the Stoic temper--never to be unmindful of the sad fate of +humanity--_condicionis humanoe oblitus_; but always to remember that +our existence is full of woe and misery: and that the ills to which we +are exposed are innumerable. Wherever he be, a man need only cast a +look around, to revive the sense of human misery: there before his +eyes he can see mankind struggling and floundering in torment,--all +for the sake of a wretched existence, barren and unprofitable! + +If he remembers this, a man will not expect very much from life, but +learn to accommodate himself to a world where all is relative and no +perfect state exists;--always looking misfortune in the face, and if +he cannot avoid it, meeting it with courage. + +It should never be forgotten that misfortune, be it great or small, is +the element in which we live. But that is no reason why a man should +indulge in fretful complaints, and, like Beresford,[1] pull a long +face over the _Miseries of Human Life_,--and not a single hour is free +from them; or still less, call upon the Deity at every flea-bite--_in +pulicis morsu Deum invocare_. Our aim should be to look well about us, +to ward off misfortune by going to meet it, to attain such perfection +and refinement in averting the disagreeable things of life,--whether +they come from our fellow-men or from the physical world,--that, like +a clever fox, we may slip out of the way of every mishap, great or +small; remembering that a mishap is generally only our own awkwardness +in disguise. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Rev. James Beresford (1764-1840), +miscellaneous writer. The full title of this, his chief work, is "The +Miseries of Human Life; or the last groans of Timothy Testy and Samuel +Sensitive, with a few supplementary sighs from Mrs. Testy."] + +The main reason why misfortune falls less heavily upon us, if we have +looked upon its occurrence as not impossible, and, as the saying is, +prepared ourselves for it, may be this: if, before this misfortune +comes, we have quietly thought over it as something which may or may +not happen, the whole of its extent and range is known to us, and we +can, at least, determine how far it will affect us; so that, if it +really arrives, it does not depress us unduly--its weight is not felt +to be greater than it actually is. But if no preparation has been +made to meet it, and it comes unexpectedly, the mind is in a state of +terror for the moment and unable to measure the full extent of the +calamity; it seems so far-reaching in its effects that the victim +might well think there was no limit to them; in any case, its range is +exaggerated. In the same way, darkness and uncertainty always increase +the sense of danger. And, of course, if we have thought over the +possibility of misfortune, we have also at the same time considered +the sources to which we shall look for help and consolation; or, at +any rate, we have accustomed ourselves to the idea of it. + +There is nothing that better fits us to endure the misfortunes of +life with composure, than to know for certain that _everything +that happens--from the smallest up to the greatest facts of +existence--happens of necessity._[1] A man soon accommodates himself +to the inevitable--to something that must be; and if he knows that +nothing can happen except of necessity, he will see that things cannot +be other that they are, and that even the strangest chances in the +world are just as much a product of necessity as phenomena which obey +well-known rules and turn out exactly in accordance with expectation. +Let me here refer to what I have said elsewhere on the soothing effect +of the knowledge that all things are inevitable and a product of +necessity.[2] + +[Footnote 1: This is a truth which I have firmly established in my +prize-essay on the _Freedom of the Will_, where the reader will find a +detailed explanation of the grounds on which it rests. Cf. especially +p. 60. [Schopenhauer's Works, 4th Edit., vol. iv.--_Tr_.]] + +[Footnote 2: Cf. _Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. I. p. 361 (4th +edit.).] + +If a man is steeped in the knowledge of this truth, he will, first of +all, do what he can, and then readily endure what he must. + +We may regard the petty vexations of life that are constantly +happening, as designed to keep us in practice for bearing great +misfortunes, so that we may not become completely enervated by a +career of prosperity. A man should be as Siegfried, armed _cap-a-pie_, +towards the small troubles of every day--those little differences we +have with our fellow-men, insignificant disputes, unbecoming conduct +in other people, petty gossip, and many other similar annoyances of +life; he should not feel them at all, much less take them to heart and +brood over them, but hold them at arm's length and push them out of +his way, like stones that lie in the road, and upon no account think +about them and give them a place in his reflections. + +SECTION 52. What people commonly call _Fate_ is, as a general rule, +nothing but their own stupid and foolish conduct. There is a fine +passage in Homer,[1] illustrating the truth of this remark, where +the poet praises [GREEK: maetis]--shrewd council; and his advice +is worthy of all attention. For if wickedness is atoned for only in +another world, stupidity gets its reward here--although, now and then, +mercy may be shown to the offender. + +[Footnote 1: _Iliad_, xxiii. 313, sqq.] + +It is not ferocity but cunning that strikes fear into the heart +and forebodes danger; so true it is that the human brain is a more +terrible weapon than the lion's paw. + +The most finished man of the world would be one who was never +irresolute and never in a hurry. + +SECTION 53. _Courage_ comes next to prudence as a quality of mind very +essential to happiness. It is quite true that no one can endow himself +with either, since a man inherits prudence from his mother and courage +from his father; still, if he has these qualities, he can do much to +develop them by means of resolute exercise. + +In this world, _where the game is played with loaded dice_, a man must +have a temper of iron, with armor proof to the blows of fate, and +weapons to make his way against men. Life is one long battle; we have +to fight at every step; and Voltaire very rightly says that if we +succeed, it is at the point of the sword, and that we die with the +weapon in our hand--on _ne reussit dans ce monde qua la pointe de +l'epee, et on meurt les armes a la main_. It is a cowardly soul that +shrinks or grows faint and despondent as soon as the storm begins to +gather, or even when the first cloud appears on the horizon. Our motto +should be _No Surrender_; and far from yielding to the ills of life, +let us take fresh courage from misfortune:-- + +_Tu ne cede malis sed contra audentior ito_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Virgil, _Aeneid_, vi. 95.] + +As long as the issue of any matter fraught with peril is still in +doubt, and there is yet some possibility left that all may come right, +no one should ever tremble or think of anything but resistance,--just +as a man should not despair of the weather if he can see a bit of blue +sky anywhere. Let our attitude be such that we should not quake even +if the world fell in ruins about us:-- + + _Si fractus illabatur orbis + Impavidum ferient ruinae_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Horace, Odes iii. 3.] + +Our whole life itself--let alone its blessings--would not be worth +such a cowardly trembling and shrinking of the heart. Therefore, let +us face life courageously and show a firm front to every ill:-- + +_Quocirca vivite fortes Fortiaque adversis opponite pectora rebus_. + +Still, it is possible for courage to be carried to an excess and to +degenerate into rashness. It may even be said that some amount of fear +is necessary, if we are to exist at all in the world, and cowardice +is only the exaggerated form of it. This truth has been very well +expressed by Bacon, in his account of _Terror Panicus_; and the +etymological account which he gives of its meaning, is very superior +to the ancient explanation preserved for us by Plutarch.[1] He +connects the expression with _Pan_ the personification of Nature;[2] +and observes that fear is innate in every living thing, and, in fact, +tends to its preservation, but that it is apt to come into play +without due cause, and that man is especially exposed to it. The chief +feature of this _Panie Terror_ is that there is no clear notion of any +definite danger bound up with it; that it presumes rather than knows +that danger exists; and that, in case of need, it pleads fright itself +as the reason for being afraid. + +[Footnote 1: _De Iside et Osiride_ ch. 14.] + +[Footnote 2: _De Sapientia Veterum_, C. 6. _Natura enim rerum omnibus +viventibus indidit mentum ac formidinem, vitae atque essentiae suae +conservatricem, ac mala ingruentia vitantem et depellentem. Verumtamen +eaden natura modum tenere nescia est: sed timoribus salutaribus semper +vanos et innanes admiscet; adeo ut omnia (si intus conspici darentur) +Panicis terroribus plenissima sint praesertim humana_.] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE AGES OF LIFE. + + +There is a very fine saying of Voltaire's to the effect that every age +of life has its own peculiar mental character, and that a man will +feel completely unhappy if his mind is not in accordance with his +years:-- + + _Qui n'a pas l'esprit de son age, + De son age atout le malheur_. + +It will, therefore, be a fitting close to our speculations upon the +nature of happiness, if we glance at the chances which the various +periods of life produce in us. + +Our whole life long it is _the present_, and the present alone, that +we actually possess: the only difference is that at the beginning of +life we look forward to a long future, and that towards the end we +look back upon a long past; also that our temperament, but not our +character, undergoes certain well-known changes, which make _the +present_ wear a different color at each period of life. + +I have elsewhere stated that in childhood we are more given to using +our _intellect_ than our _will_; and I have explained why this is +so.[1] It is just for this reason that the first quarter of life is so +happy: as we look back upon it in after years, it seems a sort of lost +paradise. In childhood our relations with others are limited, our +wants are few,--in a word, there is little stimulus for the will; +and so our chief concern is the extension of our knowledge. The +intellect--like the brain, which attains its full size in the seventh +year,[2] is developed early, though it takes time to mature; and it +explores the whole world of its surroundings in its constant search +for nutriment: it is then that existence is in itself an ever fresh +delight, and all things sparkle with the charm of novelty. + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Schopenhauer refers to _Die Welt +als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. c, 31, p. 451 (4th edit.), where +he explains that this is due to the fact that at that period of life +the brain and nervous system are much more developed than any other +part of the organism.] + +[Footnote 2: _Translator's Note_.--This statement is not quite +correct. The weight of the brain increases rapidly up to the seventh +year, more slowly between the sixteenth and the twentieth year, still +more slowly till between thirty and forty years of age, when it +attains its maximum. At each decennial period after this, it is +supposed to decrease in weight on the average, an ounce for every ten +years.] + +This is why the years of childhood are like a long poem. For the +function of poetry, as of all art, is to grasp the _Idea_--in the +Platonic sense; in other words, to apprehend a particular object in +such a way as to perceive its essential nature, the characteristics +it has in common with all other objects of the same kind; so that +a single object appears as the representative of a class, and the +results of one experience hold good for a thousand. + +It may be thought that my remarks are opposed to fact, and that the +child is never occupied with anything beyond the individual objects or +events which are presented to it from time to time, and then only in +so far as they interest and excite its will for the moment; but this +is not really the case. In those early years, life--in the full +meaning of the word, is something so new and fresh, and its sensations +are so keen and unblunted by repetition, that, in the midst of all its +pursuits and without any clear consciousness of what it is doing, +the child is always silently occupied in grasping the nature of life +itself,--in arriving at its fundamental character and general outline +by means of separate scenes and experiences; or, to use Spinoza's +phraseology, the child is learning to see the things and persons +about it _sub specie aeternitatis_,--as particular manifestations of +universal law. + +The younger we are, then, the more does every individual object +represent for us the whole class to which it belongs; but as the years +increase, this becomes less and less the case. That is the reason why +youthful impressions are so different from those of old age. And that +it also why the slight knowledge and experience gained in childhood +and youth afterwards come to stand as the permanent rubric, or +heading, for all the knowledge acquired in later life,--those early +forms of knowledge passing into categories, as it were, under which +the results of subsequent experience are classified; though a clear +consciousness of what is being done, does not always attend upon the +process. + +In this way the earliest years of a man's life lay the foundation of +his view of the world, whether it be shallow or deep; and although +this view may be extended and perfected later on, it is not materially +altered. It is an effect of this purely objective and therefore +poetical view of the world,--essential to the period of childhood +and promoted by the as yet undeveloped state of the volitional +energy--that, as children, we are concerned much more with the +acquisition of pure knowledge than with exercising the power of will. +Hence that grave, fixed look observable in so many children, of which +Raphael makes such a happy use in his depiction of cherubs, especially +in the picture of the _Sistine Madonna_. The years of childhood are +thus rendered so full of bliss that the memory of them is always +coupled with longing and regret. + +While we thus eagerly apply ourselves to learning the outward aspect +of things, as the primitive method of understanding the objects about +us, education aims at instilling into us _ideas_. But ideas furnish no +information as to the real and essential nature of objects, which, as +the foundation and true content of all knowledge, can be reached only +by the process called _intuition_. This is a kind of knowledge which +can in no wise be instilled into us from without; we must arrive at it +by and for ourselves. + +Hence a man's intellectual as well as his moral qualities proceed +from the depths of his own nature, and are not the result of external +influences; and no educational scheme--of Pestalozzi, or of any one +else--can turn a born simpleton into a man of sense. The thing is +impossible! He was born a simpleton, and a simpleton he will die. + +It is the depth and intensity of this early intuitive knowledge of the +external world that explain why the experiences of childhood take such +a firm hold on the memory. When we were young, we were completely +absorbed in our immediate surroundings; there was nothing to distract +our attention from them; we looked upon the objects about us as though +they were the only ones of their kind, as though, indeed, nothing else +existed at all. Later on, when we come to find out how many things +there are in the world, this primitive state of mind vanishes, and +with it our patience. + +I have said elsewhere[1] that the world, considered as _object_,--in +other words, as it is _presented_ to us objectively,--wears in +general a pleasing aspect; but that in the world, considered as +_subject_,--that is, in regard to its inner nature, which is +_will_,--pain and trouble predominate. I may be allowed to express the +matter, briefly, thus: _the world is glorious to look at, but dreadful +in reality_. + +[Footnote 1: _Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. c. 31, p. +426-7 (4th Edit.), to which the reader is referred for a detailed +explanation of my meaning.] + +Accordingly, we find that, in the years of childhood, the world is +much better known to us on its outer or objective side, namely, as the +presentation of will, than on the side of its inner nature, namely, as +the will itself. Since the objective side wears a pleasing aspect, and +the inner or subjective side, with its tale of horror, remains as yet +unknown, the youth, as his intelligence develops, takes all the forms +of beauty that he sees, in nature and in art, for so many objects of +blissful existence; they are so beautiful to the outward eye that, on +their inner side, they must, he thinks, be much more beautiful still. +So the world lies before him like another Eden; and this is the +Arcadia in which we are all born. + +A little later, this state of mind gives birth to a thirst for real +life--the impulse to do and suffer--which drives a man forth into +the hurly-burly of the world. There he learns the other side of +existence--the inner side, the will, which is thwarted at every step. +Then comes the great period of disillusion, a period of very gradual +growth; but once it has fairly begun, a man will tell you that he has +got over all his false notions--_l'age des illusions est passe_; and +yet the process is only beginning, and it goes on extending its sway +and applying more and more to the whole of life. + +So it may be said that in childhood, life looks like the scenery in +a theatre, as you view it from a distance; and that in old age it is +like the same scenery when you come up quite close to it. + +And, lastly, there is another circumstance that contributes to the +happiness of childhood. As spring commences, the young leaves on the +trees are similar in color and much the same in shape; and in the +first years of life we all resemble one another and harmonize very +well. But with puberty divergence begins; and, like the radii of a +circle, we go further and further apart. + +The period of youth, which forms the remainder of this earlier half of +our existence--and how many advantages it has over the later half!--is +troubled and made miserable by the pursuit of happiness, as though +there were no doubt that it can be met with somewhere in life,--a hope +that always ends in failure and leads to discontent. An illusory +image of some vague future bliss--born of a dream and shaped by +fancy--floats before our eyes; and we search for the reality in +vain. So it is that the young man is generally dissatisfied with the +position in which he finds himself, whatever it may be; he ascribes +his disappointment solely to the state of things that meets him on +his first introduction to life, when he had expected something very +different; whereas it is only the vanity and wretchedness of human +life everywhere that he is now for the first time experiencing. + +It would be a great advantage to a young man if his early training +could eradicate the idea that the world has a great deal to offer him. +But the usual result of education is to strengthen this delusion; and +our first ideas of life are generally taken from fiction rather than +from fact. + +In the bright dawn of our youthful days, the poetry of life spreads +out a gorgeous vision before us, and we torture ourselves by longing +to see it realized. We might as well wish to grasp the rainbow! The +youth expects his career to be like an interesting romance; and there +lies the germ of that disappointment which I have been describing.[1] +What lends a charm to all these visions is just the fact that they are +visionary and not real, and that in contemplating them we are in the +sphere of pure knowledge, which is sufficient in itself and free from +the noise and struggle of life. To try and realize those visions is +to make them an object of _will_--a process which always involves +pain.[2] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. loc. cit., p. 428.] + +[Footnote 2: Let me refer the reader, if he is interested in the +subject, to the volume already cited, chapter 37.] + +If the chief feature of the earlier half of life is a never-satisfied +longing after happiness, the later half is characterized by the dread +of misfortune. For, as we advance in years, it becomes in a greater or +less degree clear that all happiness is chimerical in its nature, +and that pain alone is real. Accordingly, in later years, we, or, at +least, the more prudent amongst us, are more intent upon eliminating +what is painful from our lives and making our position secure, than on +the pursuit of positive pleasure. I may observe, by the way, that in +old age, we are better able to prevent misfortunes from coming, and in +youth better able to bear them when they come. + +In my young days, I was always pleased to hear a ring at my door: ah! +thought I, now for something pleasant. But in later life my feelings +on such occasions were rather akin to dismay than to pleasure: heaven +help me! thought I, what am I to do? A similar revulsion of feeling in +regard to the world of men takes place in all persons of any talent +or distinction. For that very reason they cannot be said properly to +belong to the world; in a greater or less degree, according to the +extent of their superiority, they stand alone. In their youth they +have a sense of being abandoned by the world; but later on, they feel +as though they had escaped it. The earlier feeling is an unpleasant +one, and rests upon ignorance; the second is pleasurable--for in the +meantime they have come to know what the world is. + +The consequence of this is that, as compared with the earlier, the +later half of life, like the second part of a musical period, has less +of passionate longing and more restfulness about it. And why is this +the case Simply because, in youth, a man fancies that there is a +prodigious amount of happiness and pleasure to be had in the world, +only that it is difficult to come by it; whereas, when he becomes +old, he knows that there is nothing of the kind; he makes his mind +completely at ease on the matter, enjoys the present hour as well as +he can, and even takes a pleasure in trifles. + +The chief result gained by experience of life is _clearness of view_. +This is what distinguishes the man of mature age, and makes the world +wear such a different aspect from that which it presented in his youth +or boyhood. It is only then that he sees things quite plain, and takes +them for that which they really are: while in earlier years he saw a +phantom-world, put together out of the whims and crotchets of his own +mind, inherited prejudice and strange delusion: the real world was +hidden from him, or the vision of it distorted. The first thing +that experience finds to do is to free us from the phantoms of the +brain--those false notions that have been put into us in youth. + +To prevent their entrance at all would, of course, be the best form of +education, even though it were only negative in aim: but it would be a +task full of difficulty. At first the child's horizon would have to be +limited as much as possible, and yet within that limited sphere none +but clear and correct notions would have to be given; only after the +child had properly appreciated everything within it, might the sphere +be gradually enlarged; care being always taken that nothing was left +obscure, or half or wrongly understood. The consequence of this +training would be that the child's notions of men and things would +always be limited and simple in their character; but, on the other +hand, they would be clear and correct, and only need to be extended, +not to be rectified. The same line might be pursued on into the period +of youth. This method of education would lay special stress upon the +prohibition of novel reading; and the place of novels would be taken +by suitable biographical literature--the life of Franklin, for +instance, or Moritz' _Anton Reiser_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--Moritz was a miscellaneous writer +of the last century (1757-93). His _Anton Reiser_, composed in the +form of a novel, is practically an autobiography.] + +In our early days we fancy that the leading events in our life, and +the persons who are going to play an important part in it, will make +their entrance to the sound of drums and trumpets; but when, in old +age, we look back, we find that they all came in quite quietly, +slipped in, as it were, by the side-door, almost unnoticed. + +From the point of view we have been taking up until now, life may be +compared to a piece of embroidery, of which, during the first half of +his time, a man gets a sight of the right side, and during the second +half, of the wrong. The wrong side is not so pretty as the right, but +it is more instructive; it shows the way in which the threads have +been worked together. + +Intellectual superiority, even if it is of the highest kind, will not +secure for a man a preponderating place in conversation until after he +is forty years of age. For age and experience, though they can never +be a substitute for intellectual talent, may far outweigh it; and even +in a person of the meanest capacity, they give a certain counterpoise +to the power of an extremely intellectual man, so long as the latter +is young. Of course I allude here to personal superiority, not to the +place a man may gain by his works. + +And on passing his fortieth year, any man of the slightest power of +mind--any man, that is, who has more than the sorry share of intellect +with which Nature has endowed five-sixths of mankind--will hardly fail +to show some trace of misanthropy. For, as is natural, he has by that +time inferred other people's character from an examination of his own; +with the result that he has been gradually disappointed to find that +in the qualities of the head or in those of the heart--and usually in +both--he reaches a level to which they do not attain; so he gladly +avoids having anything more to do with them. For it may be said, in +general, that every man will love or hate solitude--in other Words, +his own society--just in proportion as he is worth anything in +himself. Kant has some remarks upon this kind of misanthropy in his +_Critique of the Faculty of Judgment_.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Kritik der Urtheilskraft_, Part I, Sec.29, Note ad fin.] + +In a young man, it is a bad sign, as well from an intellectual as from +a moral point of view, if he is precocious in understanding the ways +of the world, and in adapting himself to its pursuits; if he at once +knows how to deal with men, and enters upon life, as it were, fully +prepared. It argues a vulgar nature. On the other hand, to be +surprised and astonished at the way people act, and to be clumsy and +cross-grained in having to do with them, indicates a character of the +nobler sort. + +The cheerfulness and vivacity of youth are partly due to the fact +that, when we are ascending the hill of life, death is not visible: it +lies down at the bottom of the other side. But once we have crossed +the top of the hill, death comes in view--death--which, until then, +was known to us only by hearsay. This makes our spirits droop, for at +the same time we begin to feel that our vital powers are on the ebb. +A grave seriousness now takes the place of that early extravagance of +spirit; and the change is noticeable even in the expression of a man's +face. As long as we are young, people may tell us what they please! we +look upon life as endless and use our time recklessly; but the older +we become, the more we practice economy. For towards the close of +life, every day we live gives us the same kind of sensation as the +criminal experiences at every step on his way to be tried. + +From the standpoint of youth, life seems to stretch away into an +endless future; from the standpoint of old age, to go back but a +little way into the past; so that, at the beginning, life presents us +with a picture in which the objects appear a great way off, as though +we had reversed our telescope; while in the end everything seems so +close. To see how short life is, a man must have grown old, that is to +say, he must have lived long. + +On the other hand, as the years increase, things look smaller, one and +all; and Life, which had so firm and stable a base in the days of our +youth, now seems nothing but a rapid flight of moments, every one of +them illusory: we have come to see that the whole world is vanity! + +Time itself seems to go at a much slower pace when we are young; so +that not only is the first quarter of life the happiest, it is also +the longest of all; it leaves more memories behind it. If a man were +put to it, he could tell you more out of the first quarter of his life +than out of two of the remaining periods. Nay, in the spring of +life, as in the spring of the year, the days reach a length that is +positively tiresome; but in the autumn, whether of the year or of +life, though they are short, they are more genial and uniform. + +But why is it that to an old man his past life appears so short? For +this reason: his memory is short; and so he fancies that his life has +been short too. He no longer remembers the insignificant parts of it, +and much that was unpleasant is now forgotten; how little, then, +there is left! For, in general, a man's memory is as imperfect as his +intellect; and he must make a practice of reflecting upon the lessons +he has learned and the events he has experienced, if he does not want +them both to sink gradually into the gulf of oblivion. Now, we are +unaccustomed to reflect upon matters of no importance, or, as a rule, +upon things that we have found disagreeable, and yet that is necessary +if the memory of them is to be preserved. But the class of things that +may be called insignificant is continually receiving fresh additions: +much that wears an air of importance at first, gradually becomes of no +consequence at all from the fact of its frequent repetition; so that +in the end we actually lose count of the number of times it happens. +Hence we are better able to remember the events of our early than of +our later years. The longer we live, the fewer are the things that +we can call important or significant enough to deserve further +consideration, and by this alone can they be fixed in the memory; in +other words, they are forgotten as soon as they are past. Thus it is +that time runs on, leaving always fewer traces of its passage. + +Further, if disagreeable things have happened to us, we do not care +to ruminate upon them, least of all when they touch our vanity, as is +usually the case; for few misfortunes fall upon us for which we can +be held entirely blameless. So people are very ready to forget many +things that are disagreeable, as well as many that are unimportant. + +It is from this double cause that our memory is so short; and a man's +recollection of what has happened always becomes proportionately +shorter, the more things that have occupied him in life. The things +we did in years gone by, the events that happened long ago, are like +those objects on the coast which, to the seafarer on his outward +voyage, become smaller every minute, more unrecognizable and harder to +distinguish. + +Again, it sometimes happens that memory and imagination will call up +some long past scene as vividly as if it had occurred only yesterday; +so that the event in question seems to stand very near to the present +time. The reason of this is that it is impossible to call up all the +intervening period in the same vivid way, as there is no one figure +pervading it which can be taken in at a glance; and besides, most of +the things that happened in that period are forgotten, and all that +remains of it is the general knowledge that we have lived through +it--a mere notion of abstract existence, not a direct vision of some +particular experience. It is this that causes some single event +of long ago to appear as though it took place but yesterday: the +intervening time vanishes, and the whole of life looks incredibly +short. Nay, there are occasional moments in old age when we can +scarcely believe that we are so advanced in years, or that the long +past lying behind us has had any real existence--a feeling which is +mainly due to the circumstance that the present always seems fixed and +immovable as we look at it. These and similar mental phenomena are +ultimately to be traced to the fact that it is not our nature in +itself, but only the outward presentation of it, that lies in time, +and that the present is the point of contact between the world as +subject and the world as object.[1] + +[Footnote 1: _Translator's Note_.--By this remark Schopenhauer means +that _will_, which, as he argues, forms the inner reality underlying +all the phenomena of life and nature, is not in itself affected +by time; but that, on the other hand, time is necessary for the +objectification of the will, for the will as presented in the passing +phenomena of the world. Time is thus definable as the condition of +change, and the present time as the only point of contact between +reality and appearance.] + +Again, why is it that in youth we can see no end to the years that +seem to lie before us? Because we are obliged to find room for all +the things we hope to attain in life. We cram the years so full of +projects that if we were to try and carry them all out, death would +come prematurely though we reached the age of Methuselah. + +Another reason why life looks so long when we are young, is that we +are apt to measure its length by the few years we have already +lived. In those early years things are new to us, and so they appear +important; we dwell upon them after they have happened and often call +them to mind; and thus in youth life seems replete with incident, and +therefore of long duration. + +Sometimes we credit ourselves with a longing to be in some distant +spot, whereas, in truth, we are only longing to have the time back +again which we spent there--days when we were younger and fresher than +we are now. In those moments Time mocks us by wearing the mask of +space; and if we travel to the spot, we can see how much we have been +deceived. + +There are two ways of reaching a great age, both of which presuppose +a sound constitution as a _conditio sine qua non_. They may be +illustrated by two lamps, one of which burns a long time with very +little oil, because it has a very thin wick; and the other just as +long, though it has a very thick one, because there is plenty of oil +to feed it. Here, the oil is the vital energy, and the difference in +the wick is the manifold way in which the vital energy is used. + +Up to our thirty-sixth year, we may be compared, in respect of the way +in which we use our vital energy, to people who live on the interest +of their money: what they spend to-day, they have again to-morrow. But +from the age of thirty-six onwards, our position is like that of the +investor who begins to entrench upon his capital. At first he hardly +notices any difference at all, as the greater part of his expenses is +covered by the interest of his securities; and if the deficit is +but slight, he pays no attention to it. But the deficit goes on +increasing, until he awakes to the fact that it is becoming more +serious every day: his position becomes less and less secure, and he +feels himself growing poorer and poorer, while he has no expectation +of this drain upon his resources coming to an end. His fall from +wealth to poverty becomes faster every moment--like the fall of a +solid body in space, until at last he has absolutely nothing left. +A man is truly in a woeful plight if both the terms of this +comparison--his vital energy and his wealth--really begin to melt away +at one and the same time. It is the dread of this calamity that makes +love of possession increase with age. + +On the other hand, at the beginning of life, in the years before we +attain majority, and for some little time afterwards--the state of our +vital energy puts us on a level with those who each year lay by a part +of their interest and add it to their capital: in other words, not +only does their interest come in regularly, but the capital is +constantly receiving additions. This happy condition of affairs is +sometimes brought about--with health as with money--under the watchful +care of some honest guardian. O happy youth, and sad old age! + +Nevertheless, a man should economize his strength even when he is +young. Aristotle[1] observes that amongst those who were victors at +Olympia only two or three gained a prize at two different periods, +once in boyhood and then again when they came to be men; and the +reason of this was that the premature efforts which the training +involved, so completely exhausted their powers that they failed to +last on into manhood. As this is true of muscular, so it is still more +true of nervous energy, of which all intellectual achievements are the +manifestation. Hence, those infant prodigies--_ingenia praecoda_--the +fruit of a hot-house education, who surprise us by their cleverness as +children, afterwards turn out very ordinary folk. Nay, the manner in +which boys are forced into an early acquaintance with the ancient +tongues may, perhaps, be to blame for the dullness and lack of +judgment which distinguish so many learned persons. + +[Footnote 1: _Politics_.] + +I have said that almost every man's character seems to be specially +suited to some one period of life, so that on reaching it the man is +at his best. Some people are charming so long as they are young, and +afterwards there is nothing attractive about them; others are vigorous +and active in manhood, and then lose all the value they possess as +they advance in years; many appear to best advantage in old age, when +their character assumes a gentler tone, as becomes men who have seen +the world and take life easily. This is often the case with the +French. + +This peculiarity must be due to the fact that the man's character +has something in it akin to the qualities of youth or manhood or old +age--something which accords with one or another of these periods of +life, or perhaps acts as a corrective to its special failings. + +The mariner observes the progress he makes only by the way in which +objects on the coast fade away into the distance and apparently +decrease in size. In the same way a man becomes conscious that he is +advancing in years when he finds that people older than himself begin +to seem young to him. + +It has already been remarked that the older a man becomes, the +fewer are the traces left in his mind by all that he sees, does or +experiences, and the cause of this has been explained. There is thus +a sense in which it may be said that it is only in youth that a man +lives with a full degree of consciousness, and that he is only half +alive when he is old. As the years advance, his consciousness of what +goes on about him dwindles, and the things of life hurry by without +making any impression upon him, just as none is made by a work of art +seen for the thousandth time. A man does what his hand finds to do, +and afterwards he does not know whether he has done it or not. + +As life becomes more and more unconscious, the nearer it approaches +the point at which all consciousness ceases, the course of time +itself seems to increase in rapidity. In childhood all the things and +circumstances of life are novel; and that is sufficient to awake us to +the full consciousness of existence: hence, at that age, the day seems +of such immense length. The same thing happens when we are traveling: +one month seems longer then than four spent at home. Still, though +time seems to last longer when we are young or on a journey, the sense +of novelty does not prevent it from now and then in reality hanging +heavily upon our hands under both these circumstances, at any rate +more than is the case when we are old or staying at home. But the +intellect gradually becomes so rubbed down and blunted by long +habituation to such impressions that things have a constant tendency +to produce less and less impression upon us as they pass by; and this +makes time seem increasingly less important, and therefore shorter in +duration: the hours of the boy are longer than the days of the old +man. Accordingly, time goes faster and faster the longer we live, +like a ball rolling down a hill. Or, to take another example: as in +a revolving disc, the further a point lies from the centre, the more +rapid is its rate of progression, so it is in the wheel of life; the +further you stand from the beginning, the faster time moves for you. +Hence it may be said that as far as concerns the immediate sensation +that time makes upon our minds, the length of any given year is in +direct proportion to the number of times it will divide our whole +life: for instance, at the age of fifty the year appears to us only +one-tenth as long as it did at the age of five. + +This variation in the rate at which time appears to move, exercises a +most decided influence upon the whole nature of our existence at +every period of it. First of all, it causes childhood--even though it +embrace only a span of fifteen years--to seem the longest period of +life, and therefore the richest in reminiscences. Next, it brings it +about that a man is apt to be bored just in proportion as he is young. +Consider, for instance, that constant need of occupation--whether it +is work or play--that is shown by children: if they come to an end +of both work and play, a terrible feeling of boredom ensues. Even in +youth people are by no means free from this tendency, and dread the +hours when they have nothing to do. As manhood approaches, boredom +disappears; and old men find the time too short when their days fly +past them like arrows from a bow. Of course, I must be understood to +speak of _men_, not of decrepit _brutes_. With this increased rapidity +of time, boredom mostly passes away as we advance in life; and as +the passions with all their attendant pain are then laid asleep, the +burden of life is, on the whole, appreciably lighter in later years +than in youth, provided, of course, that health remains. So it is that +the period immediately preceding the weakness and troubles of old age, +receives the name of a man's _best years_. + +That may be a true appellation, in view of the comfortable feeling +which those years bring; but for all that the years of youth, when our +consciousness is lively and open to every sort of impression, have +this privilege--that then the seeds are sown and the buds come forth; +it is the springtime of the mind. Deep truths may be perceived, but +can never be excogitated--that is to say, the first knowledge of +them is immediate, called forth by some momentary impression. This +knowledge is of such a kind as to be attainable only when the +impressions are strong, lively and deep; and if we are to be +acquainted with deep truths, everything depends upon a proper use of +our early years. In later life, we may be better able to work upon +other people,--upon the world, because our natures are then finished +and rounded off, and no more a prey to fresh views; but then the +world is less able to work upon us. These are the years of action +and achievement; while youth is the time for forming fundamental +conceptions, and laying down the ground-work of thought. + +In youth it is the outward aspect of things that most engages us; +while in age, thought or reflection is the predominating quality +of the mind. Hence, youth is the time for poetry, and age is more +inclined to philosophy. In practical affairs it is the same: a man +shapes his resolutions in youth more by the impression that the +outward world makes upon him; whereas, when he is old, it is thought +that determines his actions. This is partly to be explained by the +fact that it is only when a man is old that the results of outward +observation are present in sufficient numbers to allow of their being +classified according to the ideas they represent,--a process which in +its turn causes those ideas to be more fully understood in all their +bearings, and the exact value and amount of trust to be placed in +them, fixed and determined; while at the same time he has grown +accustomed to the impressions produced by the various phenomena +of life, and their effects on him are no longer what they were. +Contrarily, in youth, the impressions that things make, that is to +say, the outward aspects of life, are so overpoweringly strong, +especially in the case of people of lively and imaginative +disposition, that they view the world like a picture; and their chief +concern is the figure they cut in it, the appearance they present; +nay, they are unaware of the extent to which this is the case. It is +a quality of mind that shows itself--if in no other way--in that +personal vanity, and that love of fine clothes, which distinguish +young people. + +There can be no doubt that the intellectual powers are most capable +of enduring great and sustained efforts in youth, up to the age of +thirty-five at latest; from which period their strength begins to +decline, though very gradually. Still, the later years of life, and +even old age itself, are not without their intellectual compensation. +It is only then that a man can be said to be really rich in experience +or in learning; he has then had time and opportunity enough to enable +him to see and think over life from all its sides; he has been able to +compare one thing with another, and to discover points of contact and +connecting links, so that only then are the true relations of things +rightly understood. Further, in old age there comes an increased depth +in the knowledge that was acquired in youth; a man has now many more +illustrations of any ideas he may have attained; things which he +thought he knew when he was young, he now knows in reality. And +besides, his range of knowledge is wider; and in whatever direction it +extends, it is thorough, and therefore formed into a consistent and +connected whole; whereas in youth knowledge is always defective and +fragmentary. + +A complete and adequate notion of life can never be attained by any +one who does not reach old age; for it is only the old man who +sees life whole and knows its natural course; it is only he who is +acquainted--and this is most important--not only with its entrance, +like the rest of mankind, but with its exit too; so that he alone has +a full sense of its utter vanity; whilst the others never cease to +labor under the false notion that everything will come right in the +end. + +On the other hand, there is more conceptive power in youth, and at +that time of life a man can make more out of the little that he knows. +In age, judgment, penetration and thoroughness predominate. Youth is +the time for amassing the material for a knowledge of the world that +shall be distinctive and peculiar,--for an original view of life, in +other words, the legacy that a man of genius leaves to his fellow-men; +it is, however, only in later years that he becomes master of his +material. Accordingly it will be found that, as a rule, a great writer +gives his best work to the world when he is about fifty years of age. +But though the tree of knowledge must reach its full height before it +can bear fruit, the roots of it lie in youth. + +Every generation, no matter how paltry its character, thinks itself +much wiser than the one immediately preceding it, let alone those that +are more remote. It is just the same with the different periods in a +man's life; and yet often, in the one case no less than in the other, +it is a mistaken opinion. In the years of physical growth, when +our powers of mind and our stores of knowledge are receiving daily +additions, it becomes a habit for to-day to look down with contempt +upon yesterday. The habit strikes root, and remains even after the +intellectual powers have begun to decline,--when to-day should rather +look up with respect to yesterday. So it is that we often unduly +depreciate the achievements as well as the judgments of our youth. +This seems the place for making the general observation, that, +although in its main qualities a man's _intellect_ or _head_, as well +as his _character_ or _heart_, is innate, yet the former is by no +means so unalterable in its nature as the latter. The fact is that the +intellect is subject to very many transformations, which, as a rule, +do not fail to make their actual appearance; and this is so, partly +because the intellect has a deep foundation in the physique, +and partly because the material with which it deals is given in +experience. And so, from a physical point of view, we find that if a +man has any peculiar power, it first gradually increases in strength +until it reaches its acme, after which it enters upon a path of slow +decadence, until it ends in imbecility. But, on the other hand, +we must not lose sight of the fact that the material which gives +employment to a man's powers and keeps them in activity,--the +subject-matter of thought and knowledge, experience, intellectual +attainments, the practice of seeing to the bottom of things, and so a +perfect mental vision, form in themselves a mass which continues to +increase in size, until the time comes when weakness shows itself, +and the man's powers suddenly fail. The way in which these two +distinguishable elements combine in the same nature,--the one +absolutely unalterable, and the other subject to change in two +directions opposed to each other--explains the variety of mental +attitude and the dissimilarity of value which attach to a man at +different periods of life. + +The same truth may be more broadly expressed by saying that the first +forty years of life furnish the text, while the remaining thirty +supply the commentary; and that without the commentary we are unable +to understand aright the true sense and coherence of the text, +together with the moral it contains and all the subtle application of +which it admits. + +Towards the close of life, much the same thing happens as at the end +of a _bal masque_--the masks are taken off. Then you can see who +the people really are, with whom you have come into contact in your +passage through the world. For by the end of life characters have come +out in their true light, actions have borne fruit, achievements have +been rightly appreciated, and all shams have fallen to pieces. For +this, Time was in every case requisite. + +But the most curious fact is that it is also only towards the close +of life than a man really recognizes and understands his own true +self,--the aims and objects he has followed in life, more especially +the kind of relation in which he has stood to other people and to the +world. It will often happen that as a result of this knowledge, a man +will have to assign himself a lower place than he formerly thought +was his due. But there are exceptions to this rule; and it will +occasionally be the case that he will take a higher position than he +had before. This will be owing to the fact that he had no adequate +notion of the _baseness_ of the world, and that he set up a higher aim +for himself than was followed by the rest of mankind. + +The progress of life shows a man the stuff of which he is made. + +It is customary to call youth the happy, and age the sad part of life. +This would be true if it were the passions that made a man happy. +Youth is swayed to and fro by them; and they give a great deal of pain +and little pleasure. In age the passions cool and leave a man at rest, +and then forthwith his mind takes a contemplative tone; the intellect +is set free and attains the upper hand. And since, in itself, +intellect is beyond the range of pain, and man feels happy just in so +far as his intellect is the predominating part of him. + +It need only be remembered that all pleasure is negative, and that +pain is positive in its nature, in order to see that the passions can +never be a source of happiness, and that age is not the less to be +envied on the ground that many pleasures are denied it. For every sort +of pleasure is never anything more than the quietive of some need or +longing; and that pleasure should come to an end as soon as the need +ceases, is no more a subject of complaint than that a man cannot go on +eating after he has had his dinner, or fall asleep again after a good +night's rest. + +So far from youth being the happiest period of life, there is much +more truth in the remark made by Plato, at the beginning of the +_Republic_, that the prize should rather be given to old age, because +then at last a man is freed from the animal passion which has hitherto +never ceased to disquiet him. Nay, it may even be said that the +countless and manifold humors which have their source in this passion, +and the emotions that spring from it, produce a mild state of madness; +and this lasts as long as the man is subject to the spell of +the impulse--this evil spirit, as it were, of which there is no +riddance--so that he never really becomes a reasonable being until the +passion is extinguished. + +There is no doubt that, in general, and apart from individual +circumstances and particular dispositions, youth is marked by a +certain melancholy and sadness, while genial sentiments attach to old +age; and the reason for this is nothing but the fact that the young +man is still under the service, nay, the forced labor, imposed by that +evil spirit, which scarcely ever leaves him a moment to himself. To +this source may be traced, directly or indirectly, almost all and +every ill that befalls or menaces mankind. The old man is genial and +cheerful because, after long lying in the bonds of passion, he can now +move about in freedom. + +Still, it should not be forgotten that, when this passion is +extinguished, the true kernel of life is gone, and nothing remains but +the hollow shell; or, from another point of view, life then becomes +like a comedy, which, begun by real actors, is continued and brought +to an end by automata dressed in their clothes. + +However that may be, youth is the period of unrest, and age of repose; +and from that very circumstance, the relative degree of pleasure +belonging to each may be inferred. The child stretches out its little +hands in the eager desire to seize all the pretty things that meet its +sight, charmed by the world because all its senses are still so young +and fresh. Much the same thing happens with the youth, and he displays +greater energy in his quest. He, too, is charmed by all the pretty +things and the many pleasing shapes that surround him; and forthwith +his imagination conjures up pleasures which the world can never +realize. So he is filled with an ardent desire for he knows not what +delights--robbing him of all rest and making happiness impossible. +But when old age is reached, all this is over and done with, partly +because the blood runs cooler and the senses are no longer so easily +allured; partly because experience has shown the true value of things +and the futility of pleasure, whereby illusion has been gradually +dispelled, and the strange fancies and prejudices which previously +concealed or distorted a free and true view of the world, have been +dissipated and put to flight; with the result that a man can now get +a juster and clearer view, and see things as they are, and also in a +measure attain more or less insight into the nullity of all things on +this earth. + +It is this that gives almost every old man, no matter how ordinary his +faculties may be, a certain tincture of wisdom, which distinguishes +him from the young. But the chief result of all this change is the +peace of mind that ensues--a great element in happiness, and, in fact, +the condition and essence of it. While the young man fancies that +there is a vast amount of good things in the world, if he could only +come at them, the old man is steeped in the truth of the Preacher's +words, that _all things are vanity_--knowing that, however gilded the +shell, the nut is hollow. + +In these later years, and not before, a man comes to a true +appreciation of Horace's maxim: _Nil admirari._ He is directly and +sincerely convinced of the vanity of everything and that all the +glories of the world are as nothing: his illusions are gone. He is +no more beset with the idea that there is any particular amount of +happiness anywhere, in the palace or in the cottage, any more than he +himself enjoys when he is free from bodily or mental pain. The worldly +distinctions of great and small, high and low, exist for him no +longer; and in this blissful state of mind the old man may look down +with a smile upon all false notions. He is completely undeceived, and +knows that whatever may be done to adorn human life and deck it out in +finery, its paltry character will soon show through the glitter of its +surroundings; and that, paint and be jewel it as one may, it remains +everywhere much the same,--an existence which has no true value except +in freedom from pain, and is never to be estimated by the presence of +pleasure, let alone, then, of display.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Cf. Horace, _Epist_. I. 12, I-4.] + +Disillusion is the chief characteristic of old age; for by that time +the fictions are gone which gave life its charm and spurred on the +mind to activity; the splendors of the world have been proved null and +vain; its pomp, grandeur and magnificence are faded. A man has then +found out that behind most of the things he wants, and most of the +pleasures he longs for, there is very little after all; and so he +comes by degrees to see that our existence is all empty and void. It +is only when he is seventy years old that he quite understands the +first words of the Preacher; and this again explains why it is that +old men are sometimes fretful and morose. + +It is often said that the common lot of old age is disease and +weariness of life. Disease is by no means essential to old age; +especially where a really long span of years is to be attained; for +as life goes on, the conditions of health and disorder tend to +increase--_crescente vita, crescit sanitas et morbus_. And as far as +weariness or boredom is concerned, I have stated above why old age is +even less exposed to that form of evil than youth. Nor is boredom by +any means to be taken as a necessary accompaniment of that solitude, +which, for reasons that do not require to be explained, old age +certainly cannot escape; it is rather the fate that awaits those who +have never known any other pleasures but the gratification of the +senses and the delights of society--who have left their minds +unenlightened and their faculties unused. It is quite true that the +intellectual faculties decline with the approach of old age; but where +they were originally strong, there will always be enough left to +combat the onslaught of boredom. And then again, as I have said, +experience, knowledge, reflection, and skill in dealing with men, +combine to give an old man an increasingly accurate insight into the +ways of the world; his judgment becomes keen and he attains a coherent +view of life: his mental vision embraces a wider range. Constantly +finding new uses for his stores of knowledge and adding to them at +every opportunity, he maintains uninterrupted that inward process of +self-education, which gives employment and satisfaction to the mind, +and thus forms the due reward of all its efforts. + +All this serves in some measure as a compensation for decreased +intellectual power. And besides, Time, as I have remarked, seems to go +much more quickly when we are advanced in years; and this is in itself +a preventive of boredom. There is no great harm in the fact that +a man's bodily strength decreases in old age, unless, indeed, he +requires it to make a living. To be poor when one is old, is a great +misfortune. If a man is secure from that, and retains his health, old +age may be a very passable time of life. Its chief necessity is to be +comfortable and well off; and, in consequence, money is then prized +more than ever, because it is a substitute for failing strength. +Deserted by Venus, the old man likes to turn to Bacchus to make him +merry. In the place of wanting to see things, to travel and learn, +comes the desire to speak and teach. It is a piece of good fortune if +the old man retains some of his love of study or of music or of the +theatre,--if, in general, he is still somewhat susceptible to the +things about him; as is, indeed, the case with some people to a very +late age. At that time of life, _what a man has in himself_ is of +greater advantage to him that ever it was before. + +There can be no doubt that most people who have never been anything +but dull and stupid, become more and more of automata as they grow +old. They have always thought, said and done the same things as their +neighbors; and nothing that happens now can change their disposition, +or make them act otherwise. To talk to old people of this kind is like +writing on the sand; if you produce any impression at all, it is gone +almost immediately; old age is here nothing but the _caput mortuum_ +of life--all that is essential to manhood is gone. There are cases +in which nature supplies a third set of teeth in old age, thereby +apparently demonstrating the fact that that period of life is a second +childhood. + +It is certainly a very melancholy thing that all a man's faculties +tend to waste away as he grows old, and at a rate that increases +in rapidity: but still, this is a necessary, nay, a beneficial +arrangement, as otherwise death, for which it is a preparation, would +be too hard to bear. So the greatest boon that follows the attainment +of extreme old age is _euthanasia_,--an easy death, not ushered in by +disease, and free from all pain and struggle.[1] For let a man live as +long as he may, he is never conscious of any moment but the present, +one and indivisible; and in those late years the mind loses more every +day by sheer forgetfulness than ever it gains anew. + +[Footnote 1: See _Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung_, Bk. II. ch. 41, +for a further description of this happy end to life.] + +The main difference between youth and age will always be that youth +looks forward to life, and old age to death; and that while the one +has a short past and a long future before it, the case is just the +opposite with the other. It is quite true that when a man is old, to +die is the only thing that awaits him; while if he is young, he may +expect to live; and the question arises which of the two fates is the +more hazardous, and if life is not a matter which, on the whole, it is +better to have behind one than before? Does not the Preacher say: +_the day of death [is better] than the day of one's birth_.[1] It is +certainly a rash thing to wish for long life;[2] for as the Spanish +proverb has it, it means to see much evil,--_Quien larga vida vive +mucho mal vide_. + +[Footnote 1: Ecclesiastes vii. 1.] + +[Footnote 2: The life of man cannot, strictly speaking, be called +either _long_ or _short_, since it is the ultimate standard by which +duration of time in regard to all other things is measured. + +In one of the Vedic _Upanishads (Oupnekhat_, II.) _the natural length_ +of human life is put down at one hundred years. And I believe this to +be right. I have observed, as a matter of fact, that it is only people +who exceed the age of ninety who attain _euthanasia_,--who die, that +is to say, of no disease, apoplexy or convulsion, and pass away +without agony of any sort; nay, who sometimes even show no pallor, but +expire generally in a sitting attitude, and often after a meal,--or, +I may say, simply cease to live rather than die. To come to one's end +before the age of ninety, means to die of disease, in other words, +prematurely. + +Now the Old Testament (Psalms xc. 10) puts the limit of human life at +seventy, and if it is very long, at eighty years; and what is more +noticeable still, Herodotus (i. 32 and iii. 22) says the same thing. +But this is wrong; and the error is due simply to a rough and +superficial estimate of the results of daily experience. For if the +natural length of life were from seventy to eighty years, people would +die, about that time, of mere old age. Now this is certainly not the +case. If they die then, they die, like younger people, _of disease_; +and disease is something abnormal. Therefore it is not natural to die +at that age. It is only when they are between ninety and a hundred +that people die of old age; die, I mean, without suffering from any +disease, or showing any special signs of their condition, such as a +struggle, death-rattle, convulsion, pallor,--the absence of all which +constitutes _euthanasia_. The natural length of human life is a +hundred years; and in assigning that limit the Upanishads are right +once more.] + +A man's individual career is not, as Astrology wishes to make out, to +be predicted from observation of the planets; but the course of human +life in general, as far as the various periods of it are concerned, +may be likened to the succession of the planets: so that we may be +said to pass under the influence of each one of them in turn. + +At ten, _Mercury_ is in the ascendant; and at that age, a youth, like +this planet, is characterized by extreme mobility within a narrow +sphere, where trifles have a great effect upon him; but under the +guidance of so crafty and eloquent a god, he easily makes great +progress. _Venus_ begins her sway during his twentieth year, and then +a man is wholly given up to the love of women. At thirty, _Mars_ +comes to the front, and he is now all energy and strength,--daring, +pugnacious and arrogant. + +When a man reaches the age of forty, he is under the rule of the +four _Asteroids_; that is to say, his life has gained something in +extension. He is frugal; in other words, by the help of _Ceres_, he +favors what is useful; he has his own hearth, by the influence of +_Vesta_; _Pallas_ has taught him that which is necessary for him to +know; and his wife--his _Juno_--rules as the mistress of his house. + +But at the age of fifty, _Jupiter_ is the dominant influence. At that +period a man has outlived most of his contemporaries, and he can feel +himself superior to the generation about him. He is still in the full +enjoyment of his strength, and rich in experience and knowledge; +and if he has any power and position of his own, he is endowed with +authority over all who stand in his immediate surroundings. He is no +more inclined to receive orders from others; he wants to take command +himself. The work most suitable to him now is to guide and rule within +his own sphere. This is the point where Jupiter culminates, and where +the man of fifty years is at his best. + +Then comes _Saturn_, at about the age of sixty, a weight as of _lead_, +dull and slow:-- + + _But old folks, many feign as they were dead; + Unwieldy, slow, heavy and pale as lead_. +Last of all, _Uranus_; or, as the saying is, a man goes to heaven. + +I cannot find a place for _Neptune_, as this planet has been very +thoughtlessly named; because I may not call it as it should be +called--_Eros_. Otherwise I should point out how Beginning and End +meet together, and how closely and intimately Eros is connected with +Death: how Orcus, or Amenthes, as the Egyptians called him, is not +only the receiver but the giver of all things--[Greek: lambanon kai +didous]. Death is the great reservoir of Life. Everything comes from +Orcus; everything that is alive now was once there. Could we but +understand the great trick by which that is done, all would be clear! + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Counsels and Maxims, by Arthur Schopenhauer + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COUNSELS AND MAXIMS *** + +***** This file should be named 10715.txt or 10715.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/7/1/10715/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Josephine Paolucci and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS," WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/10715.zip b/old/10715.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c370ee1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/10715.zip |